diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | gcc/d/gdc.texi | 144 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | gcc/doc/cppdiropts.texi | 24 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | gcc/doc/cppopts.texi | 94 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | gcc/doc/cppwarnopts.texi | 14 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | gcc/doc/invoke.texi | 5608 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | gcc/doc/lto.texi | 8 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | gcc/fortran/invoke.texi | 314 |
7 files changed, 3103 insertions, 3103 deletions
diff --git a/gcc/d/gdc.texi b/gcc/d/gdc.texi index 1c79c8c..24b6ee0 100644 --- a/gcc/d/gdc.texi +++ b/gcc/d/gdc.texi @@ -171,30 +171,30 @@ These options affect the runtime behavior of programs compiled with @table @gcctabopt -@item -fall-instantiations @opindex fall-instantiations @opindex fno-all-instantiations +@item -fall-instantiations Generate code for all template instantiations. The default template emission strategy is to not generate code for declarations that were either instantiated speculatively, such as from @code{__traits(compiles, ...)}, or that come from an imported module not being compiled. -@item -fno-assert @opindex fassert @opindex fno-assert +@item -fno-assert Turn off code generation for @code{assert} contracts. -@item -fno-bounds-check @opindex fbounds-check @opindex fno-bounds-check +@item -fno-bounds-check Turns off array bounds checking for all functions, which can improve performance for code that uses arrays extensively. Note that this can result in unpredictable behavior if the code in question actually does violate array bounds constraints. It is safe to use this option if you are sure that your code never throws a @code{RangeError}. -@item -fbounds-check=@var{value} @opindex fbounds-check= +@item -fbounds-check=@var{value} An alternative to @option{-fbounds-check} that allows more control as to where bounds checking is turned on or off. The following values are supported: @@ -208,15 +208,15 @@ Turns on array bounds checking only for @code{@@safe} functions. Turns off array bounds checking completely. @end table -@item -fno-builtin @opindex fbuiltin @opindex fno-builtin +@item -fno-builtin Don't recognize built-in functions unless they begin with the prefix @samp{__builtin_}. By default, the compiler will recognize when a function in the @code{core.stdc} package is a built-in function. -@item -fcheckaction=@var{value} @opindex fcheckaction +@item -fcheckaction=@var{value} This option controls what code is generated on an assertion, bounds check, or final switch failure. The following values are supported: @@ -229,10 +229,10 @@ Halt the program execution. Throw an @code{AssertError} (the default). @end table -@item -fdebug -@item -fdebug=@var{value} @opindex fdebug @opindex fno-debug +@item -fdebug +@item -fdebug=@var{value} Turn on compilation of conditional @code{debug} code into the program. The @option{-fdebug} option itself sets the debug level to @code{1}, while @option{-fdebug=} enables @code{debug} code that are identified @@ -243,9 +243,9 @@ by any of the following values: Turns on compilation of any @code{debug} code identified by @var{ident}. @end table -@item -fno-druntime @opindex fdruntime @opindex fno-druntime +@item -fno-druntime Implements @uref{https://dlang.org/spec/betterc.html}. Assumes that compilation targets an environment without a D runtime library. @@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ This is equivalent to compiling with the following options: gdc -nophoboslib -fno-exceptions -fno-moduleinfo -fno-rtti @end example -@item -fextern-std=@var{standard} @opindex fextern-std +@item -fextern-std=@var{standard} Sets the C++ name mangling compatibility to the version identified by @var{standard}. The following values are supported: @@ -275,21 +275,21 @@ This is the default. Sets @code{__traits(getTargetInfo, "cppStd")} to @code{202002}. @end table -@item -fno-invariants @opindex finvariants @opindex fno-invariants +@item -fno-invariants Turns off code generation for class @code{invariant} contracts. -@item -fmain @opindex fmain +@item -fmain Generates a default @code{main()} function when compiling. This is useful when unittesting a library, as it enables running the unittests in a library without having to manually define an entry-point function. This option does nothing when @code{main} is already defined in user code. -@item -fno-moduleinfo @opindex fmoduleinfo @opindex fno-moduleinfo +@item -fno-moduleinfo Turns off generation of the @code{ModuleInfo} and related functions that would become unreferenced without it, which may allow linking to programs not written in D. Functions that are not be generated @@ -297,24 +297,24 @@ include module constructors and destructors (@code{static this} and @code{static ~this}), @code{unittest} code, and @code{DSO} registry functions for dynamically linked code. -@item -fonly=@var{filename} @opindex fonly +@item -fonly=@var{filename} Tells the compiler to parse and run semantic analysis on all modules on the command line, but only generate code for the module specified by @var{filename}. -@item -fno-postconditions @opindex fpostconditions @opindex fno-postconditions +@item -fno-postconditions Turns off code generation for postcondition @code{out} contracts. -@item -fno-preconditions @opindex fpreconditions @opindex fno-preconditions +@item -fno-preconditions Turns off code generation for precondition @code{in} contracts. -@item -fpreview=@var{id} @opindex fpreview +@item -fpreview=@var{id} Turns on an upcoming D language change identified by @var{id}. The following values are supported: @@ -359,9 +359,9 @@ Implements rvalue arguments to @code{ref} parameters. Disables access to variables marked @code{@@system} from @code{@@safe} code. @end table -@item -frelease @opindex frelease @opindex fno-release +@item -frelease Turns on compiling in release mode, which means not emitting runtime checks for contracts and asserts. Array bounds checking is not done for @code{@@system} and @code{@@trusted} functions, and assertion @@ -374,8 +374,8 @@ gdc -fno-assert -fbounds-check=safe -fno-invariants \ -fno-postconditions -fno-preconditions -fno-switch-errors @end example -@item -frevert= @opindex frevert +@item -frevert= Turns off a D language feature identified by @var{id}. The following values are supported: @@ -395,29 +395,29 @@ Turns off C-style integral promotion for unary @code{+}, @code{-} and @code{~} expressions. @end table -@item -fno-rtti @opindex frtti @opindex fno-rtti +@item -fno-rtti Turns off generation of run-time type information for all user defined types. Any code that uses features of the language that require access to this information will result in an error. -@item -fno-switch-errors @opindex fswitch-errors @opindex fno-switch-errors +@item -fno-switch-errors This option controls what code is generated when no case is matched in a @code{final switch} statement. The default run time behavior is to throw a @code{SwitchError}. Turning off @option{-fswitch-errors} means that instead the execution of the program is immediately halted. -@item -funittest @opindex funittest @opindex fno-unittest +@item -funittest Turns on compilation of @code{unittest} code, and turns on the @code{version(unittest)} identifier. This implies @option{-fassert}. -@item -fversion=@var{value} @opindex fversion +@item -fversion=@var{value} Turns on compilation of conditional @code{version} code into the program identified by any of the following values: @@ -426,9 +426,9 @@ identified by any of the following values: Turns on compilation of @code{version} code identified by @var{ident}. @end table -@item -fno-weak-templates @opindex fweak-templates @opindex fno-weak-templates +@item -fno-weak-templates Turns off emission of declarations that can be defined in multiple objects as weak symbols. The default is to emit all public symbols as weak, unless the target lacks support for weak symbols. Disabling this option means that common @@ -447,30 +447,30 @@ other parts of the compiler: @table @gcctabopt -@item -I@var{dir} @opindex I +@item -I@var{dir} Specify a directory to use when searching for imported modules at compile time. Multiple @option{-I} options can be used, and the paths are searched in the same order. -@item -J@var{dir} @opindex J +@item -J@var{dir} Specify a directory to use when searching for files in string imports at compile time. This switch is required in order to use @code{import(file)} expressions. Multiple @option{-J} options can be used, and the paths are searched in the same order. -@item -L@var{dir} @opindex L +@item -L@var{dir} When linking, specify a library search directory, as with @command{gcc}. -@item -B@var{dir} @opindex B +@item -B@var{dir} This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries, source files, and data files of the compiler itself, as with @command{gcc}. -@item -fmodule-file=@var{module}=@var{spec} @opindex fmodule-file +@item -fmodule-file=@var{module}=@var{spec} This option manipulates file paths of imported modules, such that if an imported module matches all or the leftmost part of @var{module}, the file path in @var{spec} is used as the location to search for D sources. @@ -492,19 +492,19 @@ import C.D.E; // Matches C, searches for bar/D/E.d import A.B.C; // No match, searches for A/B/C.d @end example -@item -imultilib @var{dir} @opindex imultilib +@item -imultilib @var{dir} Use @var{dir} as a subdirectory of the gcc directory containing target-specific D sources and interfaces. -@item -iprefix @var{prefix} @opindex iprefix +@item -iprefix @var{prefix} Specify @var{prefix} as the prefix for the gcc directory containing target-specific D sources and interfaces. If the @var{prefix} represents a directory, you should include the final @code{'/'}. -@item -nostdinc @opindex nostdinc +@item -nostdinc Do not search the standard system directories for D source and interface files. Only the directories that have been specified with @option{-I} options (and the directory of the current file, if appropriate) are searched. @@ -520,107 +520,107 @@ In addition to the many @command{gcc} options controlling code generation, @table @gcctabopt -@item -H @opindex H +@item -H Generates D interface files for all modules being compiled. The compiler determines the output file based on the name of the input file, removes any directory components and suffix, and applies the @file{.di} suffix. -@item -Hd @var{dir} @opindex Hd +@item -Hd @var{dir} Same as @option{-H}, but writes interface files to directory @var{dir}. This option can be used with @option{-Hf @var{file}} to independently set the output file and directory path. -@item -Hf @var{file} @opindex Hf +@item -Hf @var{file} Same as @option{-H} but writes interface files to @var{file}. This option can be used with @option{-Hd @var{dir}} to independently set the output file and directory path. -@item -M @opindex M +@item -M Output the module dependencies of all source files being compiled in a format suitable for @command{make}. The compiler outputs one @command{make} rule containing the object file name for that source file, a colon, and the names of all imported files. -@item -MM @opindex MM +@item -MM Like @option{-M} but does not mention imported modules from the D standard library package directories. -@item -MF @var{file} @opindex MF +@item -MF @var{file} When used with @option{-M} or @option{-MM}, specifies a @var{file} to write the dependencies to. When used with the driver options @option{-MD} or @option{-MMD}, @option{-MF} overrides the default dependency output file. -@item -MG @opindex MG +@item -MG This option is for compatibility with @command{gcc}, and is ignored by the compiler. -@item -MP @opindex MP +@item -MP Outputs a phony target for each dependency other than the modules being compiled, causing each to depend on nothing. -@item -MT @var{target} @opindex MT +@item -MT @var{target} Change the @var{target} of the rule emitted by dependency generation to be exactly the string you specify. If you want multiple targets, you can specify them as a single argument to @option{-MT}, or use multiple @option{-MT} options. -@item -MQ @var{target} @opindex MQ +@item -MQ @var{target} Same as @option{-MT}, but it quotes any characters which are special to @command{make}. -@item -MD @opindex MD +@item -MD This option is equivalent to @option{-M -MF @var{file}}. The driver determines @var{file} by removing any directory components and suffix from the input file, and then adding a @file{.deps} suffix. -@item -MMD @opindex MMD +@item -MMD Like @option{-MD} but does not mention imported modules from the D standard library package directories. -@item -X @opindex X +@item -X Output information describing the contents of all source files being compiled in JSON format to a file. The driver determines @var{file} by removing any directory components and suffix from the input file, and then adding a @file{.json} suffix. -@item -Xf @var{file} @opindex Xf +@item -Xf @var{file} Same as @option{-X}, but writes all JSON contents to the specified @var{file}. -@item -fdoc @opindex fdoc +@item -fdoc Generates @code{Ddoc} documentation and writes it to a file. The compiler determines @var{file} by removing any directory components and suffix from the input file, and then adding a @file{.html} suffix. -@item -fdoc-dir=@var{dir} @opindex fdoc-dir +@item -fdoc-dir=@var{dir} Same as @option{-fdoc}, but writes documentation to directory @var{dir}. This option can be used with @option{-fdoc-file=@var{file}} to independently set the output file and directory path. -@item -fdoc-file=@var{file} @opindex fdoc-file +@item -fdoc-file=@var{file} Same as @option{-fdoc}, but writes documentation to @var{file}. This option can be used with @option{-fdoc-dir=@var{dir}} to independently set the output file and directory path. -@item -fdoc-inc=@var{file} @opindex fdoc-inc +@item -fdoc-inc=@var{file} Specify @var{file} as a @var{Ddoc} macro file to be read. Multiple @option{-fdoc-inc} options can be used, and files are read and processed in the same order. @@ -632,8 +632,8 @@ For D source files, generate corresponding C++ declarations in @var{file}. In conjunction with @option{-fdump-c++-spec=} above, add comments for ignored declarations in the generated C++ header. -@item -fsave-mixins=@var{file} @opindex fsave-mixins +@item -fsave-mixins=@var{file} Generates code expanded from D @code{mixin} statements and writes the processed sources to @var{file}. This is useful to debug errors in compilation and provides source for debuggers to show when requested. @@ -656,93 +656,93 @@ specified, they do not prevent compilation of the program. @table @gcctabopt -@item -Wall @opindex Wall @opindex Wno-all +@item -Wall Turns on all warnings messages. Warnings are not a defined part of the D language, and all constructs for which this may generate a warning message are valid code. -@item -Walloca @opindex Walloca +@item -Walloca This option warns on all uses of "alloca" in the source. -@item -Walloca-larger-than=@var{n} @opindex Walloca-larger-than @opindex Wno-alloca-larger-than +@item -Walloca-larger-than=@var{n} Warn on unbounded uses of alloca, and on bounded uses of alloca whose bound can be larger than @var{n} bytes. @option{-Wno-alloca-larger-than} disables @option{-Walloca-larger-than} warning and is equivalent to @option{-Walloca-larger-than=@var{SIZE_MAX}} or larger. -@item -Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch @opindex Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch @opindex Wbuiltin-declaration-mismatch +@item -Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch Warn if a built-in function is declared with an incompatible signature. -@item -Wcast-result @opindex Wcast-result @opindex Wno-cast-result +@item -Wcast-result Warn about casts that will produce a null or zero result. Currently this is only done for casting between an imaginary and non-imaginary data type, or casting between a D and C++ class. -@item -Wno-deprecated @opindex Wdeprecated @opindex Wno-deprecated +@item -Wno-deprecated Do not warn about usage of deprecated features and symbols with @code{deprecated} attributes. -@item -Werror @opindex Werror @opindex Wno-error +@item -Werror Turns all warnings into errors. -@item -Wspeculative @opindex Wspeculative @opindex Wno-speculative +@item -Wspeculative List all error messages from speculative compiles, such as @code{__traits(compiles, ...)}. This option does not report messages as warnings, and these messages therefore never become errors when the @option{-Werror} option is also used. -@item -Wunknown-pragmas @opindex Wunknown-pragmas @opindex Wno-unknown-pragmas +@item -Wunknown-pragmas Warn when a @code{pragma()} is encountered that is not understood by @command{gdc}. This differs from @option{-fignore-unknown-pragmas} where a pragma that is part of the D language, but not implemented by the compiler, won't get reported. -@item -Wno-varargs @opindex Wvarargs @opindex Wno-varargs +@item -Wno-varargs Do not warn upon questionable usage of the macros used to handle variable arguments like @code{va_start}. -@item -fignore-unknown-pragmas @opindex fignore-unknown-pragmas @opindex fno-ignore-unknown-pragmas +@item -fignore-unknown-pragmas Turns off errors for unsupported pragmas. -@item -fmax-errors=@var{n} @opindex fmax-errors +@item -fmax-errors=@var{n} Limits the maximum number of error messages to @var{n}, at which point @command{gdc} bails out rather than attempting to continue processing the source code. If @var{n} is 0 (the default), there is no limit on the number of error messages produced. -@item -fsyntax-only @opindex fsyntax-only @opindex fno-syntax-only +@item -fsyntax-only Check the code for syntax errors, but do not actually compile it. This can be used in conjunction with @option{-fdoc} or @option{-H} to generate files for each module present on the command-line, but no other output file. -@item -ftransition=@var{id} @opindex ftransition +@item -ftransition=@var{id} Report additional information about D language changes identified by @var{id}. The following values are supported: @@ -776,35 +776,35 @@ a link step. @table @gcctabopt -@item -defaultlib=@var{libname} @opindex defaultlib= +@item -defaultlib=@var{libname} Specify the library to use instead of libphobos when linking. Options specifying the linkage of libphobos, such as @option{-static-libphobos} or @option{-shared-libphobos}, are ignored. -@item -debuglib=@var{libname} @opindex debuglib= +@item -debuglib=@var{libname} Specify the debug library to use instead of libphobos when linking. This option has no effect unless the @option{-g} option was also given on the command line. Options specifying the linkage of libphobos, such as @option{-static-libphobos} or @option{-shared-libphobos}, are ignored. -@item -nophoboslib @opindex nophoboslib +@item -nophoboslib Do not use the Phobos or D runtime library when linking. Options specifying the linkage of libphobos, such as @option{-static-libphobos} or @option{-shared-libphobos}, are ignored. The standard system libraries are used normally, unless @option{-nostdlib} or @option{-nodefaultlibs} is used. -@item -shared-libphobos @opindex shared-libphobos +@item -shared-libphobos On systems that provide @file{libgphobos} and @file{libgdruntime} as a shared and a static library, this option forces the use of the shared version. If no shared version was built when the compiler was configured, this option has no effect. -@item -static-libphobos @opindex static-libphobos +@item -static-libphobos On systems that provide @file{libgphobos} and @file{libgdruntime} as a shared and a static library, this option forces the use of the static version. If no static version was built when the compiler was configured, @@ -823,13 +823,13 @@ interest to developers or language tooling. @table @gcctabopt -@item -fdump-d-original @opindex fdump-d-original +@item -fdump-d-original Output the internal front-end AST after the @code{semantic3} stage. This option is only useful for debugging the GNU D compiler itself. -@item -v @opindex v +@item -v Dump information about the compiler language processing stages as the source program is being compiled. This includes listing all modules that are processed through the @code{parse}, @code{semantic}, @code{semantic2}, and diff --git a/gcc/doc/cppdiropts.texi b/gcc/doc/cppdiropts.texi index 759d1c3..76e7d69 100644 --- a/gcc/doc/cppdiropts.texi +++ b/gcc/doc/cppdiropts.texi @@ -9,14 +9,14 @@ @c If this file is included with the flag ``cppmanual'' set, it is @c formatted for inclusion in the CPP manual; otherwise the main GCC manual. -@item -I @var{dir} -@itemx -iquote @var{dir} -@itemx -isystem @var{dir} -@itemx -idirafter @var{dir} @opindex I @opindex iquote @opindex isystem @opindex idirafter +@item -I @var{dir} +@itemx -iquote @var{dir} +@itemx -isystem @var{dir} +@itemx -idirafter @var{dir} Add the directory @var{dir} to the list of directories to be searched for header files during preprocessing. @ifset cppmanual @@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ use the @option{-nostdinc} and/or @option{-isystem} options. @xref{System Headers}. @end ifset -@item -I- @opindex I- +@item -I- Split the include path. This option has been deprecated. Please use @option{-iquote} instead for @option{-I} directories before the @option{-I-} and remove the @option{-I-} @@ -111,43 +111,43 @@ file directory as the first search directory for @code{@w{#include @xref{Search Path}. @end ifset -@item -iprefix @var{prefix} @opindex iprefix +@item -iprefix @var{prefix} Specify @var{prefix} as the prefix for subsequent @option{-iwithprefix} options. If the prefix represents a directory, you should include the final @samp{/}. -@item -iwithprefix @var{dir} -@itemx -iwithprefixbefore @var{dir} @opindex iwithprefix @opindex iwithprefixbefore +@item -iwithprefix @var{dir} +@itemx -iwithprefixbefore @var{dir} Append @var{dir} to the prefix specified previously with @option{-iprefix}, and add the resulting directory to the include search path. @option{-iwithprefixbefore} puts it in the same place @option{-I} would; @option{-iwithprefix} puts it where @option{-idirafter} would. -@item -isysroot @var{dir} @opindex isysroot +@item -isysroot @var{dir} This option is like the @option{--sysroot} option, but applies only to header files (except for Darwin targets, where it applies to both header files and libraries). See the @option{--sysroot} option for more information. -@item -imultilib @var{dir} @opindex imultilib +@item -imultilib @var{dir} Use @var{dir} as a subdirectory of the directory containing target-specific C++ headers. -@item -nostdinc @opindex nostdinc +@item -nostdinc Do not search the standard system directories for header files. Only the directories explicitly specified with @option{-I}, @option{-iquote}, @option{-isystem}, and/or @option{-idirafter} options (and the directory of the current file, if appropriate) are searched. -@item -nostdinc++ @opindex nostdinc++ +@item -nostdinc++ Do not search for header files in the C++-specific standard directories, but do still search the other standard directories. (This option is used when building the C++ library.) diff --git a/gcc/doc/cppopts.texi b/gcc/doc/cppopts.texi index 9819e81..647d252 100644 --- a/gcc/doc/cppopts.texi +++ b/gcc/doc/cppopts.texi @@ -9,8 +9,8 @@ @c If this file is included with the flag ``cppmanual'' set, it is @c formatted for inclusion in the CPP manual; otherwise the main GCC manual. -@item -D @var{name} @opindex D +@item -D @var{name} Predefine @var{name} as a macro, with definition @code{1}. @item -D @var{name}=@var{definition} @@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ are given on the command line. All @option{-imacros @var{file}} and @option{-include @var{file}} options are processed after all @option{-D} and @option{-U} options. -@item -U @var{name} @opindex U +@item -U @var{name} Cancel any previous definition of @var{name}, either built in or provided with a @option{-D} option. -@item -include @var{file} @opindex include +@item -include @var{file} Process @var{file} as if @code{#include "file"} appeared as the first line of the primary source file. However, the first directory searched for @var{file} is the preprocessor's working directory @emph{instead of} @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ chain as normal. If multiple @option{-include} options are given, the files are included in the order they appear on the command line. -@item -imacros @var{file} @opindex imacros +@item -imacros @var{file} Exactly like @option{-include}, except that any output produced by scanning @var{file} is thrown away. Macros it defines remain defined. This allows you to acquire all the macros from a header without also @@ -61,23 +61,23 @@ processing its declarations. All files specified by @option{-imacros} are processed before all files specified by @option{-include}. -@item -undef @opindex undef +@item -undef Do not predefine any system-specific or GCC-specific macros. The standard predefined macros remain defined. @ifset cppmanual @xref{Standard Predefined Macros}. @end ifset -@item -pthread @opindex pthread +@item -pthread Define additional macros required for using the POSIX threads library. You should use this option consistently for both compilation and linking. This option is supported on GNU/Linux targets, most other Unix derivatives, and also on x86 Cygwin and MinGW targets. -@item -M @opindex M +@item -M @cindex @command{make} @cindex dependencies, @command{make} Instead of outputting the result of preprocessing, output a rule @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ is still sent to the regular output stream as normal. Passing @option{-M} to the driver implies @option{-E}, and suppresses warnings with an implicit @option{-w}. -@item -MM @opindex MM +@item -MM Like @option{-M} but do not mention header files that are found in system header directories, nor header files that are included, directly or indirectly, from such a header. @@ -115,8 +115,8 @@ This implies that the choice of angle brackets or double quotes in an header appears in @option{-MM} dependency output. @anchor{dashMF} -@item -MF @var{file} @opindex MF +@item -MF @var{file} When used with @option{-M} or @option{-MM}, specifies a file to write the dependencies to. If no @option{-MF} switch is given the preprocessor sends the rules to the same place it would send @@ -127,8 +127,8 @@ When used with the driver options @option{-MD} or @option{-MMD}, If @var{file} is @file{-}, then the dependencies are written to @file{stdout}. -@item -MG @opindex MG +@item -MG In conjunction with an option such as @option{-M} requesting dependency generation, @option{-MG} assumes missing header files are generated files and adds them to the dependency list without raising @@ -139,12 +139,12 @@ this useless. This feature is used in automatic updating of makefiles. -@item -Mno-modules @opindex Mno-modules +@item -Mno-modules Disable dependency generation for compiled module interfaces. -@item -MP @opindex MP +@item -MP This option instructs CPP to add a phony target for each dependency other than the main file, causing each to depend on nothing. These dummy rules work around errors @command{make} gives if you remove header @@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ test.o: test.c test.h test.h: @end smallexample -@item -MT @var{target} @opindex MT +@item -MT @var{target} Change the target of the rule emitted by dependency generation. By default CPP takes the name of the main input file, deletes any @@ -176,8 +176,8 @@ For example, @option{@w{-MT '$(objpfx)foo.o'}} might give $(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c @end smallexample -@item -MQ @var{target} @opindex MQ +@item -MQ @var{target} Same as @option{-MT}, but it quotes any characters which are special to Make. @option{@w{-MQ '$(objpfx)foo.o'}} gives @@ -189,8 +189,8 @@ $$(objpfx)foo.o: foo.c The default target is automatically quoted, as if it were given with @option{-MQ}. -@item -MD @opindex MD +@item -MD @option{-MD} is equivalent to @option{-M -MF @var{file}}, except that @option{-E} is not implied. The driver determines @var{file} based on whether an @option{-o} option is given. If it is, the driver uses its @@ -206,13 +206,13 @@ is understood to specify a target object file. Since @option{-E} is not implied, @option{-MD} can be used to generate a dependency output file as a side effect of the compilation process. -@item -MMD @opindex MMD +@item -MMD Like @option{-MD} except mention only user header files, not system header files. -@item -fpreprocessed @opindex fpreprocessed +@item -fpreprocessed Indicate to the preprocessor that the input file has already been preprocessed. This suppresses things like macro expansion, trigraph conversion, escaped newline splicing, and processing of most directives. @@ -226,8 +226,8 @@ extensions @samp{.i}, @samp{.ii} or @samp{.mi}. These are the extensions that GCC uses for preprocessed files created by @option{-save-temps}. -@item -fdirectives-only @opindex fdirectives-only +@item -fdirectives-only When preprocessing, handle directives, but do not expand macros. The option's behavior depends on the @option{-E} and @option{-fpreprocessed} @@ -248,37 +248,37 @@ With both @option{-E} and @option{-fpreprocessed}, the rules for @option{-fpreprocessed} take precedence. This enables full preprocessing of files previously preprocessed with @code{-E -fdirectives-only}. -@item -fdollars-in-identifiers @opindex fdollars-in-identifiers +@item -fdollars-in-identifiers @anchor{fdollars-in-identifiers} Accept @samp{$} in identifiers. @ifset cppmanual @xref{Identifier characters}. @end ifset -@item -fextended-identifiers @opindex fextended-identifiers +@item -fextended-identifiers Accept universal character names and extended characters in identifiers. This option is enabled by default for C99 (and later C standard versions) and C++. -@item -fno-canonical-system-headers @opindex fno-canonical-system-headers +@item -fno-canonical-system-headers When preprocessing, do not shorten system header paths with canonicalization. -@item -fmax-include-depth=@var{depth} @opindex fmax-include-depth +@item -fmax-include-depth=@var{depth} Set the maximum depth of the nested #include. The default is 200. -@item -ftabstop=@var{width} @opindex ftabstop +@item -ftabstop=@var{width} Set the distance between tab stops. This helps the preprocessor report correct column numbers in warnings or errors, even if tabs appear on the line. If the value is less than 1 or greater than 100, the option is ignored. The default is 8. -@item -ftrack-macro-expansion@r{[}=@var{level}@r{]} @opindex ftrack-macro-expansion +@item -ftrack-macro-expansion@r{[}=@var{level}@r{]} Track locations of tokens across macro expansions. This allows the compiler to emit diagnostic about the current macro expansion stack when a compilation error occurs in a macro expansion. Using this @@ -296,8 +296,8 @@ When this option is given no argument, the default parameter value is Note that @code{-ftrack-macro-expansion=2} is activated by default. -@item -fmacro-prefix-map=@var{old}=@var{new} @opindex fmacro-prefix-map +@item -fmacro-prefix-map=@var{old}=@var{new} When preprocessing files residing in directory @file{@var{old}}, expand the @code{__FILE__} and @code{__BASE_FILE__} macros as if the files resided in directory @file{@var{new}} instead. This can be used @@ -307,15 +307,15 @@ location independent. This option also affects @code{__builtin_FILE()} during compilation. See also @option{-ffile-prefix-map}. -@item -fexec-charset=@var{charset} @opindex fexec-charset +@item -fexec-charset=@var{charset} @cindex character set, execution Set the execution character set, used for string and character constants. The default is UTF-8. @var{charset} can be any encoding supported by the system's @code{iconv} library routine. -@item -fwide-exec-charset=@var{charset} @opindex fwide-exec-charset +@item -fwide-exec-charset=@var{charset} @cindex character set, wide execution Set the wide execution character set, used for wide string and character constants. The default is one of UTF-32BE, UTF-32LE, UTF-16BE, @@ -325,8 +325,8 @@ with @option{-fexec-charset}, @var{charset} can be any encoding supported by the system's @code{iconv} library routine; however, you will have problems with encodings that do not fit exactly in @code{wchar_t}. -@item -finput-charset=@var{charset} @opindex finput-charset +@item -finput-charset=@var{charset} @cindex character set, input Set the input character set, used for translation from the character set of the input file to the source character set used by GCC@. If the @@ -337,8 +337,8 @@ precedence if there's a conflict. @var{charset} can be any encoding supported by the system's @code{iconv} library routine. @ifclear cppmanual -@item -fpch-deps @opindex fpch-deps +@item -fpch-deps When using precompiled headers (@pxref{Precompiled Headers}), this flag causes the dependency-output flags to also list the files from the precompiled header's dependencies. If not specified, only the @@ -346,8 +346,8 @@ precompiled header are listed and not the files that were used to create it, because those files are not consulted when a precompiled header is used. -@item -fpch-preprocess @opindex fpch-preprocess +@item -fpch-preprocess This option allows use of a precompiled header (@pxref{Precompiled Headers}) together with @option{-E}. It inserts a special @code{#pragma}, @code{#pragma GCC pch_preprocess "@var{filename}"} in the output to mark @@ -365,9 +365,9 @@ location. The filename may be absolute or it may be relative to GCC's current directory. @end ifclear -@item -fworking-directory @opindex fworking-directory @opindex fno-working-directory +@item -fworking-directory Enable generation of linemarkers in the preprocessor output that let the compiler know the current working directory at the time of preprocessing. When this option is enabled, the preprocessor @@ -381,8 +381,8 @@ form @option{-fno-working-directory}. If the @option{-P} flag is present in the command line, this option has no effect, since no @code{#line} directives are emitted whatsoever. -@item -A @var{predicate}=@var{answer} @opindex A +@item -A @var{predicate}=@var{answer} Make an assertion with the predicate @var{predicate} and answer @var{answer}. This form is preferred to the older form @option{-A @var{predicate}(@var{answer})}, which is still supported, because @@ -395,8 +395,8 @@ it does not use shell special characters. Cancel an assertion with the predicate @var{predicate} and answer @var{answer}. -@item -C @opindex C +@item -C Do not discard comments. All comments are passed through to the output file, except for comments in processed directives, which are deleted along with the directive. @@ -407,8 +407,8 @@ For example, comments appearing at the start of what would be a directive line have the effect of turning that line into an ordinary source line, since the first token on the line is no longer a @samp{#}. -@item -CC @opindex CC +@item -CC Do not discard comments, including during macro expansion. This is like @option{-C}, except that comments contained within macros are also passed through to the output file where the macro is expanded. @@ -421,8 +421,8 @@ the source line. The @option{-CC} option is generally used to support lint comments. -@item -P @opindex P +@item -P Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from the preprocessor. This might be useful when running the preprocessor on something that is not C code, and will be sent to a program which might be confused by the @@ -433,10 +433,10 @@ linemarkers. @cindex traditional C language @cindex C language, traditional -@item -traditional -@itemx -traditional-cpp @opindex traditional-cpp @opindex traditional +@item -traditional +@itemx -traditional-cpp Try to imitate the behavior of pre-standard C preprocessors, as opposed to ISO C preprocessors. @@ -451,8 +451,8 @@ Note that GCC does not otherwise attempt to emulate a pre-standard C compiler, and these options are only supported with the @option{-E} switch, or when invoking CPP explicitly. -@item -trigraphs @opindex trigraphs +@item -trigraphs Support ISO C trigraphs. These are three-character sequences, all starting with @samp{??}, that are defined by ISO C to stand for single characters. For example, @@ -475,21 +475,21 @@ By default, GCC ignores trigraphs, but in standard-conforming modes it converts them. See the @option{-std} and @option{-ansi} options. -@item -remap @opindex remap +@item -remap Enable special code to work around file systems which only permit very short file names, such as MS-DOS@. -@item -H @opindex H +@item -H Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal activities. Each name is indented to show how deep in the @samp{#include} stack it is. Precompiled header files are also printed, even if they are found to be invalid; an invalid precompiled header file is printed with @samp{...x} and a valid one with @samp{...!} . -@item -d@var{letters} @opindex d +@item -d@var{letters} Says to make debugging dumps during compilation as specified by @var{letters}. The flags documented here are those relevant to the preprocessor. Other @var{letters} are interpreted @@ -501,8 +501,8 @@ conflicts, the result is undefined. @end ifclear @table @gcctabopt -@item -dM @opindex dM +@item -dM Instead of the normal output, generate a list of @samp{#define} directives for all the macros defined during the execution of the preprocessor, including predefined macros. This gives you a way of @@ -522,24 +522,24 @@ interpreted as a synonym for @option{-fdump-rtl-mach}. @xref{Developer Options, , ,gcc}. @end ifclear -@item -dD @opindex dD +@item -dD Like @option{-dM} except in two respects: it does @emph{not} include the predefined macros, and it outputs @emph{both} the @samp{#define} directives and the result of preprocessing. Both kinds of output go to the standard output file. -@item -dN @opindex dN +@item -dN Like @option{-dD}, but emit only the macro names, not their expansions. -@item -dI @opindex dI +@item -dI Output @samp{#include} directives in addition to the result of preprocessing. -@item -dU @opindex dU +@item -dU Like @option{-dD} except that only macros that are expanded, or whose definedness is tested in preprocessor directives, are output; the output is delayed until the use or test of the macro; and @@ -547,8 +547,8 @@ output is delayed until the use or test of the macro; and undefined at the time. @end table -@item -fdebug-cpp @opindex fdebug-cpp +@item -fdebug-cpp This option is only useful for debugging GCC. When used from CPP or with @option{-E}, it dumps debugging information about location maps. Every token in the output is preceded by the dump of the map its location diff --git a/gcc/doc/cppwarnopts.texi b/gcc/doc/cppwarnopts.texi index 29fba13..ab17ecb 100644 --- a/gcc/doc/cppwarnopts.texi +++ b/gcc/doc/cppwarnopts.texi @@ -9,16 +9,16 @@ @c If this file is included with the flag ``cppmanual'' set, it is @c formatted for inclusion in the CPP manual; otherwise the main GCC manual. -@item -Wcomment -@itemx -Wcomments @opindex Wcomment @opindex Wcomments +@item -Wcomment +@itemx -Wcomments Warn whenever a comment-start sequence @samp{/*} appears in a @samp{/*} comment, or whenever a backslash-newline appears in a @samp{//} comment. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wtrigraphs @opindex Wtrigraphs +@item -Wtrigraphs @anchor{Wtrigraphs} Warn if any trigraphs are encountered that might change the meaning of the program. Trigraphs within comments are not warned about, @@ -29,21 +29,21 @@ given, this option is still enabled unless trigraphs are enabled. To get trigraph conversion without warnings, but get the other @option{-Wall} warnings, use @samp{-trigraphs -Wall -Wno-trigraphs}. -@item -Wundef @opindex Wundef @opindex Wno-undef +@item -Wundef Warn if an undefined identifier is evaluated in an @code{#if} directive. Such identifiers are replaced with zero. -@item -Wexpansion-to-defined @opindex Wexpansion-to-defined +@item -Wexpansion-to-defined Warn whenever @samp{defined} is encountered in the expansion of a macro (including the case where the macro is expanded by an @samp{#if} directive). Such usage is not portable. This warning is also enabled by @option{-Wpedantic} and @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wunused-macros @opindex Wunused-macros +@item -Wunused-macros Warn about macros defined in the main file that are unused. A macro is @dfn{used} if it is expanded or tested for existence at least once. The preprocessor also warns if the macro has not been used at the @@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ Alternatively, you could provide a dummy use with something like: #endif @end smallexample -@item -Wno-endif-labels @opindex Wno-endif-labels @opindex Wendif-labels +@item -Wno-endif-labels Do not warn whenever an @code{#else} or an @code{#endif} are followed by text. This sometimes happens in older programs with code of the form diff --git a/gcc/doc/invoke.texi b/gcc/doc/invoke.texi index a7ec1a9..04ca9d9 100644 --- a/gcc/doc/invoke.texi +++ b/gcc/doc/invoke.texi @@ -1653,8 +1653,8 @@ one of the options @option{-c}, @option{-S}, or @option{-E} to say where @samp{-x cpp-output -E}) instruct @command{gcc} to do nothing at all. @table @gcctabopt -@item -c @opindex c +@item -c Compile or assemble the source files, but do not link. The linking stage simply is not done. The ultimate output is in the form of an object file for each source file. @@ -1665,8 +1665,8 @@ the suffix @samp{.c}, @samp{.i}, @samp{.s}, etc., with @samp{.o}. Unrecognized input files, not requiring compilation or assembly, are ignored. -@item -S @opindex S +@item -S Stop after the stage of compilation proper; do not assemble. The output is in the form of an assembler code file for each non-assembler input file specified. @@ -1676,8 +1676,8 @@ replacing the suffix @samp{.c}, @samp{.i}, etc., with @samp{.s}. Input files that don't require compilation are ignored. -@item -E @opindex E +@item -E Stop after the preprocessing stage; do not run the compiler proper. The output is in the form of preprocessed source code, which is sent to the standard output. @@ -1685,8 +1685,8 @@ standard output. Input files that don't require preprocessing are ignored. @cindex output file option -@item -o @var{file} @opindex o +@item -o @var{file} Place the primary output in file @var{file}. This applies to whatever sort of output is being produced, whether it be an executable file, an object file, an assembler file or preprocessed C code. @@ -1756,8 +1756,8 @@ by the options @option{-dumpbase}, @option{-dumpbase-ext}, @option{-save-temps=obj}. -@item -dumpbase @var{dumpbase} @opindex dumpbase +@item -dumpbase @var{dumpbase} This option sets the base name for auxiliary and dump output files. It does not affect the name of the primary output file. Intermediate outputs, when preserved, are not regarded as primary outputs, but as @@ -1845,8 +1845,8 @@ linking will use @file{dir/foobar.} as the prefix for dumps and auxiliary files. -@item -dumpbase-ext @var{auxdropsuf} @opindex dumpbase-ext +@item -dumpbase-ext @var{auxdropsuf} When forming the name of an auxiliary (but not a dump) output file, drop trailing @var{auxdropsuf} from @var{dumpbase} before appending any suffixes. If not specified, this option defaults to the suffix of a @@ -1879,8 +1879,8 @@ the auxiliary and dump outputs by using the executable name minus @file{main-foo.c.*} and @file{main-bar.c.*}. -@item -dumpdir @var{dumppfx} @opindex dumpdir +@item -dumpdir @var{dumppfx} When forming the name of an auxiliary or dump output file, use @var{dumppfx} as a prefix: @@ -2007,20 +2007,20 @@ names to the received @var{dumppfx}, ensures it contains a directory component so that it overrides any @option{-dumpdir}, and passes that as @option{-dumpbase} to sub-compilers. -@item -v @opindex v +@item -v Print (on standard error output) the commands executed to run the stages of compilation. Also print the version number of the compiler driver program and of the preprocessor and the compiler proper. -@item -### @opindex ### +@item -### Like @option{-v} except the commands are not executed and arguments are quoted unless they contain only alphanumeric characters or @code{./-_}. This is useful for shell scripts to capture the driver-generated command lines. -@item --help @opindex help +@item --help Print (on the standard output) a description of the command-line options understood by @command{gcc}. If the @option{-v} option is also specified then @option{--help} is also passed on to the various processes @@ -2029,8 +2029,8 @@ they accept. If the @option{-Wextra} option has also been specified (prior to the @option{--help} option), then command-line options that have no documentation associated with them are also displayed. -@item --target-help @opindex target-help +@item --target-help Print (on the standard output) a description of target-specific command-line options for each tool. For some targets extra target-specific information may also be printed. @@ -2154,12 +2154,12 @@ gcc -c -Q -O2 --help=optimizers > /tmp/O2-opts diff /tmp/O2-opts /tmp/O3-opts | grep enabled @end smallexample -@item --version @opindex version +@item --version Display the version number and copyrights of the invoked GCC@. -@item -pass-exit-codes @opindex pass-exit-codes +@item -pass-exit-codes Normally the @command{gcc} program exits with the code of 1 if any phase of the compiler returns a non-success return code. If you specify @option{-pass-exit-codes}, the @command{gcc} program instead returns with @@ -2167,15 +2167,15 @@ the numerically highest error produced by any phase returning an error indication. The C, C++, and Fortran front ends return 4 if an internal compiler error is encountered. -@item -pipe @opindex pipe +@item -pipe Use pipes rather than temporary files for communication between the various stages of compilation. This fails to work on some systems where the assembler is unable to read from a pipe; but the GNU assembler has no trouble. -@item -specs=@var{file} @opindex specs +@item -specs=@var{file} Process @var{file} after the compiler reads in the standard @file{specs} file, in order to override the defaults which the @command{gcc} driver program uses when determining what switches to pass to @command{cc1}, @@ -2184,8 +2184,8 @@ program uses when determining what switches to pass to @command{cc1}, are processed in order, from left to right. @xref{Spec Files}, for information about the format of the @var{file}. -@item -wrapper @opindex wrapper +@item -wrapper Invoke all subcommands under a wrapper program. The name of the wrapper program and its parameters are passed as a comma separated list. @@ -2199,8 +2199,8 @@ This invokes all subprograms of @command{gcc} under @samp{gdb --args}, thus the invocation of @command{cc1} is @samp{gdb --args cc1 @dots{}}. -@item -ffile-prefix-map=@var{old}=@var{new} @opindex ffile-prefix-map +@item -ffile-prefix-map=@var{old}=@var{new} When compiling files residing in directory @file{@var{old}}, record any references to them in the result of the compilation as if the files resided in directory @file{@var{new}} instead. Specifying this @@ -2211,8 +2211,8 @@ directives are not affected by these options. See also @option{-fmacro-prefix-map}, @option{-fdebug-prefix-map} and @option{-fprofile-prefix-map}. -@item -fplugin=@var{name}.so @opindex fplugin +@item -fplugin=@var{name}.so Load the plugin code in file @var{name}.so, assumed to be a shared object to be dlopen'd by the compiler. The base name of the shared object file is used to identify the plugin for the @@ -2221,24 +2221,24 @@ purposes of argument parsing (See Each plugin should define the callback functions specified in the Plugins API. -@item -fplugin-arg-@var{name}-@var{key}=@var{value} @opindex fplugin-arg +@item -fplugin-arg-@var{name}-@var{key}=@var{value} Define an argument called @var{key} with a value of @var{value} for the plugin called @var{name}. -@item -fdump-ada-spec@r{[}-slim@r{]} @opindex fdump-ada-spec +@item -fdump-ada-spec@r{[}-slim@r{]} For C and C++ source and include files, generate corresponding Ada specs. @xref{Generating Ada Bindings for C and C++ headers,,, gnat_ugn, GNAT User's Guide}, which provides detailed documentation on this feature. -@item -fada-spec-parent=@var{unit} @opindex fada-spec-parent +@item -fada-spec-parent=@var{unit} In conjunction with @option{-fdump-ada-spec@r{[}-slim@r{]}} above, generate Ada specs as child units of parent @var{unit}. -@item -fdump-go-spec=@var{file} @opindex fdump-go-spec +@item -fdump-go-spec=@var{file} For input files in any language, generate corresponding Go declarations in @var{file}. This generates Go @code{const}, @code{type}, @code{var}, and @code{func} declarations which may be a @@ -2296,8 +2296,8 @@ accepts: @table @gcctabopt @cindex ANSI support @cindex ISO support -@item -ansi @opindex ansi +@item -ansi In C mode, this is equivalent to @option{-std=c90}. In C++ mode, it is equivalent to @option{-std=c++98}. @@ -2334,8 +2334,8 @@ functions when @option{-ansi} is used. @xref{Other Builtins,,Other built-in functions provided by GCC}, for details of the functions affected. -@item -std= @opindex std +@item -std= Determine the language standard. @xref{Standards,,Language Standards Supported by GCC}, for details of these standard versions. This option is currently only supported when compiling C or C++. @@ -2493,8 +2493,8 @@ and will almost certainly change in incompatible ways in future releases. @end table -@item -aux-info @var{filename} @opindex aux-info +@item -aux-info @var{filename} Output to the given filename prototyped declarations for all functions declared and/or defined in a translation unit, including those in header files. This option is silently ignored in any language other than C@. @@ -2509,9 +2509,9 @@ character). In the case of function definitions, a K&R-style list of arguments followed by their declarations is also provided, inside comments, after the declaration. -@item -fno-asm @opindex fno-asm @opindex fasm +@item -fno-asm Do not recognize @code{asm}, @code{inline} or @code{typeof} as a keyword, so that code can use these words as identifiers. You can use the keywords @code{__asm__}, @code{__inline__} and @code{__typeof__} @@ -2527,10 +2527,10 @@ since @code{inline} is a standard keyword in ISO C99. In C2X mode the @code{asm} keyword, since @code{typeof} is a standard keyword in ISO C2X. -@item -fno-builtin -@itemx -fno-builtin-@var{function} @opindex fno-builtin @opindex fbuiltin +@item -fno-builtin +@itemx -fno-builtin-@var{function} @cindex built-in functions Don't recognize built-in functions that do not begin with @samp{__builtin_} as prefix. @xref{Other Builtins,,Other built-in @@ -2568,14 +2568,14 @@ built-in functions selectively when using @option{-fno-builtin} or #define strcpy(d, s) __builtin_strcpy ((d), (s)) @end smallexample -@item -fcond-mismatch @opindex fcond-mismatch +@item -fcond-mismatch Allow conditional expressions with mismatched types in the second and third arguments. The value of such an expression is void. This option is not supported for C++. -@item -ffreestanding @opindex ffreestanding +@item -ffreestanding @cindex hosted environment Assert that compilation targets a freestanding environment. This @@ -2587,15 +2587,15 @@ This is equivalent to @option{-fno-hosted}. @xref{Standards,,Language Standards Supported by GCC}, for details of freestanding and hosted environments. -@item -fgimple @opindex fgimple +@item -fgimple Enable parsing of function definitions marked with @code{__GIMPLE}. This is an experimental feature that allows unit testing of GIMPLE passes. -@item -fgnu-tm @opindex fgnu-tm +@item -fgnu-tm When the option @option{-fgnu-tm} is specified, the compiler generates code for the Linux variant of Intel's current Transactional Memory ABI specification document (Revision 1.1, May 6 2009). This is @@ -2610,8 +2610,8 @@ Transactional Memory Library}. Note that the transactional memory feature is not supported with non-call exceptions (@option{-fnon-call-exceptions}). -@item -fgnu89-inline @opindex fgnu89-inline +@item -fgnu89-inline The option @option{-fgnu89-inline} tells GCC to use the traditional GNU semantics for @code{inline} functions when in C99 mode. @xref{Inline,,An Inline Function is As Fast As a Macro}. @@ -2630,8 +2630,8 @@ The preprocessor macros @code{__GNUC_GNU_INLINE__} and in effect for @code{inline} functions. @xref{Common Predefined Macros,,,cpp,The C Preprocessor}. -@item -fhosted @opindex fhosted +@item -fhosted @cindex hosted environment Assert that compilation targets a hosted environment. This implies @@ -2640,14 +2640,14 @@ entire standard library is available, and in which @code{main} has a return type of @code{int}. Examples are nearly everything except a kernel. This is equivalent to @option{-fno-freestanding}. -@item -flax-vector-conversions @opindex flax-vector-conversions +@item -flax-vector-conversions Allow implicit conversions between vectors with differing numbers of elements and/or incompatible element types. This option should not be used for new code. -@item -fms-extensions @opindex fms-extensions +@item -fms-extensions Accept some non-standard constructs used in Microsoft header files. In C++ code, this allows member names in structures to be similar @@ -2667,10 +2667,10 @@ fields within structs/unions}, for details. Note that this option is off for all targets except for x86 targets using ms-abi. +@opindex foffload @item -foffload=disable @itemx -foffload=default @itemx -foffload=@var{target-list} -@opindex foffload @cindex Offloading targets @cindex OpenACC offloading targets @cindex OpenMP offloading targets @@ -2685,9 +2685,9 @@ Offload targets are specified in GCC's internal target-triplet format. You can run the compiler with @option{-v} to show the list of configured offload targets under @code{OFFLOAD_TARGET_NAMES}. +@opindex foffload-options @item -foffload-options=@var{options} @itemx -foffload-options=@var{target-triplet-list}=@var{options} -@opindex foffload-options @cindex Offloading options @cindex OpenACC offloading options @cindex OpenMP offloading options @@ -2707,8 +2707,8 @@ Typical command lines are -foffload-options=amdgcn-amdhsa=-march=gfx906 -foffload-options=-lm @end smallexample -@item -fopenacc @opindex fopenacc +@item -fopenacc @cindex OpenACC accelerator programming Enable handling of OpenACC directives @code{#pragma acc} in C/C++ and @code{!$acc} in Fortran. When @option{-fopenacc} is specified, the @@ -2717,16 +2717,16 @@ Programming Interface v2.6 @w{@uref{https://www.openacc.org}}. This option implies @option{-pthread}, and thus is only supported on targets that have support for @option{-pthread}. -@item -fopenacc-dim=@var{geom} @opindex fopenacc-dim +@item -fopenacc-dim=@var{geom} @cindex OpenACC accelerator programming Specify default compute dimensions for parallel offload regions that do not explicitly specify. The @var{geom} value is a triple of ':'-separated sizes, in order 'gang', 'worker' and, 'vector'. A size can be omitted, to use a target-specific default value. -@item -fopenmp @opindex fopenmp +@item -fopenmp @cindex OpenMP parallel Enable handling of OpenMP directives @code{#pragma omp} in C/C++, @code{[[omp::directive(...)]]} and @code{[[omp::sequence(...)]]} in C++ and @@ -2737,8 +2737,8 @@ implies @option{-pthread}, and thus is only supported on targets that have support for @option{-pthread}. @option{-fopenmp} implies @option{-fopenmp-simd}. -@item -fopenmp-simd @opindex fopenmp-simd +@item -fopenmp-simd @cindex OpenMP SIMD @cindex SIMD Enable handling of OpenMP's @code{simd}, @code{declare simd}, @@ -2748,9 +2748,9 @@ Enable handling of OpenMP's @code{simd}, @code{declare simd}, @code{[[omp::directive(...)]]} and @code{[[omp::sequence(...)]]} in C++ and @code{!$omp} in Fortran. Other OpenMP directives are ignored. +@opindex fopenmp-target-simd-clone @item -fopenmp-target-simd-clone @item -fopenmp-target-simd-clone=@var{device-type} -@opindex fopenmp-target-simd-clone @cindex OpenMP target SIMD clone In addition to generating SIMD clones for functions marked with the @code{declare simd} directive, GCC also generates clones @@ -2769,10 +2769,10 @@ At @option{-O2} and higher (but not @option{-Os} or @option{-Og}) this optimization defaults to @option{-fopenmp-target-simd-clone=nohost}; otherwise it is disabled by default. -@item -fpermitted-flt-eval-methods=@var{style} @opindex fpermitted-flt-eval-methods @opindex fpermitted-flt-eval-methods=c11 @opindex fpermitted-flt-eval-methods=ts-18661-3 +@item -fpermitted-flt-eval-methods=@var{style} ISO/IEC TS 18661-3 defines new permissible values for @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that indicate that operations and constants with a semantic type that is an interchange or extended format should be @@ -2793,8 +2793,8 @@ is @option{-fpermitted-flt-eval-methods=c11}. The default when in a GNU dialect (@option{-std=gnu11} or similar) is @option{-fpermitted-flt-eval-methods=ts-18661-3}. -@item -fplan9-extensions @opindex fplan9-extensions +@item -fplan9-extensions Accept some non-standard constructs used in Plan 9 code. This enables @option{-fms-extensions}, permits passing pointers to @@ -2804,29 +2804,29 @@ fields declared using a typedef. @xref{Unnamed Fields,,Unnamed struct/union fields within structs/unions}, for details. This is only supported for C, not C++. -@item -fsigned-bitfields -@itemx -funsigned-bitfields -@itemx -fno-signed-bitfields -@itemx -fno-unsigned-bitfields @opindex fsigned-bitfields @opindex funsigned-bitfields @opindex fno-signed-bitfields @opindex fno-unsigned-bitfields +@item -fsigned-bitfields +@itemx -funsigned-bitfields +@itemx -fno-signed-bitfields +@itemx -fno-unsigned-bitfields These options control whether a bit-field is signed or unsigned, when the declaration does not use either @code{signed} or @code{unsigned}. By default, such a bit-field is signed, because this is consistent: the basic integer types such as @code{int} are signed types. -@item -fsigned-char @opindex fsigned-char +@item -fsigned-char Let the type @code{char} be signed, like @code{signed char}. Note that this is equivalent to @option{-fno-unsigned-char}, which is the negative form of @option{-funsigned-char}. Likewise, the option @option{-fno-signed-char} is equivalent to @option{-funsigned-char}. -@item -funsigned-char @opindex funsigned-char +@item -funsigned-char Let the type @code{char} be unsigned, like @code{unsigned char}. Each kind of machine has a default for what @code{char} should @@ -2844,9 +2844,9 @@ The type @code{char} is always a distinct type from each of @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}, even though its behavior is always just like one of those two. -@item -fstrict-flex-arrays @opindex fstrict-flex-arrays @opindex fno-strict-flex-arrays +@item -fstrict-flex-arrays Control when to treat the trailing array of a structure as a flexible array member for the purpose of accessing the elements of such an array. The positive form is equivalent to @option{-fstrict-flex-arrays=3}, which is the @@ -2856,8 +2856,8 @@ The negative form is equivalent to @option{-fstrict-flex-arrays=0}, which is the least strict. All trailing arrays of structures are treated as flexible array members. -@item -fstrict-flex-arrays=@var{level} @opindex fstrict-flex-arrays=@var{level} +@item -fstrict-flex-arrays=@var{level} Control when to treat the trailing array of a structure as a flexible array member for the purpose of accessing the elements of such an array. The value of @var{level} controls the level of strictness. @@ -2869,8 +2869,8 @@ You can control this behavior for a specific trailing array field of a structure by using the variable attribute @code{strict_flex_array} attribute (@pxref{Variable Attributes}). -@item -fsso-struct=@var{endianness} @opindex fsso-struct +@item -fsso-struct=@var{endianness} Set the default scalar storage order of structures and unions to the specified endianness. The accepted values are @samp{big-endian}, @samp{little-endian} and @samp{native} for the native endianness of @@ -2909,8 +2909,8 @@ Here is a list of options that are @emph{only} for compiling C++ programs: @table @gcctabopt -@item -fabi-version=@var{n} @opindex fabi-version +@item -fabi-version=@var{n} Use version @var{n} of the C++ ABI@. The default is version 0. Version 0 refers to the version conforming most closely to @@ -2986,8 +2986,8 @@ that have additional context. See also @option{-Wabi}. -@item -fabi-compat-version=@var{n} @opindex fabi-compat-version +@item -fabi-compat-version=@var{n} On targets that support strong aliases, G++ works around mangling changes by creating an alias with the correct mangled name when defining a symbol with an incorrect mangled name. @@ -3003,14 +3003,14 @@ version is used for compatibility aliases. If this option is provided along with @option{-Wabi} (without the version), the version from this option is used for the warning. -@item -fno-access-control @opindex fno-access-control @opindex faccess-control +@item -fno-access-control Turn off all access checking. This switch is mainly useful for working around bugs in the access control code. -@item -faligned-new @opindex faligned-new +@item -faligned-new Enable support for C++17 @code{new} of types that require more alignment than @code{void* ::operator new(std::size_t)} provides. A numeric argument such as @code{-faligned-new=32} can be used to @@ -3020,10 +3020,10 @@ but few users will need to override the default of This flag is enabled by default for @option{-std=c++17}. -@item -fchar8_t -@itemx -fno-char8_t @opindex fchar8_t @opindex fno-char8_t +@item -fchar8_t +@itemx -fno-char8_t Enable support for @code{char8_t} as adopted for C++20. This includes the addition of a new @code{char8_t} fundamental type, changes to the types of UTF-8 string and character literals, new signatures for @@ -3072,8 +3072,8 @@ s = u8"xx"s; // error: conversion from // type `basic_string<char>' requested @end smallexample -@item -fcheck-new @opindex fcheck-new +@item -fcheck-new Check that the pointer returned by @code{operator new} is non-null before attempting to modify the storage allocated. This check is normally unnecessary because the C++ standard specifies that @@ -3084,10 +3084,10 @@ return value even without this option. In all other cases, when exhaustion is signalled by throwing @code{std::bad_alloc}. See also @samp{new (nothrow)}. -@item -fconcepts -@itemx -fconcepts-ts @opindex fconcepts @opindex fconcepts-ts +@item -fconcepts +@itemx -fconcepts-ts Enable support for the C++ Concepts feature for constraining template arguments. With @option{-std=c++20} and above, Concepts are part of the language standard, so @option{-fconcepts} defaults to on. @@ -3097,15 +3097,15 @@ Concepts Technical Specification, ISO 19217 (2015), but didn't make it into the standard, can additionally be enabled by @option{-fconcepts-ts}. -@item -fconstexpr-depth=@var{n} @opindex fconstexpr-depth +@item -fconstexpr-depth=@var{n} Set the maximum nested evaluation depth for C++11 constexpr functions to @var{n}. A limit is needed to detect endless recursion during constant expression evaluation. The minimum specified by the standard is 512. -@item -fconstexpr-cache-depth=@var{n} @opindex fconstexpr-cache-depth +@item -fconstexpr-cache-depth=@var{n} Set the maximum level of nested evaluation depth for C++11 constexpr functions that will be cached to @var{n}. This is a heuristic that trades off compilation speed (when the cache avoids repeated @@ -3115,8 +3115,8 @@ users are likely to want to adjust it, but if your code does heavy constexpr calculations you might want to experiment to find which value works best for you. -@item -fconstexpr-fp-except @opindex fconstexpr-fp-except +@item -fconstexpr-fp-except Annex F of the C standard specifies that IEC559 floating point exceptions encountered at compile time should not stop compilation. C++ compilers have historically not followed this guidance, instead @@ -3129,14 +3129,14 @@ is undefined. constexpr float inf = 1./0.; // OK with -fconstexpr-fp-except @end smallexample -@item -fconstexpr-loop-limit=@var{n} @opindex fconstexpr-loop-limit +@item -fconstexpr-loop-limit=@var{n} Set the maximum number of iterations for a loop in C++14 constexpr functions to @var{n}. A limit is needed to detect infinite loops during constant expression evaluation. The default is 262144 (1<<18). -@item -fconstexpr-ops-limit=@var{n} @opindex fconstexpr-ops-limit +@item -fconstexpr-ops-limit=@var{n} Set the maximum number of operations during a single constexpr evaluation. Even when number of iterations of a single loop is limited with the above limit, if there are several nested loops and each of them has many iterations but still @@ -3145,8 +3145,8 @@ of a loop too many expressions need to be evaluated, the resulting constexpr evaluation might take too long. The default is 33554432 (1<<25). -@item -fcontracts @opindex fcontracts +@item -fcontracts Enable experimental support for the C++ Contracts feature, as briefly added to and then removed from the C++20 working paper (N4820). The implementation also includes proposed enhancements from papers P1290, @@ -3166,29 +3166,29 @@ contracts, P1332 contracts, or P1429 contracts; these sets cannot be used together. @table @gcctabopt -@item -fcontract-mode=[on|off] @opindex fcontract-mode +@item -fcontract-mode=[on|off] Control whether any contracts have any semantics at all. Defaults to on. -@item -fcontract-assumption-mode=[on|off] @opindex fcontract-assumption-mode +@item -fcontract-assumption-mode=[on|off] [N4820] Control whether contracts with level @samp{axiom} should have the assume semantic. Defaults to on. -@item -fcontract-build-level=[off|default|audit] @opindex fcontract-build-level +@item -fcontract-build-level=[off|default|audit] [N4820] Specify which level of contracts to generate checks for. Defaults to @samp{default}. -@item -fcontract-continuation-mode=[on|off] @opindex fcontract-continuation-mode +@item -fcontract-continuation-mode=[on|off] [N4820] Control whether to allow the program to continue executing after a contract violation. That is, do checked contracts have the @samp{maybe} semantic described below rather than the @samp{never} semantic. Defaults to off. -@item -fcontract-role=<name>:<default>,<audit>,<axiom> @opindex fcontract-role +@item -fcontract-role=<name>:<default>,<audit>,<axiom> [P1332] Specify the concrete semantics for each contract level of a particular contract role. @@ -3196,8 +3196,8 @@ of a particular contract role. [P1429] Specify the concrete semantic for a particular contract level. -@item -fcontract-strict-declarations=[on|off] @opindex fcontract-strict-declarations +@item -fcontract-strict-declarations=[on|off] Control whether to reject adding contracts to a function after its first declaration. Defaults to off. @end table @@ -3224,13 +3224,13 @@ This contract is checked. If it fails, the violation handler is called. If the handler returns, execution continues normally. @end table -@item -fcoroutines @opindex fcoroutines +@item -fcoroutines Enable support for the C++ coroutines extension (experimental). -@item -fno-elide-constructors @opindex fno-elide-constructors @opindex felide-constructors +@item -fno-elide-constructors The C++ standard allows an implementation to omit creating a temporary that is only used to initialize another object of the same type. Specifying this option disables that optimization, and forces G++ to @@ -3240,9 +3240,9 @@ to call trivial member functions which otherwise would be expanded inline. In C++17, the compiler is required to omit these temporaries, but this option still affects trivial member functions. -@item -fno-enforce-eh-specs @opindex fno-enforce-eh-specs @opindex fenforce-eh-specs +@item -fno-enforce-eh-specs Don't generate code to check for violation of exception specifications at run time. This option violates the C++ standard, but may be useful for reducing code size in production builds, much like defining @@ -3251,10 +3251,10 @@ exceptions in violation of the exception specifications; the compiler still optimizes based on the specifications, so throwing an unexpected exception results in undefined behavior at run time. -@item -fextern-tls-init -@itemx -fno-extern-tls-init @opindex fextern-tls-init @opindex fno-extern-tls-init +@item -fextern-tls-init +@itemx -fno-extern-tls-init The C++11 and OpenMP standards allow @code{thread_local} and @code{threadprivate} variables to have dynamic (runtime) initialization. To support this, any use of such a variable goes @@ -3274,34 +3274,34 @@ On targets that support symbol aliases, the default is @option{-fextern-tls-init}. On targets that do not support symbol aliases, the default is @option{-fno-extern-tls-init}. -@item -ffold-simple-inlines -@itemx -fno-fold-simple-inlines @opindex ffold-simple-inlines @opindex fno-fold-simple-inlines +@item -ffold-simple-inlines +@itemx -fno-fold-simple-inlines Permit the C++ frontend to fold calls to @code{std::move}, @code{std::forward}, @code{std::addressof} and @code{std::as_const}. In contrast to inlining, this means no debug information will be generated for such calls. Since these functions are rarely interesting to debug, this flag is enabled by default unless @option{-fno-inline} is active. -@item -fno-gnu-keywords @opindex fno-gnu-keywords @opindex fgnu-keywords +@item -fno-gnu-keywords Do not recognize @code{typeof} as a keyword, so that code can use this word as an identifier. You can use the keyword @code{__typeof__} instead. This option is implied by the strict ISO C++ dialects: @option{-ansi}, @option{-std=c++98}, @option{-std=c++11}, etc. -@item -fimplicit-constexpr @opindex fimplicit-constexpr +@item -fimplicit-constexpr Make inline functions implicitly constexpr, if they satisfy the requirements for a constexpr function. This option can be used in C++14 mode or later. This can result in initialization changing from dynamic to static and other optimizations. -@item -fno-implicit-templates @opindex fno-implicit-templates @opindex fimplicit-templates +@item -fno-implicit-templates Never emit code for non-inline templates that are instantiated implicitly (i.e.@: by use); only emit code for explicit instantiations. If you use this option, you must take care to structure your code to @@ -3309,37 +3309,37 @@ include all the necessary explicit instantiations to avoid getting undefined symbols at link time. @xref{Template Instantiation}, for more information. -@item -fno-implicit-inline-templates @opindex fno-implicit-inline-templates @opindex fimplicit-inline-templates +@item -fno-implicit-inline-templates Don't emit code for implicit instantiations of inline templates, either. The default is to handle inlines differently so that compiles with and without optimization need the same set of explicit instantiations. -@item -fno-implement-inlines @opindex fno-implement-inlines @opindex fimplement-inlines +@item -fno-implement-inlines To save space, do not emit out-of-line copies of inline functions controlled by @code{#pragma implementation}. This causes linker errors if these functions are not inlined everywhere they are called. -@item -fmodules-ts -@itemx -fno-modules-ts @opindex fmodules-ts @opindex fno-modules-ts +@item -fmodules-ts +@itemx -fno-modules-ts Enable support for C++20 modules (@pxref{C++ Modules}). The @option{-fno-modules-ts} is usually not needed, as that is the default. Even though this is a C++20 feature, it is not currently implicitly enabled by selecting that standard version. +@opindex fmodule-header @item -fmodule-header @itemx -fmodule-header=user @itemx -fmodule-header=system -@opindex fmodule-header Compile a header file to create an importable header unit. -@item -fmodule-implicit-inline @opindex fmodule-implicit-inline +@item -fmodule-implicit-inline Member functions defined in their class definitions are not implicitly inline for modular code. This is different to traditional C++ behavior, for good reasons. However, it may result in a difficulty @@ -3348,9 +3348,9 @@ implicitly inline. It does however generate an ABI incompatibility, so you must use it everywhere or nowhere. (Such definitions outside of a named module remain implicitly inline, regardless.) -@item -fno-module-lazy @opindex fno-module-lazy @opindex fmodule-lazy +@item -fno-module-lazy Disable lazy module importing and module mapper creation. @item -fmodule-mapper=@r{[}@var{hostname}@r{]}:@var{port}@r{[}?@var{ident}@r{]} @@ -3365,39 +3365,39 @@ An oracle to query for module name to filename mappings. If unspecified the @env{CXX_MODULE_MAPPER} environment variable is used, and if that is unset, an in-process default is provided. -@item -fmodule-only @opindex fmodule-only +@item -fmodule-only Only emit the Compiled Module Interface, inhibiting any object file. -@item -fms-extensions @opindex fms-extensions +@item -fms-extensions Disable Wpedantic warnings about constructs used in MFC, such as implicit int and getting a pointer to member function via non-standard syntax. -@item -fnew-inheriting-ctors @opindex fnew-inheriting-ctors +@item -fnew-inheriting-ctors Enable the P0136 adjustment to the semantics of C++11 constructor inheritance. This is part of C++17 but also considered to be a Defect Report against C++11 and C++14. This flag is enabled by default unless @option{-fabi-version=10} or lower is specified. -@item -fnew-ttp-matching @opindex fnew-ttp-matching +@item -fnew-ttp-matching Enable the P0522 resolution to Core issue 150, template template parameters and default arguments: this allows a template with default template arguments as an argument for a template template parameter with fewer template parameters. This flag is enabled by default for @option{-std=c++17}. -@item -fno-nonansi-builtins @opindex fno-nonansi-builtins @opindex fnonansi-builtins +@item -fno-nonansi-builtins Disable built-in declarations of functions that are not mandated by ANSI/ISO C@. These include @code{ffs}, @code{alloca}, @code{_exit}, @code{index}, @code{bzero}, @code{conjf}, and other related functions. -@item -fnothrow-opt @opindex fnothrow-opt +@item -fnothrow-opt Treat a @code{throw()} exception specification as if it were a @code{noexcept} specification to reduce or eliminate the text size overhead relative to a function with no exception specification. If @@ -3408,29 +3408,29 @@ optimized away. The semantic effect is that an exception thrown out of a function with such an exception specification results in a call to @code{terminate} rather than @code{unexpected}. -@item -fno-operator-names @opindex fno-operator-names @opindex foperator-names +@item -fno-operator-names Do not treat the operator name keywords @code{and}, @code{bitand}, @code{bitor}, @code{compl}, @code{not}, @code{or} and @code{xor} as synonyms as keywords. -@item -fno-optional-diags @opindex fno-optional-diags @opindex foptional-diags +@item -fno-optional-diags Disable diagnostics that the standard says a compiler does not need to issue. Currently, the only such diagnostic issued by G++ is the one for a name having multiple meanings within a class. -@item -fpermissive @opindex fpermissive +@item -fpermissive Downgrade some diagnostics about nonconformant code from errors to warnings. Thus, using @option{-fpermissive} allows some nonconforming code to compile. -@item -fno-pretty-templates @opindex fno-pretty-templates @opindex fpretty-templates +@item -fno-pretty-templates When an error message refers to a specialization of a function template, the compiler normally prints the signature of the template followed by the template arguments and any typedefs or @@ -3442,9 +3442,9 @@ the default template arguments for that template. If either of these behaviors make it harder to understand the error message rather than easier, you can use @option{-fno-pretty-templates} to disable them. -@item -fno-rtti @opindex fno-rtti @opindex frtti +@item -fno-rtti Disable generation of information about every class with virtual functions for use by the C++ run-time type identification features (@code{dynamic_cast} and @code{typeid}). If you don't use those parts @@ -3459,8 +3459,8 @@ Mixing code compiled with @option{-frtti} with that compiled with fail to link if a class compiled with @option{-fno-rtti} is used as a base for a class compiled with @option{-frtti}. -@item -fsized-deallocation @opindex fsized-deallocation +@item -fsized-deallocation Enable the built-in global declarations @smallexample void operator delete (void *, std::size_t) noexcept; @@ -3472,8 +3472,8 @@ to make deallocation faster. Enabled by default under @option{-std=c++14} and above. The flag @option{-Wsized-deallocation} warns about places that might want to add a definition. -@item -fstrict-enums @opindex fstrict-enums +@item -fstrict-enums Allow the compiler to optimize using the assumption that a value of enumerated type can only be one of the values of the enumeration (as defined in the C++ standard; basically, a value that can be @@ -3481,8 +3481,8 @@ represented in the minimum number of bits needed to represent all the enumerators). This assumption may not be valid if the program uses a cast to convert an arbitrary integer value to the enumerated type. -@item -fstrong-eval-order @opindex fstrong-eval-order +@item -fstrong-eval-order Evaluate member access, array subscripting, and shift expressions in left-to-right order, and evaluate assignment in right-to-left order, as adopted for C++17. Enabled by default with @option{-std=c++17}. @@ -3490,13 +3490,13 @@ as adopted for C++17. Enabled by default with @option{-std=c++17}. access and shift expressions, and is the default without @option{-std=c++17}. -@item -ftemplate-backtrace-limit=@var{n} @opindex ftemplate-backtrace-limit +@item -ftemplate-backtrace-limit=@var{n} Set the maximum number of template instantiation notes for a single warning or error to @var{n}. The default value is 10. -@item -ftemplate-depth=@var{n} @opindex ftemplate-depth +@item -ftemplate-depth=@var{n} Set the maximum instantiation depth for template classes to @var{n}. A limit on the template instantiation depth is needed to detect endless recursions during template class instantiation. ANSI/ISO C++ @@ -3504,31 +3504,31 @@ conforming programs must not rely on a maximum depth greater than 17 (changed to 1024 in C++11). The default value is 900, as the compiler can run out of stack space before hitting 1024 in some situations. -@item -fno-threadsafe-statics @opindex fno-threadsafe-statics @opindex fthreadsafe-statics +@item -fno-threadsafe-statics Do not emit the extra code to use the routines specified in the C++ ABI for thread-safe initialization of local statics. You can use this option to reduce code size slightly in code that doesn't need to be thread-safe. -@item -fuse-cxa-atexit @opindex fuse-cxa-atexit +@item -fuse-cxa-atexit Register destructors for objects with static storage duration with the @code{__cxa_atexit} function rather than the @code{atexit} function. This option is required for fully standards-compliant handling of static destructors, but only works if your C library supports @code{__cxa_atexit}. -@item -fno-use-cxa-get-exception-ptr @opindex fno-use-cxa-get-exception-ptr @opindex fuse-cxa-get-exception-ptr +@item -fno-use-cxa-get-exception-ptr Don't use the @code{__cxa_get_exception_ptr} runtime routine. This causes @code{std::uncaught_exception} to be incorrect, but is necessary if the runtime routine is not available. -@item -fvisibility-inlines-hidden @opindex fvisibility-inlines-hidden +@item -fvisibility-inlines-hidden This switch declares that the user does not attempt to compare pointers to inline functions or methods where the addresses of the two functions are taken in different shared objects. @@ -3555,8 +3555,8 @@ Explicitly instantiated inline methods are unaffected by this option as their linkage might otherwise cross a shared library boundary. @xref{Template Instantiation}. -@item -fvisibility-ms-compat @opindex fvisibility-ms-compat +@item -fvisibility-ms-compat This flag attempts to use visibility settings to make GCC's C++ linkage model compatible with that of Microsoft Visual Studio. @@ -3589,18 +3589,18 @@ and that pointers to function members defined in different shared objects may not compare equal. When this flag is given, it is a violation of the ODR to define types with the same name differently. -@item -fno-weak @opindex fno-weak @opindex fweak +@item -fno-weak Do not use weak symbol support, even if it is provided by the linker. By default, G++ uses weak symbols if they are available. This option exists only for testing, and should not be used by end-users; it results in inferior code and has no benefits. This option may be removed in a future release of G++. -@item -fext-numeric-literals @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex fext-numeric-literals @opindex fno-ext-numeric-literals +@item -fext-numeric-literals @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Accept imaginary, fixed-point, or machine-defined literal number suffixes as GNU extensions. When this option is turned off these suffixes are treated @@ -3611,17 +3611,17 @@ This is on by default for all pre-C++11 dialects and all GNU dialects: This option is off by default for ISO C++11 onwards (@option{-std=c++11}, ...). -@item -nostdinc++ @opindex nostdinc++ +@item -nostdinc++ Do not search for header files in the standard directories specific to C++, but do still search the other standard directories. (This option is used when building the C++ library.) +@opindex flang-info-include-translate +@opindex flang-info-include-translate-not @item -flang-info-include-translate @itemx -flang-info-include-translate-not @itemx -flang-info-include-translate=@var{header} -@opindex flang-info-include-translate -@opindex flang-info-include-translate-not Inform of include translation events. The first will note accepted include translations, the second will note declined include translations. The @var{header} form will inform of include @@ -3629,17 +3629,17 @@ translations relating to that specific header. If @var{header} is of the form @code{"user"} or @code{<system>} it will be resolved to a specific user or system header using the include path. +@opindex flang-info-module-cmi @item -flang-info-module-cmi @itemx -flang-info-module-cmi=@var{module} -@opindex flang-info-module-cmi Inform of Compiled Module Interface pathnames. The first will note all read CMI pathnames. The @var{module} form will not reading a specific module's CMI. @var{module} may be a named module or a header-unit (the latter indicated by either being a pathname containing directory separators or enclosed in @code{<>} or @code{""}). -@item -stdlib=@var{libstdc++,libc++} @opindex stdlib +@item -stdlib=@var{libstdc++,libc++} When G++ is configured to support this option, it allows specification of alternate C++ runtime libraries. Two options are available: @var{libstdc++} (the default, native C++ runtime for G++) and @var{libc++} which is the @@ -3652,15 +3652,15 @@ when a C++ runtime is required for linking. In addition, these warning options have meanings only for C++ programs: @table @gcctabopt -@item -Wabi-tag @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wabi-tag +@item -Wabi-tag @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when a type with an ABI tag is used in a context that does not have that ABI tag. See @ref{C++ Attributes} for more information about ABI tags. -@item -Wcomma-subscript @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wcomma-subscript @opindex Wno-comma-subscript +@item -Wcomma-subscript @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about uses of a comma expression within a subscripting expression. This usage was deprecated in C++20 and is going to be removed in C++23. However, a comma expression wrapped in @code{( )} is not deprecated. Example: @@ -3684,9 +3684,9 @@ in C++20 with a pedantic warning that can be disabled with Enabled by default with @option{-std=c++20} unless @option{-Wno-deprecated}, and with @option{-std=c++23} regardless of @option{-Wno-deprecated}. -@item -Wctad-maybe-unsupported @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wctad-maybe-unsupported @opindex Wno-ctad-maybe-unsupported +@item -Wctad-maybe-unsupported @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when performing class template argument deduction (CTAD) on a type with no explicitly written deduction guides. This warning will point out cases where CTAD succeeded only because the compiler synthesized the implicit @@ -3703,18 +3703,18 @@ template <typename T> struct S @{ S(allow_ctad_t) -> S<void>; // guide with incomplete parameter type will never be considered @end smallexample -@item -Wctor-dtor-privacy @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wctor-dtor-privacy @opindex Wno-ctor-dtor-privacy +@item -Wctor-dtor-privacy @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when a class seems unusable because all the constructors or destructors in that class are private, and it has neither friends nor public static member functions. Also warn if there are no non-private methods, and there's at least one private member function that isn't a constructor or destructor. -@item -Wdangling-reference @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wdangling-reference @opindex Wno-dangling-reference +@item -Wdangling-reference @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when a reference is bound to a temporary whose lifetime has ended. For example: @@ -3770,18 +3770,18 @@ the call to @code{std::minmax}. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor @opindex Wno-delete-non-virtual-dtor +@item -Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when @code{delete} is used to destroy an instance of a class that has virtual functions and non-virtual destructor. It is unsafe to delete an instance of a derived class through a pointer to a base class if the base class does not have a virtual destructor. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wdeprecated-copy @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wdeprecated-copy @opindex Wno-deprecated-copy +@item -Wdeprecated-copy @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn that the implicit declaration of a copy constructor or copy assignment operator is deprecated if the class has a user-provided copy constructor or copy assignment operator, in C++11 and up. This @@ -3789,9 +3789,9 @@ warning is enabled by @option{-Wextra}. With @option{-Wdeprecated-copy-dtor}, also deprecate if the class has a user-provided destructor. -@item -Wno-deprecated-enum-enum-conversion @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wdeprecated-enum-enum-conversion @opindex Wno-deprecated-enum-enum-conversion +@item -Wno-deprecated-enum-enum-conversion @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Disable the warning about the case when the usual arithmetic conversions are applied on operands where one is of enumeration type and the other is of a different enumeration type. This conversion was deprecated in C++20. @@ -3807,9 +3807,9 @@ int k = f - e; @option{-std=c++20}. In pre-C++20 dialects, this warning can be enabled by @option{-Wenum-conversion}. -@item -Wno-deprecated-enum-float-conversion @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wdeprecated-enum-float-conversion @opindex Wno-deprecated-enum-float-conversion +@item -Wno-deprecated-enum-float-conversion @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Disable the warning about the case when the usual arithmetic conversions are applied on operands where one is of enumeration type and the other is of a floating-point type. This conversion was deprecated in C++20. For @@ -3825,9 +3825,9 @@ bool b = e <= 3.7; @option{-std=c++20}. In pre-C++20 dialects, this warning can be enabled by @option{-Wenum-conversion}. -@item -Wno-init-list-lifetime @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Winit-list-lifetime @opindex Wno-init-list-lifetime +@item -Wno-init-list-lifetime @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Do not warn about uses of @code{std::initializer_list} that are likely to result in dangling pointers. Since the underlying array for an @code{initializer_list} is handled like a normal C++ temporary object, @@ -3870,9 +3870,9 @@ the variable declaration statement. @end itemize -@item -Winvalid-constexpr @opindex Winvalid-constexpr @opindex Wno-invalid-constexpr +@item -Winvalid-constexpr Warn when a function never produces a constant expression. In C++20 and earlier, for every @code{constexpr} function and function template, @@ -3896,17 +3896,17 @@ g (int& i) @} @end smallexample -@item -Winvalid-imported-macros @opindex Winvalid-imported-macros @opindex Wno-invalid-imported-macros +@item -Winvalid-imported-macros Verify all imported macro definitions are valid at the end of compilation. This is not enabled by default, as it requires additional processing to determine. It may be useful when preparing sets of header-units to ensure consistent macros. -@item -Wno-literal-suffix @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wliteral-suffix @opindex Wno-literal-suffix +@item -Wno-literal-suffix @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Do not warn when a string or character literal is followed by a ud-suffix which does not begin with an underscore. As a conforming extension, GCC treats such suffixes as separate preprocessing tokens @@ -3933,9 +3933,9 @@ with an underscore are reserved for future standardization. These warnings are enabled by default. -@item -Wno-narrowing @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wnarrowing @opindex Wno-narrowing +@item -Wno-narrowing @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} For C++11 and later standards, narrowing conversions are diagnosed by default, as required by the standard. A narrowing conversion from a constant produces an error, and a narrowing conversion from a non-constant produces a warning, @@ -3953,17 +3953,17 @@ int i = @{ 2.2 @}; // error: narrowing from double to int This flag is included in @option{-Wall} and @option{-Wc++11-compat}. -@item -Wnoexcept @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wnoexcept @opindex Wno-noexcept +@item -Wnoexcept @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when a noexcept-expression evaluates to false because of a call to a function that does not have a non-throwing exception specification (i.e. @code{throw()} or @code{noexcept}) but is known by the compiler to never throw an exception. -@item -Wnoexcept-type @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wnoexcept-type @opindex Wno-noexcept-type +@item -Wnoexcept-type @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn if the C++17 feature making @code{noexcept} part of a function type changes the mangled name of a symbol relative to C++14. Enabled by @option{-Wabi} and @option{-Wc++17-compat}. @@ -3980,9 +3980,9 @@ void h() @{ f(g); @} In C++14, @code{f} calls @code{f<void(*)()>}, but in C++17 it calls @code{f<void(*)()noexcept>}. -@item -Wclass-memaccess @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wclass-memaccess @opindex Wno-class-memaccess +@item -Wclass-memaccess @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when the destination of a call to a raw memory function such as @code{memset} or @code{memcpy} is an object of class type, and when writing into such an object might bypass the class non-trivial or deleted constructor @@ -4002,9 +4002,9 @@ Explicitly casting the pointer to the class object to @code{void *} or to a type that can be safely accessed by the raw memory function suppresses the warning. -@item -Wnon-virtual-dtor @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wnon-virtual-dtor @opindex Wno-non-virtual-dtor +@item -Wnon-virtual-dtor @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when a class has virtual functions and an accessible non-virtual destructor itself or in an accessible polymorphic base class, in which case it is possible but unsafe to delete an instance of a derived @@ -4014,18 +4014,18 @@ The @option{-Wdelete-non-virtual-dtor} option (enabled by @option{-Wall}) should be preferred because it warns about the unsafe cases without false positives. -@item -Wregister @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wregister @opindex Wno-register +@item -Wregister @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn on uses of the @code{register} storage class specifier, except when it is part of the GNU @ref{Explicit Register Variables} extension. The use of the @code{register} keyword as storage class specifier has been deprecated in C++11 and removed in C++17. Enabled by default with @option{-std=c++17}. -@item -Wreorder @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wreorder @opindex Wno-reorder +@item -Wreorder @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @cindex reordering, warning @cindex warning for reordering of member initializers Warn when the order of member initializers given in the code does not @@ -4044,9 +4044,9 @@ The compiler rearranges the member initializers for @code{i} and @code{j} to match the declaration order of the members, emitting a warning to that effect. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wno-pessimizing-move @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wpessimizing-move @opindex Wno-pessimizing-move +@item -Wno-pessimizing-move @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} This warning warns when a call to @code{std::move} prevents copy elision. A typical scenario when copy elision can occur is when returning in a function with a class return type, when the expression being returned is the @@ -4069,9 +4069,9 @@ But in this example, the @code{std::move} call prevents copy elision. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wno-redundant-move @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wredundant-move @opindex Wno-redundant-move +@item -Wno-redundant-move @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} This warning warns about redundant calls to @code{std::move}; that is, when a move operation would have been performed even without the @code{std::move} call. This happens because the compiler is forced to treat the object as if @@ -4112,9 +4112,9 @@ treats the return value as if it were designated by an rvalue. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wrange-loop-construct @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wrange-loop-construct @opindex Wno-range-loop-construct +@item -Wrange-loop-construct @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} This warning warns when a C++ range-based for-loop is creating an unnecessary copy. This can happen when the range declaration is not a reference, but probably should be. For example: @@ -4146,9 +4146,9 @@ type @code{double} is created and destroyed, to which the reference This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wredundant-tags @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wredundant-tags @opindex Wno-redundant-tags +@item -Wredundant-tags @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about redundant class-key and enum-key in references to class types and enumerated types in contexts where the key can be eliminated without causing an ambiguity. For example: @@ -4167,9 +4167,9 @@ void foo (); // "hides" struct foo void bar (struct foo&); // no warning, keyword struct is necessary @end smallexample -@item -Wno-subobject-linkage @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wsubobject-linkage @opindex Wno-subobject-linkage +@item -Wno-subobject-linkage @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Do not warn if a class type has a base or a field whose type uses the anonymous namespace or depends on a type with no linkage. If a type A depends on @@ -4182,9 +4182,9 @@ compiler doesn't give this warning for types defined in the main .C file, as those are unlikely to have multiple definitions. @option{-Wsubobject-linkage} is enabled by default. -@item -Weffc++ @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Weffc++ @opindex Wno-effc++ +@item -Weffc++ @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about violations of the following style guidelines from Scott Meyers' @cite{Effective C++} series of books: @@ -4220,24 +4220,24 @@ When selecting this option, be aware that the standard library headers do not obey all of these guidelines; use @samp{grep -v} to filter out those warnings. -@item -Wno-exceptions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wexceptions @opindex Wno-exceptions +@item -Wno-exceptions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Disable the warning about the case when an exception handler is shadowed by another handler, which can point out a wrong ordering of exception handlers. -@item -Wstrict-null-sentinel @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wstrict-null-sentinel @opindex Wno-strict-null-sentinel +@item -Wstrict-null-sentinel @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about the use of an uncasted @code{NULL} as sentinel. When compiling only with GCC this is a valid sentinel, as @code{NULL} is defined to @code{__null}. Although it is a null pointer constant rather than a null pointer, it is guaranteed to be of the same size as a pointer. But this use is not portable across different compilers. -@item -Wno-non-template-friend @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wno-non-template-friend @opindex Wnon-template-friend +@item -Wno-non-template-friend @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Disable warnings when non-template friend functions are declared within a template. In very old versions of GCC that predate implementation of the ISO standard, declarations such as @@ -4246,18 +4246,18 @@ could be interpreted as a particular specialization of a template function; the warning exists to diagnose compatibility problems, and is enabled by default. -@item -Wold-style-cast @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wold-style-cast @opindex Wno-old-style-cast +@item -Wold-style-cast @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn if an old-style (C-style) cast to a non-void type is used within a C++ program. The new-style casts (@code{dynamic_cast}, @code{static_cast}, @code{reinterpret_cast}, and @code{const_cast}) are less vulnerable to unintended effects and much easier to search for. -@item -Woverloaded-virtual @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} -@itemx -Woverloaded-virtual=@var{n} @opindex Woverloaded-virtual @opindex Wno-overloaded-virtual +@item -Woverloaded-virtual @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} +@itemx -Woverloaded-virtual=@var{n} @cindex overloaded virtual function, warning @cindex warning for overloaded virtual function Warn when a function declaration hides virtual functions from a @@ -4311,32 +4311,32 @@ At level 1, this case does not warn; at level 2, it does. @option{-Woverloaded-virtual} by itself selects level 2. Level 1 is included in @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wno-pmf-conversions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wno-pmf-conversions @opindex Wpmf-conversions +@item -Wno-pmf-conversions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Disable the diagnostic for converting a bound pointer to member function to a plain pointer. -@item -Wsign-promo @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wsign-promo @opindex Wno-sign-promo +@item -Wsign-promo @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when overload resolution chooses a promotion from unsigned or enumerated type to a signed type, over a conversion to an unsigned type of the same size. Previous versions of G++ tried to preserve unsignedness, but the standard mandates the current behavior. -@item -Wtemplates @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wtemplates @opindex Wno-templates +@item -Wtemplates @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when a primary template declaration is encountered. Some coding rules disallow templates, and this may be used to enforce that rule. The warning is inactive inside a system header file, such as the STL, so one can still use the STL. One may also instantiate or specialize templates. -@item -Wmismatched-new-delete @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wmismatched-new-delete @opindex Wno-mismatched-new-delete +@item -Wmismatched-new-delete @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn for mismatches between calls to @code{operator new} or @code{operator delete} and the corresponding call to the allocation or deallocation function. This includes invocations of C++ @code{operator delete} with pointers @@ -4368,9 +4368,9 @@ new} and @code{operator delete}. @option{-Wmismatched-new-delete} is included in @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wmismatched-tags @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wmismatched-tags @opindex Wno-mismatched-tags +@item -Wmismatched-tags @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn for declarations of structs, classes, and class templates and their specializations with a class-key that does not match either the definition or the first declaration if no definition is provided. @@ -4394,27 +4394,27 @@ unresolved references due to the difference in the mangling of symbols declared with different class-keys. The option can be used either on its own or in conjunction with @option{-Wredundant-tags}. -@item -Wmultiple-inheritance @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wmultiple-inheritance @opindex Wno-multiple-inheritance +@item -Wmultiple-inheritance @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when a class is defined with multiple direct base classes. Some coding rules disallow multiple inheritance, and this may be used to enforce that rule. The warning is inactive inside a system header file, such as the STL, so one can still use the STL. One may also define classes that indirectly use multiple inheritance. -@item -Wvirtual-inheritance @opindex Wvirtual-inheritance @opindex Wno-virtual-inheritance +@item -Wvirtual-inheritance Warn when a class is defined with a virtual direct base class. Some coding rules disallow multiple inheritance, and this may be used to enforce that rule. The warning is inactive inside a system header file, such as the STL, so one can still use the STL. One may also define classes that indirectly use virtual inheritance. -@item -Wno-virtual-move-assign @opindex Wvirtual-move-assign @opindex Wno-virtual-move-assign +@item -Wno-virtual-move-assign Suppress warnings about inheriting from a virtual base with a non-trivial C++11 move assignment operator. This is dangerous because if the virtual base is reachable along more than one path, it is @@ -4422,23 +4422,23 @@ moved multiple times, which can mean both objects end up in the moved-from state. If the move assignment operator is written to avoid moving from a moved-from object, this warning can be disabled. -@item -Wnamespaces @opindex Wnamespaces @opindex Wno-namespaces +@item -Wnamespaces Warn when a namespace definition is opened. Some coding rules disallow namespaces, and this may be used to enforce that rule. The warning is inactive inside a system header file, such as the STL, so one can still use the STL. One may also use using directives and qualified names. -@item -Wno-terminate @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wterminate @opindex Wno-terminate +@item -Wno-terminate @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Disable the warning about a throw-expression that will immediately result in a call to @code{terminate}. -@item -Wno-vexing-parse @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wvexing-parse @opindex Wno-vexing-parse +@item -Wno-vexing-parse @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about the most vexing parse syntactic ambiguity. This warns about the cases when a declaration looks like a variable definition, but the C++ language requires it to be interpreted as a function declaration. @@ -4467,16 +4467,16 @@ it can suggest removing the parentheses or using braces instead. This warning is enabled by default. -@item -Wno-class-conversion @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wno-class-conversion @opindex Wclass-conversion +@item -Wno-class-conversion @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Do not warn when a conversion function converts an object to the same type, to a base class of that type, or to void; such a conversion function will never be called. -@item -Wvolatile @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wvolatile @opindex Wno-volatile +@item -Wvolatile @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about deprecated uses of the @code{volatile} qualifier. This includes postfix and prefix @code{++} and @code{--} expressions of @code{volatile}-qualified types, using simple assignments where the left @@ -4488,15 +4488,15 @@ non-class type, @code{volatile}-qualified function return type, Enabled by default with @option{-std=c++20}. -@item -Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant @opindex Wno-zero-as-null-pointer-constant +@item -Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when a literal @samp{0} is used as null pointer constant. This can be useful to facilitate the conversion to @code{nullptr} in C++11. -@item -Waligned-new @opindex Waligned-new @opindex Wno-aligned-new +@item -Waligned-new Warn about a new-expression of a type that requires greater alignment than the @code{alignof(std::max_align_t)} but uses an allocation function without an explicit alignment parameter. This option is @@ -4506,10 +4506,10 @@ Normally this only warns about global allocation functions, but @option{-Waligned-new=all} also warns about class member allocation functions. -@item -Wno-placement-new -@itemx -Wplacement-new=@var{n} @opindex Wplacement-new @opindex Wno-placement-new +@item -Wno-placement-new +@itemx -Wplacement-new=@var{n} Warn about placement new expressions with undefined behavior, such as constructing an object in a buffer that is smaller than the type of the object. For example, the placement new expression below is diagnosed @@ -4550,10 +4550,10 @@ new (s->a)int [32](); @end table -@item -Wcatch-value -@itemx -Wcatch-value=@var{n} @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wcatch-value @opindex Wno-catch-value +@item -Wcatch-value +@itemx -Wcatch-value=@var{n} @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about catch handlers that do not catch via reference. With @option{-Wcatch-value=1} (or @option{-Wcatch-value} for short) warn about polymorphic class types that are caught by value. @@ -4561,25 +4561,25 @@ With @option{-Wcatch-value=2} warn about all class types that are caught by value. With @option{-Wcatch-value=3} warn about all types that are not caught by reference. @option{-Wcatch-value} is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wconditionally-supported @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wconditionally-supported @opindex Wno-conditionally-supported +@item -Wconditionally-supported @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn for conditionally-supported (C++11 [intro.defs]) constructs. -@item -Wno-delete-incomplete @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wdelete-incomplete @opindex Wno-delete-incomplete +@item -Wno-delete-incomplete @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Do not warn when deleting a pointer to incomplete type, which may cause undefined behavior at runtime. This warning is enabled by default. -@item -Wextra-semi @r{(C++, Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wextra-semi @opindex Wno-extra-semi +@item -Wextra-semi @r{(C++, Objective-C++ only)} Warn about redundant semicolons after in-class function definitions. -@item -Wno-inaccessible-base @r{(C++, Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Winaccessible-base @opindex Wno-inaccessible-base +@item -Wno-inaccessible-base @r{(C++, Objective-C++ only)} This option controls warnings when a base class is inaccessible in a class derived from it due to ambiguity. The warning is enabled by default. @@ -4595,16 +4595,16 @@ struct C : B, A @{ @}; @end group @end smallexample -@item -Wno-inherited-variadic-ctor @opindex Winherited-variadic-ctor @opindex Wno-inherited-variadic-ctor +@item -Wno-inherited-variadic-ctor Suppress warnings about use of C++11 inheriting constructors when the base class inherited from has a C variadic constructor; the warning is on by default because the ellipsis is not inherited. -@item -Wno-invalid-offsetof @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wno-invalid-offsetof @opindex Winvalid-offsetof +@item -Wno-invalid-offsetof @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Suppress warnings from applying the @code{offsetof} macro to a non-POD type. According to the 2014 ISO C++ standard, applying @code{offsetof} to a non-standard-layout type is undefined. In existing C++ implementations, @@ -4616,9 +4616,9 @@ warning about it. The restrictions on @code{offsetof} may be relaxed in a future version of the C++ standard. -@item -Wsized-deallocation @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wsized-deallocation @opindex Wno-sized-deallocation +@item -Wsized-deallocation @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about a definition of an unsized deallocation function @smallexample void operator delete (void *) noexcept; @@ -4632,9 +4632,9 @@ void operator delete[] (void *, std::size_t) noexcept; or vice versa. Enabled by @option{-Wextra} along with @option{-fsized-deallocation}. -@item -Wsuggest-final-types @opindex Wno-suggest-final-types @opindex Wsuggest-final-types +@item -Wsuggest-final-types Warn about types with virtual methods where code quality would be improved if the type were declared with the C++11 @code{final} specifier, or, if possible, @@ -4644,9 +4644,9 @@ link-time optimization, where the information about the class hierarchy graph is more complete. -@item -Wsuggest-final-methods @opindex Wno-suggest-final-methods @opindex Wsuggest-final-methods +@item -Wsuggest-final-methods Warn about virtual methods where code quality would be improved if the method were declared with the C++11 @code{final} specifier, or, if possible, its type were @@ -4657,16 +4657,16 @@ class hierarchy graph is more complete. It is recommended to first consider suggestions of @option{-Wsuggest-final-types} and then rebuild with new annotations. -@item -Wsuggest-override @opindex Wsuggest-override @opindex Wno-suggest-override +@item -Wsuggest-override Warn about overriding virtual functions that are not marked with the @code{override} keyword. -@item -Wuse-after-free -@itemx -Wuse-after-free=@var{n} @opindex Wuse-after-free @opindex Wno-use-after-free +@item -Wuse-after-free +@itemx -Wuse-after-free=@var{n} Warn about uses of pointers to dynamically allocated objects that have been rendered indeterminate by a call to a deallocation function. The warning is enabled at all optimization levels but may yield different @@ -4724,9 +4724,9 @@ pointers after reallocation. @option{-Wuse-after-free=2} is included in @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wuseless-cast @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wuseless-cast @opindex Wno-useless-cast +@item -Wuseless-cast @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when an expression is cast to its own type. This warning does not occur when a class object is converted to a non-reference type as that is a way to create a temporary: @@ -4740,9 +4740,9 @@ void f (S&& arg) @} @end smallexample -@item -Wno-conversion-null @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wconversion-null @opindex Wno-conversion-null +@item -Wno-conversion-null @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Do not warn for conversions between @code{NULL} and non-pointer types. @option{-Wconversion-null} is enabled by default. @@ -4781,8 +4781,8 @@ Here is a list of options that are @emph{only} for compiling Objective-C and Objective-C++ programs: @table @gcctabopt -@item -fconstant-string-class=@var{class-name} @opindex fconstant-string-class +@item -fconstant-string-class=@var{class-name} Use @var{class-name} as the name of the class to instantiate for each literal string specified with the syntax @code{@@"@dots{}"}. The default class name is @code{NXConstantString} if the GNU runtime is being used, and @@ -4791,29 +4791,29 @@ class name is @code{NXConstantString} if the GNU runtime is being used, and @option{-fconstant-string-class} setting and cause @code{@@"@dots{}"} literals to be laid out as constant CoreFoundation strings. -@item -fgnu-runtime @opindex fgnu-runtime +@item -fgnu-runtime Generate object code compatible with the standard GNU Objective-C runtime. This is the default for most types of systems. -@item -fnext-runtime @opindex fnext-runtime +@item -fnext-runtime Generate output compatible with the NeXT runtime. This is the default for NeXT-based systems, including Darwin and Mac OS X@. The macro @code{__NEXT_RUNTIME__} is predefined if (and only if) this option is used. -@item -fno-nil-receivers @opindex fno-nil-receivers @opindex fnil-receivers +@item -fno-nil-receivers Assume that all Objective-C message dispatches (@code{[receiver message:arg]}) in this translation unit ensure that the receiver is not @code{nil}. This allows for more efficient entry points in the runtime to be used. This option is only available in conjunction with the NeXT runtime and ABI version 0 or 1. -@item -fobjc-abi-version=@var{n} @opindex fobjc-abi-version +@item -fobjc-abi-version=@var{n} Use version @var{n} of the Objective-C ABI for the selected runtime. This option is currently supported only for the NeXT runtime. In that case, Version 0 is the traditional (32-bit) ABI without support for @@ -4823,8 +4823,8 @@ Objective-C 2.0 additions. Version 2 is the modern (64-bit) ABI. If nothing is specified, the default is Version 0 on 32-bit target machines, and Version 2 on 64-bit target machines. -@item -fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors @opindex fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors +@item -fobjc-call-cxx-cdtors For each Objective-C class, check if any of its instance variables is a C++ object with a non-trivial default constructor. If so, synthesize a special @code{- (id) .cxx_construct} instance method which runs @@ -4848,13 +4848,13 @@ As of this writing, only the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.4 and later has support for invoking the @code{- (id) .cxx_construct} and @code{- (void) .cxx_destruct} methods. -@item -fobjc-direct-dispatch @opindex fobjc-direct-dispatch +@item -fobjc-direct-dispatch Allow fast jumps to the message dispatcher. On Darwin this is accomplished via the comm page. -@item -fobjc-exceptions @opindex fobjc-exceptions +@item -fobjc-exceptions Enable syntactic support for structured exception handling in Objective-C, similar to what is offered by C++. This option is required to use the Objective-C keywords @code{@@try}, @@ -4863,15 +4863,15 @@ is required to use the Objective-C keywords @code{@@try}, runtime and the NeXT runtime (but not available in conjunction with the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.2 and earlier). -@item -fobjc-gc @opindex fobjc-gc +@item -fobjc-gc Enable garbage collection (GC) in Objective-C and Objective-C++ programs. This option is only available with the NeXT runtime; the GNU runtime has a different garbage collection implementation that does not require special compiler flags. -@item -fobjc-nilcheck @opindex fobjc-nilcheck +@item -fobjc-nilcheck For the NeXT runtime with version 2 of the ABI, check for a nil receiver in method invocations before doing the actual method call. This is the default and can be disabled using @@ -4880,8 +4880,8 @@ checked for nil in this way no matter what this flag is set to. Currently this flag does nothing when the GNU runtime, or an older version of the NeXT runtime ABI, is used. -@item -fobjc-std=objc1 @opindex fobjc-std +@item -fobjc-std=objc1 Conform to the language syntax of Objective-C 1.0, the language recognized by GCC 4.0. This only affects the Objective-C additions to the C/C++ language; it does not affect conformance to C/C++ standards, @@ -4891,8 +4891,8 @@ any Objective-C syntax that is not recognized by GCC 4.0 is rejected. This is useful if you need to make sure that your Objective-C code can be compiled with older versions of GCC@. -@item -freplace-objc-classes @opindex freplace-objc-classes +@item -freplace-objc-classes Emit a special marker instructing @command{ld(1)} not to statically link in the resulting object file, and allow @command{dyld(1)} to load it in at run time instead. This is used in conjunction with the Fix-and-Continue @@ -4902,8 +4902,8 @@ to restart the program itself. Currently, Fix-and-Continue functionality is only available in conjunction with the NeXT runtime on Mac OS X 10.3 and later. -@item -fzero-link @opindex fzero-link +@item -fzero-link When compiling for the NeXT runtime, the compiler ordinarily replaces calls to @code{objc_getClass("@dots{}")} (when the name of the class is known at compile time) with static class references that get initialized at load time, @@ -4914,9 +4914,9 @@ for individual class implementations to be modified during program execution. The GNU runtime currently always retains calls to @code{objc_get_class("@dots{}")} regardless of command-line options. -@item -fno-local-ivars @opindex fno-local-ivars @opindex flocal-ivars +@item -fno-local-ivars By default instance variables in Objective-C can be accessed as if they were local variables from within the methods of the class they're declared in. This can lead to shadowing between instance variables @@ -4924,32 +4924,32 @@ and other variables declared either locally inside a class method or globally with the same name. Specifying the @option{-fno-local-ivars} flag disables this behavior thus avoiding variable shadowing issues. -@item -fivar-visibility=@r{[}public@r{|}protected@r{|}private@r{|}package@r{]} @opindex fivar-visibility +@item -fivar-visibility=@r{[}public@r{|}protected@r{|}private@r{|}package@r{]} Set the default instance variable visibility to the specified option so that instance variables declared outside the scope of any access modifier directives default to the specified visibility. -@item -gen-decls @opindex gen-decls +@item -gen-decls Dump interface declarations for all classes seen in the source file to a file named @file{@var{sourcename}.decl}. -@item -Wassign-intercept @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wassign-intercept @opindex Wno-assign-intercept +@item -Wassign-intercept @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} Warn whenever an Objective-C assignment is being intercepted by the garbage collector. -@item -Wno-property-assign-default @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wproperty-assign-default @opindex Wno-property-assign-default +@item -Wno-property-assign-default @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} Do not warn if a property for an Objective-C object has no assign semantics specified. -@item -Wno-protocol @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wno-protocol @opindex Wprotocol +@item -Wno-protocol @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} If a class is declared to implement a protocol, a warning is issued for every method in the protocol that is not implemented by the class. The default behavior is to issue a warning for every method not explicitly @@ -4958,16 +4958,16 @@ from the superclass. If you use the @option{-Wno-protocol} option, then methods inherited from the superclass are considered to be implemented, and no warning is issued for them. -@item -Wobjc-root-class @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wobjc-root-class +@item -Wobjc-root-class @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} Warn if a class interface lacks a superclass. Most classes will inherit from @code{NSObject} (or @code{Object}) for example. When declaring classes intended to be root classes, the warning can be suppressed by marking their interfaces with @code{__attribute__((objc_root_class))}. -@item -Wselector @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wselector @opindex Wno-selector +@item -Wselector @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} Warn if multiple methods of different types for the same selector are found during compilation. The check is performed on the list of methods in the final stage of compilation. Additionally, a check is performed @@ -4979,9 +4979,9 @@ stage of compilation is not reached, for example because an error is found during compilation, or because the @option{-fsyntax-only} option is being used. -@item -Wstrict-selector-match @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wstrict-selector-match @opindex Wno-strict-selector-match +@item -Wstrict-selector-match @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} Warn if multiple methods with differing argument and/or return types are found for a given selector when attempting to send a message using this selector to a receiver of type @code{id} or @code{Class}. When this flag @@ -4989,9 +4989,9 @@ is off (which is the default behavior), the compiler omits such warnings if any differences found are confined to types that share the same size and alignment. -@item -Wundeclared-selector @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wundeclared-selector @opindex Wno-undeclared-selector +@item -Wundeclared-selector @r{(Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} Warn if a @code{@@selector(@dots{})} expression referring to an undeclared selector is found. A selector is considered undeclared if no method with that name has been declared before the @@ -5003,8 +5003,8 @@ while @option{-Wselector} only performs its checks in the final stage of compilation. This also enforces the coding style convention that methods and selectors must be declared before being used. -@item -print-objc-runtime-info @opindex print-objc-runtime-info +@item -print-objc-runtime-info Generate C header describing the largest structure that is passed by value, if any. @@ -5025,8 +5025,8 @@ information should be reported. Note that some language front ends may not honor these options. @table @gcctabopt -@item -fmessage-length=@var{n} @opindex fmessage-length +@item -fmessage-length=@var{n} Try to format error messages so that they fit on lines of about @var{n} characters. If @var{n} is zero, then no line-wrapping is done; each error message appears on a single line. This is the @@ -5051,8 +5051,8 @@ options: In the future, if GCC changes the default appearance of its diagnostics, the corresponding option to disable the new behavior will be added to this list. -@item -fdiagnostics-show-location=once @opindex fdiagnostics-show-location +@item -fdiagnostics-show-location=once Only meaningful in line-wrapping mode. Instructs the diagnostic messages reporter to emit source location information @emph{once}; that is, in case the message is too long to fit on a single physical line and has to @@ -5066,9 +5066,9 @@ messages reporter to emit the same source location information (as prefix) for physical lines that result from the process of breaking a message which is too long to fit on a single line. +@opindex fdiagnostics-color @item -fdiagnostics-color[=@var{WHEN}] @itemx -fno-diagnostics-color -@opindex fdiagnostics-color @cindex highlight, color @vindex GCC_COLORS @r{environment variable} Use color in diagnostics. @var{WHEN} is @samp{never}, @samp{always}, @@ -5195,8 +5195,8 @@ SGR substring for highlighting mismatching types within template arguments in the C++ frontend. @end table -@item -fdiagnostics-urls[=@var{WHEN}] @opindex fdiagnostics-urls +@item -fdiagnostics-urls[=@var{WHEN}] @cindex urls @vindex GCC_URLS @r{environment variable} @vindex TERM_URLS @r{environment variable} @@ -5239,17 +5239,17 @@ That list is currently xfce4-terminal, certain known to be buggy gnome-terminal versions, the linux console, and mingw. This check can be skipped with the @option{-fdiagnostics-urls=always}. -@item -fno-diagnostics-show-option @opindex fno-diagnostics-show-option @opindex fdiagnostics-show-option +@item -fno-diagnostics-show-option By default, each diagnostic emitted includes text indicating the command-line option that directly controls the diagnostic (if such an option is known to the diagnostic machinery). Specifying the @option{-fno-diagnostics-show-option} flag suppresses that behavior. -@item -fno-diagnostics-show-caret @opindex fno-diagnostics-show-caret @opindex fdiagnostics-show-caret +@item -fno-diagnostics-show-caret By default, each diagnostic emitted includes the original source line and a caret @samp{^} indicating the column. This option suppresses this information. The source line is truncated to @var{n} characters, if @@ -5257,9 +5257,9 @@ the @option{-fmessage-length=n} option is given. When the output is done to the terminal, the width is limited to the width given by the @env{COLUMNS} environment variable or, if not set, to the terminal width. -@item -fno-diagnostics-show-labels @opindex fno-diagnostics-show-labels @opindex fdiagnostics-show-labels +@item -fno-diagnostics-show-labels By default, when printing source code (via @option{-fdiagnostics-show-caret}), diagnostics can label ranges of source code with pertinent information, such as the types of expressions: @@ -5274,9 +5274,9 @@ as the types of expressions: This option suppresses the printing of these labels (in the example above, the vertical bars and the ``char *'' and ``long int'' text). -@item -fno-diagnostics-show-cwe @opindex fno-diagnostics-show-cwe @opindex fdiagnostics-show-cwe +@item -fno-diagnostics-show-cwe Diagnostic messages can optionally have an associated @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/index.html, CWE} identifier. GCC itself only provides such metadata for some of the @option{-fanalyzer} @@ -5284,29 +5284,29 @@ diagnostics. GCC plugins may also provide diagnostics with such metadata. By default, if this information is present, it will be printed with the diagnostic. This option suppresses the printing of this metadata. -@item -fno-diagnostics-show-rules @opindex fno-diagnostics-show-rules @opindex fdiagnostics-show-rules +@item -fno-diagnostics-show-rules Diagnostic messages can optionally have rules associated with them, such as from a coding standard, or a specification. GCC itself does not do this for any of its diagnostics, but plugins may do so. By default, if this information is present, it will be printed with the diagnostic. This option suppresses the printing of this metadata. -@item -fno-diagnostics-show-line-numbers @opindex fno-diagnostics-show-line-numbers @opindex fdiagnostics-show-line-numbers +@item -fno-diagnostics-show-line-numbers By default, when printing source code (via @option{-fdiagnostics-show-caret}), a left margin is printed, showing line numbers. This option suppresses this left margin. -@item -fdiagnostics-minimum-margin-width=@var{width} @opindex fdiagnostics-minimum-margin-width +@item -fdiagnostics-minimum-margin-width=@var{width} This option controls the minimum width of the left margin printed by @option{-fdiagnostics-show-line-numbers}. It defaults to 6. -@item -fdiagnostics-parseable-fixits @opindex fdiagnostics-parseable-fixits +@item -fdiagnostics-parseable-fixits Emit fix-it hints in a machine-parseable format, suitable for consumption by IDEs. For each fix-it, a line will be printed after the relevant diagnostic, starting with the string ``fix-it:''. For example: @@ -5336,8 +5336,8 @@ An empty replacement string indicates that the given range is to be removed. An empty range (e.g. ``45:3-45:3'') indicates that the string is to be inserted at the given position. -@item -fdiagnostics-generate-patch @opindex fdiagnostics-generate-patch +@item -fdiagnostics-generate-patch Print fix-it hints to stderr in unified diff format, after any diagnostics are printed. For example: @@ -5357,8 +5357,8 @@ are printed. For example: The diff may or may not be colorized, following the same rules as for diagnostics (see @option{-fdiagnostics-color}). -@item -fdiagnostics-show-template-tree @opindex fdiagnostics-show-template-tree +@item -fdiagnostics-show-template-tree In the C++ frontend, when printing diagnostics showing mismatching template types, such as: @@ -5382,9 +5382,9 @@ such as: The parts that differ are highlighted with color (``double'' and ``float'' in this case). -@item -fno-elide-type @opindex fno-elide-type @opindex felide-type +@item -fno-elide-type By default when the C++ frontend prints diagnostics showing mismatching template types, common parts of the types are printed as ``[...]'' to simplify the error message. For example: @@ -5398,8 +5398,8 @@ Specifying the @option{-fno-elide-type} flag suppresses that behavior. This flag also affects the output of the @option{-fdiagnostics-show-template-tree} flag. -@item -fdiagnostics-path-format=@var{KIND} @opindex fdiagnostics-path-format +@item -fdiagnostics-path-format=@var{KIND} Specify how to print paths of control-flow events for diagnostics that have such a path associated with them. @@ -5495,8 +5495,8 @@ For example: (etc) @end smallexample -@item -fdiagnostics-show-path-depths @opindex fdiagnostics-show-path-depths +@item -fdiagnostics-show-path-depths This option provides additional information when printing control-flow paths associated with a diagnostic. @@ -5509,15 +5509,15 @@ each event. This is intended for use by GCC developers and plugin developers when debugging diagnostics that report interprocedural control flow. -@item -fno-show-column @opindex fno-show-column @opindex fshow-column +@item -fno-show-column Do not print column numbers in diagnostics. This may be necessary if diagnostics are being scanned by a program that does not understand the column numbers, such as @command{dejagnu}. -@item -fdiagnostics-column-unit=@var{UNIT} @opindex fdiagnostics-column-unit +@item -fdiagnostics-column-unit=@var{UNIT} Select the units for the column number. This affects traditional diagnostics (in the absence of @option{-fno-show-column}), as well as JSON format diagnostics if requested. @@ -5534,15 +5534,15 @@ its UTF-8 encoding requires four bytes. Setting @var{UNIT} to @samp{byte} changes the column number to the raw byte count in all cases, as was traditionally output by GCC prior to version 11.1.0. -@item -fdiagnostics-column-origin=@var{ORIGIN} @opindex fdiagnostics-column-origin +@item -fdiagnostics-column-origin=@var{ORIGIN} Select the origin for column numbers, i.e. the column number assigned to the first column. The default value of 1 corresponds to traditional GCC behavior and to the GNU style guide. Some utilities may perform better with an origin of 0; any non-negative value may be specified. -@item -fdiagnostics-escape-format=@var{FORMAT} @opindex fdiagnostics-escape-format +@item -fdiagnostics-escape-format=@var{FORMAT} When GCC prints pertinent source lines for a diagnostic it normally attempts to print the source bytes directly. However, some diagnostics relate to encoding issues in the source file, such as malformed UTF-8, or issues with Unicode @@ -5573,8 +5573,8 @@ Unicode characters. For the example above, the following will be printed: before<CF><80><BF>after @end smallexample -@item -fdiagnostics-format=@var{FORMAT} @opindex fdiagnostics-format +@item -fdiagnostics-format=@var{FORMAT} Select a different format for printing diagnostics. @var{FORMAT} is @samp{text}, @samp{sarif-stderr}, @samp{sarif-file}, @samp{json}, @samp{json-stderr}, or @samp{json-file}. @@ -5873,12 +5873,12 @@ warnings but control the kinds of diagnostics produced by GCC@. @table @gcctabopt @cindex syntax checking -@item -fsyntax-only @opindex fsyntax-only +@item -fsyntax-only Check the code for syntax errors, but don't do anything beyond that. -@item -fmax-errors=@var{n} @opindex fmax-errors +@item -fmax-errors=@var{n} Limits the maximum number of error messages to @var{n}, at which point GCC bails out rather than attempting to continue processing the source code. If @var{n} is 0 (the default), there is no limit on the number @@ -5886,18 +5886,18 @@ of error messages produced. If @option{-Wfatal-errors} is also specified, then @option{-Wfatal-errors} takes precedence over this option. -@item -w @opindex w +@item -w Inhibit all warning messages. -@item -Werror @opindex Werror @opindex Wno-error +@item -Werror Make all warnings into errors. -@item -Werror= @opindex Werror= @opindex Wno-error= +@item -Werror= Make the specified warning into an error. The specifier for a warning is appended; for example @option{-Werror=switch} turns the warnings controlled by @option{-Wswitch} into errors. This switch takes a @@ -5916,9 +5916,9 @@ Note that specifying @option{-Werror=}@var{foo} automatically implies @option{-W}@var{foo}. However, @option{-Wno-error=}@var{foo} does not imply anything. -@item -Wfatal-errors @opindex Wfatal-errors @opindex Wno-fatal-errors +@item -Wfatal-errors This option causes the compiler to abort compilation on the first error occurred rather than trying to keep going and printing further error messages. @@ -5962,11 +5962,11 @@ in general improves the efficacy of control and data flow sensitive warnings, in some cases it may also cause false positives. @table @gcctabopt -@item -Wpedantic -@itemx -pedantic @opindex pedantic @opindex Wpedantic @opindex Wno-pedantic +@item -Wpedantic +@itemx -pedantic Issue all the warnings demanded by strict ISO C and ISO C++; reject all programs that use forbidden extensions, and some other programs that do not follow ISO C and ISO C++. For ISO C, follows the @@ -6008,8 +6008,8 @@ C dialect, since by definition the GNU dialects of C include all features the compiler supports with the given option, and there would be nothing to warn about.) -@item -pedantic-errors @opindex pedantic-errors +@item -pedantic-errors Give an error whenever the @dfn{base standard} (see @option{-Wpedantic}) requires a diagnostic, in some cases where there is undefined behavior at compile-time and in some other cases that do not prevent compilation @@ -6017,9 +6017,9 @@ of programs that are valid according to the standard. This is not equivalent to @option{-Werror=pedantic}, since there are errors enabled by this option and not enabled by the latter and vice versa. -@item -Wall @opindex Wall @opindex Wno-all +@item -Wall This enables all the warnings about constructions that some users consider questionable, and that are easy to avoid (or modify to prevent the warning), even in conjunction with macros. This also @@ -6102,10 +6102,10 @@ some cases, and there is no simple way to modify the code to suppress the warning. Some of them are enabled by @option{-Wextra} but many of them must be enabled individually. -@item -Wextra @opindex W @opindex Wextra @opindex Wno-extra +@item -Wextra This enables some extra warning flags that are not enabled by @option{-Wall}. (This option used to be called @option{-W}. The older name is still supported, but the newer name is more descriptive.) @@ -6160,9 +6160,9 @@ of a derived class. @end itemize -@item -Wabi @r{(C, Objective-C, C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wabi @opindex Wno-abi +@item -Wabi @r{(C, Objective-C, C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about code affected by ABI changes. This includes code that may not be compatible with the vendor-neutral C++ ABI as well as the psABI @@ -6308,17 +6308,17 @@ error case can be reduced to a warning with Both diagnostics are also suppressed by @option{-fms-extensions}. -@item -Wchar-subscripts @opindex Wchar-subscripts @opindex Wno-char-subscripts +@item -Wchar-subscripts Warn if an array subscript has type @code{char}. This is a common cause of error, as programmers often forget that this type is signed on some machines. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wno-coverage-mismatch @opindex Wno-coverage-mismatch @opindex Wcoverage-mismatch +@item -Wno-coverage-mismatch Warn if feedback profiles do not match when using the @option{-fprofile-use} option. If a source file is changed between compiling with @option{-fprofile-generate} @@ -6332,9 +6332,9 @@ poorly optimized code and is useful only in the case of very minor changes such as bug fixes to an existing code-base. Completely disabling the warning is not recommended. -@item -Wno-coverage-invalid-line-number @opindex Wno-coverage-invalid-line-number @opindex Wcoverage-invalid-line-number +@item -Wno-coverage-invalid-line-number Warn in case a function ends earlier than it begins due to an invalid linenum macros. The warning is emitted only with @option{--coverage} enabled. @@ -6344,14 +6344,14 @@ error. @option{-Wno-coverage-invalid-line-number} can be used to disable the warning or @option{-Wno-error=coverage-invalid-line-number} can be used to disable the error. -@item -Wno-cpp @r{(C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++ and Fortran only)} @opindex Wno-cpp @opindex Wcpp +@item -Wno-cpp @r{(C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++ and Fortran only)} Suppress warning messages emitted by @code{#warning} directives. -@item -Wdouble-promotion @r{(C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wdouble-promotion @opindex Wno-double-promotion +@item -Wdouble-promotion @r{(C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} Give a warning when a value of type @code{float} is implicitly promoted to @code{double}. CPUs with a 32-bit ``single-precision'' floating-point unit implement @code{float} in hardware, but emulate @@ -6373,20 +6373,20 @@ float area(float radius) the compiler performs the entire computation with @code{double} because the floating-point literal is a @code{double}. -@item -Wduplicate-decl-specifier @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wduplicate-decl-specifier @opindex Wno-duplicate-decl-specifier +@item -Wduplicate-decl-specifier @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn if a declaration has duplicate @code{const}, @code{volatile}, @code{restrict} or @code{_Atomic} specifier. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wformat -@itemx -Wformat=@var{n} @opindex Wformat @opindex Wno-format @opindex ffreestanding @opindex fno-builtin @opindex Wformat= +@item -Wformat +@itemx -Wformat=@var{n} Check calls to @code{printf} and @code{scanf}, etc., to make sure that the arguments supplied have types appropriate to the format string specified, and that the conversions specified in the format string make @@ -6411,10 +6411,10 @@ since those are not in any version of the C standard). @xref{C Dialect Options,,Options Controlling C Dialect}. @table @gcctabopt -@item -Wformat=1 -@itemx -Wformat @opindex Wformat @opindex Wformat=1 +@item -Wformat=1 +@itemx -Wformat Option @option{-Wformat} is equivalent to @option{-Wformat=1}, and @option{-Wno-format} is equivalent to @option{-Wformat=0}. Since @option{-Wformat} also checks for null format arguments for several @@ -6424,22 +6424,22 @@ options: @option{-Wno-format-contains-nul}, @option{-Wno-format-extra-args}, and @option{-Wno-format-zero-length}. @option{-Wformat} is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wformat=2 @opindex Wformat=2 +@item -Wformat=2 Enable @option{-Wformat} plus additional format checks. Currently equivalent to @option{-Wformat -Wformat-nonliteral -Wformat-security -Wformat-y2k}. @end table -@item -Wno-format-contains-nul @opindex Wno-format-contains-nul @opindex Wformat-contains-nul +@item -Wno-format-contains-nul If @option{-Wformat} is specified, do not warn about format strings that contain NUL bytes. -@item -Wno-format-extra-args @opindex Wno-format-extra-args @opindex Wformat-extra-args +@item -Wno-format-extra-args If @option{-Wformat} is specified, do not warn about excess arguments to a @code{printf} or @code{scanf} format function. The C standard specifies that such arguments are ignored. @@ -6452,10 +6452,10 @@ in the case of @code{scanf} formats, this option suppresses the warning if the unused arguments are all pointers, since the Single Unix Specification says that such unused arguments are allowed. -@item -Wformat-overflow -@itemx -Wformat-overflow=@var{level} @opindex Wformat-overflow @opindex Wno-format-overflow +@item -Wformat-overflow +@itemx -Wformat-overflow=@var{level} Warn about calls to formatted input/output functions such as @code{sprintf} and @code{vsprintf} that might overflow the destination buffer. When the exact number of bytes written by a format directive cannot be determined @@ -6465,10 +6465,10 @@ will in most cases improve the accuracy of the warning, it may also result in false positives. @table @gcctabopt -@item -Wformat-overflow -@itemx -Wformat-overflow=1 @opindex Wformat-overflow @opindex Wno-format-overflow +@item -Wformat-overflow +@itemx -Wformat-overflow=1 Level @var{1} of @option{-Wformat-overflow} enabled by @option{-Wformat} employs a conservative approach that warns only about calls that most likely overflow the buffer. At this level, numeric arguments to format @@ -6531,22 +6531,22 @@ void f (int a, int b) @end smallexample @end table -@item -Wno-format-zero-length @opindex Wno-format-zero-length @opindex Wformat-zero-length +@item -Wno-format-zero-length If @option{-Wformat} is specified, do not warn about zero-length formats. The C standard specifies that zero-length formats are allowed. -@item -Wformat-nonliteral @opindex Wformat-nonliteral @opindex Wno-format-nonliteral +@item -Wformat-nonliteral If @option{-Wformat} is specified, also warn if the format string is not a string literal and so cannot be checked, unless the format function takes its format arguments as a @code{va_list}. -@item -Wformat-security @opindex Wformat-security @opindex Wno-format-security +@item -Wformat-security If @option{-Wformat} is specified, also warn about uses of format functions that represent possible security problems. At present, this warns about calls to @code{printf} and @code{scanf} functions where the @@ -6557,16 +6557,16 @@ currently a subset of what @option{-Wformat-nonliteral} warns about, but in future warnings may be added to @option{-Wformat-security} that are not included in @option{-Wformat-nonliteral}.) -@item -Wformat-signedness @opindex Wformat-signedness @opindex Wno-format-signedness +@item -Wformat-signedness If @option{-Wformat} is specified, also warn if the format string requires an unsigned argument and the argument is signed and vice versa. -@item -Wformat-truncation -@itemx -Wformat-truncation=@var{level} @opindex Wformat-truncation @opindex Wno-format-truncation +@item -Wformat-truncation +@itemx -Wformat-truncation=@var{level} Warn about calls to formatted input/output functions such as @code{snprintf} and @code{vsnprintf} that might result in output truncation. When the exact number of bytes written by a format directive cannot be determined at @@ -6577,10 +6577,10 @@ in false positives. Except as noted otherwise, the option uses the same logic @option{-Wformat-overflow}. @table @gcctabopt -@item -Wformat-truncation -@itemx -Wformat-truncation=1 @opindex Wformat-truncation @opindex Wno-format-truncation +@item -Wformat-truncation +@itemx -Wformat-truncation=1 Level @var{1} of @option{-Wformat-truncation} enabled by @option{-Wformat} employs a conservative approach that warns only about calls to bounded functions whose return value is unused and that will most likely result @@ -6592,42 +6592,42 @@ value is used and that might result in truncation given an argument of sufficient length or magnitude. @end table -@item -Wformat-y2k @opindex Wformat-y2k @opindex Wno-format-y2k +@item -Wformat-y2k If @option{-Wformat} is specified, also warn about @code{strftime} formats that may yield only a two-digit year. -@item -Wnonnull @opindex Wnonnull @opindex Wno-nonnull +@item -Wnonnull Warn about passing a null pointer for arguments marked as requiring a non-null value by the @code{nonnull} function attribute. @option{-Wnonnull} is included in @option{-Wall} and @option{-Wformat}. It can be disabled with the @option{-Wno-nonnull} option. -@item -Wnonnull-compare @opindex Wnonnull-compare @opindex Wno-nonnull-compare +@item -Wnonnull-compare Warn when comparing an argument marked with the @code{nonnull} function attribute against null inside the function. @option{-Wnonnull-compare} is included in @option{-Wall}. It can be disabled with the @option{-Wno-nonnull-compare} option. -@item -Wnull-dereference @opindex Wnull-dereference @opindex Wno-null-dereference +@item -Wnull-dereference Warn if the compiler detects paths that trigger erroneous or undefined behavior due to dereferencing a null pointer. This option is only active when @option{-fdelete-null-pointer-checks} is active, which is enabled by optimizations in most targets. The precision of the warnings depends on the optimization options used. -@item -Winfinite-recursion @opindex Winfinite-recursion @opindex Wno-infinite-recursion +@item -Winfinite-recursion Warn about infinitely recursive calls. The warning is effective at all optimization levels but requires optimization in order to detect infinite recursion in calls between two or more functions. @@ -6637,9 +6637,9 @@ Compare with @option{-Wanalyzer-infinite-recursion} which provides a similar diagnostic, but is implemented in a different way (as part of @option{-fanalyzer}). -@item -Winit-self @r{(C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Winit-self @opindex Wno-init-self +@item -Winit-self @r{(C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about uninitialized variables that are initialized with themselves. Note this option can only be used with the @option{-Wuninitialized} option. @@ -6657,36 +6657,36 @@ int f() This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall} in C++. -@item -Wno-implicit-int @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wimplicit-int @opindex Wno-implicit-int +@item -Wno-implicit-int @r{(C and Objective-C only)} This option controls warnings when a declaration does not specify a type. This warning is enabled by default in C99 and later dialects of C, and also by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wno-implicit-function-declaration @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wimplicit-function-declaration @opindex Wno-implicit-function-declaration +@item -Wno-implicit-function-declaration @r{(C and Objective-C only)} This option controls warnings when a function is used before being declared. This warning is enabled by default in C99 and later dialects of C, and also by @option{-Wall}. The warning is made into an error by @option{-pedantic-errors}. -@item -Wimplicit @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wimplicit @opindex Wno-implicit +@item -Wimplicit @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Same as @option{-Wimplicit-int} and @option{-Wimplicit-function-declaration}. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wimplicit-fallthrough @opindex Wimplicit-fallthrough @opindex Wno-implicit-fallthrough +@item -Wimplicit-fallthrough @option{-Wimplicit-fallthrough} is the same as @option{-Wimplicit-fallthrough=3} and @option{-Wno-implicit-fallthrough} is the same as @option{-Wimplicit-fallthrough=0}. -@item -Wimplicit-fallthrough=@var{n} @opindex Wimplicit-fallthrough= +@item -Wimplicit-fallthrough=@var{n} Warn when a switch case falls through. For example: @smallexample @@ -6823,15 +6823,15 @@ switch (cond) The @option{-Wimplicit-fallthrough=3} warning is enabled by @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wno-if-not-aligned @r{(C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wif-not-aligned @opindex Wno-if-not-aligned +@item -Wno-if-not-aligned @r{(C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} Control if warnings triggered by the @code{warn_if_not_aligned} attribute should be issued. These warnings are enabled by default. -@item -Wignored-qualifiers @r{(C and C++ only)} @opindex Wignored-qualifiers @opindex Wno-ignored-qualifiers +@item -Wignored-qualifiers @r{(C and C++ only)} Warn if the return type of a function has a type qualifier such as @code{const}. For ISO C such a type qualifier has no effect, since the value returned by a function is not an lvalue. @@ -6842,27 +6842,27 @@ even without this option. This warning is also enabled by @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wno-ignored-attributes @r{(C and C++ only)} @opindex Wignored-attributes @opindex Wno-ignored-attributes +@item -Wno-ignored-attributes @r{(C and C++ only)} This option controls warnings when an attribute is ignored. This is different from the @option{-Wattributes} option in that it warns whenever the compiler decides to drop an attribute, not that the attribute is either unknown, used in a wrong place, etc. This warning is enabled by default. -@item -Wmain @opindex Wmain @opindex Wno-main +@item -Wmain Warn if the type of @code{main} is suspicious. @code{main} should be a function with external linkage, returning int, taking either zero arguments, two, or three arguments of appropriate types. This warning is enabled by default in C++ and is enabled by either @option{-Wall} or @option{-Wpedantic}. -@item -Wmisleading-indentation @r{(C and C++ only)} @opindex Wmisleading-indentation @opindex Wno-misleading-indentation +@item -Wmisleading-indentation @r{(C and C++ only)} Warn when the indentation of the code does not reflect the block structure. Specifically, a warning is issued for @code{if}, @code{else}, @code{while}, and @code{for} clauses with a guarded statement that does not use braces, @@ -6899,9 +6899,9 @@ about the layout of the file that the directive references. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall} in C and C++. -@item -Wmissing-attributes @opindex Wmissing-attributes @opindex Wno-missing-attributes +@item -Wmissing-attributes Warn when a declaration of a function is missing one or more attributes that a related function is declared with and whose absence may adversely affect the correctness or efficiency of generated code. For example, @@ -6947,9 +6947,9 @@ void* __attribute__ ((malloc)) // missing alloc_size allocate<void> (size_t); @end smallexample -@item -Wmissing-braces @opindex Wmissing-braces @opindex Wno-missing-braces +@item -Wmissing-braces Warn if an aggregate or union initializer is not fully bracketed. In the following example, the initializer for @code{a} is not fully bracketed, but that for @code{b} is fully bracketed. @@ -6961,16 +6961,16 @@ int b[2][2] = @{ @{ 0, 1 @}, @{ 2, 3 @} @}; This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wmissing-include-dirs @r{(C, C++, Objective-C, Objective-C++ and Fortran only)} @opindex Wmissing-include-dirs @opindex Wno-missing-include-dirs +@item -Wmissing-include-dirs @r{(C, C++, Objective-C, Objective-C++ and Fortran only)} Warn if a user-supplied include directory does not exist. This opions is disabled by default for C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++. For Fortran, it is partially enabled by default by warning for -I and -J, only. -@item -Wno-missing-profile @opindex Wmissing-profile @opindex Wno-missing-profile +@item -Wno-missing-profile This option controls warnings if feedback profiles are missing when using the @option{-fprofile-use} option. This option diagnoses those cases where a new function or a new file is added @@ -6987,9 +6987,9 @@ Ignoring the warning can result in poorly optimized code. disable the warning, but this is not recommended and should be done only when non-existent profile data is justified. -@item -Wmismatched-dealloc @opindex Wmismatched-dealloc @opindex Wno-mismatched-dealloc +@item -Wmismatched-dealloc Warn for calls to deallocation functions with pointer arguments returned from from allocations functions for which the former isn't a suitable @@ -7022,9 +7022,9 @@ mismatches involving either @code{operator new} or @code{operator delete}. Option @option{-Wmismatched-dealloc} is included in @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wmultistatement-macros @opindex Wmultistatement-macros @opindex Wno-multistatement-macros +@item -Wmultistatement-macros Warn about unsafe multiple statement macros that appear to be guarded by a clause such as @code{if}, @code{else}, @code{for}, @code{switch}, or @code{while}, in which only the first statement is actually guarded after @@ -7048,9 +7048,9 @@ if (c) This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall} in C and C++. -@item -Wparentheses @opindex Wparentheses @opindex Wno-parentheses +@item -Wparentheses Warn if parentheses are omitted in certain contexts, such as when there is an assignment in a context where a truth value is expected, or when operators are nested whose precedence people @@ -7079,9 +7079,9 @@ of a declaration: This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wno-self-move @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wself-move @opindex Wno-self-move +@item -Wno-self-move @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} This warning warns when a value is moved to itself with @code{std::move}. Such a @code{std::move} typically has no effect. @@ -7099,9 +7099,9 @@ void fn() This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wsequence-point @opindex Wsequence-point @opindex Wno-sequence-point +@item -Wsequence-point Warn about code that may have undefined semantics because of violations of sequence point rules in the C and C++ standards. @@ -7152,15 +7152,15 @@ definitions, may be found on the GCC readings page, at This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall} for C and C++. -@item -Wno-return-local-addr @opindex Wno-return-local-addr @opindex Wreturn-local-addr +@item -Wno-return-local-addr Do not warn about returning a pointer (or in C++, a reference) to a variable that goes out of scope after the function returns. -@item -Wreturn-type @opindex Wreturn-type @opindex Wno-return-type +@item -Wreturn-type Warn whenever a function is defined with a return type that defaults to @code{int}. Also warn about any @code{return} statement with no return value in a function whose return type is not @code{void} @@ -7181,28 +7181,28 @@ the function is not used. This warning is enabled by default in C++ and by @option{-Wall} otherwise. -@item -Wno-shift-count-negative @opindex Wshift-count-negative @opindex Wno-shift-count-negative +@item -Wno-shift-count-negative Controls warnings if a shift count is negative. This warning is enabled by default. -@item -Wno-shift-count-overflow @opindex Wshift-count-overflow @opindex Wno-shift-count-overflow +@item -Wno-shift-count-overflow Controls warnings if a shift count is greater than or equal to the bit width of the type. This warning is enabled by default. -@item -Wshift-negative-value @opindex Wshift-negative-value @opindex Wno-shift-negative-value +@item -Wshift-negative-value Warn if left shifting a negative value. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wextra} in C99 (and newer) and C++11 to C++17 modes. -@item -Wno-shift-overflow -@itemx -Wshift-overflow=@var{n} @opindex Wshift-overflow @opindex Wno-shift-overflow +@item -Wno-shift-overflow +@itemx -Wshift-overflow=@var{n} These options control warnings about left shift overflows. @table @gcctabopt @@ -7219,9 +7219,9 @@ This warning level also warns about left-shifting 1 into the sign bit, unless C++14 mode (or newer) is active. @end table -@item -Wswitch @opindex Wswitch @opindex Wno-switch +@item -Wswitch Warn whenever a @code{switch} statement has an index of enumerated type and lacks a @code{case} for one or more of the named codes of that enumeration. (The presence of a @code{default} label prevents this @@ -7230,15 +7230,15 @@ provoke warnings when this option is used (even if there is a @code{default} label). This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wswitch-default @opindex Wswitch-default @opindex Wno-switch-default +@item -Wswitch-default Warn whenever a @code{switch} statement does not have a @code{default} case. -@item -Wswitch-enum @opindex Wswitch-enum @opindex Wno-switch-enum +@item -Wswitch-enum Warn whenever a @code{switch} statement has an index of enumerated type and lacks a @code{case} for one or more of the named codes of that enumeration. @code{case} labels outside the enumeration range also @@ -7247,9 +7247,9 @@ between @option{-Wswitch} and this option is that this option gives a warning about an omitted enumeration code even if there is a @code{default} label. -@item -Wno-switch-bool @opindex Wswitch-bool @opindex Wno-switch-bool +@item -Wno-switch-bool Do not warn when a @code{switch} statement has an index of boolean type and the case values are outside the range of a boolean type. It is possible to suppress this warning by casting the controlling @@ -7264,17 +7264,17 @@ switch ((int) (a == 4)) @end smallexample This warning is enabled by default for C and C++ programs. -@item -Wno-switch-outside-range @opindex Wswitch-outside-range @opindex Wno-switch-outside-range +@item -Wno-switch-outside-range This option controls warnings when a @code{switch} case has a value that is outside of its respective type range. This warning is enabled by default for C and C++ programs. -@item -Wno-switch-unreachable @opindex Wswitch-unreachable @opindex Wno-switch-unreachable +@item -Wno-switch-unreachable Do not warn when a @code{switch} statement contains statements between the controlling expression and the first case label, which will never be executed. For example: @@ -7305,23 +7305,23 @@ switch (cond) @end smallexample This warning is enabled by default for C and C++ programs. -@item -Wsync-nand @r{(C and C++ only)} @opindex Wsync-nand @opindex Wno-sync-nand +@item -Wsync-nand @r{(C and C++ only)} Warn when @code{__sync_fetch_and_nand} and @code{__sync_nand_and_fetch} built-in functions are used. These functions changed semantics in GCC 4.4. -@item -Wtrivial-auto-var-init @opindex Wtrivial-auto-var-init @opindex Wno-trivial-auto-var-init +@item -Wtrivial-auto-var-init Warn when @code{-ftrivial-auto-var-init} cannot initialize the automatic variable. A common situation is an automatic variable that is declared between the controlling expression and the first case label of a @code{switch} statement. -@item -Wunused-but-set-parameter @opindex Wunused-but-set-parameter @opindex Wno-unused-but-set-parameter +@item -Wunused-but-set-parameter Warn whenever a function parameter is assigned to, but otherwise unused (aside from its declaration). @@ -7331,9 +7331,9 @@ To suppress this warning use the @code{unused} attribute This warning is also enabled by @option{-Wunused} together with @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wunused-but-set-variable @opindex Wunused-but-set-variable @opindex Wno-unused-but-set-variable +@item -Wunused-but-set-variable Warn whenever a local variable is assigned to, but otherwise unused (aside from its declaration). This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. @@ -7344,46 +7344,46 @@ To suppress this warning use the @code{unused} attribute This warning is also enabled by @option{-Wunused}, which is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wunused-function @opindex Wunused-function @opindex Wno-unused-function +@item -Wunused-function Warn whenever a static function is declared but not defined or a non-inline static function is unused. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wunused-label @opindex Wunused-label @opindex Wno-unused-label +@item -Wunused-label Warn whenever a label is declared but not used. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. To suppress this warning use the @code{unused} attribute (@pxref{Variable Attributes}). -@item -Wunused-local-typedefs @r{(C, Objective-C, C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wunused-local-typedefs @opindex Wno-unused-local-typedefs +@item -Wunused-local-typedefs @r{(C, Objective-C, C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn when a typedef locally defined in a function is not used. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wunused-parameter @opindex Wunused-parameter @opindex Wno-unused-parameter +@item -Wunused-parameter Warn whenever a function parameter is unused aside from its declaration. To suppress this warning use the @code{unused} attribute (@pxref{Variable Attributes}). -@item -Wno-unused-result @opindex Wunused-result @opindex Wno-unused-result +@item -Wno-unused-result Do not warn if a caller of a function marked with attribute @code{warn_unused_result} (@pxref{Function Attributes}) does not use its return value. The default is @option{-Wunused-result}. -@item -Wunused-variable @opindex Wunused-variable @opindex Wno-unused-variable +@item -Wunused-variable Warn whenever a local or static variable is unused aside from its declaration. This option implies @option{-Wunused-const-variable=1} for C, but not for C++. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. @@ -7391,10 +7391,10 @@ but not for C++. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. To suppress this warning use the @code{unused} attribute (@pxref{Variable Attributes}). -@item -Wunused-const-variable -@itemx -Wunused-const-variable=@var{n} @opindex Wunused-const-variable @opindex Wno-unused-const-variable +@item -Wunused-const-variable +@itemx -Wunused-const-variable=@var{n} Warn whenever a constant static variable is unused aside from its declaration. @option{-Wunused-const-variable=1} is enabled by @option{-Wunused-variable} for C, but not for C++. In C this declares variable storage, but in C++ this @@ -7418,9 +7418,9 @@ in C++ this isn't an error and in C it might be harder to clean up all headers included. @end table -@item -Wunused-value @opindex Wunused-value @opindex Wno-unused-value +@item -Wunused-value Warn whenever a statement computes a result that is explicitly not used. To suppress this warning cast the unused expression to @code{void}. This includes an expression-statement or the left-hand @@ -7430,18 +7430,18 @@ an expression such as @code{x[i,j]} causes a warning, while This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wunused @opindex Wunused @opindex Wno-unused +@item -Wunused All the above @option{-Wunused} options combined. In order to get a warning about an unused function parameter, you must either specify @option{-Wextra -Wunused} (note that @option{-Wall} implies @option{-Wunused}), or separately specify @option{-Wunused-parameter}. -@item -Wuninitialized @opindex Wuninitialized @opindex Wno-uninitialized +@item -Wuninitialized Warn if an object with automatic or allocated storage duration is used without having been initialized. In C++, also warn if a non-static reference or non-static @code{const} member appears in a class without @@ -7480,9 +7480,9 @@ struct A @{ @}; @end smallexample -@item -Wno-invalid-memory-model @opindex Winvalid-memory-model @opindex Wno-invalid-memory-model +@item -Wno-invalid-memory-model This option controls warnings for invocations of @ref{__atomic Builtins}, @ref{__sync Builtins}, and the C11 atomic generic functions with a memory consistency argument @@ -7501,9 +7501,9 @@ void store (int *i) @option{-Winvalid-memory-model} is enabled by default. -@item -Wmaybe-uninitialized @opindex Wmaybe-uninitialized @opindex Wno-maybe-uninitialized +@item -Wmaybe-uninitialized For an object with automatic or allocated storage duration, if there exists a path from the function entry to a use of the object that is initialized, but there exist some other paths for which the object is not initialized, @@ -7562,9 +7562,9 @@ Attributes}. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall} or @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wunknown-pragmas @opindex Wunknown-pragmas @opindex Wno-unknown-pragmas +@item -Wunknown-pragmas @cindex warning for unknown pragmas @cindex unknown pragmas, warning @cindex pragmas, warning of unknown @@ -7573,16 +7573,16 @@ GCC@. If this command-line option is used, warnings are even issued for unknown pragmas in system header files. This is not the case if the warnings are only enabled by the @option{-Wall} command-line option. -@item -Wno-pragmas @opindex Wno-pragmas @opindex Wpragmas +@item -Wno-pragmas Do not warn about misuses of pragmas, such as incorrect parameters, invalid syntax, or conflicts between pragmas. See also @option{-Wunknown-pragmas}. -@item -Wno-prio-ctor-dtor @opindex Wno-prio-ctor-dtor @opindex Wprio-ctor-dtor +@item -Wno-prio-ctor-dtor Do not warn if a priority from 0 to 100 is used for constructor or destructor. The use of constructor and destructor attributes allow you to assign a priority to the constructor/destructor to control its order of execution @@ -7590,9 +7590,9 @@ before @code{main} is called or after it returns. The priority values must be greater than 100 as the compiler reserves priority values between 0--100 for the implementation. -@item -Wstrict-aliasing @opindex Wstrict-aliasing @opindex Wno-strict-aliasing +@item -Wstrict-aliasing This option is only active when @option{-fstrict-aliasing} is active. It warns about code that might break the strict aliasing rules that the compiler is using for optimization. The warning does not catch all @@ -7600,8 +7600,8 @@ cases, but does attempt to catch the more common pitfalls. It is included in @option{-Wall}. It is equivalent to @option{-Wstrict-aliasing=3} -@item -Wstrict-aliasing=n @opindex Wstrict-aliasing=n +@item -Wstrict-aliasing=n This option is only active when @option{-fstrict-aliasing} is active. It warns about code that might break the strict aliasing rules that the compiler is using for optimization. @@ -7633,10 +7633,10 @@ with multiple statement cases using flow-sensitive points-to information. Only warns when the converted pointer is dereferenced. Does not warn about incomplete types. -@item -Wstrict-overflow -@itemx -Wstrict-overflow=@var{n} @opindex Wstrict-overflow @opindex Wno-strict-overflow +@item -Wstrict-overflow +@itemx -Wstrict-overflow=@var{n} This option is only active when signed overflow is undefined. It warns about cases where the compiler optimizes based on the assumption that signed overflow does not occur. Note that it does not @@ -7687,9 +7687,9 @@ comparisons, so this warning level gives a very large number of false positives. @end table -@item -Wstring-compare @opindex Wstring-compare @opindex Wno-string-compare +@item -Wstring-compare Warn for calls to @code{strcmp} and @code{strncmp} whose result is determined to be either zero or non-zero in tests for such equality owing to the length of one argument being greater than the size of @@ -7711,11 +7711,11 @@ void f (char *d) @option{-Wstring-compare} is enabled by @option{-Wextra}. +@opindex Wstringop-overflow +@opindex Wno-stringop-overflow @item -Wno-stringop-overflow @item -Wstringop-overflow @itemx -Wstringop-overflow=@var{type} -@opindex Wstringop-overflow -@opindex Wno-stringop-overflow Warn for calls to string manipulation functions such as @code{memcpy} and @code{strcpy} that are determined to overflow the destination buffer. The optional argument is one greater than the type of Object Size Checking to @@ -7754,10 +7754,10 @@ const char* f (enum Color clr) Option @option{-Wstringop-overflow=2} is enabled by default. @table @gcctabopt -@item -Wstringop-overflow -@itemx -Wstringop-overflow=1 @opindex Wstringop-overflow @opindex Wno-stringop-overflow +@item -Wstringop-overflow +@itemx -Wstringop-overflow=1 The @option{-Wstringop-overflow=1} option uses type-zero Object Size Checking to determine the sizes of destination objects. At this setting the option does not warn for writes past the end of subobjects of larger objects accessed @@ -7792,18 +7792,18 @@ whether to issue a warning. Similarly to @option{-Wstringop-overflow=3} this setting of the option may result in warnings for benign code. @end table -@item -Wno-stringop-overread @opindex Wstringop-overread @opindex Wno-stringop-overread +@item -Wno-stringop-overread Warn for calls to string manipulation functions such as @code{memchr}, or @code{strcpy} that are determined to read past the end of the source sequence. Option @option{-Wstringop-overread} is enabled by default. -@item -Wno-stringop-truncation @opindex Wstringop-truncation @opindex Wno-stringop-truncation +@item -Wno-stringop-truncation Do not warn for calls to bounded string manipulation functions such as @code{strncat}, @code{strncpy}, and @code{stpncpy} that may either truncate the copied string @@ -7859,9 +7859,9 @@ however, are not suitable arguments to functions that expect such arrays GCC issues warnings unless it can prove that the use is safe. @xref{Common Variable Attributes}. -@item -Wstrict-flex-arrays @opindex Wstrict-flex-arrays @opindex Wno-strict-flex-arrays +@item -Wstrict-flex-arrays Warn about inproper usages of flexible array members according to the @var{level} of the @code{strict_flex_array (@var{level})} attribute attached to the trailing array field of a structure if it's @@ -7884,18 +7884,13 @@ issued for a trailing zero-length array reference of a structure if the array is referenced as a flexible array member. -@item -Wsuggest-attribute=@r{[}pure@r{|}const@r{|}noreturn@r{|}format@r{|}cold@r{|}malloc@r{]} @opindex Wsuggest-attribute= @opindex Wno-suggest-attribute= +@item -Wsuggest-attribute=@r{[}pure@r{|}const@r{|}noreturn@r{|}format@r{|}cold@r{|}malloc@r{]} Warn for cases where adding an attribute may be beneficial. The attributes currently supported are listed below. @table @gcctabopt -@item -Wsuggest-attribute=pure -@itemx -Wsuggest-attribute=const -@itemx -Wsuggest-attribute=noreturn -@itemx -Wmissing-noreturn -@itemx -Wsuggest-attribute=malloc @opindex Wsuggest-attribute=pure @opindex Wno-suggest-attribute=pure @opindex Wsuggest-attribute=const @@ -7906,6 +7901,11 @@ attributes currently supported are listed below. @opindex Wno-missing-noreturn @opindex Wsuggest-attribute=malloc @opindex Wno-suggest-attribute=malloc +@item -Wsuggest-attribute=pure +@itemx -Wsuggest-attribute=const +@itemx -Wsuggest-attribute=noreturn +@itemx -Wmissing-noreturn +@itemx -Wsuggest-attribute=malloc Warn about functions that might be candidates for attributes @code{pure}, @code{const} or @code{noreturn} or @code{malloc}. The compiler @@ -7917,14 +7917,14 @@ requires option @option{-fipa-pure-const}, which is enabled by default at @option{-O} and higher. Higher optimization levels improve the accuracy of the analysis. -@item -Wsuggest-attribute=format -@itemx -Wmissing-format-attribute @opindex Wsuggest-attribute=format @opindex Wmissing-format-attribute @opindex Wno-suggest-attribute=format @opindex Wno-missing-format-attribute @opindex Wformat @opindex Wno-format +@item -Wsuggest-attribute=format +@itemx -Wmissing-format-attribute Warn about function pointers that might be candidates for @code{format} attributes. Note these are only possible candidates, not absolute ones. @@ -7944,9 +7944,9 @@ might be appropriate for any function that calls a function like case, and some functions for which @code{format} attributes are appropriate may not be detected. -@item -Wsuggest-attribute=cold @opindex Wsuggest-attribute=cold @opindex Wno-suggest-attribute=cold +@item -Wsuggest-attribute=cold Warn about functions that might be candidates for @code{cold} attribute. This is based on static detection and generally only warns about functions which @@ -7954,9 +7954,9 @@ always leads to a call to another @code{cold} function such as wrappers of C++ @code{throw} or fatal error reporting functions leading to @code{abort}. @end table -@item -Walloc-zero @opindex Wno-alloc-zero @opindex Walloc-zero +@item -Walloc-zero Warn about calls to allocation functions decorated with attribute @code{alloc_size} that specify zero bytes, including those to the built-in forms of the functions @code{aligned_alloc}, @code{alloca}, @code{calloc}, @@ -7965,9 +7965,9 @@ when called with a zero size differs among implementations (and in the case of @code{realloc} has been deprecated) relying on it may result in subtle portability bugs and should be avoided. -@item -Walloc-size-larger-than=@var{byte-size} @opindex Walloc-size-larger-than= @opindex Wno-alloc-size-larger-than +@item -Walloc-size-larger-than=@var{byte-size} Warn about calls to functions decorated with attribute @code{alloc_size} that attempt to allocate objects larger than the specified number of bytes, or where the result of the size computation in an integer type with infinite @@ -7978,20 +7978,20 @@ Warnings controlled by the option can be disabled either by specifying @option{-Wno-alloc-size-larger-than}. @xref{Function Attributes}. -@item -Wno-alloc-size-larger-than @opindex Wno-alloc-size-larger-than +@item -Wno-alloc-size-larger-than Disable @option{-Walloc-size-larger-than=} warnings. The option is equivalent to @option{-Walloc-size-larger-than=}@samp{SIZE_MAX} or larger. -@item -Walloca @opindex Wno-alloca @opindex Walloca +@item -Walloca This option warns on all uses of @code{alloca} in the source. -@item -Walloca-larger-than=@var{byte-size} @opindex Walloca-larger-than= @opindex Wno-alloca-larger-than +@item -Walloca-larger-than=@var{byte-size} This option warns on calls to @code{alloca} with an integer argument whose value is either zero, or that is not bounded by a controlling predicate that limits its value to at most @var{byte-size}. It also warns for calls @@ -8057,14 +8057,14 @@ for @option{-O2} and above). See also @option{-Wvla-larger-than=}@samp{byte-size}. -@item -Wno-alloca-larger-than @opindex Wno-alloca-larger-than +@item -Wno-alloca-larger-than Disable @option{-Walloca-larger-than=} warnings. The option is equivalent to @option{-Walloca-larger-than=}@samp{SIZE_MAX} or larger. -@item -Warith-conversion @opindex Warith-conversion @opindex Wno-arith-conversion +@item -Warith-conversion Do warn about implicit conversions from arithmetic operations even when conversion of the operands to the same type cannot change their values. This affects warnings from @option{-Wconversion}, @@ -8080,10 +8080,10 @@ void f (char c, int i) @end group @end smallexample -@item -Warray-bounds -@itemx -Warray-bounds=@var{n} @opindex Wno-array-bounds @opindex Warray-bounds +@item -Warray-bounds +@itemx -Warray-bounds=@var{n} Warn about out of bounds subscripts or offsets into arrays. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. It is more effective when @option{-ftree-vrp} is active (the default for @option{-O2} and above) but a subset of instances @@ -8119,9 +8119,9 @@ arithmetic that may yield out of bounds values. This warning level may give a larger number of false positives and is deactivated by default. @end table -@item -Warray-compare @opindex Warray-compare @opindex Wno-array-compare +@item -Warray-compare Warn about equality and relational comparisons between two operands of array type. This comparison was deprecated in C++20. For example: @@ -8133,9 +8133,9 @@ bool same = arr1 == arr2; @option{-Warray-compare} is enabled by @option{-Wall}. +@opindex Wno-array-parameter @item -Warray-parameter @itemx -Warray-parameter=@var{n} -@opindex Wno-array-parameter Warn about redeclarations of functions involving arguments of array or pointer types of inconsistent kinds or forms, and enable the detection of out-of-bounds accesses to such parameters by warnings such as @@ -8181,10 +8181,10 @@ void g (int[8]); // warning (inconsistent array bound) @option{-Wvla-parameter} option triggers warnings for similar inconsistencies involving Variable Length Array arguments. -@item -Wattribute-alias=@var{n} -@itemx -Wno-attribute-alias @opindex Wattribute-alias @opindex Wno-attribute-alias +@item -Wattribute-alias=@var{n} +@itemx -Wno-attribute-alias Warn about declarations using the @code{alias} and similar attributes whose target is incompatible with the type of the alias. @xref{Function Attributes,,Declaring Attributes of Functions}. @@ -8216,10 +8216,10 @@ Attributes considered include @code{alloc_align}, @code{alloc_size}, This is the default. You can disable these warnings with either @option{-Wno-attribute-alias} or @option{-Wattribute-alias=0}. -@item -Wbidi-chars=@r{[}none@r{|}unpaired@r{|}any@r{|}ucn@r{]} @opindex Wbidi-chars= @opindex Wbidi-chars @opindex Wno-bidi-chars +@item -Wbidi-chars=@r{[}none@r{|}unpaired@r{|}any@r{|}ucn@r{]} Warn about possibly misleading UTF-8 bidirectional control characters in comments, string literals, character constants, and identifiers. Such characters can change left-to-right writing direction into right-to-left @@ -8239,9 +8239,9 @@ to turn on such checking by using @option{-Wbidi-chars=unpaired,ucn} or and is equivalent to @option{-Wbidi-chars=unpaired,ucn}, if no previous @option{-Wbidi-chars=any} was specified. -@item -Wbool-compare @opindex Wno-bool-compare @opindex Wbool-compare +@item -Wbool-compare Warn about boolean expression compared with an integer value different from @code{true}/@code{false}. For instance, the following comparison is always false: @@ -8252,9 +8252,9 @@ if ((n > 1) == 2) @{ @dots{} @} @end smallexample This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wbool-operation @opindex Wno-bool-operation @opindex Wbool-operation +@item -Wbool-operation Warn about suspicious operations on expressions of a boolean type. For instance, bitwise negation of a boolean is very likely a bug in the program. For C, this warning also warns about incrementing or decrementing a boolean, @@ -8263,9 +8263,9 @@ Incrementing a boolean is invalid in C++17, and deprecated otherwise.) This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wduplicated-branches @opindex Wno-duplicated-branches @opindex Wduplicated-branches +@item -Wduplicated-branches Warn when an if-else has identical branches. This warning detects cases like @smallexample if (p != NULL) @@ -8279,9 +8279,9 @@ also warn for conditional operators: int i = x ? *p : *p; @end smallexample -@item -Wduplicated-cond @opindex Wno-duplicated-cond @opindex Wduplicated-cond +@item -Wduplicated-cond Warn about duplicated conditions in an if-else-if chain. For instance, warn for the following code: @smallexample @@ -8289,49 +8289,49 @@ if (p->q != NULL) @{ @dots{} @} else if (p->q != NULL) @{ @dots{} @} @end smallexample -@item -Wframe-address @opindex Wno-frame-address @opindex Wframe-address +@item -Wframe-address Warn when the @samp{__builtin_frame_address} or @samp{__builtin_return_address} is called with an argument greater than 0. Such calls may return indeterminate values or crash the program. The warning is included in @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wno-discarded-qualifiers @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wno-discarded-qualifiers @opindex Wdiscarded-qualifiers +@item -Wno-discarded-qualifiers @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Do not warn if type qualifiers on pointers are being discarded. Typically, the compiler warns if a @code{const char *} variable is passed to a function that takes a @code{char *} parameter. This option can be used to suppress such a warning. -@item -Wno-discarded-array-qualifiers @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wno-discarded-array-qualifiers @opindex Wdiscarded-array-qualifiers +@item -Wno-discarded-array-qualifiers @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Do not warn if type qualifiers on arrays which are pointer targets are being discarded. Typically, the compiler warns if a @code{const int (*)[]} variable is passed to a function that takes a @code{int (*)[]} parameter. This option can be used to suppress such a warning. -@item -Wno-incompatible-pointer-types @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wno-incompatible-pointer-types @opindex Wincompatible-pointer-types +@item -Wno-incompatible-pointer-types @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Do not warn when there is a conversion between pointers that have incompatible types. This warning is for cases not covered by @option{-Wno-pointer-sign}, which warns for pointer argument passing or assignment with different signedness. -@item -Wno-int-conversion @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wno-int-conversion @opindex Wint-conversion +@item -Wno-int-conversion @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Do not warn about incompatible integer to pointer and pointer to integer conversions. This warning is about implicit conversions; for explicit conversions the warnings @option{-Wno-int-to-pointer-cast} and @option{-Wno-pointer-to-int-cast} may be used. -@item -Wzero-length-bounds @opindex Wzero-length-bounds @opindex Wzero-length-bounds +@item -Wzero-length-bounds Warn about accesses to elements of zero-length array members that might overlap other members of the same object. Declaring interior zero-length arrays is discouraged because accesses to them are undefined. See @@ -8356,16 +8356,16 @@ void bad (void) Option @option{-Wzero-length-bounds} is enabled by @option{-Warray-bounds}. -@item -Wno-div-by-zero @opindex Wno-div-by-zero @opindex Wdiv-by-zero +@item -Wno-div-by-zero Do not warn about compile-time integer division by zero. Floating-point division by zero is not warned about, as it can be a legitimate way of obtaining infinities and NaNs. -@item -Wsystem-headers @opindex Wsystem-headers @opindex Wno-system-headers +@item -Wsystem-headers @cindex warnings from system headers @cindex system headers, warnings from Print warning messages for constructs found in system header files. @@ -8377,9 +8377,9 @@ code. However, note that using @option{-Wall} in conjunction with this option does @emph{not} warn about unknown pragmas in system headers---for that, @option{-Wunknown-pragmas} must also be used. -@item -Wtautological-compare @opindex Wtautological-compare @opindex Wno-tautological-compare +@item -Wtautological-compare Warn if a self-comparison always evaluates to true or false. This warning detects various mistakes such as: @smallexample @@ -8397,9 +8397,9 @@ will always be false. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wtrampolines @opindex Wtrampolines @opindex Wno-trampolines +@item -Wtrampolines Warn about trampolines generated for pointers to nested functions. A trampoline is a small piece of data or code that is created at run time on the stack when the address of a nested function is taken, and is @@ -8408,9 +8408,9 @@ made up of data only and thus requires no special treatment. But, for most targets, it is made up of code and thus requires the stack to be made executable in order for the program to work properly. -@item -Wfloat-equal @opindex Wfloat-equal @opindex Wno-float-equal +@item -Wfloat-equal Warn if floating-point values are used in equality comparisons. The idea behind this is that sometimes it is convenient (for the @@ -8424,9 +8424,9 @@ should check to see whether the two values have ranges that overlap; and this is done with the relational operators, so equality comparisons are probably mistaken. -@item -Wtraditional @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wtraditional @opindex Wno-traditional +@item -Wtraditional @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn about certain constructs that behave differently in traditional and ISO C@. Also warn about ISO C constructs that have no traditional C equivalent, and/or problematic constructs that should be avoided. @@ -8513,25 +8513,25 @@ because that feature is already a GCC extension and thus not relevant to traditional C compatibility. @end itemize -@item -Wtraditional-conversion @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wtraditional-conversion @opindex Wno-traditional-conversion +@item -Wtraditional-conversion @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn if a prototype causes a type conversion that is different from what would happen to the same argument in the absence of a prototype. This includes conversions of fixed point to floating and vice versa, and conversions changing the width or signedness of a fixed-point argument except when the same as the default promotion. -@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wdeclaration-after-statement @opindex Wno-declaration-after-statement +@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn when a declaration is found after a statement in a block. This construct, known from C++, was introduced with ISO C99 and is by default allowed in GCC@. It is not supported by ISO C90. @xref{Mixed Labels and Declarations}. -@item -Wshadow @opindex Wshadow @opindex Wno-shadow +@item -Wshadow Warn whenever a local variable or type declaration shadows another variable, parameter, type, class member (in C++), or instance variable (in Objective-C) or whenever a built-in function is shadowed. Note @@ -8543,23 +8543,23 @@ and @option{-Wno-shadow=compatible-local} are ignored when @option{-Wshadow} is used. Same as @option{-Wshadow=global}. -@item -Wno-shadow-ivar @r{(Objective-C only)} @opindex Wno-shadow-ivar @opindex Wshadow-ivar +@item -Wno-shadow-ivar @r{(Objective-C only)} Do not warn whenever a local variable shadows an instance variable in an Objective-C method. -@item -Wshadow=global @opindex Wshadow=global +@item -Wshadow=global Warn for any shadowing. Same as @option{-Wshadow}. -@item -Wshadow=local @opindex Wshadow=local +@item -Wshadow=local Warn when a local variable shadows another local variable or parameter. -@item -Wshadow=compatible-local @opindex Wshadow=compatible-local +@item -Wshadow=compatible-local Warn when a local variable shadows another local variable or parameter whose type is compatible with that of the shadowing variable. In C++, type compatibility here means the type of the shadowing variable can be @@ -8592,9 +8592,9 @@ Note that this also means that shadowing @code{const char *i} by This warning is also enabled by @option{-Wshadow=local}. -@item -Wlarger-than=@var{byte-size} @opindex Wlarger-than= @opindex Wlarger-than-@var{byte-size} +@item -Wlarger-than=@var{byte-size} Warn whenever an object is defined whose size exceeds @var{byte-size}. @option{-Wlarger-than=}@samp{PTRDIFF_MAX} is enabled by default. Warnings controlled by the option can be disabled either by specifying @@ -8605,14 +8605,14 @@ Also warn for calls to bounded functions such as @code{memchr} or object, which is @samp{PTRDIFF_MAX} bytes by default. These warnings can only be disabled by @option{-Wno-larger-than}. -@item -Wno-larger-than @opindex Wno-larger-than +@item -Wno-larger-than Disable @option{-Wlarger-than=} warnings. The option is equivalent to @option{-Wlarger-than=}@samp{SIZE_MAX} or larger. -@item -Wframe-larger-than=@var{byte-size} @opindex Wframe-larger-than= @opindex Wno-frame-larger-than +@item -Wframe-larger-than=@var{byte-size} Warn if the size of a function frame exceeds @var{byte-size}. The computation done to determine the stack frame size is approximate and not conservative. @@ -8626,14 +8626,14 @@ Warnings controlled by the option can be disabled either by specifying @var{byte-size} of @samp{SIZE_MAX} or more or by @option{-Wno-frame-larger-than}. -@item -Wno-frame-larger-than @opindex Wno-frame-larger-than +@item -Wno-frame-larger-than Disable @option{-Wframe-larger-than=} warnings. The option is equivalent to @option{-Wframe-larger-than=}@samp{SIZE_MAX} or larger. -@item -Wfree-nonheap-object @opindex Wfree-nonheap-object @opindex Wno-free-nonheap-object +@item -Wfree-nonheap-object Warn when attempting to deallocate an object that was either not allocated on the heap, or by using a pointer that was not returned from a prior call to the corresponding allocation function. For example, because the call @@ -8652,9 +8652,9 @@ void f (char *p) @option{-Wfree-nonheap-object} is included in @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wstack-usage=@var{byte-size} @opindex Wstack-usage @opindex Wno-stack-usage +@item -Wstack-usage=@var{byte-size} Warn if the stack usage of a function might exceed @var{byte-size}. The computation done to determine the stack usage is conservative. Any space allocated via @code{alloca}, variable-length arrays, or related @@ -8689,40 +8689,40 @@ Warnings controlled by the option can be disabled either by specifying @var{byte-size} of @samp{SIZE_MAX} or more or by @option{-Wno-stack-usage}. -@item -Wno-stack-usage @opindex Wno-stack-usage +@item -Wno-stack-usage Disable @option{-Wstack-usage=} warnings. The option is equivalent to @option{-Wstack-usage=}@samp{SIZE_MAX} or larger. -@item -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations @opindex Wunsafe-loop-optimizations @opindex Wno-unsafe-loop-optimizations +@item -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations Warn if the loop cannot be optimized because the compiler cannot assume anything on the bounds of the loop indices. With @option{-funsafe-loop-optimizations} warn if the compiler makes such assumptions. -@item -Wno-pedantic-ms-format @r{(MinGW targets only)} @opindex Wno-pedantic-ms-format @opindex Wpedantic-ms-format +@item -Wno-pedantic-ms-format @r{(MinGW targets only)} When used in combination with @option{-Wformat} and @option{-pedantic} without GNU extensions, this option disables the warnings about non-ISO @code{printf} / @code{scanf} format width specifiers @code{I32}, @code{I64}, and @code{I} used on Windows targets, which depend on the MS runtime. -@item -Wpointer-arith @opindex Wpointer-arith @opindex Wno-pointer-arith +@item -Wpointer-arith Warn about anything that depends on the ``size of'' a function type or of @code{void}. GNU C assigns these types a size of 1, for convenience in calculations with @code{void *} pointers and pointers to functions. In C++, warn also when an arithmetic operation involves @code{NULL}. This warning is also enabled by @option{-Wpedantic}. -@item -Wno-pointer-compare @opindex Wpointer-compare @opindex Wno-pointer-compare +@item -Wno-pointer-compare Do not warn if a pointer is compared with a zero character constant. This usually means that the pointer was meant to be dereferenced. For example: @@ -8737,9 +8737,9 @@ Note that the code above is invalid in C++11. This warning is enabled by default. -@item -Wtsan @opindex Wtsan @opindex Wno-tsan +@item -Wtsan Warn about unsupported features in ThreadSanitizer. ThreadSanitizer does not support @code{std::atomic_thread_fence} and @@ -8747,18 +8747,18 @@ can report false positives. This warning is enabled by default. -@item -Wtype-limits @opindex Wtype-limits @opindex Wno-type-limits +@item -Wtype-limits Warn if a comparison is always true or always false due to the limited range of the data type, but do not warn for constant expressions. For example, warn if an unsigned variable is compared against zero with @code{<} or @code{>=}. This warning is also enabled by @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wabsolute-value @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wabsolute-value @opindex Wno-absolute-value +@item -Wabsolute-value @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn for calls to standard functions that compute the absolute value of an argument when a more appropriate standard function is available. For example, calling @code{abs(3.14)} triggers the warning because the @@ -8770,25 +8770,25 @@ enabled by @option{-Wextra}. @include cppwarnopts.texi -@item -Wbad-function-cast @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wbad-function-cast @opindex Wno-bad-function-cast +@item -Wbad-function-cast @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn when a function call is cast to a non-matching type. For example, warn if a call to a function returning an integer type is cast to a pointer type. -@item -Wc90-c99-compat @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wc90-c99-compat @opindex Wno-c90-c99-compat +@item -Wc90-c99-compat @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn about features not present in ISO C90, but present in ISO C99. For instance, warn about use of variable length arrays, @code{long long} type, @code{bool} type, compound literals, designated initializers, and so on. This option is independent of the standards mode. Warnings are disabled in the expression that follows @code{__extension__}. -@item -Wc99-c11-compat @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wc99-c11-compat @opindex Wno-c99-c11-compat +@item -Wc99-c11-compat @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn about features not present in ISO C99, but present in ISO C11. For instance, warn about use of anonymous structures and unions, @code{_Atomic} type qualifier, @code{_Thread_local} storage-class specifier, @@ -8796,9 +8796,9 @@ For instance, warn about use of anonymous structures and unions, and so on. This option is independent of the standards mode. Warnings are disabled in the expression that follows @code{__extension__}. -@item -Wc11-c2x-compat @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wc11-c2x-compat @opindex Wno-c11-c2x-compat +@item -Wc11-c2x-compat @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn about features not present in ISO C11, but present in ISO C2X. For instance, warn about omitting the string in @code{_Static_assert}, use of @samp{[[]]} syntax for attributes, use of decimal @@ -8806,77 +8806,77 @@ floating-point types, and so on. This option is independent of the standards mode. Warnings are disabled in the expression that follows @code{__extension__}. -@item -Wc++-compat @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wc++-compat @opindex Wno-c++-compat +@item -Wc++-compat @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn about ISO C constructs that are outside of the common subset of ISO C and ISO C++, e.g.@: request for implicit conversion from @code{void *} to a pointer to non-@code{void} type. -@item -Wc++11-compat @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wc++11-compat @opindex Wno-c++11-compat +@item -Wc++11-compat @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about C++ constructs whose meaning differs between ISO C++ 1998 and ISO C++ 2011, e.g., identifiers in ISO C++ 1998 that are keywords in ISO C++ 2011. This warning turns on @option{-Wnarrowing} and is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wc++14-compat @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wc++14-compat @opindex Wno-c++14-compat +@item -Wc++14-compat @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about C++ constructs whose meaning differs between ISO C++ 2011 and ISO C++ 2014. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wc++17-compat @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wc++17-compat @opindex Wno-c++17-compat +@item -Wc++17-compat @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about C++ constructs whose meaning differs between ISO C++ 2014 and ISO C++ 2017. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wc++20-compat @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wc++20-compat @opindex Wno-c++20-compat +@item -Wc++20-compat @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about C++ constructs whose meaning differs between ISO C++ 2017 and ISO C++ 2020. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wno-c++11-extensions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wc++11-extensions @opindex Wno-c++11-extensions +@item -Wno-c++11-extensions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Do not warn about C++11 constructs in code being compiled using an older C++ standard. Even without this option, some C++11 constructs will only be diagnosed if @option{-Wpedantic} is used. -@item -Wno-c++14-extensions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wc++14-extensions @opindex Wno-c++14-extensions +@item -Wno-c++14-extensions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Do not warn about C++14 constructs in code being compiled using an older C++ standard. Even without this option, some C++14 constructs will only be diagnosed if @option{-Wpedantic} is used. -@item -Wno-c++17-extensions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wc++17-extensions @opindex Wno-c++17-extensions +@item -Wno-c++17-extensions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Do not warn about C++17 constructs in code being compiled using an older C++ standard. Even without this option, some C++17 constructs will only be diagnosed if @option{-Wpedantic} is used. -@item -Wno-c++20-extensions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wc++20-extensions @opindex Wno-c++20-extensions +@item -Wno-c++20-extensions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Do not warn about C++20 constructs in code being compiled using an older C++ standard. Even without this option, some C++20 constructs will only be diagnosed if @option{-Wpedantic} is used. -@item -Wno-c++23-extensions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wc++23-extensions @opindex Wno-c++23-extensions +@item -Wno-c++23-extensions @r{(C++ and Objective-C++ only)} Do not warn about C++23 constructs in code being compiled using an older C++ standard. Even without this option, some C++23 constructs will only be diagnosed if @option{-Wpedantic} is used. -@item -Wcast-qual @opindex Wcast-qual @opindex Wno-cast-qual +@item -Wcast-qual Warn whenever a pointer is cast so as to remove a type qualifier from the target type. For example, warn if a @code{const char *} is cast to an ordinary @code{char *}. @@ -8894,23 +8894,23 @@ is unsafe, as in this example: **p = 'b'; @end smallexample -@item -Wcast-align @opindex Wcast-align @opindex Wno-cast-align +@item -Wcast-align Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of the target is increased. For example, warn if a @code{char *} is cast to an @code{int *} on machines where integers can only be accessed at two- or four-byte boundaries. -@item -Wcast-align=strict @opindex Wcast-align=strict +@item -Wcast-align=strict Warn whenever a pointer is cast such that the required alignment of the target is increased. For example, warn if a @code{char *} is cast to an @code{int *} regardless of the target machine. -@item -Wcast-function-type @opindex Wcast-function-type @opindex Wno-cast-function-type +@item -Wcast-function-type Warn when a function pointer is cast to an incompatible function pointer. In a cast involving function types with a variable argument list only the types of initial arguments that are provided are considered. @@ -8923,9 +8923,9 @@ In a cast involving pointer to member types this warning warns whenever the type cast is changing the pointer to member type. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wwrite-strings @opindex Wwrite-strings @opindex Wno-write-strings +@item -Wwrite-strings When compiling C, give string constants the type @code{const char[@var{length}]} so that copying the address of one into a non-@code{const} @code{char *} pointer produces a warning. These @@ -8987,9 +8987,9 @@ unsigned integers are disabled by default in C++ unless Warnings about conversion from arithmetic on a small type back to that type are only given with @option{-Warith-conversion}. -@item -Wdangling-else @opindex Wdangling-else @opindex Wno-dangling-else +@item -Wdangling-else Warn about constructions where there may be confusion to which @code{if} statement an @code{else} branch belongs. Here is an example of such a case: @@ -9032,10 +9032,10 @@ looks like this: This warning is enabled by @option{-Wparentheses}. -@item -Wdangling-pointer -@itemx -Wdangling-pointer=@var{n} @opindex Wdangling-pointer @opindex Wno-dangling-pointer +@item -Wdangling-pointer +@itemx -Wdangling-pointer=@var{n} Warn about uses of pointers (or C++ references) to objects with automatic storage duration after their lifetime has ended. This includes local variables declared in nested blocks, compound literals and other unnamed @@ -9088,42 +9088,42 @@ void f (char *s) @option{-Wdangling-pointer=2} is included in @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wdate-time @opindex Wdate-time @opindex Wno-date-time +@item -Wdate-time Warn when macros @code{__TIME__}, @code{__DATE__} or @code{__TIMESTAMP__} are encountered as they might prevent bit-wise-identical reproducible compilations. -@item -Wempty-body @opindex Wempty-body @opindex Wno-empty-body +@item -Wempty-body Warn if an empty body occurs in an @code{if}, @code{else} or @code{do while} statement. This warning is also enabled by @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wno-endif-labels @opindex Wendif-labels @opindex Wno-endif-labels +@item -Wno-endif-labels Do not warn about stray tokens after @code{#else} and @code{#endif}. -@item -Wenum-compare @opindex Wenum-compare @opindex Wno-enum-compare +@item -Wenum-compare Warn about a comparison between values of different enumerated types. In C++ enumerated type mismatches in conditional expressions are also diagnosed and the warning is enabled by default. In C this warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wenum-conversion @opindex Wenum-conversion @opindex Wno-enum-conversion +@item -Wenum-conversion Warn when a value of enumerated type is implicitly converted to a different enumerated type. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wextra} in C@. -@item -Wenum-int-mismatch @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wenum-int-mismatch @opindex Wno-enum-int-mismatch +@item -Wenum-int-mismatch @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn about mismatches between an enumerated type and an integer type in declarations. For example: @@ -9140,9 +9140,9 @@ such mismatches may cause portability issues. In C++, such mismatches are an error. In C, this warning is enabled by @option{-Wall} and @option{-Wc++-compat}. -@item -Wjump-misses-init @r{(C, Objective-C only)} @opindex Wjump-misses-init @opindex Wno-jump-misses-init +@item -Wjump-misses-init @r{(C, Objective-C only)} Warn if a @code{goto} statement or a @code{switch} statement jumps forward across the initialization of a variable, or jumps backward to a label after the variable has been initialized. This only warns about @@ -9153,9 +9153,9 @@ error in any case. @option{-Wjump-misses-init} is included in @option{-Wc++-compat}. It can be disabled with the @option{-Wno-jump-misses-init} option. -@item -Wsign-compare @opindex Wsign-compare @opindex Wno-sign-compare +@item -Wsign-compare @cindex warning for comparison of signed and unsigned values @cindex comparison of signed and unsigned values, warning @cindex signed and unsigned values, comparison warning @@ -9164,30 +9164,30 @@ an incorrect result when the signed value is converted to unsigned. In C++, this warning is also enabled by @option{-Wall}. In C, it is also enabled by @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wsign-conversion @opindex Wsign-conversion @opindex Wno-sign-conversion +@item -Wsign-conversion Warn for implicit conversions that may change the sign of an integer value, like assigning a signed integer expression to an unsigned integer variable. An explicit cast silences the warning. In C, this option is enabled also by @option{-Wconversion}. -@item -Wfloat-conversion @opindex Wfloat-conversion @opindex Wno-float-conversion +@item -Wfloat-conversion Warn for implicit conversions that reduce the precision of a real value. This includes conversions from real to integer, and from higher precision real to lower precision real values. This option is also enabled by @option{-Wconversion}. -@item -Wno-scalar-storage-order @opindex Wno-scalar-storage-order @opindex Wscalar-storage-order +@item -Wno-scalar-storage-order Do not warn on suspicious constructs involving reverse scalar storage order. -@item -Wsizeof-array-div @opindex Wsizeof-array-div @opindex Wno-sizeof-array-div +@item -Wsizeof-array-div Warn about divisions of two sizeof operators when the first one is applied to an array and the divisor does not equal the size of the array element. In such a case, the computation will not yield the number of elements in the @@ -9202,18 +9202,18 @@ int fn () This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wsizeof-pointer-div @opindex Wsizeof-pointer-div @opindex Wno-sizeof-pointer-div +@item -Wsizeof-pointer-div Warn for suspicious divisions of two sizeof expressions that divide the pointer size by the element size, which is the usual way to compute the array size but won't work out correctly with pointers. This warning warns e.g.@: about @code{sizeof (ptr) / sizeof (ptr[0])} if @code{ptr} is not an array, but a pointer. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess @opindex Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess @opindex Wno-sizeof-pointer-memaccess +@item -Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess Warn for suspicious length parameters to certain string and memory built-in functions if the argument uses @code{sizeof}. This warning triggers for example for @code{memset (ptr, 0, sizeof (ptr));} if @code{ptr} is not @@ -9236,25 +9236,25 @@ void make_file (const char *name) The @option{-Wsizeof-pointer-memaccess} option is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wno-sizeof-array-argument @opindex Wsizeof-array-argument @opindex Wno-sizeof-array-argument +@item -Wno-sizeof-array-argument Do not warn when the @code{sizeof} operator is applied to a parameter that is declared as an array in a function definition. This warning is enabled by default for C and C++ programs. -@item -Wmemset-elt-size @opindex Wmemset-elt-size @opindex Wno-memset-elt-size +@item -Wmemset-elt-size Warn for suspicious calls to the @code{memset} built-in function, if the first argument references an array, and the third argument is a number equal to the number of elements, but not equal to the size of the array in memory. This indicates that the user has omitted a multiplication by the element size. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wmemset-transposed-args @opindex Wmemset-transposed-args @opindex Wno-memset-transposed-args +@item -Wmemset-transposed-args Warn for suspicious calls to the @code{memset} built-in function where the second argument is not zero and the third argument is zero. For example, the call @code{memset (buf, sizeof buf, 0)} is diagnosed because @@ -9265,9 +9265,9 @@ type, it is far less likely that the arguments have been mistakenly transposed and no warning is emitted. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Waddress @opindex Waddress @opindex Wno-address +@item -Waddress Warn about suspicious uses of address expressions. These include comparing the address of a function or a declared object to the null pointer constant such as in @@ -9308,16 +9308,16 @@ The warning is suppressed if the suspicious expression is the result of macro expansion. @option{-Waddress} warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wno-address-of-packed-member @opindex Waddress-of-packed-member @opindex Wno-address-of-packed-member +@item -Wno-address-of-packed-member Do not warn when the address of packed member of struct or union is taken, which usually results in an unaligned pointer value. This is enabled by default. -@item -Wlogical-op @opindex Wlogical-op @opindex Wno-logical-op +@item -Wlogical-op Warn about suspicious uses of logical operators in expressions. This includes using logical operators in contexts where a bit-wise operator is likely to be expected. Also warns when @@ -9327,9 +9327,9 @@ extern int a; if (a < 0 && a < 0) @{ @dots{} @} @end smallexample -@item -Wlogical-not-parentheses @opindex Wlogical-not-parentheses @opindex Wno-logical-not-parentheses +@item -Wlogical-not-parentheses Warn about logical not used on the left hand side operand of a comparison. This option does not warn if the right operand is considered to be a boolean expression. Its purpose is to detect suspicious code like the following: @@ -9347,22 +9347,22 @@ if ((!a) > 1) @{ @dots{} @} This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Waggregate-return @opindex Waggregate-return @opindex Wno-aggregate-return +@item -Waggregate-return Warn if any functions that return structures or unions are defined or called. (In languages where you can return an array, this also elicits a warning.) -@item -Wno-aggressive-loop-optimizations @opindex Wno-aggressive-loop-optimizations @opindex Waggressive-loop-optimizations +@item -Wno-aggressive-loop-optimizations Warn if in a loop with constant number of iterations the compiler detects undefined behavior in some statement during one or more of the iterations. -@item -Wno-attributes @opindex Wno-attributes @opindex Wattributes +@item -Wno-attributes Do not warn if an unexpected @code{__attribute__} is used, such as unrecognized attributes, function attributes applied to variables, etc. This does not stop errors for incorrect use of supported @@ -9388,9 +9388,9 @@ of these declarations: Note that @option{-Wno-attributes=} does not imply @option{-Wno-attributes}. -@item -Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch @opindex Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch @opindex Wbuiltin-declaration-mismatch +@item -Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch Warn if a built-in function is declared with an incompatible signature or as a non-function, or when a built-in function declared with a type that does not include a prototype is called with arguments whose promoted @@ -9412,41 +9412,41 @@ void f (void *d) @} @end smallexample -@item -Wno-builtin-macro-redefined @opindex Wno-builtin-macro-redefined @opindex Wbuiltin-macro-redefined +@item -Wno-builtin-macro-redefined Do not warn if certain built-in macros are redefined. This suppresses warnings for redefinition of @code{__TIMESTAMP__}, @code{__TIME__}, @code{__DATE__}, @code{__FILE__}, and @code{__BASE_FILE__}. -@item -Wstrict-prototypes @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wstrict-prototypes @opindex Wno-strict-prototypes +@item -Wstrict-prototypes @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn if a function is declared or defined without specifying the argument types. (An old-style function definition is permitted without a warning if preceded by a declaration that specifies the argument types.) -@item -Wold-style-declaration @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wold-style-declaration @opindex Wno-old-style-declaration +@item -Wold-style-declaration @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn for obsolescent usages, according to the C Standard, in a declaration. For example, warn if storage-class specifiers like @code{static} are not the first things in a declaration. This warning is also enabled by @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wold-style-definition @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wold-style-definition @opindex Wno-old-style-definition +@item -Wold-style-definition @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn if an old-style function definition is used. A warning is given even if there is a previous prototype. A definition using @samp{()} is not considered an old-style definition in C2X mode, because it is equivalent to @samp{(void)} in that case, but is considered an old-style definition for older standards. -@item -Wmissing-parameter-type @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wmissing-parameter-type @opindex Wno-missing-parameter-type +@item -Wmissing-parameter-type @r{(C and Objective-C only)} A function parameter is declared without a type specifier in K&R-style functions: @@ -9456,9 +9456,9 @@ void foo(bar) @{ @} This warning is also enabled by @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wmissing-prototypes @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wmissing-prototypes @opindex Wno-missing-prototypes +@item -Wmissing-prototypes @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn if a global function is defined without a previous prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the definition itself provides a prototype. Use this option to detect global functions @@ -9468,9 +9468,9 @@ provide prototypes and a non-matching declaration declares an overload rather than conflict with an earlier declaration. Use @option{-Wmissing-declarations} to detect missing declarations in C++. -@item -Wmissing-declarations @opindex Wmissing-declarations @opindex Wno-missing-declarations +@item -Wmissing-declarations Warn if a global function is defined without a previous declaration. Do so even if the definition itself provides a prototype. Use this option to detect global functions that are not declared in @@ -9479,12 +9479,12 @@ non-prototype declarations; use @option{-Wmissing-prototypes} to detect missing prototypes. In C++, no warnings are issued for function templates, or for inline functions, or for functions in anonymous namespaces. -@item -Wmissing-field-initializers @opindex Wmissing-field-initializers @opindex Wno-missing-field-initializers @opindex W @opindex Wextra @opindex Wno-extra +@item -Wmissing-field-initializers Warn if a structure's initializer has some fields missing. For example, the following code causes such a warning, because @code{x.h} is implicitly zero: @@ -9521,9 +9521,9 @@ s x = @{ @}; This warning is included in @option{-Wextra}. To get other @option{-Wextra} warnings without this one, use @option{-Wextra -Wno-missing-field-initializers}. -@item -Wno-missing-requires @opindex Wmissing-requires @opindex Wno-missing-requires +@item -Wno-missing-requires By default, the compiler warns about a concept-id appearing as a C++20 simple-requirement: @@ -9543,9 +9543,9 @@ type @samp{T}. This warning can be disabled with @option{-Wno-missing-requires}. -@item -Wno-missing-template-keyword @opindex Wmissing-template-keyword @opindex Wno-missing-template-keyword +@item -Wno-missing-template-keyword The member access tokens ., -> and :: must be followed by the @code{template} keyword if the parent object is dependent and the member being named is a @@ -9576,17 +9576,17 @@ void NotATemplate (my_class t) This warning can be disabled with @option{-Wno-missing-template-keyword}. -@item -Wno-multichar @opindex Wno-multichar @opindex Wmultichar +@item -Wno-multichar Do not warn if a multicharacter constant (@samp{'FOOF'}) is used. Usually they indicate a typo in the user's code, as they have implementation-defined values, and should not be used in portable code. -@item -Wnormalized=@r{[}none@r{|}id@r{|}nfc@r{|}nfkc@r{]} @opindex Wnormalized= @opindex Wnormalized @opindex Wno-normalized +@item -Wnormalized=@r{[}none@r{|}id@r{|}nfc@r{|}nfkc@r{]} @cindex NFC @cindex NFKC @cindex character set, input normalization @@ -9632,58 +9632,58 @@ confused with the digit 0, and so is not the default, but may be useful as a local coding convention if the programming environment cannot be fixed to display these characters distinctly. -@item -Wno-attribute-warning @opindex Wno-attribute-warning @opindex Wattribute-warning +@item -Wno-attribute-warning Do not warn about usage of functions (@pxref{Function Attributes}) declared with @code{warning} attribute. By default, this warning is enabled. @option{-Wno-attribute-warning} can be used to disable the warning or @option{-Wno-error=attribute-warning} can be used to disable the error when compiled with @option{-Werror} flag. -@item -Wno-deprecated @opindex Wno-deprecated @opindex Wdeprecated +@item -Wno-deprecated Do not warn about usage of deprecated features. @xref{Deprecated Features}. -@item -Wno-deprecated-declarations @opindex Wno-deprecated-declarations @opindex Wdeprecated-declarations +@item -Wno-deprecated-declarations Do not warn about uses of functions (@pxref{Function Attributes}), variables (@pxref{Variable Attributes}), and types (@pxref{Type Attributes}) marked as deprecated by using the @code{deprecated} attribute. -@item -Wno-overflow @opindex Wno-overflow @opindex Woverflow +@item -Wno-overflow Do not warn about compile-time overflow in constant expressions. -@item -Wno-odr @opindex Wno-odr @opindex Wodr +@item -Wno-odr Warn about One Definition Rule violations during link-time optimization. Enabled by default. -@item -Wopenacc-parallelism @opindex Wopenacc-parallelism @opindex Wno-openacc-parallelism +@item -Wopenacc-parallelism @cindex OpenACC accelerator programming Warn about potentially suboptimal choices related to OpenACC parallelism. -@item -Wopenmp-simd @opindex Wopenmp-simd @opindex Wno-openmp-simd +@item -Wopenmp-simd Warn if the vectorizer cost model overrides the OpenMP simd directive set by user. The @option{-fsimd-cost-model=unlimited} option can be used to relax the cost model. -@item -Woverride-init @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Woverride-init @opindex Wno-override-init @opindex W @opindex Wextra @opindex Wno-extra +@item -Woverride-init @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn if an initialized field without side effects is overridden when using designated initializers (@pxref{Designated Inits, , Designated Initializers}). @@ -9692,16 +9692,16 @@ This warning is included in @option{-Wextra}. To get other @option{-Wextra} warnings without this one, use @option{-Wextra -Wno-override-init}. -@item -Wno-override-init-side-effects @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Woverride-init-side-effects @opindex Wno-override-init-side-effects +@item -Wno-override-init-side-effects @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Do not warn if an initialized field with side effects is overridden when using designated initializers (@pxref{Designated Inits, , Designated Initializers}). This warning is enabled by default. -@item -Wpacked @opindex Wpacked @opindex Wno-packed +@item -Wpacked Warn if a structure is given the packed attribute, but the packed attribute has no effect on the layout or size of the structure. Such structures may be mis-aligned for little benefit. For @@ -9722,9 +9722,9 @@ struct bar @{ @end group @end smallexample -@item -Wnopacked-bitfield-compat @opindex Wpacked-bitfield-compat @opindex Wno-packed-bitfield-compat +@item -Wnopacked-bitfield-compat The 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 series of GCC ignore the @code{packed} attribute on bit-fields of type @code{char}. This was fixed in GCC 4.4 but the change can lead to differences in the structure layout. GCC @@ -9743,9 +9743,9 @@ struct foo This warning is enabled by default. Use @option{-Wno-packed-bitfield-compat} to disable this warning. -@item -Wpacked-not-aligned @r{(C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wpacked-not-aligned @opindex Wno-packed-not-aligned +@item -Wpacked-not-aligned @r{(C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} Warn if a structure field with explicitly specified alignment in a packed struct or union is misaligned. For example, a warning will be issued on @code{struct S}, like, @code{warning: alignment 1 of @@ -9762,23 +9762,23 @@ struct __attribute__ ((packed)) S @{ This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wpadded @opindex Wpadded @opindex Wno-padded +@item -Wpadded Warn if padding is included in a structure, either to align an element of the structure or to align the whole structure. Sometimes when this happens it is possible to rearrange the fields of the structure to reduce the padding and so make the structure smaller. -@item -Wredundant-decls @opindex Wredundant-decls @opindex Wno-redundant-decls +@item -Wredundant-decls Warn if anything is declared more than once in the same scope, even in cases where multiple declaration is valid and changes nothing. -@item -Wrestrict @opindex Wrestrict @opindex Wno-restrict +@item -Wrestrict Warn when an object referenced by a @code{restrict}-qualified parameter (or, in C++, a @code{__restrict}-qualified parameter) is aliased by another argument, or when copies between such objects overlap. For example, @@ -9799,14 +9799,14 @@ The @option{-Wrestrict} option detects some instances of simple overlap even without optimization but works best at @option{-O2} and above. It is included in @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wnested-externs @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wnested-externs @opindex Wno-nested-externs +@item -Wnested-externs @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn if an @code{extern} declaration is encountered within a function. -@item -Winline @opindex Winline @opindex Wno-inline +@item -Winline Warn if a function that is declared as inline cannot be inlined. Even with this option, the compiler does not warn about failures to inline functions declared in system headers. @@ -9818,8 +9818,8 @@ that has already been done in the current function. Therefore, seemingly insignificant changes in the source program can cause the warnings produced by @option{-Winline} to appear or disappear. -@item -Winterference-size @opindex Winterference-size +@item -Winterference-size Warn about use of C++17 @code{std::hardware_destructive_interference_size} without specifying its value with @option{--param destructive-interference-size}. Also warn about questionable values for that option. @@ -9855,9 +9855,9 @@ If you are confident that your use of the variable does not affect ABI outside a single build of your project, you can turn off the warning with @option{-Wno-interference-size}. -@item -Wint-in-bool-context @opindex Wint-in-bool-context @opindex Wno-int-in-bool-context +@item -Wint-in-bool-context Warn for suspicious use of integer values where boolean values are expected, such as conditional expressions (?:) using non-boolean integer constants in boolean context, like @code{if (a <= b ? 2 : 3)}. Or left shifting of signed @@ -9865,63 +9865,63 @@ integers in boolean context, like @code{for (a = 0; 1 << a; a++);}. Likewise for all kinds of multiplications regardless of the data type. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wno-int-to-pointer-cast @opindex Wno-int-to-pointer-cast @opindex Wint-to-pointer-cast +@item -Wno-int-to-pointer-cast Suppress warnings from casts to pointer type of an integer of a different size. In C++, casting to a pointer type of smaller size is an error. @option{Wint-to-pointer-cast} is enabled by default. -@item -Wno-pointer-to-int-cast @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wno-pointer-to-int-cast @opindex Wpointer-to-int-cast +@item -Wno-pointer-to-int-cast @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Suppress warnings from casts from a pointer to an integer type of a different size. -@item -Winvalid-pch @opindex Winvalid-pch @opindex Wno-invalid-pch +@item -Winvalid-pch Warn if a precompiled header (@pxref{Precompiled Headers}) is found in the search path but cannot be used. -@item -Winvalid-utf8 @opindex Winvalid-utf8 @opindex Wno-invalid-utf8 +@item -Winvalid-utf8 Warn if an invalid UTF-8 character is found. This warning is on by default for C++23 if @option{-finput-charset=UTF-8} is used and turned into error with @option{-pedantic-errors}. -@item -Wno-unicode @opindex Wunicode @opindex Wno-unicode +@item -Wno-unicode Don't diagnose invalid forms of delimited or named escape sequences which are treated as separate tokens. @option{Wunicode} is enabled by default. -@item -Wlong-long @opindex Wlong-long @opindex Wno-long-long +@item -Wlong-long Warn if @code{long long} type is used. This is enabled by either @option{-Wpedantic} or @option{-Wtraditional} in ISO C90 and C++98 modes. To inhibit the warning messages, use @option{-Wno-long-long}. -@item -Wvariadic-macros @opindex Wvariadic-macros @opindex Wno-variadic-macros +@item -Wvariadic-macros Warn if variadic macros are used in ISO C90 mode, or if the GNU alternate syntax is used in ISO C99 mode. This is enabled by either @option{-Wpedantic} or @option{-Wtraditional}. To inhibit the warning messages, use @option{-Wno-variadic-macros}. -@item -Wno-varargs @opindex Wvarargs @opindex Wno-varargs +@item -Wno-varargs Do not warn upon questionable usage of the macros used to handle variable arguments like @code{va_start}. These warnings are enabled by default. -@item -Wvector-operation-performance @opindex Wvector-operation-performance @opindex Wno-vector-operation-performance +@item -Wvector-operation-performance Warn if vector operation is not implemented via SIMD capabilities of the architecture. Mainly useful for the performance tuning. Vector operation can be implemented @code{piecewise}, which means that the @@ -9931,16 +9931,16 @@ using scalars of wider type, which normally is more performance efficient; and @code{as a single scalar}, which means that vector fits into a scalar type. -@item -Wvla @opindex Wvla @opindex Wno-vla +@item -Wvla Warn if a variable-length array is used in the code. @option{-Wno-vla} prevents the @option{-Wpedantic} warning of the variable-length array. -@item -Wvla-larger-than=@var{byte-size} @opindex Wvla-larger-than= @opindex Wno-vla-larger-than +@item -Wvla-larger-than=@var{byte-size} If this option is used, the compiler warns for declarations of variable-length arrays whose size is either unbounded, or bounded by an argument that allows the array size to exceed @var{byte-size} @@ -9957,13 +9957,13 @@ for @option{-O2} and above). See also @option{-Walloca-larger-than=@var{byte-size}}. -@item -Wno-vla-larger-than @opindex Wno-vla-larger-than +@item -Wno-vla-larger-than Disable @option{-Wvla-larger-than=} warnings. The option is equivalent to @option{-Wvla-larger-than=}@samp{SIZE_MAX} or larger. -@item -Wvla-parameter @opindex Wno-vla-parameter +@item -Wvla-parameter Warn about redeclarations of functions involving arguments of Variable Length Array types of inconsistent kinds or forms, and enable the detection of out-of-bounds accesses to such parameters by warnings such as @@ -10000,17 +10000,17 @@ void g (int n) @option{-Warray-parameter} option triggers warnings for similar problems involving ordinary array arguments. -@item -Wvolatile-register-var @opindex Wvolatile-register-var @opindex Wno-volatile-register-var +@item -Wvolatile-register-var Warn if a register variable is declared volatile. The volatile modifier does not inhibit all optimizations that may eliminate reads and/or writes to register variables. This warning is enabled by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wxor-used-as-pow @r{(C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} @opindex Wxor-used-as-pow @opindex Wno-xor-used-as-pow +@item -Wxor-used-as-pow @r{(C, C++, Objective-C and Objective-C++ only)} Warn about uses of @code{^}, the exclusive or operator, where it appears the user meant exponentiation. Specifically, the warning occurs when the left-hand side is the decimal constant 2 or 10 and the right-hand side @@ -10022,9 +10022,9 @@ In C and C++, @code{^} means exclusive or, whereas in some other languages This warning is enabled by default. It can be silenced by converting one of the operands to hexadecimal. -@item -Wdisabled-optimization @opindex Wdisabled-optimization @opindex Wno-disabled-optimization +@item -Wdisabled-optimization Warn if a requested optimization pass is disabled. This warning does not generally indicate that there is anything wrong with your code; it merely indicates that GCC's optimizers are unable to handle the code @@ -10032,23 +10032,23 @@ effectively. Often, the problem is that your code is too big or too complex; GCC refuses to optimize programs when the optimization itself is likely to take inordinate amounts of time. -@item -Wpointer-sign @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wpointer-sign @opindex Wno-pointer-sign +@item -Wpointer-sign @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Warn for pointer argument passing or assignment with different signedness. This option is only supported for C and Objective-C@. It is implied by @option{-Wall} and by @option{-Wpedantic}, which can be disabled with @option{-Wno-pointer-sign}. -@item -Wstack-protector @opindex Wstack-protector @opindex Wno-stack-protector +@item -Wstack-protector This option is only active when @option{-fstack-protector} is active. It warns about functions that are not protected against stack smashing. -@item -Woverlength-strings @opindex Woverlength-strings @opindex Wno-overlength-strings +@item -Woverlength-strings Warn about string constants that are longer than the ``minimum maximum'' length specified in the C standard. Modern compilers generally allow string constants that are much longer than the @@ -10063,9 +10063,9 @@ minimum maximum, so we do not diagnose overlength strings in C++@. This option is implied by @option{-Wpedantic}, and can be disabled with @option{-Wno-overlength-strings}. -@item -Wunsuffixed-float-constants @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wunsuffixed-float-constants @opindex Wno-unsuffixed-float-constants +@item -Wunsuffixed-float-constants @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Issue a warning for any floating constant that does not have a suffix. When used together with @option{-Wsystem-headers} it @@ -10073,17 +10073,17 @@ warns about such constants in system header files. This can be useful when preparing code to use with the @code{FLOAT_CONST_DECIMAL64} pragma from the decimal floating-point extension to C99. -@item -Wno-lto-type-mismatch @opindex Wlto-type-mismatch @opindex Wno-lto-type-mismatch +@item -Wno-lto-type-mismatch During the link-time optimization, do not warn about type mismatches in global declarations from different compilation units. Requires @option{-flto} to be enabled. Enabled by default. -@item -Wno-designated-init @r{(C and Objective-C only)} @opindex Wdesignated-init @opindex Wno-designated-init +@item -Wno-designated-init @r{(C and Objective-C only)} Suppress warnings when a positional initializer is used to initialize a structure that has been marked with the @code{designated_init} attribute. @@ -10094,10 +10094,10 @@ attribute. @section Options That Control Static Analysis @table @gcctabopt -@item -fanalyzer @opindex analyzer @opindex fanalyzer @opindex fno-analyzer +@item -fanalyzer This option enables an static analysis of program flow which looks for ``interesting'' interprocedural paths through the code, and issues warnings for problems found on them. @@ -10165,9 +10165,9 @@ Enabling this option effectively enables the following warnings: This option is only available if GCC was configured with analyzer support enabled. -@item -Wanalyzer-too-complex @opindex Wanalyzer-too-complex @opindex Wno-analyzer-too-complex +@item -Wanalyzer-too-complex If @option{-fanalyzer} is enabled, the analyzer uses various heuristics to attempt to explore the control flow and data flow in the program, but these can be defeated by sufficiently complicated code. @@ -10176,9 +10176,9 @@ By default, the analysis silently stops if the code is too complicated for the analyzer to fully explore and it reaches an internal limit. The @option{-Wanalyzer-too-complex} option warns if this occurs. -@item -Wno-analyzer-allocation-size @opindex Wanalyzer-allocation-size @opindex Wno-analyzer-allocation-size +@item -Wno-analyzer-allocation-size This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-allocation-size} to disable it. @@ -10189,9 +10189,9 @@ multiple of @code{sizeof (*pointer)}. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/131.html, CWE-131: Incorrect Calculation of Buffer Size}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-deref-before-check @opindex Wanalyzer-deref-before-check @opindex Wno-analyzer-deref-before-check +@item -Wno-analyzer-deref-before-check This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-deref-before-check} to disable it. @@ -10213,9 +10213,9 @@ checks for NULL as being redundant, and optimize them away before the analyzer "sees" them. Hence optimization should be disabled when attempting to trigger this diagnostic. -@item -Wno-analyzer-double-fclose @opindex Wanalyzer-double-fclose @opindex Wno-analyzer-double-fclose +@item -Wno-analyzer-double-fclose This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-double-fclose} to disable it. @@ -10224,9 +10224,9 @@ can have @code{fclose} called on it more than once. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/1341.html, CWE-1341: Multiple Releases of Same Resource or Handle}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-double-free @opindex Wanalyzer-double-free @opindex Wno-analyzer-double-free +@item -Wno-analyzer-double-free This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-double-free} to disable it. @@ -10236,9 +10236,9 @@ or a deallocator referenced by attribute @code{malloc}. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/415.html, CWE-415: Double Free}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-exposure-through-output-file @opindex Wanalyzer-exposure-through-output-file @opindex Wno-analyzer-exposure-through-output-file +@item -Wno-analyzer-exposure-through-output-file This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-exposure-through-output-file} to disable it. @@ -10249,9 +10249,9 @@ security-sensitive value is written to an output file See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/532.html, CWE-532: Information Exposure Through Log Files}. -@item -Wanalyzer-exposure-through-uninit-copy @opindex Wanalyzer-exposure-through-uninit-copy @opindex Wno-analyzer-exposure-through-uninit-copy +@item -Wanalyzer-exposure-through-uninit-copy This warning requires both @option{-fanalyzer} and the use of a plugin to specify a function that copies across a ``trust boundary''. Use @option{-Wno-analyzer-exposure-through-uninit-copy} to disable it. @@ -10263,9 +10263,9 @@ struct on the stack to user space). See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/200.html, CWE-200: Exposure of Sensitive Information to an Unauthorized Actor}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-access-mode-mismatch @opindex Wanalyzer-fd-access-mode-mismatch @opindex Wno-analyzer-fd-access-mode-mismatch +@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-access-mode-mismatch This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-fd-access-mode-mismatch} to disable it. @@ -10279,9 +10279,9 @@ This diagnostic also warns for code paths in a which a function with attribute @code{fd_arg_write (N)} is called with a file descriptor opened with @code{O_RDONLY} at referenced argument @var{N}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-double-close @opindex Wanalyzer-fd-double-close @opindex Wno-analyzer-fd-double-close +@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-double-close This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-fd-double-close} to disable it. @@ -10291,9 +10291,9 @@ file descriptor can be closed more than once. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/1341.html, CWE-1341: Multiple Releases of Same Resource or Handle}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-leak @opindex Wanalyzer-fd-leak @opindex Wno-analyzer-fd-leak +@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-leak This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-fd-leak} to disable it. @@ -10303,9 +10303,9 @@ open file descriptor is leaked. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/775.html, CWE-775: Missing Release of File Descriptor or Handle after Effective Lifetime}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-phase-mismatch @opindex Wanalyzer-fd-phase-mismatch @opindex Wno-analyzer-fd-phase-mismatch +@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-phase-mismatch This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-fd-phase-mismatch} to disable it. @@ -10317,9 +10317,9 @@ socket that has not yet had @code{listen} successfully called on it. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/666.html, CWE-666: Operation on Resource in Wrong Phase of Lifetime}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-type-mismatch @opindex Wanalyzer-fd-type-mismatch @opindex Wno-analyzer-fd-type-mismatch +@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-type-mismatch This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-fd-type-mismatch} to disable it. @@ -10330,9 +10330,9 @@ For example, it will warn on attempts to use socket operations on a file descriptor obtained via @code{open}, or when attempting to use a stream socket operation on a datagram socket. -@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-use-after-close @opindex Wanalyzer-fd-use-after-close @opindex Wno-analyzer-fd-use-after-close +@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-use-after-close This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-fd-use-after-close} to disable it. @@ -10345,9 +10345,9 @@ a function with attribute @code{fd_arg (N)} or @code{fd_arg_read (N)} or @code{fd_arg_write (N)} is called with a closed file descriptor at referenced argument @code{N}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-use-without-check @opindex Wanalyzer-fd-use-without-check @opindex Wno-analyzer-fd-use-without-check +@item -Wno-analyzer-fd-use-without-check This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-fd-use-without-check} to disable it. @@ -10360,9 +10360,9 @@ a function with attribute @code{fd_arg (N)} or @code{fd_arg_read (N)} or @code{fd_arg_write (N)} is called with a file descriptor, at referenced argument @code{N}, without being checked for validity. -@item -Wno-analyzer-file-leak @opindex Wanalyzer-file-leak @opindex Wno-analyzer-file-leak +@item -Wno-analyzer-file-leak This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-file-leak} to disable it. @@ -10372,9 +10372,9 @@ This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/775.html, CWE-775: Missing Release of File Descriptor or Handle after Effective Lifetime}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-free-of-non-heap @opindex Wanalyzer-free-of-non-heap @opindex Wno-analyzer-free-of-non-heap +@item -Wno-analyzer-free-of-non-heap This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-free-of-non-heap} to disable it. @@ -10384,9 +10384,9 @@ is called on a non-heap pointer (e.g. an on-stack buffer, or a global). See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/590.html, CWE-590: Free of Memory not on the Heap}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-imprecise-fp-arithmetic @opindex Wanalyzer-imprecise-fp-arithmetic @opindex Wno-analyzer-imprecise-fp-arithmetic +@item -Wno-analyzer-imprecise-fp-arithmetic This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-imprecise-fp-arithmetic} to disable it. @@ -10396,9 +10396,9 @@ arithmetic is used in locations where precise computation is needed. This diagnostic only warns on use of floating-point operands inside the calculation of an allocation size at the moment. -@item -Wno-analyzer-infinite-recursion @opindex Wanalyzer-infinite-recursion @opindex Wno-analyzer-infinite-recursion +@item -Wno-analyzer-infinite-recursion This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-infinite-recursion} to disable it. @@ -10420,9 +10420,9 @@ this diagnostic. Compare with @option{-Winfinite-recursion}, which provides a similar diagnostic, but is implemented in a different way. -@item -Wno-analyzer-jump-through-null @opindex Wanalyzer-jump-through-null @opindex Wno-analyzer-jump-through-null +@item -Wno-analyzer-jump-through-null This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-jump-through-null} to disable it. @@ -10430,9 +10430,9 @@ to disable it. This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a @code{NULL} function pointer is called. -@item -Wno-analyzer-malloc-leak @opindex Wanalyzer-malloc-leak @opindex Wno-analyzer-malloc-leak +@item -Wno-analyzer-malloc-leak This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-malloc-leak} to disable it. @@ -10443,9 +10443,9 @@ or a function marked with attribute @code{malloc}. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/401.html, CWE-401: Missing Release of Memory after Effective Lifetime}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-mismatching-deallocation @opindex Wanalyzer-mismatching-deallocation @opindex Wno-analyzer-mismatching-deallocation +@item -Wno-analyzer-mismatching-deallocation This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-mismatching-deallocation} to disable it. @@ -10459,9 +10459,9 @@ pairs using attribute @code{malloc}. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/762.html, CWE-762: Mismatched Memory Management Routines}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-out-of-bounds @opindex Wanalyzer-out-of-bounds @opindex Wno-analyzer-out-of-bounds +@item -Wno-analyzer-out-of-bounds This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer} to enable it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-out-of-bounds} to disable it. @@ -10474,9 +10474,9 @@ offset as well as the capacity is symbolic. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/119.html, CWE-119: Improper Restriction of Operations within the Bounds of a Memory Buffer}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-possible-null-argument @opindex Wanalyzer-possible-null-argument @opindex Wno-analyzer-possible-null-argument +@item -Wno-analyzer-possible-null-argument This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-possible-null-argument} to disable it. @@ -10487,9 +10487,9 @@ value. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/690.html, CWE-690: Unchecked Return Value to NULL Pointer Dereference}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-possible-null-dereference @opindex Wanalyzer-possible-null-dereference @opindex Wno-analyzer-possible-null-dereference +@item -Wno-analyzer-possible-null-dereference This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-possible-null-dereference} to disable it. @@ -10498,9 +10498,9 @@ possibly-NULL value is dereferenced. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/690.html, CWE-690: Unchecked Return Value to NULL Pointer Dereference}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-null-argument @opindex Wanalyzer-null-argument @opindex Wno-analyzer-null-argument +@item -Wno-analyzer-null-argument This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-null-argument} to disable it. @@ -10511,9 +10511,9 @@ value. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/476.html, CWE-476: NULL Pointer Dereference}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-null-dereference @opindex Wanalyzer-null-dereference @opindex Wno-analyzer-null-dereference +@item -Wno-analyzer-null-dereference This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-null-dereference} to disable it. @@ -10522,9 +10522,9 @@ value known to be NULL is dereferenced. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/476.html, CWE-476: NULL Pointer Dereference}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-putenv-of-auto-var @opindex Wanalyzer-putenv-of-auto-var @opindex Wno-analyzer-putenv-of-auto-var +@item -Wno-analyzer-putenv-of-auto-var This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-putenv-of-auto-var} to disable it. @@ -10534,9 +10534,9 @@ or an on-stack buffer. See @uref{https://wiki.sei.cmu.edu/confluence/x/6NYxBQ, POS34-C. Do not call putenv() with a pointer to an automatic variable as the argument}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-shift-count-negative @opindex Wanalyzer-shift-count-negative @opindex Wno-analyzer-shift-count-negative +@item -Wno-analyzer-shift-count-negative This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-shift-count-negative} to disable it. @@ -10548,9 +10548,9 @@ interprocedural paths, rather than merely parsing the syntax tree. However, the analyzer does not prioritize detection of such paths, so false negatives are more likely relative to other warnings. -@item -Wno-analyzer-shift-count-overflow @opindex Wanalyzer-shift-count-overflow @opindex Wno-analyzer-shift-count-overflow +@item -Wno-analyzer-shift-count-overflow This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-shift-count-overflow} to disable it. @@ -10563,9 +10563,9 @@ interprocedural paths, rather than merely parsing the syntax tree. However, the analyzer does not prioritize detection of such paths, so false negatives are more likely relative to other warnings. -@item -Wno-analyzer-stale-setjmp-buffer @opindex Wanalyzer-stale-setjmp-buffer @opindex Wno-analyzer-stale-setjmp-buffer +@item -Wno-analyzer-stale-setjmp-buffer This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-stale-setjmp-buffer} to disable it. @@ -10579,9 +10579,9 @@ when the function containing the @code{setjmp} call returns. Attempting to rewind to it via @code{longjmp} would reference a stack frame that no longer exists, and likely lead to a crash (or worse). -@item -Wno-analyzer-tainted-allocation-size @opindex Wanalyzer-tainted-allocation-size @opindex Wno-analyzer-tainted-allocation-size +@item -Wno-analyzer-tainted-allocation-size This warning requires both @option{-fanalyzer} and @option{-fanalyzer-checker=taint} to enable it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-tainted-allocation-size} to disable it. @@ -10594,9 +10594,9 @@ of service attack. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/789.html, CWE-789: Memory Allocation with Excessive Size Value}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-tainted-assertion @opindex Wanalyzer-tainted-assertion @opindex Wno-analyzer-tainted-assertion +@item -Wno-analyzer-tainted-assertion This warning requires both @option{-fanalyzer} and @option{-fanalyzer-checker=taint} to enable it; @@ -10657,9 +10657,9 @@ default: despite the above not being an assertion failure, strictly speaking. -@item -Wno-analyzer-tainted-array-index @opindex Wanalyzer-tainted-array-index @opindex Wno-analyzer-tainted-array-index +@item -Wno-analyzer-tainted-array-index This warning requires both @option{-fanalyzer} and @option{-fanalyzer-checker=taint} to enable it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-tainted-array-index} to disable it. @@ -10671,9 +10671,9 @@ could inject an out-of-bounds access. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/129.html, CWE-129: Improper Validation of Array Index}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-tainted-divisor @opindex Wanalyzer-tainted-divisor @opindex Wno-analyzer-tainted-divisor +@item -Wno-analyzer-tainted-divisor This warning requires both @option{-fanalyzer} and @option{-fanalyzer-checker=taint} to enable it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-tainted-divisor} to disable it. @@ -10685,9 +10685,9 @@ an attacker could inject a division-by-zero. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/369.html, CWE-369: Divide By Zero}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-tainted-offset @opindex Wanalyzer-tainted-offset @opindex Wno-analyzer-tainted-offset +@item -Wno-analyzer-tainted-offset This warning requires both @option{-fanalyzer} and @option{-fanalyzer-checker=taint} to enable it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-tainted-offset} to disable it. @@ -10699,9 +10699,9 @@ access. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/823.html, CWE-823: Use of Out-of-range Pointer Offset}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-tainted-size @opindex Wanalyzer-tainted-size @opindex Wno-analyzer-tainted-size +@item -Wno-analyzer-tainted-size This warning requires both @option{-fanalyzer} and @option{-fanalyzer-checker=taint} to enable it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-tainted-size} to disable it. @@ -10713,9 +10713,9 @@ attacker could inject an out-of-bounds access. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/129.html, CWE-129: Improper Validation of Array Index}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-unsafe-call-within-signal-handler @opindex Wanalyzer-unsafe-call-within-signal-handler @opindex Wno-analyzer-unsafe-call-within-signal-handler +@item -Wno-analyzer-unsafe-call-within-signal-handler This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-unsafe-call-within-signal-handler} to disable it. @@ -10725,9 +10725,9 @@ called from a signal handler. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/479.html, CWE-479: Signal Handler Use of a Non-reentrant Function}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-use-after-free @opindex Wanalyzer-use-after-free @opindex Wno-analyzer-use-after-free +@item -Wno-analyzer-use-after-free This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-use-after-free} to disable it. @@ -10737,9 +10737,9 @@ or a deallocator referenced by attribute @code{malloc}. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/416.html, CWE-416: Use After Free}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-use-of-pointer-in-stale-stack-frame @opindex Wanalyzer-use-of-pointer-in-stale-stack-frame @opindex Wno-analyzer-use-of-pointer-in-stale-stack-frame +@item -Wno-analyzer-use-of-pointer-in-stale-stack-frame This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-use-of-pointer-in-stale-stack-frame} to disable it. @@ -10747,9 +10747,9 @@ to disable it. This diagnostic warns for paths through the code in which a pointer is dereferenced that points to a variable in a stale stack frame. -@item -Wno-analyzer-va-arg-type-mismatch @opindex Wanalyzer-va-arg-type-mismatch @opindex Wno-analyzer-va-arg-type-mismatch +@item -Wno-analyzer-va-arg-type-mismatch This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-va-arg-type-mismatch} to disable it. @@ -10761,9 +10761,9 @@ the expression passed to the call. See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/686.html, CWE-686: Function Call With Incorrect Argument Type}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-va-list-exhausted @opindex Wanalyzer-va-list-exhausted @opindex Wno-analyzer-va-list-exhausted +@item -Wno-analyzer-va-list-exhausted This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-va-list-exhausted} to disable it. @@ -10775,9 +10775,9 @@ value passed to a variadic call, but all of the values in the See @uref{https://cwe.mitre.org/data/definitions/685.html, CWE-685: Function Call With Incorrect Number of Arguments}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-va-list-leak @opindex Wanalyzer-va-list-leak @opindex Wno-analyzer-va-list-leak +@item -Wno-analyzer-va-list-leak This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-va-list-leak} to disable it. @@ -10786,9 +10786,9 @@ This diagnostic warns for interprocedural paths through the code for which the analyzer detects that @code{va_start} or @code{va_copy} has been called on a @code{va_list} without a corresponding call to @code{va_end}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-va-list-use-after-va-end @opindex Wanalyzer-va-list-use-after-va-end @opindex Wno-analyzer-va-list-use-after-va-end +@item -Wno-analyzer-va-list-use-after-va-end This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-va-list-use-after-va-end} to disable it. @@ -10798,9 +10798,9 @@ the analyzer detects an attempt to use a @code{va_list} after @code{va_end} has been called on it. @code{va_list}. -@item -Wno-analyzer-write-to-const @opindex Wanalyzer-write-to-const @opindex Wno-analyzer-write-to-const +@item -Wno-analyzer-write-to-const This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-write-to-const} to disable it. @@ -10810,9 +10810,9 @@ detects an attempt to write through a pointer to a @code{const} object. However, the analyzer does not prioritize detection of such paths, so false negatives are more likely relative to other warnings. -@item -Wno-analyzer-write-to-string-literal @opindex Wanalyzer-write-to-string-literal @opindex Wno-analyzer-write-to-string-literal +@item -Wno-analyzer-write-to-string-literal This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-write-to-string-literal} to disable it. @@ -10822,9 +10822,9 @@ detects an attempt to write through a pointer to a string literal. However, the analyzer does not prioritize detection of such paths, so false negatives are more likely relative to other warnings. -@item -Wno-analyzer-use-of-uninitialized-value @opindex Wanalyzer-use-of-uninitialized-value @opindex Wno-analyzer-use-of-uninitialized-value +@item -Wno-analyzer-use-of-uninitialized-value This warning requires @option{-fanalyzer}, which enables it; use @option{-Wno-analyzer-use-of-uninitialized-value} to disable it. @@ -10932,9 +10932,9 @@ The following options control the analyzer. @table @gcctabopt -@item -fanalyzer-call-summaries @opindex fanalyzer-call-summaries @opindex fno-analyzer-call-summaries +@item -fanalyzer-call-summaries Simplify interprocedural analysis by computing the effect of certain calls, rather than exploring all paths through the function from callsite to each possible return. @@ -10943,8 +10943,8 @@ If enabled, call summaries are only used for functions with more than one call site, and that are sufficiently complicated (as per @option{--param analyzer-min-snodes-for-call-summary=@var{value}}). -@item -fanalyzer-checker=@var{name} @opindex fanalyzer-checker +@item -fanalyzer-checker=@var{name} Restrict the analyzer to run just the named checker, and enable it. Some checkers are disabled by default (even with @option{-fanalyzer}), @@ -10979,9 +10979,9 @@ following warnings from @option{-fanalyzer}: -Wanalyzer-va-list-use-after-va-end @gol } -@item -fno-analyzer-feasibility @opindex fanalyzer-feasibility @opindex fno-analyzer-feasibility +@item -fno-analyzer-feasibility This option is intended for analyzer developers. By default the analyzer verifies that there is a feasible control flow path @@ -10990,9 +10990,9 @@ exclusive. Diagnostics for which no feasible path can be found are rejected. This filtering can be suppressed with @option{-fno-analyzer-feasibility}, for debugging issues in this code. -@item -fanalyzer-fine-grained @opindex fanalyzer-fine-grained @opindex fno-analyzer-fine-grained +@item -fanalyzer-fine-grained This option is intended for analyzer developers. Internally the analyzer builds an ``exploded graph'' that combines @@ -11002,17 +11002,17 @@ By default, an edge in this graph can contain the effects of a run of multiple statements within a basic block. With @option{-fanalyzer-fine-grained}, each statement gets its own edge. -@item -fanalyzer-show-duplicate-count @opindex fanalyzer-show-duplicate-count @opindex fno-analyzer-show-duplicate-count +@item -fanalyzer-show-duplicate-count This option is intended for analyzer developers: if multiple diagnostics have been detected as being duplicates of each other, it emits a note when reporting the best diagnostic, giving the number of additional diagnostics that were suppressed by the deduplication logic. -@item -fno-analyzer-state-merge @opindex fanalyzer-state-merge @opindex fno-analyzer-state-merge +@item -fno-analyzer-state-merge This option is intended for analyzer developers. By default the analyzer attempts to simplify analysis by merging @@ -11020,9 +11020,9 @@ sufficiently similar states at each program point as it builds its ``exploded graph''. With @option{-fno-analyzer-state-merge} this merging can be suppressed, for debugging state-handling issues. -@item -fno-analyzer-state-purge @opindex fanalyzer-state-purge @opindex fno-analyzer-state-purge +@item -fno-analyzer-state-purge This option is intended for analyzer developers. By default the analyzer attempts to simplify analysis by purging @@ -11057,14 +11057,14 @@ continue to explore such paths even after such diagnostics, which may be helpful for debugging issues in the analyzer, or for microbenchmarks for detecting undefined behavior. -@item -fanalyzer-transitivity @opindex fanalyzer-transitivity @opindex fno-analyzer-transitivity +@item -fanalyzer-transitivity This option enables transitivity of constraints within the analyzer. -@item -fno-analyzer-undo-inlining @opindex fanalyzer-undo-inlining @opindex fno-analyzer-undo-inlining +@item -fno-analyzer-undo-inlining This option is intended for analyzer developers. @option{-fanalyzer} runs relatively late compared to other code analysis @@ -11125,72 +11125,72 @@ other events intended for debugging the analyzer. @end table -@item -fdump-analyzer @opindex fdump-analyzer +@item -fdump-analyzer Dump internal details about what the analyzer is doing to @file{@var{file}.analyzer.txt}. This option is overridden by @option{-fdump-analyzer-stderr}. -@item -fdump-analyzer-stderr @opindex fdump-analyzer-stderr +@item -fdump-analyzer-stderr Dump internal details about what the analyzer is doing to stderr. This option overrides @option{-fdump-analyzer}. -@item -fdump-analyzer-callgraph @opindex fdump-analyzer-callgraph +@item -fdump-analyzer-callgraph Dump a representation of the call graph suitable for viewing with GraphViz to @file{@var{file}.callgraph.dot}. -@item -fdump-analyzer-exploded-graph @opindex fdump-analyzer-exploded-graph +@item -fdump-analyzer-exploded-graph Dump a representation of the ``exploded graph'' suitable for viewing with GraphViz to @file{@var{file}.eg.dot}. Nodes are color-coded based on state-machine states to emphasize state changes. -@item -fdump-analyzer-exploded-nodes @opindex dump-analyzer-exploded-nodes +@item -fdump-analyzer-exploded-nodes Emit diagnostics showing where nodes in the ``exploded graph'' are in relation to the program source. -@item -fdump-analyzer-exploded-nodes-2 @opindex dump-analyzer-exploded-nodes-2 +@item -fdump-analyzer-exploded-nodes-2 Dump a textual representation of the ``exploded graph'' to @file{@var{file}.eg.txt}. -@item -fdump-analyzer-exploded-nodes-3 @opindex dump-analyzer-exploded-nodes-3 +@item -fdump-analyzer-exploded-nodes-3 Dump a textual representation of the ``exploded graph'' to one dump file per node, to @file{@var{file}.eg-@var{id}.txt}. This is typically a large number of dump files. -@item -fdump-analyzer-exploded-paths @opindex fdump-analyzer-exploded-paths +@item -fdump-analyzer-exploded-paths Dump a textual representation of the ``exploded path'' for each diagnostic to @file{@var{file}.@var{idx}.@var{kind}.epath.txt}. -@item -fdump-analyzer-feasibility @opindex dump-analyzer-feasibility +@item -fdump-analyzer-feasibility Dump internal details about the analyzer's search for feasible paths. The details are written in a form suitable for viewing with GraphViz to filenames of the form @file{@var{file}.*.fg.dot}, @file{@var{file}.*.tg.dot}, and @file{@var{file}.*.fpath.txt}. -@item -fdump-analyzer-json @opindex fdump-analyzer-json +@item -fdump-analyzer-json Dump a compressed JSON representation of analyzer internals to @file{@var{file}.analyzer.json.gz}. The precise format is subject to change. -@item -fdump-analyzer-state-purge @opindex fdump-analyzer-state-purge +@item -fdump-analyzer-state-purge As per @option{-fdump-analyzer-supergraph}, dump a representation of the ``supergraph'' suitable for viewing with GraphViz, but annotate the graph with information on what state will be purged at each node. The graph is written to @file{@var{file}.state-purge.dot}. -@item -fdump-analyzer-supergraph @opindex fdump-analyzer-supergraph +@item -fdump-analyzer-supergraph Dump representations of the ``supergraph'' suitable for viewing with GraphViz to @file{@var{file}.supergraph.dot} and to @file{@var{file}.supergraph-eg.dot}. These show all of the @@ -11198,8 +11198,8 @@ control flow graphs in the program, with interprocedural edges for calls and returns. The second dump contains annotations showing nodes in the ``exploded graph'' and diagnostics associated with them. -@item -fdump-analyzer-untracked @opindex fdump-analyzer-untracked +@item -fdump-analyzer-untracked Emit custom warnings with internal details intended for analyzer developers. @end table @@ -11231,8 +11231,8 @@ information useful for debugging do not run at all, so that @option{-Og} may result in a better debugging experience. @table @gcctabopt -@item -g @opindex g +@item -g Produce debugging information in the operating system's native format (stabs, COFF, XCOFF, or DWARF)@. GDB can work with this debugging information. @@ -11243,16 +11243,16 @@ makes debugging work better in GDB but probably makes other debuggers crash or refuse to read the program. If you want to control for certain whether to generate the extra information, use @option{-gvms} (see below). -@item -ggdb @opindex ggdb +@item -ggdb Produce debugging information for use by GDB@. This means to use the most expressive format available (DWARF, stabs, or the native format if neither of those are supported), including GDB extensions if at all possible. +@opindex gdwarf @item -gdwarf @itemx -gdwarf-@var{version} -@opindex gdwarf Produce debugging information in DWARF format (if that is supported). The value of @var{version} may be either 2, 3, 4 or 5; the default version for most targets is 5 (with the exception of VxWorks, TPF and @@ -11271,16 +11271,16 @@ other DWARF-related options such as @option{-fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm}) retain a reference to DWARF Version 2 in their names, but apply to all currently-supported versions of DWARF. -@item -gbtf @opindex gbtf +@item -gbtf Request BTF debug information. BTF is the default debugging format for the eBPF target. On other targets, like x86, BTF debug information can be generated along with DWARF debug information when both of the debug formats are enabled explicitly via their respective command line options. +@opindex gctf @item -gctf @itemx -gctf@var{level} -@opindex gctf Request CTF debug information and use level to specify how much CTF debug information should be produced. If @option{-gctf} is specified without a value for level, the default level of CTF debug information is 2. @@ -11298,8 +11298,8 @@ information, but does not include type information. Level 2 produces type information for entities (functions, data objects etc.) at file-scope or global-scope only. -@item -gvms @opindex gvms +@item -gvms Produce debugging information in Alpha/VMS debug format (if that is supported). This is the format used by DEBUG on Alpha/VMS systems. @@ -11329,14 +11329,14 @@ confusion with @option{-gdwarf-@var{level}}. Instead use an additional @option{-g@var{level}} option to change the debug level for DWARF. -@item -fno-eliminate-unused-debug-symbols @opindex feliminate-unused-debug-symbols @opindex fno-eliminate-unused-debug-symbols +@item -fno-eliminate-unused-debug-symbols By default, no debug information is produced for symbols that are not actually used. Use this option if you want debug information for all symbols. -@item -femit-class-debug-always @opindex femit-class-debug-always +@item -femit-class-debug-always Instead of emitting debugging information for a C++ class in only one object file, emit it in all object files using the class. This option should be used only with debuggers that are unable to handle the way GCC @@ -11344,17 +11344,17 @@ normally emits debugging information for classes because using this option increases the size of debugging information by as much as a factor of two. -@item -fno-merge-debug-strings @opindex fmerge-debug-strings @opindex fno-merge-debug-strings +@item -fno-merge-debug-strings Direct the linker to not merge together strings in the debugging information that are identical in different object files. Merging is not supported by all assemblers or linkers. Merging decreases the size of the debug information in the output file at the cost of increasing link processing time. Merging is enabled by default. -@item -fdebug-prefix-map=@var{old}=@var{new} @opindex fdebug-prefix-map +@item -fdebug-prefix-map=@var{old}=@var{new} When compiling files residing in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging information describing them as if the files resided in directory @file{@var{new}} instead. This can be used to replace a @@ -11364,8 +11364,8 @@ also be used to change an absolute path to a relative path by using are location independent, but may require an extra command to tell GDB where to find the source files. See also @option{-ffile-prefix-map}. -@item -fvar-tracking @opindex fvar-tracking +@item -fvar-tracking Run variable tracking pass. It computes where variables are stored at each position in code. Better debugging information is then generated (if the debugging information format supports this information). @@ -11374,9 +11374,9 @@ It is enabled by default when compiling with optimization (@option{-Os}, @option{-O}, @option{-O2}, @dots{}), debugging information (@option{-g}) and the debug info format supports it. -@item -fvar-tracking-assignments @opindex fvar-tracking-assignments @opindex fno-var-tracking-assignments +@item -fvar-tracking-assignments Annotate assignments to user variables early in the compilation and attempt to carry the annotations over throughout the compilation all the way to the end, in an attempt to improve debug information while @@ -11387,18 +11387,18 @@ annotations are created and maintained, but discarded at the end. By default, this flag is enabled together with @option{-fvar-tracking}, except when selective scheduling is enabled. -@item -gsplit-dwarf @opindex gsplit-dwarf +@item -gsplit-dwarf If DWARF debugging information is enabled, separate as much debugging information as possible into a separate output file with the extension @file{.dwo}. This option allows the build system to avoid linking files with debug information. To be useful, this option requires a debugger capable of reading @file{.dwo} files. -@item -gdwarf32 -@itemx -gdwarf64 @opindex gdwarf32 @opindex gdwarf64 +@item -gdwarf32 +@itemx -gdwarf64 If DWARF debugging information is enabled, the @option{-gdwarf32} selects the 32-bit DWARF format and the @option{-gdwarf64} selects the 64-bit DWARF format. The default is target specific, on most targets it is @@ -11407,25 +11407,25 @@ can't support more than 2GiB of debug information in any of the DWARF debug information sections. The 64-bit DWARF format allows larger debug information and might not be well supported by all consumers yet. -@item -gdescribe-dies @opindex gdescribe-dies +@item -gdescribe-dies Add description attributes to some DWARF DIEs that have no name attribute, such as artificial variables, external references and call site parameter DIEs. -@item -gpubnames @opindex gpubnames +@item -gpubnames Generate DWARF @code{.debug_pubnames} and @code{.debug_pubtypes} sections. -@item -ggnu-pubnames @opindex ggnu-pubnames +@item -ggnu-pubnames Generate @code{.debug_pubnames} and @code{.debug_pubtypes} sections in a format suitable for conversion into a GDB@ index. This option is only useful with a linker that can produce GDB@ index version 7. -@item -fdebug-types-section @opindex fdebug-types-section @opindex fno-debug-types-section +@item -fdebug-types-section When using DWARF Version 4 or higher, type DIEs can be put into their own @code{.debug_types} section instead of making them part of the @code{.debug_info} section. It is more efficient to put them in a separate @@ -11434,10 +11434,10 @@ But not all DWARF consumers support @code{.debug_types} sections yet and on some objects @code{.debug_types} produces larger instead of smaller debugging information. -@item -grecord-gcc-switches -@itemx -gno-record-gcc-switches @opindex grecord-gcc-switches @opindex gno-record-gcc-switches +@item -grecord-gcc-switches +@itemx -gno-record-gcc-switches This switch causes the command-line options used to invoke the compiler that may affect code generation to be appended to the DW_AT_producer attribute in DWARF debugging information. The options @@ -11447,19 +11447,19 @@ It is enabled by default. See also @option{-frecord-gcc-switches} for another way of storing compiler options into the object file. -@item -gstrict-dwarf @opindex gstrict-dwarf +@item -gstrict-dwarf Disallow using extensions of later DWARF standard version than selected with @option{-gdwarf-@var{version}}. On most targets using non-conflicting DWARF extensions from later standard versions is allowed. -@item -gno-strict-dwarf @opindex gno-strict-dwarf +@item -gno-strict-dwarf Allow using extensions of later DWARF standard version than selected with @option{-gdwarf-@var{version}}. -@item -gas-loc-support @opindex gas-loc-support +@item -gas-loc-support Inform the compiler that the assembler supports @code{.loc} directives. It may then use them for the assembler to generate DWARF2+ line number tables. @@ -11471,13 +11471,13 @@ itself. This option will be enabled by default if, at GCC configure time, the assembler was found to support such directives. -@item -gno-as-loc-support @opindex gno-as-loc-support +@item -gno-as-loc-support Force GCC to generate DWARF2+ line number tables internally, if DWARF2+ line number tables are to be generated. -@item -gas-locview-support @opindex gas-locview-support +@item -gas-locview-support Inform the compiler that the assembler supports @code{view} assignment and reset assertion checking in @code{.loc} directives. @@ -11488,18 +11488,18 @@ assembler was found to support them. Force GCC to assign view numbers internally, if @option{-gvariable-location-views} are explicitly requested. -@item -gcolumn-info -@itemx -gno-column-info @opindex gcolumn-info @opindex gno-column-info +@item -gcolumn-info +@itemx -gno-column-info Emit location column information into DWARF debugging information, rather than just file and line. This option is enabled by default. -@item -gstatement-frontiers -@itemx -gno-statement-frontiers @opindex gstatement-frontiers @opindex gno-statement-frontiers +@item -gstatement-frontiers +@itemx -gno-statement-frontiers This option causes GCC to create markers in the internal representation at the beginning of statements, and to keep them roughly in place throughout compilation, using them to guide the output of @code{is_stmt} @@ -11507,12 +11507,12 @@ markers in the line number table. This is enabled by default when compiling with optimization (@option{-Os}, @option{-O1}, @option{-O2}, @dots{}), and outputting DWARF 2 debug information at the normal level. -@item -gvariable-location-views -@itemx -gvariable-location-views=incompat5 -@itemx -gno-variable-location-views @opindex gvariable-location-views @opindex gvariable-location-views=incompat5 @opindex gno-variable-location-views +@item -gvariable-location-views +@itemx -gvariable-location-views=incompat5 +@itemx -gno-variable-location-views Augment variable location lists with progressive view numbers implied from the line number table. This enables debug information consumers to inspect state at certain points of the program, even if no instructions @@ -11541,10 +11541,10 @@ implementation of the proposed representation. Debug information consumers are not expected to support this extended format, and they would be rendered unable to decode location lists using it. -@item -ginternal-reset-location-views -@itemx -gno-internal-reset-location-views @opindex ginternal-reset-location-views @opindex gno-internal-reset-location-views +@item -ginternal-reset-location-views +@itemx -gno-internal-reset-location-views Attempt to determine location views that can be omitted from location view lists. This requires the compiler to have very accurate insn length estimates, which isn't always the case, and it may cause @@ -11553,10 +11553,10 @@ that does not support location view lists. The GNU assembler will flag any such error as a @code{view number mismatch}. This is only enabled on ports that define a reliable estimation function. -@item -ginline-points -@itemx -gno-inline-points @opindex ginline-points @opindex gno-inline-points +@item -ginline-points +@itemx -gno-inline-points Generate extended debug information for inlined functions. Location view tracking markers are inserted at inlined entry points, so that address and view numbers can be computed and output in debug @@ -11565,8 +11565,8 @@ which case the view numbers won't be output, but it can only be enabled along with statement frontiers, and it is only enabled by default if location views are enabled. -@item -gz@r{[}=@var{type}@r{]} @opindex gz +@item -gz@r{[}=@var{type}@r{]} Produce compressed debug sections in DWARF format, if that is supported. If @var{type} is not given, the default type depends on the capabilities of the assembler and linker used. @var{type} may be one of @@ -11576,8 +11576,8 @@ compressed debug sections, the option is rejected. Otherwise, if the assembler does not support them, @option{-gz} is silently ignored when producing object files. -@item -femit-struct-debug-baseonly @opindex femit-struct-debug-baseonly +@item -femit-struct-debug-baseonly Emit debug information for struct-like types only when the base name of the compilation source file matches the base name of file in which the struct is defined. @@ -11589,8 +11589,8 @@ See @option{-femit-struct-debug-detailed} for more detailed control. This option works only with DWARF debug output. -@item -femit-struct-debug-reduced @opindex femit-struct-debug-reduced +@item -femit-struct-debug-reduced Emit debug information for struct-like types only when the base name of the compilation source file matches the base name of file in which the type is defined, @@ -11603,8 +11603,8 @@ See @option{-femit-struct-debug-detailed} for more detailed control. This option works only with DWARF debug output. -@item -femit-struct-debug-detailed@r{[}=@var{spec-list}@r{]} @opindex femit-struct-debug-detailed +@item -femit-struct-debug-detailed@r{[}=@var{spec-list}@r{]} Specify the struct-like types for which the compiler generates debug information. The intent is to reduce duplicate struct debug information @@ -11651,15 +11651,15 @@ The default is @option{-femit-struct-debug-detailed=all}. This option works only with DWARF debug output. -@item -fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm @opindex fdwarf2-cfi-asm @opindex fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm +@item -fno-dwarf2-cfi-asm Emit DWARF unwind info as compiler generated @code{.eh_frame} section instead of using GAS @code{.cfi_*} directives. -@item -fno-eliminate-unused-debug-types @opindex feliminate-unused-debug-types @opindex fno-eliminate-unused-debug-types +@item -fno-eliminate-unused-debug-types Normally, when producing DWARF output, GCC avoids producing debug symbol output for types that are nowhere used in the source file being compiled. Sometimes it is useful to have GCC emit debugging @@ -11710,10 +11710,10 @@ to find out the exact set of optimizations that are enabled at each level. @xref{Overall Options}, for examples. @table @gcctabopt -@item -O -@itemx -O1 @opindex O @opindex O1 +@item -O +@itemx -O1 Optimize. Optimizing compilation takes somewhat more time, and a lot more memory for a large function. @@ -11776,8 +11776,8 @@ compilation time. -ftree-ter @gol -funit-at-a-time} -@item -O2 @opindex O2 +@item -O2 Optimize even more. GCC performs nearly all supported optimizations that do not involve a space-speed tradeoff. As compared to @option{-O}, this option increases both compilation time @@ -11829,8 +11829,8 @@ also turns on the following optimization flags: Please note the warning under @option{-fgcse} about invoking @option{-O2} on programs that use computed gotos. -@item -O3 @opindex O3 +@item -O3 Optimize yet more. @option{-O3} turns on all optimizations specified by @option{-O2} and also turns on the following optimization flags: @@ -11849,13 +11849,13 @@ by @option{-O2} and also turns on the following optimization flags: -fvect-cost-model=dynamic @gol -fversion-loops-for-strides} -@item -O0 @opindex O0 +@item -O0 Reduce compilation time and make debugging produce the expected results. This is the default. -@item -Os @opindex Os +@item -Os Optimize for size. @option{-Os} enables all @option{-O2} optimizations except those that often increase code size: @@ -11867,8 +11867,8 @@ It also enables @option{-finline-functions}, causes the compiler to tune for code size rather than execution speed, and performs further optimizations designed to reduce code size. -@item -Ofast @opindex Ofast +@item -Ofast Disregard strict standards compliance. @option{-Ofast} enables all @option{-O3} optimizations. It also enables optimizations that are not valid for all standard-compliant programs. @@ -11877,8 +11877,8 @@ and the Fortran-specific @option{-fstack-arrays}, unless @option{-fmax-stack-var-size} is specified, and @option{-fno-protect-parens}. It turns off @option{-fsemantic-interposition}. -@item -Og @opindex Og +@item -Og Optimize debugging experience. @option{-Og} should be the optimization level of choice for the standard edit-compile-debug cycle, offering a reasonable level of optimization while maintaining fast compilation @@ -11897,8 +11897,8 @@ optimization flags except for those that may interfere with debugging: -fmove-loop-invariants -fmove-loop-stores -fssa-phiopt @gol -ftree-bit-ccp -ftree-dse -ftree-pta -ftree-sra} -@item -Oz @opindex Oz +@item -Oz Optimize aggressively for size rather than speed. This may increase the number of instructions executed if those instructions require fewer bytes to encode. @option{-Oz} behaves similarly to @option{-Os} @@ -11922,17 +11922,17 @@ can use the following flags in the rare cases when ``fine-tuning'' of optimizations to be performed is desired. @table @gcctabopt -@item -fno-defer-pop @opindex fno-defer-pop @opindex fdefer-pop +@item -fno-defer-pop For machines that must pop arguments after a function call, always pop the arguments as soon as each function returns. At levels @option{-O1} and higher, @option{-fdefer-pop} is the default; this allows the compiler to let arguments accumulate on the stack for several function calls and pop them all at once. -@item -fforward-propagate @opindex fforward-propagate +@item -fforward-propagate Perform a forward propagation pass on RTL@. The pass tries to combine two instructions and checks if the result can be simplified. If loop unrolling is active, two passes are performed and the second is scheduled after @@ -11941,8 +11941,8 @@ loop unrolling. This option is enabled by default at optimization levels @option{-O1}, @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -ffp-contract=@var{style} @opindex ffp-contract +@item -ffp-contract=@var{style} @option{-ffp-contract=off} disables floating-point expression contraction. @option{-ffp-contract=fast} enables floating-point expression contraction such as forming of fused multiply-add operations if the target has @@ -11953,8 +11953,8 @@ and treated equal to @option{-ffp-contract=off}. The default is @option{-ffp-contract=fast}. -@item -fomit-frame-pointer @opindex fomit-frame-pointer +@item -fomit-frame-pointer Omit the frame pointer in functions that don't need one. This avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore the frame pointer; on many targets it also makes an extra register available. @@ -11968,23 +11968,23 @@ leaf functions. Enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -foptimize-sibling-calls @opindex foptimize-sibling-calls +@item -foptimize-sibling-calls Optimize sibling and tail recursive calls. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -foptimize-strlen @opindex foptimize-strlen +@item -foptimize-strlen Optimize various standard C string functions (e.g.@: @code{strlen}, @code{strchr} or @code{strcpy}) and their @code{_FORTIFY_SOURCE} counterparts into faster alternatives. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}. -@item -fno-inline @opindex fno-inline @opindex finline +@item -fno-inline Do not expand any functions inline apart from those marked with the @code{always_inline} attribute. This is the default when not optimizing. @@ -11992,8 +11992,8 @@ optimizing. Single functions can be exempted from inlining by marking them with the @code{noinline} attribute. -@item -finline-small-functions @opindex finline-small-functions +@item -finline-small-functions Integrate functions into their callers when their body is smaller than expected function call code (so overall size of program gets smaller). The compiler heuristically decides which functions are simple enough to be worth integrating @@ -12002,8 +12002,8 @@ inline. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -findirect-inlining @opindex findirect-inlining +@item -findirect-inlining Inline also indirect calls that are discovered to be known at compile time thanks to previous inlining. This option has any effect only when inlining itself is turned on by the @option{-finline-functions} @@ -12011,8 +12011,8 @@ or @option{-finline-small-functions} options. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -finline-functions @opindex finline-functions +@item -finline-functions Consider all functions for inlining, even if they are not declared inline. The compiler heuristically decides which functions are worth integrating in this way. @@ -12024,8 +12024,8 @@ assembler code in its own right. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. Also enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -finline-functions-called-once @opindex finline-functions-called-once +@item -finline-functions-called-once Consider all @code{static} functions called once for inlining into their caller even if they are not marked @code{inline}. If a call to a given function is integrated, then the function is not output as assembler code @@ -12034,8 +12034,8 @@ in its own right. Enabled at levels @option{-O1}, @option{-O2}, @option{-O3} and @option{-Os}, but not @option{-Og}. -@item -fearly-inlining @opindex fearly-inlining +@item -fearly-inlining Inline functions marked by @code{always_inline} and functions whose body seems smaller than the function call overhead early before doing @option{-fprofile-generate} instrumentation and real inlining pass. Doing so @@ -12044,16 +12044,16 @@ having large chains of nested wrapper functions. Enabled by default. -@item -fipa-sra @opindex fipa-sra +@item -fipa-sra Perform interprocedural scalar replacement of aggregates, removal of unused parameters and replacement of parameters passed by reference by parameters passed by value. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3} and @option{-Os}. -@item -finline-limit=@var{n} @opindex finline-limit +@item -finline-limit=@var{n} By default, GCC limits the size of functions that can be inlined. This flag allows coarse control of this limit. @var{n} is the size of functions that can be inlined in number of pseudo instructions. @@ -12081,29 +12081,29 @@ abstract measurement of function's size. In no way does it represent a count of assembly instructions and as such its exact meaning might change from one release to an another. -@item -fno-keep-inline-dllexport @opindex fno-keep-inline-dllexport @opindex fkeep-inline-dllexport +@item -fno-keep-inline-dllexport This is a more fine-grained version of @option{-fkeep-inline-functions}, which applies only to functions that are declared using the @code{dllexport} attribute or declspec. @xref{Function Attributes,,Declaring Attributes of Functions}. -@item -fkeep-inline-functions @opindex fkeep-inline-functions +@item -fkeep-inline-functions In C, emit @code{static} functions that are declared @code{inline} into the object file, even if the function has been inlined into all of its callers. This switch does not affect functions using the @code{extern inline} extension in GNU C90@. In C++, emit any and all inline functions into the object file. -@item -fkeep-static-functions @opindex fkeep-static-functions +@item -fkeep-static-functions Emit @code{static} functions into the object file, even if the function is never used. -@item -fkeep-static-consts @opindex fkeep-static-consts +@item -fkeep-static-consts Emit variables declared @code{static const} when optimization isn't turned on, even if the variables aren't referenced. @@ -12111,8 +12111,8 @@ GCC enables this option by default. If you want to force the compiler to check if a variable is referenced, regardless of whether or not optimization is turned on, use the @option{-fno-keep-static-consts} option. -@item -fmerge-constants @opindex fmerge-constants +@item -fmerge-constants Attempt to merge identical constants (string constants and floating-point constants) across compilation units. @@ -12122,8 +12122,8 @@ behavior. Enabled at levels @option{-O1}, @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fmerge-all-constants @opindex fmerge-all-constants +@item -fmerge-all-constants Attempt to merge identical constants and identical variables. This option implies @option{-fmerge-constants}. In addition to @@ -12134,23 +12134,23 @@ instances of the same variable in recursive calls, to have distinct locations, so using this option results in non-conforming behavior. -@item -fmodulo-sched @opindex fmodulo-sched +@item -fmodulo-sched Perform swing modulo scheduling immediately before the first scheduling pass. This pass looks at innermost loops and reorders their instructions by overlapping different iterations. -@item -fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves @opindex fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves +@item -fmodulo-sched-allow-regmoves Perform more aggressive SMS-based modulo scheduling with register moves allowed. By setting this flag certain anti-dependences edges are deleted, which triggers the generation of reg-moves based on the life-range analysis. This option is effective only with @option{-fmodulo-sched} enabled. -@item -fno-branch-count-reg @opindex fno-branch-count-reg @opindex fbranch-count-reg +@item -fno-branch-count-reg Disable the optimization pass that scans for opportunities to use ``decrement and branch'' instructions on a count register instead of instruction sequences that decrement a register, compare it against zero, and @@ -12163,9 +12163,9 @@ instruction stream introduced by other optimization passes. The default is @option{-fbranch-count-reg} at @option{-O1} and higher, except for @option{-Og}. -@item -fno-function-cse @opindex fno-function-cse @opindex ffunction-cse +@item -fno-function-cse Do not put function addresses in registers; make each instruction that calls a constant function contain the function's address explicitly. @@ -12175,9 +12175,9 @@ performed when this option is not used. The default is @option{-ffunction-cse} -@item -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss @opindex fno-zero-initialized-in-bss @opindex fzero-initialized-in-bss +@item -fno-zero-initialized-in-bss If the target supports a BSS section, GCC by default puts variables that are initialized to zero into BSS@. This can save space in the resulting code. @@ -12189,8 +12189,8 @@ assumptions based on that. The default is @option{-fzero-initialized-in-bss}. -@item -fthread-jumps @opindex fthread-jumps +@item -fthread-jumps Perform optimizations that check to see if a jump branches to a location where another comparison subsumed by the first is found. If so, the first branch is redirected to either the destination of the @@ -12199,8 +12199,8 @@ the condition is known to be true or false. Enabled at levels @option{-O1}, @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fsplit-wide-types @opindex fsplit-wide-types +@item -fsplit-wide-types When using a type that occupies multiple registers, such as @code{long long} on a 32-bit system, split the registers apart and allocate them independently. This normally generates better code for those types, @@ -12209,15 +12209,15 @@ but may make debugging more difficult. Enabled at levels @option{-O1}, @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fsplit-wide-types-early @opindex fsplit-wide-types-early +@item -fsplit-wide-types-early Fully split wide types early, instead of very late. This option has no effect unless @option{-fsplit-wide-types} is turned on. This is the default on some targets. -@item -fcse-follow-jumps @opindex fcse-follow-jumps +@item -fcse-follow-jumps In common subexpression elimination (CSE), scan through jump instructions when the target of the jump is not reached by any other path. For example, when CSE encounters an @code{if} statement with an @@ -12226,8 +12226,8 @@ tested is false. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fcse-skip-blocks @opindex fcse-skip-blocks +@item -fcse-skip-blocks This is similar to @option{-fcse-follow-jumps}, but causes CSE to follow jumps that conditionally skip over blocks. When CSE encounters a simple @code{if} statement with no else clause, @@ -12236,15 +12236,15 @@ body of the @code{if}. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -frerun-cse-after-loop @opindex frerun-cse-after-loop +@item -frerun-cse-after-loop Re-run common subexpression elimination after loop optimizations are performed. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fgcse @opindex fgcse +@item -fgcse Perform a global common subexpression elimination pass. This pass also performs global constant and copy propagation. @@ -12255,8 +12255,8 @@ the global common subexpression elimination pass by adding Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fgcse-lm @opindex fgcse-lm +@item -fgcse-lm When @option{-fgcse-lm} is enabled, global common subexpression elimination attempts to move loads that are only killed by stores into themselves. This allows a loop containing a load/store sequence to be changed to a load outside @@ -12264,8 +12264,8 @@ the loop, and a copy/store within the loop. Enabled by default when @option{-fgcse} is enabled. -@item -fgcse-sm @opindex fgcse-sm +@item -fgcse-sm When @option{-fgcse-sm} is enabled, a store motion pass is run after global common subexpression elimination. This pass attempts to move stores out of loops. When used in conjunction with @option{-fgcse-lm}, @@ -12274,24 +12274,24 @@ the loop and a store after the loop. Not enabled at any optimization level. -@item -fgcse-las @opindex fgcse-las +@item -fgcse-las When @option{-fgcse-las} is enabled, the global common subexpression elimination pass eliminates redundant loads that come after stores to the same memory location (both partial and full redundancies). Not enabled at any optimization level. -@item -fgcse-after-reload @opindex fgcse-after-reload +@item -fgcse-after-reload When @option{-fgcse-after-reload} is enabled, a redundant load elimination pass is performed after reload. The purpose of this pass is to clean up redundant spilling. Enabled by @option{-O3}, @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -faggressive-loop-optimizations @opindex faggressive-loop-optimizations +@item -faggressive-loop-optimizations This option tells the loop optimizer to use language constraints to derive bounds for the number of iterations of a loop. This assumes that loop code does not invoke undefined behavior by for example causing signed @@ -12300,39 +12300,39 @@ number of iterations of a loop are used to guide loop unrolling and peeling and loop exit test optimizations. This option is enabled by default. -@item -funconstrained-commons @opindex funconstrained-commons +@item -funconstrained-commons This option tells the compiler that variables declared in common blocks (e.g.@: Fortran) may later be overridden with longer trailing arrays. This prevents certain optimizations that depend on knowing the array bounds. -@item -fcrossjumping @opindex fcrossjumping +@item -fcrossjumping Perform cross-jumping transformation. This transformation unifies equivalent code and saves code size. The resulting code may or may not perform better than without cross-jumping. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fauto-inc-dec @opindex fauto-inc-dec +@item -fauto-inc-dec Combine increments or decrements of addresses with memory accesses. This pass is always skipped on architectures that do not have instructions to support this. Enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher on architectures that support this. -@item -fdce @opindex fdce +@item -fdce Perform dead code elimination (DCE) on RTL@. Enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fdse @opindex fdse +@item -fdse Perform dead store elimination (DSE) on RTL@. Enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fif-conversion @opindex fif-conversion +@item -fif-conversion Attempt to transform conditional jumps into branch-less equivalents. This includes use of conditional moves, min, max, set flags and abs instructions, and some tricks doable by standard arithmetics. The use of conditional execution @@ -12341,16 +12341,16 @@ on chips where it is available is controlled by @option{-fif-conversion2}. Enabled at levels @option{-O1}, @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}, but not with @option{-Og}. -@item -fif-conversion2 @opindex fif-conversion2 +@item -fif-conversion2 Use conditional execution (where available) to transform conditional jumps into branch-less equivalents. Enabled at levels @option{-O1}, @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}, but not with @option{-Og}. -@item -fdeclone-ctor-dtor @opindex fdeclone-ctor-dtor +@item -fdeclone-ctor-dtor The C++ ABI requires multiple entry points for constructors and destructors: one for a base subobject, one for a complete object, and one for a virtual destructor that calls operator delete afterwards. @@ -12361,8 +12361,8 @@ implementation. Enabled by @option{-Os}. -@item -fdelete-null-pointer-checks @opindex fdelete-null-pointer-checks +@item -fdelete-null-pointer-checks Assume that programs cannot safely dereference null pointers, and that no code or data element resides at address zero. This option enables simple constant @@ -12383,16 +12383,16 @@ defaults to off. On AVR and MSP430, this option is completely disabled. Passes that use the dataflow information are enabled independently at different optimization levels. -@item -fdevirtualize @opindex fdevirtualize +@item -fdevirtualize Attempt to convert calls to virtual functions to direct calls. This is done both within a procedure and interprocedurally as part of indirect inlining (@option{-findirect-inlining}) and interprocedural constant propagation (@option{-fipa-cp}). Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fdevirtualize-speculatively @opindex fdevirtualize-speculatively +@item -fdevirtualize-speculatively Attempt to convert calls to virtual functions to speculative direct calls. Based on the analysis of the type inheritance graph, determine for a given call the set of likely targets. If the set is small, preferably of size 1, change @@ -12400,22 +12400,22 @@ the call into a conditional deciding between direct and indirect calls. The speculative calls enable more optimizations, such as inlining. When they seem useless after further optimization, they are converted back into original form. -@item -fdevirtualize-at-ltrans @opindex fdevirtualize-at-ltrans +@item -fdevirtualize-at-ltrans Stream extra information needed for aggressive devirtualization when running the link-time optimizer in local transformation mode. This option enables more devirtualization but significantly increases the size of streamed data. For this reason it is disabled by default. -@item -fexpensive-optimizations @opindex fexpensive-optimizations +@item -fexpensive-optimizations Perform a number of minor optimizations that are relatively expensive. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -free @opindex free +@item -free Attempt to remove redundant extension instructions. This is especially helpful for the x86-64 architecture, which implicitly zero-extends in 64-bit registers after writing to their lower 32-bit half. @@ -12423,9 +12423,9 @@ registers after writing to their lower 32-bit half. Enabled for Alpha, AArch64 and x86 at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fno-lifetime-dse @opindex fno-lifetime-dse @opindex flifetime-dse +@item -fno-lifetime-dse In C++ the value of an object is only affected by changes within its lifetime: when the constructor begins, the object has an indeterminate value, and any changes during the lifetime of the object are dead when @@ -12439,14 +12439,14 @@ can use @option{-flifetime-dse=1}. The default behavior can be explicitly selected with @option{-flifetime-dse=2}. @option{-flifetime-dse=0} is equivalent to @option{-fno-lifetime-dse}. -@item -flive-range-shrinkage @opindex flive-range-shrinkage +@item -flive-range-shrinkage Attempt to decrease register pressure through register live range shrinkage. This is helpful for fast processors with small or moderate size register sets. -@item -fira-algorithm=@var{algorithm} @opindex fira-algorithm +@item -fira-algorithm=@var{algorithm} Use the specified coloring algorithm for the integrated register allocator. The @var{algorithm} argument can be @samp{priority}, which specifies Chow's priority coloring, or @samp{CB}, which specifies @@ -12454,8 +12454,8 @@ Chaitin-Briggs coloring. Chaitin-Briggs coloring is not implemented for all architectures, but for those targets that do support it, it is the default because it generates better code. -@item -fira-region=@var{region} @opindex fira-region +@item -fira-region=@var{region} Use specified regions for the integrated register allocator. The @var{region} argument should be one of the following: @@ -12480,16 +12480,16 @@ This typically results in the smallest code size, and is enabled by default for @end table -@item -fira-hoist-pressure @opindex fira-hoist-pressure +@item -fira-hoist-pressure Use IRA to evaluate register pressure in the code hoisting pass for decisions to hoist expressions. This option usually results in smaller code, but it can slow the compiler down. This option is enabled at level @option{-Os} for all targets. -@item -fira-loop-pressure @opindex fira-loop-pressure +@item -fira-loop-pressure Use IRA to evaluate register pressure in loops for decisions to move loop invariants. This option usually results in generation of faster and smaller code on machines with large register files (>= 32 @@ -12497,31 +12497,31 @@ registers), but it can slow the compiler down. This option is enabled at level @option{-O3} for some targets. -@item -fno-ira-share-save-slots @opindex fno-ira-share-save-slots @opindex fira-share-save-slots +@item -fno-ira-share-save-slots Disable sharing of stack slots used for saving call-used hard registers living through a call. Each hard register gets a separate stack slot, and as a result function stack frames are larger. -@item -fno-ira-share-spill-slots @opindex fno-ira-share-spill-slots @opindex fira-share-spill-slots +@item -fno-ira-share-spill-slots Disable sharing of stack slots allocated for pseudo-registers. Each pseudo-register that does not get a hard register gets a separate stack slot, and as a result function stack frames are larger. -@item -flra-remat @opindex flra-remat +@item -flra-remat Enable CFG-sensitive rematerialization in LRA. Instead of loading values of spilled pseudos, LRA tries to rematerialize (recalculate) values if it is profitable. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fdelayed-branch @opindex fdelayed-branch +@item -fdelayed-branch If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to exploit instruction slots available after delayed branch instructions. @@ -12529,8 +12529,8 @@ instructions. Enabled at levels @option{-O1}, @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}, but not at @option{-Og}. -@item -fschedule-insns @opindex fschedule-insns +@item -fschedule-insns If supported for the target machine, attempt to reorder instructions to eliminate execution stalls due to required data being unavailable. This helps machines that have slow floating point or memory load instructions @@ -12539,8 +12539,8 @@ or floating-point instruction is required. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}. -@item -fschedule-insns2 @opindex fschedule-insns2 +@item -fschedule-insns2 Similar to @option{-fschedule-insns}, but requests an additional pass of instruction scheduling after register allocation has been done. This is especially useful on machines with a relatively small number of @@ -12548,22 +12548,22 @@ registers and where memory load instructions take more than one cycle. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fno-sched-interblock @opindex fno-sched-interblock @opindex fsched-interblock +@item -fno-sched-interblock Disable instruction scheduling across basic blocks, which is normally enabled when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.@: with @option{-fschedule-insns} or at @option{-O2} or higher. -@item -fno-sched-spec @opindex fno-sched-spec @opindex fsched-spec +@item -fno-sched-spec Disable speculative motion of non-load instructions, which is normally enabled when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.@: with @option{-fschedule-insns} or at @option{-O2} or higher. -@item -fsched-pressure @opindex fsched-pressure +@item -fsched-pressure Enable register pressure sensitive insn scheduling before register allocation. This only makes sense when scheduling before register allocation is enabled, i.e.@: with @option{-fschedule-insns} or at @@ -12572,21 +12572,21 @@ generated code and decrease its size by preventing register pressure increase above the number of available hard registers and subsequent spills in register allocation. -@item -fsched-spec-load @opindex fsched-spec-load +@item -fsched-spec-load Allow speculative motion of some load instructions. This only makes sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.@: with @option{-fschedule-insns} or at @option{-O2} or higher. -@item -fsched-spec-load-dangerous @opindex fsched-spec-load-dangerous +@item -fsched-spec-load-dangerous Allow speculative motion of more load instructions. This only makes sense when scheduling before register allocation, i.e.@: with @option{-fschedule-insns} or at @option{-O2} or higher. +@opindex fsched-stalled-insns @item -fsched-stalled-insns @itemx -fsched-stalled-insns=@var{n} -@opindex fsched-stalled-insns Define how many insns (if any) can be moved prematurely from the queue of stalled insns into the ready list during the second scheduling pass. @option{-fno-sched-stalled-insns} means that no insns are moved @@ -12595,9 +12595,9 @@ on how many queued insns can be moved prematurely. @option{-fsched-stalled-insns} without a value is equivalent to @option{-fsched-stalled-insns=1}. +@opindex fsched-stalled-insns-dep @item -fsched-stalled-insns-dep @itemx -fsched-stalled-insns-dep=@var{n} -@opindex fsched-stalled-insns-dep Define how many insn groups (cycles) are examined for a dependency on a stalled insn that is a candidate for premature removal from the queue of stalled insns. This has an effect only during the second scheduling pass, @@ -12607,8 +12607,8 @@ and only if @option{-fsched-stalled-insns} is used. @option{-fsched-stalled-insns-dep} without a value is equivalent to @option{-fsched-stalled-insns-dep=1}. -@item -fsched2-use-superblocks @opindex fsched2-use-superblocks +@item -fsched2-use-superblocks When scheduling after register allocation, use superblock scheduling. This allows motion across basic block boundaries, resulting in faster schedules. This option is experimental, as not all machine @@ -12618,81 +12618,81 @@ results from the algorithm. This only makes sense when scheduling after register allocation, i.e.@: with @option{-fschedule-insns2} or at @option{-O2} or higher. -@item -fsched-group-heuristic @opindex fsched-group-heuristic +@item -fsched-group-heuristic Enable the group heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors the instruction that belongs to a schedule group. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.@: with @option{-fschedule-insns} or @option{-fschedule-insns2} or at @option{-O2} or higher. -@item -fsched-critical-path-heuristic @opindex fsched-critical-path-heuristic +@item -fsched-critical-path-heuristic Enable the critical-path heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors instructions on the critical path. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.@: with @option{-fschedule-insns} or @option{-fschedule-insns2} or at @option{-O2} or higher. -@item -fsched-spec-insn-heuristic @opindex fsched-spec-insn-heuristic +@item -fsched-spec-insn-heuristic Enable the speculative instruction heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors speculative instructions with greater dependency weakness. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.@: with @option{-fschedule-insns} or @option{-fschedule-insns2} or at @option{-O2} or higher. -@item -fsched-rank-heuristic @opindex fsched-rank-heuristic +@item -fsched-rank-heuristic Enable the rank heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors the instruction belonging to a basic block with greater size or frequency. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.@: with @option{-fschedule-insns} or @option{-fschedule-insns2} or at @option{-O2} or higher. -@item -fsched-last-insn-heuristic @opindex fsched-last-insn-heuristic +@item -fsched-last-insn-heuristic Enable the last-instruction heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors the instruction that is less dependent on the last instruction scheduled. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.@: with @option{-fschedule-insns} or @option{-fschedule-insns2} or at @option{-O2} or higher. -@item -fsched-dep-count-heuristic @opindex fsched-dep-count-heuristic +@item -fsched-dep-count-heuristic Enable the dependent-count heuristic in the scheduler. This heuristic favors the instruction that has more instructions depending on it. This is enabled by default when scheduling is enabled, i.e.@: with @option{-fschedule-insns} or @option{-fschedule-insns2} or at @option{-O2} or higher. -@item -freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops @opindex freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops +@item -freschedule-modulo-scheduled-loops Modulo scheduling is performed before traditional scheduling. If a loop is modulo scheduled, later scheduling passes may change its schedule. Use this option to control that behavior. -@item -fselective-scheduling @opindex fselective-scheduling +@item -fselective-scheduling Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm. Selective scheduling runs instead of the first scheduler pass. -@item -fselective-scheduling2 @opindex fselective-scheduling2 +@item -fselective-scheduling2 Schedule instructions using selective scheduling algorithm. Selective scheduling runs instead of the second scheduler pass. -@item -fsel-sched-pipelining @opindex fsel-sched-pipelining +@item -fsel-sched-pipelining Enable software pipelining of innermost loops during selective scheduling. This option has no effect unless one of @option{-fselective-scheduling} or @option{-fselective-scheduling2} is turned on. -@item -fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops @opindex fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops +@item -fsel-sched-pipelining-outer-loops When pipelining loops during selective scheduling, also pipeline outer loops. This option has no effect unless @option{-fsel-sched-pipelining} is turned on. -@item -fsemantic-interposition @opindex fsemantic-interposition +@item -fsemantic-interposition Some object formats, like ELF, allow interposing of symbols by the dynamic linker. This means that for symbols exported from the DSO, the compiler cannot perform @@ -12709,21 +12709,21 @@ has no effect for functions explicitly declared inline (where it is never allowed for interposition to change semantics) and for symbols explicitly declared weak. -@item -fshrink-wrap @opindex fshrink-wrap +@item -fshrink-wrap Emit function prologues only before parts of the function that need it, rather than at the top of the function. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O} and higher. -@item -fshrink-wrap-separate @opindex fshrink-wrap-separate +@item -fshrink-wrap-separate Shrink-wrap separate parts of the prologue and epilogue separately, so that those parts are only executed when needed. This option is on by default, but has no effect unless @option{-fshrink-wrap} is also turned on and the target supports this. -@item -fcaller-saves @opindex fcaller-saves +@item -fcaller-saves Enable allocation of values to registers that are clobbered by function calls, by emitting extra instructions to save and restore the registers around such calls. Such allocation is done only when it @@ -12734,15 +12734,15 @@ those which have no call-preserved registers to use instead. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fcombine-stack-adjustments @opindex fcombine-stack-adjustments +@item -fcombine-stack-adjustments Tracks stack adjustments (pushes and pops) and stack memory references and then tries to find ways to combine them. Enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fipa-ra @opindex fipa-ra +@item -fipa-ra Use caller save registers for allocation if those registers are not used by any called function. In that case it is not necessary to save and restore them around calls. This is only possible if called functions are part of @@ -12754,97 +12754,97 @@ is disabled if generated code will be instrumented for profiling exactly (this happens on targets that do not expose prologues and epilogues in RTL). -@item -fconserve-stack @opindex fconserve-stack +@item -fconserve-stack Attempt to minimize stack usage. The compiler attempts to use less stack space, even if that makes the program slower. This option implies setting the @option{large-stack-frame} parameter to 100 and the @option{large-stack-frame-growth} parameter to 400. -@item -ftree-reassoc @opindex ftree-reassoc +@item -ftree-reassoc Perform reassociation on trees. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fcode-hoisting @opindex fcode-hoisting +@item -fcode-hoisting Perform code hoisting. Code hoisting tries to move the evaluation of expressions executed on all paths to the function exit as early as possible. This is especially useful as a code size optimization, but it often helps for code speed as well. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2} and higher. -@item -ftree-pre @opindex ftree-pre +@item -ftree-pre Perform partial redundancy elimination (PRE) on trees. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2} and @option{-O3}. -@item -ftree-partial-pre @opindex ftree-partial-pre +@item -ftree-partial-pre Make partial redundancy elimination (PRE) more aggressive. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O3}. -@item -ftree-forwprop @opindex ftree-forwprop +@item -ftree-forwprop Perform forward propagation on trees. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -ftree-fre @opindex ftree-fre +@item -ftree-fre Perform full redundancy elimination (FRE) on trees. The difference between FRE and PRE is that FRE only considers expressions that are computed on all paths leading to the redundant computation. This analysis is faster than PRE, though it exposes fewer redundancies. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -ftree-phiprop @opindex ftree-phiprop +@item -ftree-phiprop Perform hoisting of loads from conditional pointers on trees. This pass is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fhoist-adjacent-loads @opindex fhoist-adjacent-loads +@item -fhoist-adjacent-loads Speculatively hoist loads from both branches of an if-then-else if the loads are from adjacent locations in the same structure and the target architecture has a conditional move instruction. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2} and higher. -@item -ftree-copy-prop @opindex ftree-copy-prop +@item -ftree-copy-prop Perform copy propagation on trees. This pass eliminates unnecessary copy operations. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fipa-pure-const @opindex fipa-pure-const +@item -fipa-pure-const Discover which functions are pure or constant. Enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fipa-reference @opindex fipa-reference +@item -fipa-reference Discover which static variables do not escape the compilation unit. Enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fipa-reference-addressable @opindex fipa-reference-addressable +@item -fipa-reference-addressable Discover read-only, write-only and non-addressable static variables. Enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fipa-stack-alignment @opindex fipa-stack-alignment +@item -fipa-stack-alignment Reduce stack alignment on call sites if possible. Enabled by default. -@item -fipa-pta @opindex fipa-pta +@item -fipa-pta Perform interprocedural pointer analysis and interprocedural modification and reference analysis. This option can cause excessive memory and compile-time usage on large compilation units. It is not enabled by default at any optimization level. -@item -fipa-profile @opindex fipa-profile +@item -fipa-profile Perform interprocedural profile propagation. The functions called only from cold functions are marked as cold. Also functions executed once (such as @code{cold}, @code{noreturn}, static constructors or destructors) are @@ -12852,15 +12852,15 @@ identified. Cold functions and loop less parts of functions executed once are then optimized for size. Enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fipa-modref @opindex fipa-modref +@item -fipa-modref Perform interprocedural mod/ref analysis. This optimization analyzes the side effects of functions (memory locations that are modified or referenced) and enables better optimization across the function call boundary. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fipa-cp @opindex fipa-cp +@item -fipa-cp Perform interprocedural constant propagation. This optimization analyzes the program to determine when values passed to functions are constants and then optimizes accordingly. @@ -12869,8 +12869,8 @@ if the application has constants passed to functions. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2}, @option{-Os} and @option{-O3}. It is also enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -fipa-cp-clone @opindex fipa-cp-clone +@item -fipa-cp-clone Perform function cloning to make interprocedural constant propagation stronger. When enabled, interprocedural constant propagation performs function cloning when externally visible function can be called with constant arguments. @@ -12880,21 +12880,21 @@ it may significantly increase code size This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O3}. It is also enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -fipa-bit-cp @opindex fipa-bit-cp +@item -fipa-bit-cp When enabled, perform interprocedural bitwise constant propagation. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2} and by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. It requires that @option{-fipa-cp} is enabled. -@item -fipa-vrp @opindex fipa-vrp +@item -fipa-vrp When enabled, perform interprocedural propagation of value ranges. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2}. It requires that @option{-fipa-cp} is enabled. -@item -fipa-icf @opindex fipa-icf +@item -fipa-icf Perform Identical Code Folding for functions and read-only variables. The optimization reduces code size and may disturb unwind stacks by replacing a function by equivalent one with a different name. The optimization works @@ -12906,8 +12906,8 @@ equivalences that are found only by GCC and equivalences found only by Gold. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2} and @option{-Os}. -@item -flive-patching=@var{level} @opindex flive-patching +@item -flive-patching=@var{level} Control GCC's optimizations to produce output suitable for live-patching. If the compiler's optimization uses a function's body or information extracted @@ -12966,62 +12966,62 @@ This flag is disabled by default. Note that @option{-flive-patching} is not supported with link-time optimization (@option{-flto}). -@item -fisolate-erroneous-paths-dereference @opindex fisolate-erroneous-paths-dereference +@item -fisolate-erroneous-paths-dereference Detect paths that trigger erroneous or undefined behavior due to dereferencing a null pointer. Isolate those paths from the main control flow and turn the statement with erroneous or undefined behavior into a trap. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2} and higher and depends on @option{-fdelete-null-pointer-checks} also being enabled. -@item -fisolate-erroneous-paths-attribute @opindex fisolate-erroneous-paths-attribute +@item -fisolate-erroneous-paths-attribute Detect paths that trigger erroneous or undefined behavior due to a null value being used in a way forbidden by a @code{returns_nonnull} or @code{nonnull} attribute. Isolate those paths from the main control flow and turn the statement with erroneous or undefined behavior into a trap. This is not currently enabled, but may be enabled by @option{-O2} in the future. -@item -ftree-sink @opindex ftree-sink +@item -ftree-sink Perform forward store motion on trees. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -ftree-bit-ccp @opindex ftree-bit-ccp +@item -ftree-bit-ccp Perform sparse conditional bit constant propagation on trees and propagate pointer alignment information. This pass only operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher, except for @option{-Og}. It requires that @option{-ftree-ccp} is enabled. -@item -ftree-ccp @opindex ftree-ccp +@item -ftree-ccp Perform sparse conditional constant propagation (CCP) on trees. This pass only operates on local scalar variables and is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fssa-backprop @opindex fssa-backprop +@item -fssa-backprop Propagate information about uses of a value up the definition chain in order to simplify the definitions. For example, this pass strips sign operations if the sign of a value never matters. The flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fssa-phiopt @opindex fssa-phiopt +@item -fssa-phiopt Perform pattern matching on SSA PHI nodes to optimize conditional code. This pass is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher, except for @option{-Og}. -@item -ftree-switch-conversion @opindex ftree-switch-conversion +@item -ftree-switch-conversion Perform conversion of simple initializations in a switch to initializations from a scalar array. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2} and higher. -@item -ftree-tail-merge @opindex ftree-tail-merge +@item -ftree-tail-merge Look for identical code sequences. When found, replace one with a jump to the other. This optimization is known as tail merging or cross jumping. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2} and higher. The compilation time @@ -13029,21 +13029,21 @@ in this pass can be limited using @option{max-tail-merge-comparisons} parameter and @option{max-tail-merge-iterations} parameter. -@item -ftree-dce @opindex ftree-dce +@item -ftree-dce Perform dead code elimination (DCE) on trees. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -ftree-builtin-call-dce @opindex ftree-builtin-call-dce +@item -ftree-builtin-call-dce Perform conditional dead code elimination (DCE) for calls to built-in functions that may set @code{errno} but are otherwise free of side effects. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2} and higher if @option{-Os} is not also specified. -@item -ffinite-loops @opindex ffinite-loops @opindex fno-finite-loops +@item -ffinite-loops Assume that a loop with an exit will eventually take the exit and not loop indefinitely. This allows the compiler to remove loops that otherwise have no side-effects, not considering eventual endless looping as such. @@ -13051,46 +13051,46 @@ no side-effects, not considering eventual endless looping as such. This option is enabled by default at @option{-O2} for C++ with -std=c++11 or higher. -@item -ftree-dominator-opts @opindex ftree-dominator-opts +@item -ftree-dominator-opts Perform a variety of simple scalar cleanups (constant/copy propagation, redundancy elimination, range propagation and expression simplification) based on a dominator tree traversal. This also performs jump threading (to reduce jumps to jumps). This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -ftree-dse @opindex ftree-dse +@item -ftree-dse Perform dead store elimination (DSE) on trees. A dead store is a store into a memory location that is later overwritten by another store without any intervening loads. In this case the earlier store can be deleted. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -ftree-ch @opindex ftree-ch +@item -ftree-ch Perform loop header copying on trees. This is beneficial since it increases effectiveness of code motion optimizations. It also saves one jump. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. It is not enabled for @option{-Os}, since it usually increases code size. -@item -ftree-loop-optimize @opindex ftree-loop-optimize +@item -ftree-loop-optimize Perform loop optimizations on trees. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -ftree-loop-linear -@itemx -floop-strip-mine -@itemx -floop-block @opindex ftree-loop-linear @opindex floop-strip-mine @opindex floop-block +@item -ftree-loop-linear +@itemx -floop-strip-mine +@itemx -floop-block Perform loop nest optimizations. Same as @option{-floop-nest-optimize}. To use this code transformation, GCC has to be configured with @option{--with-isl} to enable the Graphite loop transformation infrastructure. -@item -fgraphite-identity @opindex fgraphite-identity +@item -fgraphite-identity Enable the identity transformation for graphite. For every SCoP we generate the polyhedral representation and transform it back to gimple. Using @option{-fgraphite-identity} we can check the costs or benefits of the @@ -13098,22 +13098,22 @@ GIMPLE -> GRAPHITE -> GIMPLE transformation. Some minimal optimizations are also performed by the code generator isl, like index splitting and dead code elimination in loops. -@item -floop-nest-optimize @opindex floop-nest-optimize +@item -floop-nest-optimize Enable the isl based loop nest optimizer. This is a generic loop nest optimizer based on the Pluto optimization algorithms. It calculates a loop structure optimized for data-locality and parallelism. This option is experimental. -@item -floop-parallelize-all @opindex floop-parallelize-all +@item -floop-parallelize-all Use the Graphite data dependence analysis to identify loops that can be parallelized. Parallelize all the loops that can be analyzed to not contain loop carried dependences without checking that it is profitable to parallelize the loops. -@item -ftree-coalesce-vars @opindex ftree-coalesce-vars +@item -ftree-coalesce-vars While transforming the program out of the SSA representation, attempt to reduce copying by coalescing versions of different user-defined variables, instead of just compiler temporaries. This may severely @@ -13122,16 +13122,16 @@ limit the ability to debug an optimized program compiled with prevents SSA coalescing of user variables. This option is enabled by default if optimization is enabled, and it does very little otherwise. -@item -ftree-loop-if-convert @opindex ftree-loop-if-convert +@item -ftree-loop-if-convert Attempt to transform conditional jumps in the innermost loops to branch-less equivalents. The intent is to remove control-flow from the innermost loops in order to improve the ability of the vectorization pass to handle these loops. This is enabled by default if vectorization is enabled. -@item -ftree-loop-distribution @opindex ftree-loop-distribution +@item -ftree-loop-distribution Perform loop distribution. This flag can improve cache performance on big loop bodies and allow further loop optimizations, like parallelization or vectorization, to take place. For example, the loop @@ -13153,8 +13153,8 @@ ENDDO This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O3}. It is also enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -ftree-loop-distribute-patterns @opindex ftree-loop-distribute-patterns +@item -ftree-loop-distribute-patterns Perform loop distribution of patterns that can be code generated with calls to a library. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2} and higher, and by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. @@ -13180,8 +13180,8 @@ and the initialization loop is transformed into a call to memset zero. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O3}. It is also enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -floop-interchange @opindex floop-interchange +@item -floop-interchange Perform loop interchange outside of graphite. This flag can improve cache performance on loop nest and allow further loop optimizations, like vectorization, to take place. For example, the loop @@ -13201,15 +13201,15 @@ for (int i = 0; i < N; i++) This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O3}. It is also enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -floop-unroll-and-jam @opindex floop-unroll-and-jam +@item -floop-unroll-and-jam Apply unroll and jam transformations on feasible loops. In a loop nest this unrolls the outer loop by some factor and fuses the resulting multiple inner loops. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O3}. It is also enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -ftree-loop-im @opindex ftree-loop-im +@item -ftree-loop-im Perform loop invariant motion on trees. This pass moves only invariants that are hard to handle at RTL level (function calls, operations that expand to nontrivial sequences of insns). With @option{-funswitch-loops} it also moves @@ -13217,15 +13217,15 @@ operands of conditions that are invariant out of the loop, so that we can use just trivial invariantness analysis in loop unswitching. The pass also includes store motion. -@item -ftree-loop-ivcanon @opindex ftree-loop-ivcanon +@item -ftree-loop-ivcanon Create a canonical counter for number of iterations in loops for which determining number of iterations requires complicated analysis. Later optimizations then may determine the number easily. Useful especially in connection with unrolling. -@item -ftree-scev-cprop @opindex ftree-scev-cprop +@item -ftree-scev-cprop Perform final value replacement. If a variable is modified in a loop in such a way that its value when exiting the loop can be determined using only its initial value and the number of loop iterations, replace uses of @@ -13233,13 +13233,13 @@ the final value by such a computation, provided it is sufficiently cheap. This reduces data dependencies and may allow further simplifications. Enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -fivopts @opindex fivopts +@item -fivopts Perform induction variable optimizations (strength reduction, induction variable merging and induction variable elimination) on trees. -@item -ftree-parallelize-loops=n @opindex ftree-parallelize-loops +@item -ftree-parallelize-loops=n Parallelize loops, i.e., split their iteration space to run in n threads. This is only possible for loops whose iterations are independent and can be arbitrarily reordered. The optimization is only @@ -13248,59 +13248,59 @@ rather than constrained e.g.@: by memory bandwidth. This option implies @option{-pthread}, and thus is only supported on targets that have support for @option{-pthread}. -@item -ftree-pta @opindex ftree-pta +@item -ftree-pta Perform function-local points-to analysis on trees. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher, except for @option{-Og}. -@item -ftree-sra @opindex ftree-sra +@item -ftree-sra Perform scalar replacement of aggregates. This pass replaces structure references with scalars to prevent committing structures to memory too early. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher, except for @option{-Og}. -@item -fstore-merging @opindex fstore-merging +@item -fstore-merging Perform merging of narrow stores to consecutive memory addresses. This pass merges contiguous stores of immediate values narrower than a word into fewer wider stores to reduce the number of instructions. This is enabled by default at @option{-O2} and higher as well as @option{-Os}. -@item -ftree-ter @opindex ftree-ter +@item -ftree-ter Perform temporary expression replacement during the SSA->normal phase. Single use/single def temporaries are replaced at their use location with their defining expression. This results in non-GIMPLE code, but gives the expanders much more complex trees to work on resulting in better RTL generation. This is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -ftree-slsr @opindex ftree-slsr +@item -ftree-slsr Perform straight-line strength reduction on trees. This recognizes related expressions involving multiplications and replaces them by less expensive calculations when possible. This is enabled by default at @option{-O1} and higher. -@item -ftree-vectorize @opindex ftree-vectorize +@item -ftree-vectorize Perform vectorization on trees. This flag enables @option{-ftree-loop-vectorize} and @option{-ftree-slp-vectorize} if not explicitly specified. -@item -ftree-loop-vectorize @opindex ftree-loop-vectorize +@item -ftree-loop-vectorize Perform loop vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2} and by @option{-ftree-vectorize}, @option{-fprofile-use}, and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -ftree-slp-vectorize @opindex ftree-slp-vectorize +@item -ftree-slp-vectorize Perform basic block vectorization on trees. This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O2} and by @option{-ftree-vectorize}, @option{-fprofile-use}, and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -ftrivial-auto-var-init=@var{choice} @opindex ftrivial-auto-var-init +@item -ftrivial-auto-var-init=@var{choice} Initialize automatic variables with either a pattern or with zeroes to increase the security and predictability of a program by preventing uninitialized memory disclosure and use. @@ -13340,8 +13340,8 @@ The default is @samp{uninitialized}. You can control this behavior for a specific variable by using the variable attribute @code{uninitialized} (@pxref{Variable Attributes}). -@item -fvect-cost-model=@var{model} @opindex fvect-cost-model +@item -fvect-cost-model=@var{model} Alter the cost model used for vectorization. The @var{model} argument should be one of @samp{unlimited}, @samp{dynamic}, @samp{cheap} or @samp{very-cheap}. @@ -13363,16 +13363,16 @@ of four. The default cost model depends on other optimization flags and is either @samp{dynamic} or @samp{cheap}. -@item -fsimd-cost-model=@var{model} @opindex fsimd-cost-model +@item -fsimd-cost-model=@var{model} Alter the cost model used for vectorization of loops marked with the OpenMP simd directive. The @var{model} argument should be one of @samp{unlimited}, @samp{dynamic}, @samp{cheap}. All values of @var{model} have the same meaning as described in @option{-fvect-cost-model} and by default a cost model defined with @option{-fvect-cost-model} is used. -@item -ftree-vrp @opindex ftree-vrp +@item -ftree-vrp Perform Value Range Propagation on trees. This is similar to the constant propagation pass, but instead of values, ranges of values are propagated. This allows the optimizers to remove unnecessary range @@ -13381,14 +13381,14 @@ enabled by default at @option{-O2} and higher. Null pointer check elimination is only done if @option{-fdelete-null-pointer-checks} is enabled. -@item -fsplit-paths @opindex fsplit-paths +@item -fsplit-paths Split paths leading to loop backedges. This can improve dead code elimination and common subexpression elimination. This is enabled by default at @option{-O3} and above. -@item -fsplit-ivs-in-unroller @opindex fsplit-ivs-in-unroller +@item -fsplit-ivs-in-unroller Enables expression of values of induction variables in later iterations of the unrolled loop using the value in the first iteration. This breaks long dependency chains, thus improving efficiency of the scheduling passes. @@ -13400,24 +13400,24 @@ on some architectures due to restrictions in the CSE pass. This optimization is enabled by default. -@item -fvariable-expansion-in-unroller @opindex fvariable-expansion-in-unroller +@item -fvariable-expansion-in-unroller With this option, the compiler creates multiple copies of some local variables when unrolling a loop, which can result in superior code. This optimization is enabled by default for PowerPC targets, but disabled by default otherwise. -@item -fpartial-inlining @opindex fpartial-inlining +@item -fpartial-inlining Inline parts of functions. This option has any effect only when inlining itself is turned on by the @option{-finline-functions} or @option{-finline-small-functions} options. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fpredictive-commoning @opindex fpredictive-commoning +@item -fpredictive-commoning Perform predictive commoning optimization, i.e., reusing computations (especially memory loads and stores) performed in previous iterations of loops. @@ -13425,8 +13425,8 @@ iterations of loops. This option is enabled at level @option{-O3}. It is also enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -fprefetch-loop-arrays @opindex fprefetch-loop-arrays +@item -fprefetch-loop-arrays If supported by the target machine, generate instructions to prefetch memory to improve the performance of loops that access large arrays. @@ -13435,9 +13435,9 @@ dependent on the structure of loops within the source code. Disabled at level @option{-Os}. -@item -fno-printf-return-value @opindex fno-printf-return-value @opindex fprintf-return-value +@item -fno-printf-return-value Do not substitute constants for known return value of formatted output functions such as @code{sprintf}, @code{snprintf}, @code{vsprintf}, and @code{vsnprintf} (but not @code{printf} of @code{fprintf}). This @@ -13461,12 +13461,12 @@ and yields best results with @option{-O2} and above. It works in tandem with the @option{-Wformat-overflow} and @option{-Wformat-truncation} options. The @option{-fprintf-return-value} option is enabled by default. -@item -fno-peephole -@itemx -fno-peephole2 @opindex fno-peephole @opindex fpeephole @opindex fno-peephole2 @opindex fpeephole2 +@item -fno-peephole +@itemx -fno-peephole2 Disable any machine-specific peephole optimizations. The difference between @option{-fno-peephole} and @option{-fno-peephole2} is in how they are implemented in the compiler; some targets use one, some use the @@ -13475,9 +13475,9 @@ other, a few use both. @option{-fpeephole} is enabled by default. @option{-fpeephole2} enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fno-guess-branch-probability @opindex fno-guess-branch-probability @opindex fguess-branch-probability +@item -fno-guess-branch-probability Do not guess branch probabilities using heuristics. GCC uses heuristics to guess branch probabilities if they are @@ -13496,15 +13496,15 @@ with @code{__builtin_expect_with_probability} built-in function. The default is @option{-fguess-branch-probability} at levels @option{-O}, @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -freorder-blocks @opindex freorder-blocks +@item -freorder-blocks Reorder basic blocks in the compiled function in order to reduce number of taken branches and improve code locality. Enabled at levels @option{-O1}, @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -freorder-blocks-algorithm=@var{algorithm} @opindex freorder-blocks-algorithm +@item -freorder-blocks-algorithm=@var{algorithm} Use the specified algorithm for basic block reordering. The @var{algorithm} argument can be @samp{simple}, which does not increase code size (except sometimes due to secondary effects like alignment), @@ -13515,8 +13515,8 @@ executed by making extra copies of code. The default is @samp{simple} at levels @option{-O1}, @option{-Os}, and @samp{stc} at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}. -@item -freorder-blocks-and-partition @opindex freorder-blocks-and-partition +@item -freorder-blocks-and-partition In addition to reordering basic blocks in the compiled function, in order to reduce number of taken branches, partitions hot and cold basic blocks into separate sections of the assembly and @file{.o} files, to improve @@ -13531,8 +13531,8 @@ explicitly (if using a working linker). Enabled for x86 at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -freorder-functions @opindex freorder-functions +@item -freorder-functions Reorder functions in the object file in order to improve code locality. This is implemented by using special subsections @code{.text.hot} for most frequently executed functions and @@ -13546,8 +13546,8 @@ This option isn't effective unless you either provide profile feedback Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fstrict-aliasing @opindex fstrict-aliasing +@item -fstrict-aliasing Allow the compiler to assume the strictest aliasing rules applicable to the language being compiled. For C (and C++), this activates optimizations based on the type of expressions. In particular, an @@ -13599,8 +13599,8 @@ int f() @{ The @option{-fstrict-aliasing} option is enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fipa-strict-aliasing @opindex fipa-strict-aliasing +@item -fipa-strict-aliasing Controls whether rules of @option{-fstrict-aliasing} are applied across function boundaries. Note that if multiple functions gets inlined into a single function the memory accesses are no longer considered to be crossing a @@ -13609,12 +13609,12 @@ function boundary. The @option{-fipa-strict-aliasing} option is enabled by default and is effective only in combination with @option{-fstrict-aliasing}. +@opindex falign-functions @item -falign-functions @itemx -falign-functions=@var{n} @itemx -falign-functions=@var{n}:@var{m} @itemx -falign-functions=@var{n}:@var{m}:@var{n2} @itemx -falign-functions=@var{n}:@var{m}:@var{n2}:@var{m2} -@opindex falign-functions Align the start of functions to the next power-of-two greater than or equal to @var{n}, skipping up to @var{m}-1 bytes. This ensures that at least the first @var{m} bytes of the function can be fetched by the CPU @@ -13652,12 +13652,12 @@ overaligning functions. It attempts to instruct the assembler to align by the amount specified by @option{-falign-functions}, but not to skip more bytes than the size of the function. +@opindex falign-labels @item -falign-labels @itemx -falign-labels=@var{n} @itemx -falign-labels=@var{n}:@var{m} @itemx -falign-labels=@var{n}:@var{m}:@var{n2} @itemx -falign-labels=@var{n}:@var{m}:@var{n2}:@var{m2} -@opindex falign-labels Align all branch targets to a power-of-two boundary. Parameters of this option are analogous to the @option{-falign-functions} option. @@ -13673,12 +13673,12 @@ The maximum allowed @var{n} option value is 65536. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}. +@opindex falign-loops @item -falign-loops @itemx -falign-loops=@var{n} @itemx -falign-loops=@var{n}:@var{m} @itemx -falign-loops=@var{n}:@var{m}:@var{n2} @itemx -falign-loops=@var{n}:@var{m}:@var{n2}:@var{m2} -@opindex falign-loops Align loops to a power-of-two boundary. If the loops are executed many times, this makes up for any execution of the dummy padding instructions. @@ -13695,12 +13695,12 @@ If @var{n} is not specified or is zero, use a machine-dependent default. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}. +@opindex falign-jumps @item -falign-jumps @itemx -falign-jumps=@var{n} @itemx -falign-jumps=@var{n}:@var{m} @itemx -falign-jumps=@var{n}:@var{m}:@var{n2} @itemx -falign-jumps=@var{n}:@var{m}:@var{n2}:@var{m2} -@opindex falign-jumps Align branch targets to a power-of-two boundary, for branch targets where the targets can only be reached by jumping. In this case, no dummy operations need be executed. @@ -13717,12 +13717,12 @@ The maximum allowed @var{n} option value is 65536. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}. -@item -fno-allocation-dce @opindex fno-allocation-dce +@item -fno-allocation-dce Do not remove unused C++ allocations in dead code elimination. -@item -fallow-store-data-races @opindex fallow-store-data-races +@item -fallow-store-data-races Allow the compiler to perform optimizations that may introduce new data races on stores, without proving that the variable cannot be concurrently accessed by other threads. Does not affect optimization of local data. It is safe to @@ -13738,17 +13738,17 @@ vectorization. Enabled at level @option{-Ofast}. -@item -funit-at-a-time @opindex funit-at-a-time +@item -funit-at-a-time This option is left for compatibility reasons. @option{-funit-at-a-time} has no effect, while @option{-fno-unit-at-a-time} implies @option{-fno-toplevel-reorder} and @option{-fno-section-anchors}. Enabled by default. -@item -fno-toplevel-reorder @opindex fno-toplevel-reorder @opindex ftoplevel-reorder +@item -fno-toplevel-reorder Do not reorder top-level functions, variables, and @code{asm} statements. Output them in the same order that they appear in the input file. When this option is used, unreferenced static variables @@ -13761,8 +13761,8 @@ also at @option{-O0} if @option{-fsection-anchors} is explicitly requested. Additionally @option{-fno-toplevel-reorder} implies @option{-fno-section-anchors}. -@item -funreachable-traps @opindex funreachable-traps +@item -funreachable-traps With this option, the compiler turns calls to @code{__builtin_unreachable} into traps, instead of using them for optimization. This also affects any such calls implicitly generated @@ -13775,8 +13775,8 @@ takes priority over this one. This option is enabled by default at @option{-O0} and @option{-Og}. -@item -fweb @opindex fweb +@item -fweb Constructs webs as commonly used for register allocation purposes and assign each web individual pseudo register. This allows the register allocation pass to operate on pseudos directly, but also strengthens several other optimization @@ -13786,8 +13786,8 @@ however, make debugging impossible, since variables no longer stay in a Enabled by default with @option{-funroll-loops}. -@item -fwhole-program @opindex fwhole-program +@item -fwhole-program Assume that the current compilation unit represents the whole program being compiled. All public functions and variables with the exception of @code{main} and those merged by attribute @code{externally_visible} become static functions @@ -13800,8 +13800,8 @@ still useful if no linker plugin is used or during incremental link step when final code is produced (with @option{-flto} @option{-flinker-output=nolto-rel}). -@item -flto[=@var{n}] @opindex flto +@item -flto[=@var{n}] This option runs the standard link-time optimizer. When invoked with source code, it generates GIMPLE (one of GCC's internal representations) and writes it to special ELF sections in the object @@ -14030,8 +14030,8 @@ Use @option{-flto=auto} to use GNU make's job server, if available, or otherwise fall back to autodetection of the number of CPU threads present in your system. -@item -flto-partition=@var{alg} @opindex flto-partition +@item -flto-partition=@var{alg} Specify the partitioning algorithm used by the link-time optimizer. The value is either @samp{1to1} to specify a partitioning mirroring the original source files or @samp{balanced} to specify partitioning @@ -14045,8 +14045,8 @@ The value @samp{one} specifies that exactly one partition should be used while the value @samp{none} bypasses partitioning and executes the link-time optimization step directly from the WPA phase. -@item -flto-compression-level=@var{n} @opindex flto-compression-level +@item -flto-compression-level=@var{n} This option specifies the level of compression used for intermediate language written to LTO object files, and is only meaningful in conjunction with LTO mode (@option{-flto}). GCC currently supports two @@ -14056,8 +14056,8 @@ Values outside this range are clamped to either minimum or maximum of the supported values. If the option is not given, a default balanced compression setting is used. -@item -fuse-linker-plugin @opindex fuse-linker-plugin +@item -fuse-linker-plugin Enables the use of a linker plugin during link-time optimization. This option relies on plugin support in the linker, which is available in gold or in GNU ld 2.21 or newer. @@ -14075,8 +14075,8 @@ This option is enabled by default when LTO support in GCC is enabled and GCC was configured for use with a linker supporting plugins (GNU ld 2.21 or newer or gold). -@item -ffat-lto-objects @opindex ffat-lto-objects +@item -ffat-lto-objects Fat LTO objects are object files that contain both the intermediate language and the object code. This makes them usable for both LTO linking and normal linking. This option is effective only when compiling with @option{-flto} @@ -14099,8 +14099,8 @@ effect as usage of the command wrappers (@command{gcc-ar}, @command{gcc-nm} and The default is @option{-fno-fat-lto-objects} on targets with linker plugin support. -@item -fcompare-elim @opindex fcompare-elim +@item -fcompare-elim After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction splitting, identify arithmetic instructions that compute processor flags similar to a comparison operation based on that arithmetic. If possible, eliminate the @@ -14111,16 +14111,16 @@ the comparison operation before register allocation is complete. Enabled at levels @option{-O1}, @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fcprop-registers @opindex fcprop-registers +@item -fcprop-registers After register allocation and post-register allocation instruction splitting, perform a copy-propagation pass to try to reduce scheduling dependencies and occasionally eliminate the copy. Enabled at levels @option{-O1}, @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -fprofile-correction @opindex fprofile-correction +@item -fprofile-correction Profiles collected using an instrumented binary for multi-threaded programs may be inconsistent due to missed counter updates. When this option is specified, GCC uses heuristics to correct or smooth out such inconsistencies. By @@ -14128,8 +14128,8 @@ default, GCC emits an error message when an inconsistent profile is detected. This option is enabled by @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -fprofile-partial-training @opindex fprofile-partial-training +@item -fprofile-partial-training With @code{-fprofile-use} all portions of programs not executed during train run are optimized agressively for size rather than speed. In some cases it is not practical to train all possible hot paths in the program. (For @@ -14141,9 +14141,9 @@ they were compiled without profile feedback. This leads to better performance when train run is not representative but also leads to significantly bigger code. +@opindex fprofile-use @item -fprofile-use @itemx -fprofile-use=@var{path} -@opindex fprofile-use Enable profile feedback-directed optimizations, and the following optimizations, many of which are generally profitable only with profile feedback available: @@ -14169,9 +14169,9 @@ the feedback profiles do not exist (see @option{-Wmissing-profile}). If @var{path} is specified, GCC looks at the @var{path} to find the profile feedback data files. See @option{-fprofile-dir}. +@opindex fauto-profile @item -fauto-profile @itemx -fauto-profile=@var{path} -@opindex fauto-profile Enable sampling-based feedback-directed optimizations, and the following optimizations, many of which are generally profitable only with profile feedback available: @@ -14214,8 +14214,8 @@ arithmetic. These options trade off between speed and correctness. All must be specifically enabled. @table @gcctabopt -@item -ffloat-store @opindex ffloat-store +@item -ffloat-store Do not store floating-point variables in registers, and inhibit other options that might change whether a floating-point value is taken from a register or memory. @@ -14229,8 +14229,8 @@ good, but a few programs rely on the precise definition of IEEE floating point. Use @option{-ffloat-store} for such programs, after modifying them to store all pertinent intermediate computations into variables. -@item -fexcess-precision=@var{style} @opindex fexcess-precision +@item -fexcess-precision=@var{style} This option allows further control over excess precision on machines where floating-point operations occur in a format with more precision or range than the IEEE standard and interchange floating-point types. By @@ -14254,8 +14254,8 @@ or @option{-mfpmath=sse+387} is specified; in the former case, IEEE semantics apply without excess precision, and in the latter, rounding is unpredictable. -@item -ffast-math @opindex ffast-math +@item -ffast-math Sets the options @option{-fno-math-errno}, @option{-funsafe-math-optimizations}, @option{-ffinite-math-only}, @option{-fno-rounding-math}, @option{-fno-signaling-nans}, @option{-fcx-limited-range} and @@ -14269,9 +14269,9 @@ that depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO rules/specifications for math functions. It may, however, yield faster code for programs that do not require the guarantees of these specifications. -@item -fno-math-errno @opindex fno-math-errno @opindex fmath-errno +@item -fno-math-errno Do not set @code{errno} after calling math functions that are executed with a single instruction, e.g., @code{sqrt}. A program that relies on IEEE exceptions for math error handling may want to use this flag @@ -14289,8 +14289,8 @@ On Darwin systems, the math library never sets @code{errno}. There is therefore no reason for the compiler to consider the possibility that it might, and @option{-fno-math-errno} is the default. -@item -funsafe-math-optimizations @opindex funsafe-math-optimizations +@item -funsafe-math-optimizations Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that (a) assume that arguments and results are valid and (b) may violate IEEE or @@ -14308,8 +14308,8 @@ Enables @option{-fno-signed-zeros}, @option{-fno-trapping-math}, The default is @option{-fno-unsafe-math-optimizations}. -@item -fassociative-math @opindex fassociative-math +@item -fassociative-math Allow re-association of operands in series of floating-point operations. This violates the ISO C and C++ language standard by possibly changing @@ -14326,8 +14326,8 @@ is automatically enabled when both @option{-fno-signed-zeros} and The default is @option{-fno-associative-math}. -@item -freciprocal-math @opindex freciprocal-math +@item -freciprocal-math Allow the reciprocal of a value to be used instead of dividing by the value if this enables optimizations. For example @code{x / y} @@ -14337,8 +14337,8 @@ precision and increases the number of flops operating on the value. The default is @option{-fno-reciprocal-math}. -@item -ffinite-math-only @opindex ffinite-math-only +@item -ffinite-math-only Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that assume that arguments and results are not NaNs or +-Infs. @@ -14350,9 +14350,9 @@ that do not require the guarantees of these specifications. The default is @option{-fno-finite-math-only}. -@item -fno-signed-zeros @opindex fno-signed-zeros @opindex fsigned-zeros +@item -fno-signed-zeros Allow optimizations for floating-point arithmetic that ignore the signedness of zero. IEEE arithmetic specifies the behavior of distinct +0.0 and @minus{}0.0 values, which then prohibits simplification @@ -14361,9 +14361,9 @@ This option implies that the sign of a zero result isn't significant. The default is @option{-fsigned-zeros}. -@item -fno-trapping-math @opindex fno-trapping-math @opindex ftrapping-math +@item -fno-trapping-math Compile code assuming that floating-point operations cannot generate user-visible traps. These traps include division by zero, overflow, underflow, inexact result and invalid operation. This option requires @@ -14382,8 +14382,8 @@ using C99's @code{FENV_ACCESS} pragma. This command-line option will be used along with @option{-frounding-math} to specify the default state for @code{FENV_ACCESS}. -@item -frounding-math @opindex frounding-math +@item -frounding-math Disable transformations and optimizations that assume default floating-point rounding behavior. This is round-to-zero for all floating point to integer conversions, and round-to-nearest for all other arithmetic @@ -14403,8 +14403,8 @@ using C99's @code{FENV_ACCESS} pragma. This command-line option will be used along with @option{-ftrapping-math} to specify the default state for @code{FENV_ACCESS}. -@item -fsignaling-nans @opindex fsignaling-nans +@item -fsignaling-nans Compile code assuming that IEEE signaling NaNs may generate user-visible traps during floating-point operations. Setting this option disables optimizations that may change the number of exceptions visible with @@ -14418,9 +14418,9 @@ The default is @option{-fno-signaling-nans}. This option is experimental and does not currently guarantee to disable all GCC optimizations that affect signaling NaN behavior. -@item -fno-fp-int-builtin-inexact @opindex fno-fp-int-builtin-inexact @opindex ffp-int-builtin-inexact +@item -fno-fp-int-builtin-inexact Do not allow the built-in functions @code{ceil}, @code{floor}, @code{round} and @code{trunc}, and their @code{float} and @code{long double} variants, to generate code that raises the ``inexact'' @@ -14437,13 +14437,13 @@ Even if @option{-fno-fp-int-builtin-inexact} is used, if the functions generate a call to a library function then the ``inexact'' exception may be raised if the library implementation does not follow TS 18661. -@item -fsingle-precision-constant @opindex fsingle-precision-constant +@item -fsingle-precision-constant Treat floating-point constants as single precision instead of implicitly converting them to double-precision constants. -@item -fcx-limited-range @opindex fcx-limited-range +@item -fcx-limited-range When enabled, this option states that a range reduction step is not needed when performing complex division. Also, there is no checking whether the result of a complex multiplication or division is @code{NaN @@ -14455,8 +14455,8 @@ This option controls the default setting of the ISO C99 @code{CX_LIMITED_RANGE} pragma. Nevertheless, the option applies to all languages. -@item -fcx-fortran-rules @opindex fcx-fortran-rules +@item -fcx-fortran-rules Complex multiplication and division follow Fortran rules. Range reduction is done as part of complex division, but there is no checking whether the result of a complex multiplication or division is @code{NaN @@ -14471,8 +14471,8 @@ performance, but are not enabled by any @option{-O} options. This section includes experimental options that may produce broken code. @table @gcctabopt -@item -fbranch-probabilities @opindex fbranch-probabilities +@item -fbranch-probabilities After running a program compiled with @option{-fprofile-arcs} (@pxref{Instrumentation Options}), you can compile it a second time using @@ -14494,8 +14494,8 @@ exactly determine which path is taken more often. Enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -fprofile-values @opindex fprofile-values +@item -fprofile-values If combined with @option{-fprofile-arcs}, it adds code so that some data about values of expressions in the program is gathered. @@ -14505,16 +14505,16 @@ from profiling values of expressions for usage in optimizations. Enabled by @option{-fprofile-generate}, @option{-fprofile-use}, and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -fprofile-reorder-functions @opindex fprofile-reorder-functions +@item -fprofile-reorder-functions Function reordering based on profile instrumentation collects first time of execution of a function and orders these functions in ascending order. Enabled with @option{-fprofile-use}. -@item -fvpt @opindex fvpt +@item -fvpt If combined with @option{-fprofile-arcs}, this option instructs the compiler to add code to gather information about values of expressions. @@ -14525,8 +14525,8 @@ using the knowledge about the value of the denominator. Enabled with @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -frename-registers @opindex frename-registers +@item -frename-registers Attempt to avoid false dependencies in scheduled code by making use of registers left over after register allocation. This optimization most benefits processors with lots of registers. Depending on the @@ -14536,24 +14536,24 @@ a ``home register''. Enabled by default with @option{-funroll-loops}. -@item -fschedule-fusion @opindex fschedule-fusion +@item -fschedule-fusion Performs a target dependent pass over the instruction stream to schedule instructions of same type together because target machine can execute them more efficiently if they are adjacent to each other in the instruction flow. Enabled at levels @option{-O2}, @option{-O3}, @option{-Os}. -@item -ftracer @opindex ftracer +@item -ftracer Perform tail duplication to enlarge superblock size. This transformation simplifies the control flow of the function allowing other optimizations to do a better job. Enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -funroll-loops @opindex funroll-loops +@item -funroll-loops Unroll loops whose number of iterations can be determined at compile time or upon entry to the loop. @option{-funroll-loops} implies @option{-frerun-cse-after-loop}, @option{-fweb} and @option{-frename-registers}. @@ -14563,15 +14563,15 @@ or may not make it run faster. Enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -funroll-all-loops @opindex funroll-all-loops +@item -funroll-all-loops Unroll all loops, even if their number of iterations is uncertain when the loop is entered. This usually makes programs run more slowly. @option{-funroll-all-loops} implies the same options as @option{-funroll-loops}. -@item -fpeel-loops @opindex fpeel-loops +@item -fpeel-loops Peels loops for which there is enough information that they do not roll much (from profile feedback or static analysis). It also turns on complete loop peeling (i.e.@: complete removal of loops with small constant @@ -14579,13 +14579,13 @@ number of iterations). Enabled by @option{-O3}, @option{-fprofile-use}, and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -fmove-loop-invariants @opindex fmove-loop-invariants +@item -fmove-loop-invariants Enables the loop invariant motion pass in the RTL loop optimizer. Enabled at level @option{-O1} and higher, except for @option{-Og}. -@item -fmove-loop-stores @opindex fmove-loop-stores +@item -fmove-loop-stores Enables the loop store motion pass in the GIMPLE loop optimizer. This moves invariant stores to after the end of the loop in exchange for carrying the stored value in a register across the iteration. @@ -14593,22 +14593,22 @@ Note for this option to have an effect @option{-ftree-loop-im} has to be enabled as well. Enabled at level @option{-O1} and higher, except for @option{-Og}. -@item -fsplit-loops @opindex fsplit-loops +@item -fsplit-loops Split a loop into two if it contains a condition that's always true for one side of the iteration space and false for the other. Enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -funswitch-loops @opindex funswitch-loops +@item -funswitch-loops Move branches with loop invariant conditions out of the loop, with duplicates of the loop on both branches (modified according to result of the condition). Enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -fversion-loops-for-strides @opindex fversion-loops-for-strides +@item -fversion-loops-for-strides If a loop iterates over an array with a variable stride, create another version of the loop that assumes the stride is always one. For example: @@ -14633,10 +14633,10 @@ This is particularly useful for assumed-shape arrays in Fortran where This flag is enabled by default at @option{-O3}. It is also enabled by @option{-fprofile-use} and @option{-fauto-profile}. -@item -ffunction-sections -@itemx -fdata-sections @opindex ffunction-sections @opindex fdata-sections +@item -ffunction-sections +@itemx -fdata-sections Place each function or data item into its own section in the output file if the target supports arbitrary sections. The name of the function or the name of the data item determines the section's name @@ -14663,13 +14663,13 @@ locations inside a translation unit since the locations are unknown until link time. An example of such an optimization is relaxing calls to short call instructions. -@item -fstdarg-opt @opindex fstdarg-opt +@item -fstdarg-opt Optimize the prologue of variadic argument functions with respect to usage of those arguments. -@item -fsection-anchors @opindex fsection-anchors +@item -fsection-anchors Try to reduce the number of symbolic address calculations by using shared ``anchor'' symbols to address nearby objects. This transformation can help to reduce the number of GOT entries and GOT accesses on some @@ -14698,8 +14698,8 @@ int foo (void) Not all targets support this option. -@item -fzero-call-used-regs=@var{choice} @opindex fzero-call-used-regs +@item -fzero-call-used-regs=@var{choice} Zero call-used registers at function return to increase program security by either mitigating Return-Oriented Programming (ROP) attacks or preventing information leakage through registers. @@ -14711,8 +14711,8 @@ The default is @samp{skip}. You can control this behavior for a specific function by using the function attribute @code{zero_call_used_regs} (@pxref{Function Attributes}). -@item --param @var{name}=@var{value} @opindex param +@item --param @var{name}=@var{value} In some places, GCC uses various constants to control the amount of optimization that is done. For example, GCC does not inline functions that contain more than a certain number of instructions. You can @@ -16259,10 +16259,10 @@ program analysis purposes. @table @gcctabopt @cindex @command{prof} @cindex @command{gprof} -@item -p -@itemx -pg @opindex p @opindex pg +@item -p +@itemx -pg Generate extra code to write profile information suitable for the analysis program @command{prof} (for @option{-p}) or @command{gprof} (for @option{-pg}). You must use this option when compiling @@ -16273,8 +16273,8 @@ You can use the function attribute @code{no_instrument_function} to suppress profiling of individual functions when compiling with these options. @xref{Common Function Attributes}. -@item -fprofile-arcs @opindex fprofile-arcs +@item -fprofile-arcs Add code so that program flow @dfn{arcs} are instrumented. During execution the program records how many times each branch and call is executed and how many times it is taken or returns. On targets that support @@ -16301,8 +16301,8 @@ E.g. @code{gcc a.c b.c -o binary} would generate @file{binary-a.gcda} and @xref{Cross-profiling}. @cindex @command{gcov} -@item --coverage @opindex coverage +@item --coverage This option is used to compile and link code instrumented for coverage analysis. The option is a synonym for @option{-fprofile-arcs} @@ -16361,8 +16361,8 @@ instrumentation code can be added to the block; otherwise, a new basic block must be created to hold the instrumentation code. @need 2000 -@item -ftest-coverage @opindex ftest-coverage +@item -ftest-coverage Produce a notes file that the @command{gcov} code-coverage utility (@pxref{Gcov,, @command{gcov}---a Test Coverage Program}) can use to show program coverage. Each source file's note file is called @@ -16371,15 +16371,15 @@ above for a description of @var{auxname} and instructions on how to generate test coverage data. Coverage data matches the source files more closely if you do not optimize. -@item -fprofile-abs-path @opindex fprofile-abs-path +@item -fprofile-abs-path Automatically convert relative source file names to absolute path names in the @file{.gcno} files. This allows @command{gcov} to find the correct sources in projects where compilations occur with different working directories. -@item -fprofile-dir=@var{path} @opindex fprofile-dir +@item -fprofile-dir=@var{path} Set the directory to search for the profile data files in to @var{path}. This option affects only the profile data generated by @@ -16408,9 +16408,9 @@ value of environment variable @var{VAR} @end table +@opindex fprofile-generate @item -fprofile-generate @itemx -fprofile-generate=@var{path} -@opindex fprofile-generate Enable options usually used for instrumenting application to produce profile useful for later recompilation with profile feedback based @@ -16427,9 +16427,9 @@ the profile feedback data files. See @option{-fprofile-dir}. To optimize the program based on the collected profile information, use @option{-fprofile-use}. @xref{Optimize Options}, for more information. +@opindex fprofile-info-section @item -fprofile-info-section @itemx -fprofile-info-section=@var{name} -@opindex fprofile-info-section Register the profile information in the specified section instead of using a constructor/destructor. The section name is @var{name} if it is specified, @@ -16518,15 +16518,15 @@ deserialize the data stream generated by the @code{__gcov_filename_to_gcfn} and @code{__gcov_info_to_gcda} functions and merge the profile information into @file{.gcda} files on the host filesystem. -@item -fprofile-note=@var{path} @opindex fprofile-note +@item -fprofile-note=@var{path} If @var{path} is specified, GCC saves @file{.gcno} file into @var{path} location. If you combine the option with multiple source files, the @file{.gcno} file will be overwritten. -@item -fprofile-prefix-path=@var{path} @opindex fprofile-prefix-path +@item -fprofile-prefix-path=@var{path} This option can be used in combination with @option{profile-generate=}@var{profile_dir} and @@ -16540,16 +16540,16 @@ In such setups @option{-fprofile-prefix-path=}@var{path} with @var{path} pointing to the base directory of the build can be used to strip the irrelevant part of the path and keep all file names relative to the main build directory. -@item -fprofile-prefix-map=@var{old}=@var{new} @opindex fprofile-prefix-map +@item -fprofile-prefix-map=@var{old}=@var{new} When compiling files residing in directory @file{@var{old}}, record profiling information (with @option{--coverage}) describing them as if the files resided in directory @file{@var{new}} instead. See also @option{-ffile-prefix-map}. -@item -fprofile-update=@var{method} @opindex fprofile-update +@item -fprofile-update=@var{method} Alter the update method for an application instrumented for profile feedback based optimization. The @var{method} argument should be one of @@ -16565,8 +16565,8 @@ when supported by a target, or to @samp{single} otherwise. The GCC driver automatically selects @samp{prefer-atomic} when @option{-pthread} is present in the command line. -@item -fprofile-filter-files=@var{regex} @opindex fprofile-filter-files +@item -fprofile-filter-files=@var{regex} Instrument only functions from files whose name matches any of the regular expressions (separated by semi-colons). @@ -16574,8 +16574,8 @@ any of the regular expressions (separated by semi-colons). For example, @option{-fprofile-filter-files=main\.c;module.*\.c} will instrument only @file{main.c} and all C files starting with 'module'. -@item -fprofile-exclude-files=@var{regex} @opindex fprofile-exclude-files +@item -fprofile-exclude-files=@var{regex} Instrument only functions from files whose name does not match any of the regular expressions (separated by semi-colons). @@ -16583,8 +16583,8 @@ any of the regular expressions (separated by semi-colons). For example, @option{-fprofile-exclude-files=/usr/.*} will prevent instrumentation of all files that are located in the @file{/usr/} folder. -@item -fprofile-reproducible=@r{[}multithreaded@r{|}parallel-runs@r{|}serial@r{]} @opindex fprofile-reproducible +@item -fprofile-reproducible=@r{[}multithreaded@r{|}parallel-runs@r{|}serial@r{]} Control level of reproducibility of profile gathered by @code{-fprofile-generate}. This makes it possible to rebuild program with same outcome which is useful, for example, for distribution @@ -16612,8 +16612,8 @@ instrumented program in parallel (such as with @code{make -j}). This reduces quality of gathered data, in particular of indirect call profiling. -@item -fsanitize=address @opindex fsanitize=address +@item -fsanitize=address Enable AddressSanitizer, a fast memory error detector. Memory access instructions are instrumented to detect out-of-bounds and use-after-free bugs. @@ -16659,8 +16659,8 @@ the available options are shown at startup of the instrumented program. The option cannot be combined with @option{-fsanitize=thread} or @option{-fsanitize=address}, and is currently only available on AArch64. -@item -fsanitize=kernel-hwaddress @opindex fsanitize=kernel-hwaddress +@item -fsanitize=kernel-hwaddress Enable Hardware-assisted AddressSanitizer for compilation of the Linux kernel. Similar to @option{-fsanitize=kernel-address} but using an alternate instrumentation method, and similar to @option{-fsanitize=hwaddress} but with @@ -16675,8 +16675,8 @@ possible by specifying the command-line options @option{--param hwasan-instrument-allocas=1} respectively. Using a random frame tag is not implemented for kernel instrumentation. -@item -fsanitize=pointer-compare @opindex fsanitize=pointer-compare +@item -fsanitize=pointer-compare Instrument comparison operation (<, <=, >, >=) with pointer operands. The option must be combined with either @option{-fsanitize=kernel-address} or @option{-fsanitize=address} @@ -16686,8 +16686,8 @@ add @code{detect_invalid_pointer_pairs=2} to the environment variable @env{ASAN_OPTIONS}. Using @code{detect_invalid_pointer_pairs=1} detects invalid operation only when both pointers are non-null. -@item -fsanitize=pointer-subtract @opindex fsanitize=pointer-subtract +@item -fsanitize=pointer-subtract Instrument subtraction with pointer operands. The option must be combined with either @option{-fsanitize=kernel-address} or @option{-fsanitize=address} @@ -16697,8 +16697,8 @@ add @code{detect_invalid_pointer_pairs=2} to the environment variable @env{ASAN_OPTIONS}. Using @code{detect_invalid_pointer_pairs=1} detects invalid operation only when both pointers are non-null. -@item -fsanitize=shadow-call-stack @opindex fsanitize=shadow-call-stack +@item -fsanitize=shadow-call-stack Enable ShadowCallStack, a security enhancement mechanism used to protect programs against return address overwrites (e.g. stack buffer overflows.) It works by saving a function's return address to a separately allocated @@ -16727,8 +16727,8 @@ to turn off exceptions. See @uref{https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ShadowCallStack.html} for more details. -@item -fsanitize=thread @opindex fsanitize=thread +@item -fsanitize=thread Enable ThreadSanitizer, a fast data race detector. Memory access instructions are instrumented to detect data race bugs. See @uref{https://github.com/google/sanitizers/wiki#threadsanitizer} for more @@ -16743,8 +16743,8 @@ Note that sanitized atomic builtins cannot throw exceptions when operating on invalid memory addresses with non-call exceptions (@option{-fnon-call-exceptions}). -@item -fsanitize=leak @opindex fsanitize=leak +@item -fsanitize=leak Enable LeakSanitizer, a memory leak detector. This option only matters for linking of executables and the executable is linked against a library that overrides @code{malloc} @@ -16754,8 +16754,8 @@ details. The run-time behavior can be influenced using the @env{LSAN_OPTIONS} environment variable. The option cannot be combined with @option{-fsanitize=thread}. -@item -fsanitize=undefined @opindex fsanitize=undefined +@item -fsanitize=undefined Enable UndefinedBehaviorSanitizer, a fast undefined behavior detector. Various computations are instrumented to detect undefined behavior at runtime. See @uref{https://clang.llvm.org/docs/UndefinedBehaviorSanitizer.html} for more details. The run-time behavior can be influenced using the @@ -16763,59 +16763,59 @@ at runtime. See @uref{https://clang.llvm.org/docs/UndefinedBehaviorSanitizer.ht @table @gcctabopt -@item -fsanitize=shift @opindex fsanitize=shift +@item -fsanitize=shift This option enables checking that the result of a shift operation is not undefined. Note that what exactly is considered undefined differs slightly between C and C++, as well as between ISO C90 and C99, etc. This option has two suboptions, @option{-fsanitize=shift-base} and @option{-fsanitize=shift-exponent}. -@item -fsanitize=shift-exponent @opindex fsanitize=shift-exponent +@item -fsanitize=shift-exponent This option enables checking that the second argument of a shift operation is not negative and is smaller than the precision of the promoted first argument. -@item -fsanitize=shift-base @opindex fsanitize=shift-base +@item -fsanitize=shift-base If the second argument of a shift operation is within range, check that the result of a shift operation is not undefined. Note that what exactly is considered undefined differs slightly between C and C++, as well as between ISO C90 and C99, etc. -@item -fsanitize=integer-divide-by-zero @opindex fsanitize=integer-divide-by-zero +@item -fsanitize=integer-divide-by-zero Detect integer division by zero. -@item -fsanitize=unreachable @opindex fsanitize=unreachable +@item -fsanitize=unreachable With this option, the compiler turns the @code{__builtin_unreachable} call into a diagnostics message call instead. When reaching the @code{__builtin_unreachable} call, the behavior is undefined. -@item -fsanitize=vla-bound @opindex fsanitize=vla-bound +@item -fsanitize=vla-bound This option instructs the compiler to check that the size of a variable length array is positive. -@item -fsanitize=null @opindex fsanitize=null +@item -fsanitize=null This option enables pointer checking. Particularly, the application built with this option turned on will issue an error message when it tries to dereference a NULL pointer, or if a reference (possibly an rvalue reference) is bound to a NULL pointer, or if a method is invoked on an object pointed by a NULL pointer. -@item -fsanitize=return @opindex fsanitize=return +@item -fsanitize=return This option enables return statement checking. Programs built with this option turned on will issue an error message when the end of a non-void function is reached without actually returning a value. This option works in C++ only. -@item -fsanitize=signed-integer-overflow @opindex fsanitize=signed-integer-overflow +@item -fsanitize=signed-integer-overflow This option enables signed integer overflow checking. We check that the result of @code{+}, @code{*}, and both unary and binary @code{-} does not overflow in the signed arithmetics. This also detects @@ -16827,89 +16827,89 @@ signed char a = SCHAR_MAX; a++; @end smallexample -@item -fsanitize=bounds @opindex fsanitize=bounds +@item -fsanitize=bounds This option enables instrumentation of array bounds. Various out of bounds accesses are detected. Flexible array members, flexible array member-like arrays, and initializers of variables with static storage are not instrumented. -@item -fsanitize=bounds-strict @opindex fsanitize=bounds-strict +@item -fsanitize=bounds-strict This option enables strict instrumentation of array bounds. Most out of bounds accesses are detected, including flexible array members and flexible array member-like arrays. Initializers of variables with static storage are not instrumented. -@item -fsanitize=alignment @opindex fsanitize=alignment +@item -fsanitize=alignment This option enables checking of alignment of pointers when they are dereferenced, or when a reference is bound to insufficiently aligned target, or when a method or constructor is invoked on insufficiently aligned object. -@item -fsanitize=object-size @opindex fsanitize=object-size +@item -fsanitize=object-size This option enables instrumentation of memory references using the @code{__builtin_dynamic_object_size} function. Various out of bounds pointer accesses are detected. -@item -fsanitize=float-divide-by-zero @opindex fsanitize=float-divide-by-zero +@item -fsanitize=float-divide-by-zero Detect floating-point division by zero. Unlike other similar options, @option{-fsanitize=float-divide-by-zero} is not enabled by @option{-fsanitize=undefined}, since floating-point division by zero can be a legitimate way of obtaining infinities and NaNs. -@item -fsanitize=float-cast-overflow @opindex fsanitize=float-cast-overflow +@item -fsanitize=float-cast-overflow This option enables floating-point type to integer conversion checking. We check that the result of the conversion does not overflow. Unlike other similar options, @option{-fsanitize=float-cast-overflow} is not enabled by @option{-fsanitize=undefined}. This option does not work well with @code{FE_INVALID} exceptions enabled. -@item -fsanitize=nonnull-attribute @opindex fsanitize=nonnull-attribute +@item -fsanitize=nonnull-attribute This option enables instrumentation of calls, checking whether null values are not passed to arguments marked as requiring a non-null value by the @code{nonnull} function attribute. -@item -fsanitize=returns-nonnull-attribute @opindex fsanitize=returns-nonnull-attribute +@item -fsanitize=returns-nonnull-attribute This option enables instrumentation of return statements in functions marked with @code{returns_nonnull} function attribute, to detect returning of null values from such functions. -@item -fsanitize=bool @opindex fsanitize=bool +@item -fsanitize=bool This option enables instrumentation of loads from bool. If a value other than 0/1 is loaded, a run-time error is issued. -@item -fsanitize=enum @opindex fsanitize=enum +@item -fsanitize=enum This option enables instrumentation of loads from an enum type. If a value outside the range of values for the enum type is loaded, a run-time error is issued. -@item -fsanitize=vptr @opindex fsanitize=vptr +@item -fsanitize=vptr This option enables instrumentation of C++ member function calls, member accesses and some conversions between pointers to base and derived classes, to verify the referenced object has the correct dynamic type. -@item -fsanitize=pointer-overflow @opindex fsanitize=pointer-overflow +@item -fsanitize=pointer-overflow This option enables instrumentation of pointer arithmetics. If the pointer arithmetics overflows, a run-time error is issued. -@item -fsanitize=builtin @opindex fsanitize=builtin +@item -fsanitize=builtin This option enables instrumentation of arguments to selected builtin functions. If an invalid value is passed to such arguments, a run-time @@ -16928,27 +16928,27 @@ While @option{-ftrapv} causes traps for signed overflows to be emitted, @option{-fsanitize=undefined} gives a diagnostic message. This currently works only for the C family of languages. -@item -fno-sanitize=all @opindex fno-sanitize=all +@item -fno-sanitize=all This option disables all previously enabled sanitizers. @option{-fsanitize=all} is not allowed, as some sanitizers cannot be used together. -@item -fasan-shadow-offset=@var{number} @opindex fasan-shadow-offset +@item -fasan-shadow-offset=@var{number} This option forces GCC to use custom shadow offset in AddressSanitizer checks. It is useful for experimenting with different shadow memory layouts in Kernel AddressSanitizer. -@item -fsanitize-sections=@var{s1},@var{s2},... @opindex fsanitize-sections +@item -fsanitize-sections=@var{s1},@var{s2},... Sanitize global variables in selected user-defined sections. @var{si} may contain wildcards. -@item -fsanitize-recover@r{[}=@var{opts}@r{]} @opindex fsanitize-recover @opindex fno-sanitize-recover +@item -fsanitize-recover@r{[}=@var{opts}@r{]} @option{-fsanitize-recover=} controls error recovery mode for sanitizers mentioned in comma-separated list of @var{opts}. Enabling this option for a sanitizer component causes it to attempt to continue @@ -16985,14 +16985,14 @@ equivalent to specifying an @var{opts} list of: undefined,float-cast-overflow,float-divide-by-zero,bounds-strict @end smallexample -@item -fsanitize-address-use-after-scope @opindex fsanitize-address-use-after-scope +@item -fsanitize-address-use-after-scope Enable sanitization of local variables to detect use-after-scope bugs. The option sets @option{-fstack-reuse} to @samp{none}. -@item -fsanitize-trap@r{[}=@var{opts}@r{]} @opindex fsanitize-trap @opindex fno-sanitize-trap +@item -fsanitize-trap@r{[}=@var{opts}@r{]} The @option{-fsanitize-trap=} option instructs the compiler to report for sanitizers mentioned in comma-separated list of @var{opts} undefined behavior using @code{__builtin_trap} rather than a @code{libubsan} @@ -17017,18 +17017,18 @@ and @code{-fsanitize=vptr} is enabled on the command line, the instrumentation is silently ignored as the instrumentation always needs @code{libubsan} support, @option{-fsanitize-trap=vptr} is not allowed. -@item -fsanitize-undefined-trap-on-error @opindex fsanitize-undefined-trap-on-error +@item -fsanitize-undefined-trap-on-error The @option{-fsanitize-undefined-trap-on-error} option is deprecated equivalent of @option{-fsanitize-trap=all}. -@item -fsanitize-coverage=trace-pc @opindex fsanitize-coverage=trace-pc +@item -fsanitize-coverage=trace-pc Enable coverage-guided fuzzing code instrumentation. Inserts a call to @code{__sanitizer_cov_trace_pc} into every basic block. -@item -fsanitize-coverage=trace-cmp @opindex fsanitize-coverage=trace-cmp +@item -fsanitize-coverage=trace-cmp Enable dataflow guided fuzzing code instrumentation. Inserts a call to @code{__sanitizer_cov_trace_cmp1}, @code{__sanitizer_cov_trace_cmp2}, @code{__sanitizer_cov_trace_cmp4} or @@ -17041,8 +17041,8 @@ operand constant, @code{__sanitizer_cov_trace_cmpf} or @code{__sanitizer_cov_trace_cmpd} for float or double comparisons and @code{__sanitizer_cov_trace_switch} for switch statements. -@item -fcf-protection=@r{[}full@r{|}branch@r{|}return@r{|}none@r{|}check@r{]} @opindex fcf-protection +@item -fcf-protection=@r{[}full@r{|}branch@r{|}return@r{|}none@r{|}check@r{]} Enable code instrumentation of control-flow transfers to increase program security by checking that target addresses of control-flow transfer instructions (such as indirect function call, function return, @@ -17077,8 +17077,8 @@ Currently the x86 GNU/Linux target provides an implementation based on Intel Control-flow Enforcement Technology (CET) which works for i686 processor or newer. -@item -fharden-compares @opindex fharden-compares +@item -fharden-compares For every logical test that survives gimple optimizations and is @emph{not} the condition in a conditional branch (for example, conditions tested for conditional moves, or to store in boolean @@ -17087,16 +17087,16 @@ condition, and to call @code{__builtin_trap} if the results do not match. Use with @samp{-fharden-conditional-branches} to cover all conditionals. -@item -fharden-conditional-branches @opindex fharden-conditional-branches +@item -fharden-conditional-branches For every non-vectorized conditional branch that survives gimple optimizations, emit extra code to compute and verify the reversed condition, and to call @code{__builtin_trap} if the result is unexpected. Use with @samp{-fharden-compares} to cover all conditionals. -@item -fstack-protector @opindex fstack-protector +@item -fstack-protector Emit extra code to check for buffer overflows, such as stack smashing attacks. This is done by adding a guard variable to functions with vulnerable objects. This includes functions that call @code{alloca}, and @@ -17107,25 +17107,25 @@ exits. Only variables that are actually allocated on the stack are considered, optimized away variables or variables allocated in registers don't count. -@item -fstack-protector-all @opindex fstack-protector-all +@item -fstack-protector-all Like @option{-fstack-protector} except that all functions are protected. -@item -fstack-protector-strong @opindex fstack-protector-strong +@item -fstack-protector-strong Like @option{-fstack-protector} but includes additional functions to be protected --- those that have local array definitions, or have references to local frame addresses. Only variables that are actually allocated on the stack are considered, optimized away variables or variables allocated in registers don't count. -@item -fstack-protector-explicit @opindex fstack-protector-explicit +@item -fstack-protector-explicit Like @option{-fstack-protector} but only protects those functions which have the @code{stack_protect} attribute. -@item -fstack-check @opindex fstack-check +@item -fstack-check Generate code to verify that you do not go beyond the boundary of the stack. You should specify this flag if you are running in an environment with multiple threads, but you only rarely need to specify it in @@ -17168,8 +17168,8 @@ and stack overflows. @samp{specific} is an excellent choice when compiling Ada code. It is not generally sufficient to protect against stack-clash attacks. To protect against those you want @samp{-fstack-clash-protection}. -@item -fstack-clash-protection @opindex fstack-clash-protection +@item -fstack-clash-protection Generate code to prevent stack clash style attacks. When this option is enabled, the compiler will only allocate one page of stack space at a time and each page is accessed immediately after allocation. Thus, it prevents @@ -17182,12 +17182,12 @@ allocations. @option{-fstack-clash-protection} may also provide limited protection for static stack allocations if the target supports @option{-fstack-check=specific}. -@item -fstack-limit-register=@var{reg} -@itemx -fstack-limit-symbol=@var{sym} -@itemx -fno-stack-limit @opindex fstack-limit-register @opindex fstack-limit-symbol @opindex fno-stack-limit +@item -fstack-limit-register=@var{reg} +@itemx -fstack-limit-symbol=@var{sym} +@itemx -fno-stack-limit Generate code to ensure that the stack does not grow beyond a certain value, either the value of a register or the address of a symbol. If a larger stack is required, a signal is raised at run time. For most targets, @@ -17203,8 +17203,8 @@ of 128KB@. Note that this may only work with the GNU linker. You can locally override stack limit checking by using the @code{no_stack_limit} function attribute (@pxref{Function Attributes}). -@item -fsplit-stack @opindex fsplit-stack +@item -fsplit-stack Generate code to automatically split the stack before it overflows. The resulting program has a discontiguous stack which can only overflow if the program is unable to allocate any more memory. This @@ -17222,8 +17222,8 @@ without @option{-fsplit-stack} always has a large stack. Support for this is implemented in the gold linker in GNU binutils release 2.21 and later. -@item -fvtable-verify=@r{[}std@r{|}preinit@r{|}none@r{]} @opindex fvtable-verify +@item -fvtable-verify=@r{[}std@r{|}preinit@r{|}none@r{]} This option is only available when compiling C++ code. It turns on (or off, if using @option{-fvtable-verify=none}) the security feature that verifies at run time, for every virtual call, that @@ -17246,8 +17246,8 @@ If this option appears multiple times in the command line with different values specified, @samp{none} takes highest priority over both @samp{std} and @samp{preinit}; @samp{preinit} takes priority over @samp{std}. -@item -fvtv-debug @opindex fvtv-debug +@item -fvtv-debug When used in conjunction with @option{-fvtable-verify=std} or @option{-fvtable-verify=preinit}, causes debug versions of the runtime functions for the vtable verification feature to be called. @@ -17260,8 +17260,8 @@ if that is defined or the current working directory otherwise. Note: This feature @emph{appends} data to the log file. If you want a fresh log file, be sure to delete any existing one. -@item -fvtv-counts @opindex fvtv-counts +@item -fvtv-counts This is a debugging flag. When used in conjunction with @option{-fvtable-verify=std} or @option{-fvtable-verify=preinit}, this causes the compiler to keep track of the total number of virtual calls @@ -17278,8 +17278,8 @@ in the same directory. Note: This feature @emph{appends} data to the log files. To get fresh log files, be sure to delete any existing ones. -@item -finstrument-functions @opindex finstrument-functions +@item -finstrument-functions Generate instrumentation calls for entry and exit to functions. Just after function entry and just before function exit, the following profiling functions are called with the address of the current @@ -17317,8 +17317,8 @@ cannot safely be called (perhaps signal handlers, if the profiling routines generate output or allocate memory). @xref{Common Function Attributes}. -@item -finstrument-functions-once @opindex finstrument-functions-once +@item -finstrument-functions-once This is similar to @option{-finstrument-functions}, but the profiling functions are called only once per instrumented function, i.e. the first profiling function is called after the first entry into the instrumented @@ -17333,8 +17333,8 @@ once per thread, but the calls are always paired, that is to say, if a thread calls the first function, then it will call the second function, unless it never reaches the exit of the instrumented function. -@item -finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=@var{file},@var{file},@dots{} @opindex finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list +@item -finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list=@var{file},@var{file},@dots{} Set the list of functions that are excluded from instrumentation (see the description of @option{-finstrument-functions}). If the file that @@ -17358,8 +17358,8 @@ If, for some reason, you want to include letter @samp{,} in one of @option{-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list='\,\,tmp'} (note the single quote surrounding the option). -@item -finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list=@var{sym},@var{sym},@dots{} @opindex finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list +@item -finstrument-functions-exclude-function-list=@var{sym},@var{sym},@dots{} This is similar to @option{-finstrument-functions-exclude-file-list}, but this option sets the list of function names to be excluded from @@ -17371,8 +17371,8 @@ of the function name, it is considered to be a match. For C99 and C++ extended identifiers, the function name must be given in UTF-8, not using universal character names. -@item -fpatchable-function-entry=@var{N}[,@var{M}] @opindex fpatchable-function-entry +@item -fpatchable-function-entry=@var{N}[,@var{M}] Generate @var{N} NOPs right at the beginning of each function, with the function entry point before the @var{M}th NOP. If @var{M} is omitted, it defaults to @code{0} so the @@ -17429,8 +17429,8 @@ Options to control preprocessor diagnostics are listed in @table @gcctabopt @include cppopts.texi -@item -Wp,@var{option} @opindex Wp +@item -Wp,@var{option} You can use @option{-Wp,@var{option}} to bypass the compiler driver and pass @var{option} directly through to the preprocessor. If @var{option} contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the @@ -17441,8 +17441,8 @@ interface is undocumented and subject to change, so whenever possible you should avoid using @option{-Wp} and let the driver handle the options instead. -@item -Xpreprocessor @var{option} @opindex Xpreprocessor +@item -Xpreprocessor @var{option} Pass @var{option} as an option to the preprocessor. You can use this to supply system-specific preprocessor options that GCC does not recognize. @@ -17450,8 +17450,8 @@ recognize. If you want to pass an option that takes an argument, you must use @option{-Xpreprocessor} twice, once for the option and once for the argument. -@item -no-integrated-cpp @opindex no-integrated-cpp +@item -no-integrated-cpp Perform preprocessing as a separate pass before compilation. By default, GCC performs preprocessing as an integrated part of input tokenization and parsing. @@ -17465,8 +17465,8 @@ This option may be useful in conjunction with the @option{-B} or perform additional processing of the program source between normal preprocessing and compilation. -@item -flarge-source-files @opindex flarge-source-files +@item -flarge-source-files Adjust GCC to expect large source files, at the expense of slower compilation and higher memory usage. @@ -17489,13 +17489,13 @@ of source lines that GCC can process before it stops tracking columns. You can pass options to the assembler. @table @gcctabopt -@item -Wa,@var{option} @opindex Wa +@item -Wa,@var{option} Pass @var{option} as an option to the assembler. If @var{option} contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas. -@item -Xassembler @var{option} @opindex Xassembler +@item -Xassembler @var{option} Pass @var{option} as an option to the assembler. You can use this to supply system-specific assembler options that GCC does not recognize. @@ -17523,18 +17523,18 @@ distinguished from libraries by the linker according to the file contents.) If linking is done, these object files are used as input to the linker. -@item -c -@itemx -S -@itemx -E @opindex c @opindex S @opindex E +@item -c +@itemx -S +@itemx -E If any of these options is used, then the linker is not run, and object file names should not be used as arguments. @xref{Overall Options}. -@item -flinker-output=@var{type} @opindex flinker-output +@item -flinker-output=@var{type} This option controls code generation of the link-time optimizer. By default the linker output is automatically determined by the linker plugin. For debugging the compiler and if incremental linking with a @@ -17581,26 +17581,26 @@ uses @samp{nolto-rel}. To maintain whole program optimization, it is recommended to link such objects into static library instead. Alternatively it is possible to use H.J. Lu's binutils with support for mixed objects. -@item -fuse-ld=bfd @opindex fuse-ld=bfd +@item -fuse-ld=bfd Use the @command{bfd} linker instead of the default linker. -@item -fuse-ld=gold @opindex fuse-ld=gold +@item -fuse-ld=gold Use the @command{gold} linker instead of the default linker. -@item -fuse-ld=lld @opindex fuse-ld=lld +@item -fuse-ld=lld Use the LLVM @command{lld} linker instead of the default linker. -@item -fuse-ld=mold @opindex fuse-ld=mold +@item -fuse-ld=mold Use the Modern Linker (@command{mold}) instead of the default linker. @cindex Libraries +@opindex l @item -l@var{library} @itemx -l @var{library} -@opindex l Search the library named @var{library} when linking. (The second alternative with the library as a separate argument is only for POSIX compliance and is not recommended.) @@ -17626,19 +17626,19 @@ are specified. Thus, @samp{foo.o -lz bar.o} searches library @samp{z} after file @file{foo.o} but before @file{bar.o}. If @file{bar.o} refers to functions in @samp{z}, those functions may not be loaded. -@item -lobjc @opindex lobjc +@item -lobjc You need this special case of the @option{-l} option in order to link an Objective-C or Objective-C++ program. -@item -nostartfiles @opindex nostartfiles +@item -nostartfiles Do not use the standard system startup files when linking. The standard system libraries are used normally, unless @option{-nostdlib}, @option{-nolibc}, or @option{-nodefaultlibs} is used. -@item -nodefaultlibs @opindex nodefaultlibs +@item -nodefaultlibs Do not use the standard system libraries when linking. Only the libraries you specify are passed to the linker, and options specifying linkage of the system libraries, such as @option{-static-libgcc} @@ -17652,8 +17652,8 @@ These entries are usually resolved by entries in libc. These entry points should be supplied through some other mechanism when this option is specified. -@item -nolibc @opindex nolibc +@item -nolibc Do not use the C library or system libraries tightly coupled with it when linking. Still link with the startup files, @file{libgcc} or toolchain provided language support libraries such as @file{libgnat}, @file{libgfortran} @@ -17664,8 +17664,8 @@ absence of a C library is assumed, for example @option{-lpthread} or @option{-lm} in some configurations. This is intended for bare-board targets when there is indeed no C library available. -@item -nostdlib @opindex nostdlib +@item -nostdlib Do not use the standard system startup files or libraries when linking. No startup files and only the libraries you specify are passed to the linker, and options specifying linkage of the system libraries, such as @@ -17699,32 +17699,32 @@ library subroutines. constructors are called; @pxref{Collect2,,@code{collect2}, gccint, GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) Internals}.) -@item -nostdlib++ @opindex nostdlib++ +@item -nostdlib++ Do not implicitly link with standard C++ libraries. -@item -e @var{entry} -@itemx --entry=@var{entry} @opindex e @opindex entry +@item -e @var{entry} +@itemx --entry=@var{entry} Specify that the program entry point is @var{entry}. The argument is interpreted by the linker; the GNU linker accepts either a symbol name or an address. -@item -pie @opindex pie +@item -pie Produce a dynamically linked position independent executable on targets that support it. For predictable results, you must also specify the same set of options used for compilation (@option{-fpie}, @option{-fPIE}, or model suboptions) when you specify this linker option. -@item -no-pie @opindex no-pie +@item -no-pie Don't produce a dynamically linked position independent executable. -@item -static-pie @opindex static-pie +@item -static-pie Produce a static position independent executable on targets that support it. A static position independent executable is similar to a static executable, but can be loaded at any address without a dynamic linker. @@ -17732,39 +17732,39 @@ For predictable results, you must also specify the same set of options used for compilation (@option{-fpie}, @option{-fPIE}, or model suboptions) when you specify this linker option. -@item -pthread @opindex pthread +@item -pthread Link with the POSIX threads library. This option is supported on GNU/Linux targets, most other Unix derivatives, and also on x86 Cygwin and MinGW targets. On some targets this option also sets flags for the preprocessor, so it should be used consistently for both compilation and linking. -@item -r @opindex r +@item -r Produce a relocatable object as output. This is also known as partial linking. -@item -rdynamic @opindex rdynamic +@item -rdynamic Pass the flag @option{-export-dynamic} to the ELF linker, on targets that support it. This instructs the linker to add all symbols, not only used ones, to the dynamic symbol table. This option is needed for some uses of @code{dlopen} or to allow obtaining backtraces from within a program. -@item -s @opindex s +@item -s Remove all symbol table and relocation information from the executable. -@item -static @opindex static +@item -static On systems that support dynamic linking, this overrides @option{-pie} and prevents linking with the shared libraries. On other systems, this option has no effect. -@item -shared @opindex shared +@item -shared Produce a shared object which can then be linked with other objects to form an executable. Not all systems support this option. For predictable results, you must also specify the same set of options used for compilation @@ -17778,10 +17778,10 @@ is innocuous. @option{-shared} suppresses the addition of startup code to alter the floating-point environment as done with @option{-ffast-math}, @option{-Ofast} or @option{-funsafe-math-optimizations} on some targets.} -@item -shared-libgcc -@itemx -static-libgcc @opindex shared-libgcc @opindex static-libgcc +@item -shared-libgcc +@itemx -static-libgcc On systems that provide @file{libgcc} as a shared library, these options force the use of either the shared or static version, respectively. If no shared version of @file{libgcc} was built when the compiler was @@ -17813,8 +17813,8 @@ exceptions, you must link it using the G++ driver, or using the option @option{-shared-libgcc}, such that it is linked with the shared @file{libgcc}. -@item -static-libasan @opindex static-libasan +@item -static-libasan When the @option{-fsanitize=address} option is used to link a program, the GCC driver automatically links against @option{libasan}. If @file{libasan} is available as a shared library, and the @option{-static} @@ -17823,8 +17823,8 @@ option is not used, then this links against the shared version of driver to link @file{libasan} statically, without necessarily linking other libraries statically. -@item -static-libtsan @opindex static-libtsan +@item -static-libtsan When the @option{-fsanitize=thread} option is used to link a program, the GCC driver automatically links against @option{libtsan}. If @file{libtsan} is available as a shared library, and the @option{-static} @@ -17833,8 +17833,8 @@ option is not used, then this links against the shared version of driver to link @file{libtsan} statically, without necessarily linking other libraries statically. -@item -static-liblsan @opindex static-liblsan +@item -static-liblsan When the @option{-fsanitize=leak} option is used to link a program, the GCC driver automatically links against @option{liblsan}. If @file{liblsan} is available as a shared library, and the @option{-static} @@ -17843,8 +17843,8 @@ option is not used, then this links against the shared version of driver to link @file{liblsan} statically, without necessarily linking other libraries statically. -@item -static-libubsan @opindex static-libubsan +@item -static-libubsan When the @option{-fsanitize=undefined} option is used to link a program, the GCC driver automatically links against @option{libubsan}. If @file{libubsan} is available as a shared library, and the @option{-static} @@ -17853,8 +17853,8 @@ option is not used, then this links against the shared version of driver to link @file{libubsan} statically, without necessarily linking other libraries statically. -@item -static-libstdc++ @opindex static-libstdc++ +@item -static-libstdc++ When the @command{g++} program is used to link a C++ program, it normally automatically links against @option{libstdc++}. If @file{libstdc++} is available as a shared library, and the @@ -17866,23 +17866,23 @@ the program without going all the way to a fully static link. The link @file{libstdc++} statically, without necessarily linking other libraries statically. -@item -symbolic @opindex symbolic +@item -symbolic Bind references to global symbols when building a shared object. Warn about any unresolved references (unless overridden by the link editor option @option{-Xlinker -z -Xlinker defs}). Only a few systems support this option. -@item -T @var{script} @opindex T +@item -T @var{script} @cindex linker script Use @var{script} as the linker script. This option is supported by most systems using the GNU linker. On some targets, such as bare-board targets without an operating system, the @option{-T} option may be required when linking to avoid references to undefined symbols. -@item -Xlinker @var{option} @opindex Xlinker +@item -Xlinker @var{option} Pass @var{option} as an option to the linker. You can use this to supply system-specific linker options that GCC does not recognize. @@ -17900,8 +17900,8 @@ syntax than as separate arguments. For example, you can specify @option{-Xlinker -Map -Xlinker output.map}. Other linkers may not support this syntax for command-line options. -@item -Wl,@var{option} @opindex Wl +@item -Wl,@var{option} Pass @var{option} as an option to the linker. If @var{option} contains commas, it is split into multiple options at the commas. You can use this syntax to pass an argument to the option. @@ -17909,14 +17909,14 @@ For example, @option{-Wl,-Map,output.map} passes @option{-Map output.map} to the linker. When using the GNU linker, you can also get the same effect with @option{-Wl,-Map=output.map}. -@item -u @var{symbol} @opindex u +@item -u @var{symbol} Pretend the symbol @var{symbol} is undefined, to force linking of library modules to define it. You can use @option{-u} multiple times with different symbols to force loading of additional library modules. -@item -z @var{keyword} @opindex z +@item -z @var{keyword} @option{-z} is passed directly on to the linker along with the keyword @var{keyword}. See the section in the documentation of your linker for permitted values and their meanings. @@ -17934,20 +17934,20 @@ libraries and for parts of the compiler: @table @gcctabopt @include cppdiropts.texi -@item -iplugindir=@var{dir} @opindex iplugindir= +@item -iplugindir=@var{dir} Set the directory to search for plugins that are passed by @option{-fplugin=@var{name}} instead of @option{-fplugin=@var{path}/@var{name}.so}. This option is not meant to be used by the user, but only passed by the driver. -@item -L@var{dir} @opindex L +@item -L@var{dir} Add directory @var{dir} to the list of directories to be searched for @option{-l}. -@item -B@var{prefix} @opindex B +@item -B@var{prefix} This option specifies where to find the executables, libraries, include files, and data files of the compiler itself. @@ -17990,14 +17990,14 @@ As a special kludge, if the path provided by @option{-B} is 9, then it is replaced by @file{[dir/]include}. This is to help with boot-strapping the compiler. -@item -no-canonical-prefixes @opindex no-canonical-prefixes +@item -no-canonical-prefixes Do not expand any symbolic links, resolve references to @samp{/../} or @samp{/./}, or make the path absolute when generating a relative prefix. -@item --sysroot=@var{dir} @opindex sysroot +@item --sysroot=@var{dir} Use @var{dir} as the logical root directory for headers and libraries. For example, if the compiler normally searches for headers in @file{/usr/include} and libraries in @file{/usr/lib}, it instead @@ -18012,8 +18012,8 @@ for this option. If your linker does not support this option, the header file aspect of @option{--sysroot} still works, but the library aspect does not. -@item --no-sysroot-suffix @opindex no-sysroot-suffix +@item --no-sysroot-suffix For some targets, a suffix is added to the root directory specified with @option{--sysroot}, depending on the other options used, so that headers may for example be found in @@ -18039,8 +18039,8 @@ can figure out the other form by either removing @samp{no-} or adding it. @table @gcctabopt -@item -fstack-reuse=@var{reuse-level} @opindex fstack_reuse +@item -fstack-reuse=@var{reuse-level} This option controls stack space reuse for user declared local/auto variables and compiler generated temporaries. @var{reuse_level} can be @samp{all}, @samp{named_vars}, or @samp{none}. @samp{all} enables stack reuse for all @@ -18117,8 +18117,8 @@ the behavior of older compilers in which temporaries' stack space is not reused, the aggressive stack reuse can lead to runtime errors. This option is used to control the temporary stack reuse optimization. -@item -ftrapv @opindex ftrapv +@item -ftrapv This option generates traps for signed overflow on addition, subtraction, multiplication operations. The options @option{-ftrapv} and @option{-fwrapv} override each other, so using @@ -18127,8 +18127,8 @@ The options @option{-ftrapv} and @option{-fwrapv} override each other, so using using @option{-ftrapv} @option{-fwrapv} @option{-fno-wrapv} on the command-line results in @option{-ftrapv} being effective. -@item -fwrapv @opindex fwrapv +@item -fwrapv This option instructs the compiler to assume that signed arithmetic overflow of addition, subtraction and multiplication wraps around using twos-complement representation. This flag enables some optimizations @@ -18139,20 +18139,20 @@ The options @option{-ftrapv} and @option{-fwrapv} override each other, so using using @option{-ftrapv} @option{-fwrapv} @option{-fno-wrapv} on the command-line results in @option{-ftrapv} being effective. -@item -fwrapv-pointer @opindex fwrapv-pointer +@item -fwrapv-pointer This option instructs the compiler to assume that pointer arithmetic overflow on addition and subtraction wraps around using twos-complement representation. This flag disables some optimizations which assume pointer overflow is invalid. -@item -fstrict-overflow @opindex fstrict-overflow +@item -fstrict-overflow This option implies @option{-fno-wrapv} @option{-fno-wrapv-pointer} and when negated implies @option{-fwrapv} @option{-fwrapv-pointer}. -@item -fexceptions @opindex fexceptions +@item -fexceptions Enable exception handling. Generates extra code needed to propagate exceptions. For some targets, this implies GCC generates frame unwind information for all functions, which can produce significant data @@ -18165,8 +18165,8 @@ properly with exception handlers written in C++. You may also wish to disable this option if you are compiling older C++ programs that don't use exception handling. -@item -fnon-call-exceptions @opindex fnon-call-exceptions +@item -fnon-call-exceptions Generate code that allows trapping instructions to throw exceptions. Note that this requires platform-specific runtime support that does not exist everywhere. Moreover, it only allows @emph{trapping} @@ -18175,8 +18175,8 @@ instructions. It does not allow exceptions to be thrown from arbitrary signal handlers such as @code{SIGALRM}. This enables @option{-fexceptions}. -@item -fdelete-dead-exceptions @opindex fdelete-dead-exceptions +@item -fdelete-dead-exceptions Consider that instructions that may throw exceptions but don't otherwise contribute to the execution of the program can be optimized away. This does not affect calls to functions except those with the @@ -18185,22 +18185,22 @@ This option is enabled by default for the Ada and C++ compilers, as permitted by the language specifications. Optimization passes that cause dead exceptions to be removed are enabled independently at different optimization levels. -@item -funwind-tables @opindex funwind-tables +@item -funwind-tables Similar to @option{-fexceptions}, except that it just generates any needed static data, but does not affect the generated code in any other way. You normally do not need to enable this option; instead, a language processor that needs this handling enables it on your behalf. -@item -fasynchronous-unwind-tables @opindex fasynchronous-unwind-tables +@item -fasynchronous-unwind-tables Generate unwind table in DWARF format, if supported by target machine. The table is exact at each instruction boundary, so it can be used for stack unwinding from asynchronous events (such as debugger or garbage collector). -@item -fno-gnu-unique @opindex fno-gnu-unique @opindex fgnu-unique +@item -fno-gnu-unique On systems with recent GNU assembler and C library, the C++ compiler uses the @code{STB_GNU_UNIQUE} binding to make sure that definitions of template static data members and static local variables in inline @@ -18213,8 +18213,8 @@ DSOs; if your program relies on reinitialization of a DSO via @code{dlclose} and @code{dlopen}, you can use @option{-fno-gnu-unique}. -@item -fpcc-struct-return @opindex fpcc-struct-return +@item -fpcc-struct-return Return ``short'' @code{struct} and @code{union} values in memory like longer ones, rather than in registers. This convention is less efficient, but it has the advantage of allowing intercallability between @@ -18232,8 +18232,8 @@ switch is not binary compatible with code compiled with the @option{-freg-struct-return} switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface. -@item -freg-struct-return @opindex freg-struct-return +@item -freg-struct-return Return @code{struct} and @code{union} values in registers when possible. This is more efficient for small structures than @option{-fpcc-struct-return}. @@ -18250,8 +18250,8 @@ switch is not binary compatible with code compiled with the @option{-fpcc-struct-return} switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface. -@item -fshort-enums @opindex fshort-enums +@item -fshort-enums Allocate to an @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it needs for the declared range of possible values. Specifically, the @code{enum} type is equivalent to the smallest integer type that has enough room. @@ -18260,8 +18260,8 @@ is equivalent to the smallest integer type that has enough room. code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface. -@item -fshort-wchar @opindex fshort-wchar +@item -fshort-wchar Override the underlying type for @code{wchar_t} to be @code{short unsigned int} instead of the default for the target. This option is useful for building programs to run under WINE@. @@ -18270,9 +18270,9 @@ useful for building programs to run under WINE@. code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface. -@item -fcommon @opindex fcommon @opindex fno-common +@item -fcommon @cindex tentative definitions In C code, this option controls the placement of global variables defined without an initializer, known as @dfn{tentative definitions} @@ -18292,21 +18292,21 @@ definition. This behavior is inconsistent with C++, and on many targets implies a speed and code size penalty on global variable references. It is mainly useful to enable legacy code to link without errors. -@item -fno-ident @opindex fno-ident @opindex fident +@item -fno-ident Ignore the @code{#ident} directive. -@item -finhibit-size-directive @opindex finhibit-size-directive +@item -finhibit-size-directive Don't output a @code{.size} assembler directive, or anything else that would cause trouble if the function is split in the middle, and the two halves are placed at locations far apart in memory. This option is used when compiling @file{crtstuff.c}; you should not need to use it for anything else. -@item -fverbose-asm @opindex fverbose-asm +@item -fverbose-asm Put extra commentary information in the generated assembly code to make it more readable. This option is generally only of use to those who actually need to read the generated assembly code (perhaps while @@ -18399,8 +18399,8 @@ test: The comments are intended for humans rather than machines and hence the precise format of the comments is subject to change. -@item -frecord-gcc-switches @opindex frecord-gcc-switches +@item -frecord-gcc-switches This switch causes the command line used to invoke the compiler to be recorded into the object file that is being created. This switch is only implemented on some targets and the exact format @@ -18412,8 +18412,8 @@ comments, so it never reaches the object file. See also @option{-grecord-gcc-switches} for another way of storing compiler options into the object file. -@item -fpic @opindex fpic +@item -fpic @cindex global offset table @cindex PIC Generate position-independent code (PIC) suitable for use in a shared @@ -18435,8 +18435,8 @@ position-independent. When this flag is set, the macros @code{__pic__} and @code{__PIC__} are defined to 1. -@item -fPIC @opindex fPIC +@item -fPIC If supported for the target machine, emit position-independent code, suitable for dynamic linking and avoiding any limit on the size of the global offset table. This option makes a difference on AArch64, m68k, @@ -18448,10 +18448,10 @@ only on certain machines. When this flag is set, the macros @code{__pic__} and @code{__PIC__} are defined to 2. -@item -fpie -@itemx -fPIE @opindex fpie @opindex fPIE +@item -fpie +@itemx -fPIE These options are similar to @option{-fpic} and @option{-fPIC}, but the generated position-independent code can be only linked into executables. Usually these options are used to compile code that will be linked using @@ -18461,9 +18461,9 @@ the @option{-pie} GCC option. @code{__pie__} and @code{__PIE__}. The macros have the value 1 for @option{-fpie} and 2 for @option{-fPIE}. -@item -fno-plt @opindex fno-plt @opindex fplt +@item -fno-plt Do not use the PLT for external function calls in position-independent code. Instead, load the callee address at call sites from the GOT and branch to it. This leads to more efficient code by eliminating PLT stubs and exposing @@ -18479,9 +18479,9 @@ through the PLT for specific external functions. In position-dependent code, a few targets also convert calls to functions that are marked to not use the PLT to use the GOT instead. -@item -fno-jump-tables @opindex fno-jump-tables @opindex fjump-tables +@item -fno-jump-tables Do not use jump tables for switch statements even where it would be more efficient than other code generation strategies. This option is of use in conjunction with @option{-fpic} or @option{-fPIC} for @@ -18489,14 +18489,14 @@ building code that forms part of a dynamic linker and cannot reference the address of a jump table. On some targets, jump tables do not require a GOT and this option is not needed. -@item -fno-bit-tests @opindex fno-bit-tests @opindex fbit-tests +@item -fno-bit-tests Do not use bit tests for switch statements even where it would be more efficient than other code generation strategies. -@item -ffixed-@var{reg} @opindex ffixed +@item -ffixed-@var{reg} Treat the register named @var{reg} as a fixed register; generated code should never refer to it (except perhaps as a stack pointer, frame pointer or in some other fixed role). @@ -18508,8 +18508,8 @@ macro in the machine description macro file. This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a three-way choice. -@item -fcall-used-@var{reg} @opindex fcall-used +@item -fcall-used-@var{reg} Treat the register named @var{reg} as an allocable register that is clobbered by function calls. It may be allocated for temporaries or variables that do not live across a call. Functions compiled this way @@ -18522,8 +18522,8 @@ the machine's execution model produces disastrous results. This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a three-way choice. -@item -fcall-saved-@var{reg} @opindex fcall-saved +@item -fcall-saved-@var{reg} Treat the register named @var{reg} as an allocable register saved by functions. It may be allocated even for temporaries or variables that live across a call. Functions compiled this way save and restore @@ -18539,8 +18539,8 @@ a register in which function values may be returned. This flag does not have a negative form, because it specifies a three-way choice. -@item -fpack-struct[=@var{n}] @opindex fpack-struct +@item -fpack-struct[=@var{n}] Without a value specified, pack all structure members together without holes. When a value is specified (which must be a small power of two), pack structure members according to this value, representing the maximum @@ -18552,8 +18552,8 @@ code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch. Additionally, it makes the code suboptimal. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface. -@item -fleading-underscore @opindex fleading-underscore +@item -fleading-underscore This option and its counterpart, @option{-fno-leading-underscore}, forcibly change the way C symbols are represented in the object file. One use is to help link with legacy assembly code. @@ -18563,8 +18563,8 @@ generate code that is not binary compatible with code generated without that switch. Use it to conform to a non-default application binary interface. Not all targets provide complete support for this switch. -@item -ftls-model=@var{model} @opindex ftls-model +@item -ftls-model=@var{model} Alter the thread-local storage model to be used (@pxref{Thread-Local}). The @var{model} argument should be one of @samp{global-dynamic}, @samp{local-dynamic}, @samp{initial-exec} or @samp{local-exec}. @@ -18575,8 +18575,8 @@ unit, or if @option{-fpic} is not given on the command line. The default without @option{-fpic} is @samp{initial-exec}; with @option{-fpic} the default is @samp{global-dynamic}. -@item -ftrampolines @opindex ftrampolines +@item -ftrampolines For targets that normally need trampolines for nested functions, always generate them instead of using descriptors. Otherwise, for targets that do not need them, like for example HP-PA or IA-64, do nothing. @@ -18602,8 +18602,8 @@ For languages other than Ada, the @code{-ftrampolines} and trampolines are always generated on platforms that need them for nested functions. -@item -fvisibility=@r{[}default@r{|}internal@r{|}hidden@r{|}protected@r{]} @opindex fvisibility +@item -fvisibility=@r{[}default@r{|}internal@r{|}hidden@r{|}protected@r{]} Set the default ELF image symbol visibility to the specified option---all symbols are marked with this unless overridden within the code. Using this feature can very substantially improve linking and @@ -18668,8 +18668,8 @@ the DSOs. An overview of these techniques, their benefits and how to use them is at @uref{https://gcc.gnu.org/@/wiki/@/Visibility}. -@item -fstrict-volatile-bitfields @opindex fstrict-volatile-bitfields +@item -fstrict-volatile-bitfields This option should be used if accesses to volatile bit-fields (or other structure fields, although the compiler usually honors those types anyway) should use a single access of the width of the @@ -18699,8 +18699,8 @@ to define all bits of the field's type as bit-field members. The default value of this option is determined by the application binary interface for the target processor. -@item -fsync-libcalls @opindex fsync-libcalls +@item -fsync-libcalls This option controls whether any out-of-line instance of the @code{__sync} family of functions may be used to implement the C++11 @code{__atomic} family of functions. @@ -18751,9 +18751,9 @@ The files are created in the directory of the output file. @table @gcctabopt +@opindex fcallgraph-info @item -fcallgraph-info @itemx -fcallgraph-info=@var{MARKERS} -@opindex fcallgraph-info Makes the compiler output callgraph information for the program, on a per-object-file basis. The information is generated in the common VCG format. It can be decorated with additional, per-node and/or per-edge @@ -18769,11 +18769,11 @@ along with the object file. At LTO link time, @option{-fcallgraph-info} may generate multiple callgraph information files next to intermediate LTO output files. +@opindex d +@opindex fdump-rtl-@var{pass} @item -d@var{letters} @itemx -fdump-rtl-@var{pass} @itemx -fdump-rtl-@var{pass}=@var{filename} -@opindex d -@opindex fdump-rtl-@var{pass} Says to make debugging dumps during compilation at times specified by @var{letters}. This is used for debugging the RTL-based passes of the compiler. @@ -18788,326 +18788,326 @@ letters for use in @var{pass} and @var{letters}, and their meanings: @table @gcctabopt -@item -fdump-rtl-alignments @opindex fdump-rtl-alignments +@item -fdump-rtl-alignments Dump after branch alignments have been computed. -@item -fdump-rtl-asmcons @opindex fdump-rtl-asmcons +@item -fdump-rtl-asmcons Dump after fixing rtl statements that have unsatisfied in/out constraints. -@item -fdump-rtl-auto_inc_dec @opindex fdump-rtl-auto_inc_dec +@item -fdump-rtl-auto_inc_dec Dump after auto-inc-dec discovery. This pass is only run on architectures that have auto inc or auto dec instructions. -@item -fdump-rtl-barriers @opindex fdump-rtl-barriers +@item -fdump-rtl-barriers Dump after cleaning up the barrier instructions. -@item -fdump-rtl-bbpart @opindex fdump-rtl-bbpart +@item -fdump-rtl-bbpart Dump after partitioning hot and cold basic blocks. -@item -fdump-rtl-bbro @opindex fdump-rtl-bbro +@item -fdump-rtl-bbro Dump after block reordering. -@item -fdump-rtl-btl1 -@itemx -fdump-rtl-btl2 @opindex fdump-rtl-btl2 @opindex fdump-rtl-btl2 +@item -fdump-rtl-btl1 +@itemx -fdump-rtl-btl2 @option{-fdump-rtl-btl1} and @option{-fdump-rtl-btl2} enable dumping after the two branch target load optimization passes. -@item -fdump-rtl-bypass @opindex fdump-rtl-bypass +@item -fdump-rtl-bypass Dump after jump bypassing and control flow optimizations. -@item -fdump-rtl-combine @opindex fdump-rtl-combine +@item -fdump-rtl-combine Dump after the RTL instruction combination pass. -@item -fdump-rtl-compgotos @opindex fdump-rtl-compgotos +@item -fdump-rtl-compgotos Dump after duplicating the computed gotos. -@item -fdump-rtl-ce1 -@itemx -fdump-rtl-ce2 -@itemx -fdump-rtl-ce3 @opindex fdump-rtl-ce1 @opindex fdump-rtl-ce2 @opindex fdump-rtl-ce3 +@item -fdump-rtl-ce1 +@itemx -fdump-rtl-ce2 +@itemx -fdump-rtl-ce3 @option{-fdump-rtl-ce1}, @option{-fdump-rtl-ce2}, and @option{-fdump-rtl-ce3} enable dumping after the three if conversion passes. -@item -fdump-rtl-cprop_hardreg @opindex fdump-rtl-cprop_hardreg +@item -fdump-rtl-cprop_hardreg Dump after hard register copy propagation. -@item -fdump-rtl-csa @opindex fdump-rtl-csa +@item -fdump-rtl-csa Dump after combining stack adjustments. -@item -fdump-rtl-cse1 -@itemx -fdump-rtl-cse2 @opindex fdump-rtl-cse1 @opindex fdump-rtl-cse2 +@item -fdump-rtl-cse1 +@itemx -fdump-rtl-cse2 @option{-fdump-rtl-cse1} and @option{-fdump-rtl-cse2} enable dumping after the two common subexpression elimination passes. -@item -fdump-rtl-dce @opindex fdump-rtl-dce +@item -fdump-rtl-dce Dump after the standalone dead code elimination passes. -@item -fdump-rtl-dbr @opindex fdump-rtl-dbr +@item -fdump-rtl-dbr Dump after delayed branch scheduling. -@item -fdump-rtl-dce1 -@itemx -fdump-rtl-dce2 @opindex fdump-rtl-dce1 @opindex fdump-rtl-dce2 +@item -fdump-rtl-dce1 +@itemx -fdump-rtl-dce2 @option{-fdump-rtl-dce1} and @option{-fdump-rtl-dce2} enable dumping after the two dead store elimination passes. -@item -fdump-rtl-eh @opindex fdump-rtl-eh +@item -fdump-rtl-eh Dump after finalization of EH handling code. -@item -fdump-rtl-eh_ranges @opindex fdump-rtl-eh_ranges +@item -fdump-rtl-eh_ranges Dump after conversion of EH handling range regions. -@item -fdump-rtl-expand @opindex fdump-rtl-expand +@item -fdump-rtl-expand Dump after RTL generation. -@item -fdump-rtl-fwprop1 -@itemx -fdump-rtl-fwprop2 @opindex fdump-rtl-fwprop1 @opindex fdump-rtl-fwprop2 +@item -fdump-rtl-fwprop1 +@itemx -fdump-rtl-fwprop2 @option{-fdump-rtl-fwprop1} and @option{-fdump-rtl-fwprop2} enable dumping after the two forward propagation passes. -@item -fdump-rtl-gcse1 -@itemx -fdump-rtl-gcse2 @opindex fdump-rtl-gcse1 @opindex fdump-rtl-gcse2 +@item -fdump-rtl-gcse1 +@itemx -fdump-rtl-gcse2 @option{-fdump-rtl-gcse1} and @option{-fdump-rtl-gcse2} enable dumping after global common subexpression elimination. -@item -fdump-rtl-init-regs @opindex fdump-rtl-init-regs +@item -fdump-rtl-init-regs Dump after the initialization of the registers. -@item -fdump-rtl-initvals @opindex fdump-rtl-initvals +@item -fdump-rtl-initvals Dump after the computation of the initial value sets. -@item -fdump-rtl-into_cfglayout @opindex fdump-rtl-into_cfglayout +@item -fdump-rtl-into_cfglayout Dump after converting to cfglayout mode. -@item -fdump-rtl-ira @opindex fdump-rtl-ira +@item -fdump-rtl-ira Dump after iterated register allocation. -@item -fdump-rtl-jump @opindex fdump-rtl-jump +@item -fdump-rtl-jump Dump after the second jump optimization. -@item -fdump-rtl-loop2 @opindex fdump-rtl-loop2 +@item -fdump-rtl-loop2 @option{-fdump-rtl-loop2} enables dumping after the rtl loop optimization passes. -@item -fdump-rtl-mach @opindex fdump-rtl-mach +@item -fdump-rtl-mach Dump after performing the machine dependent reorganization pass, if that pass exists. -@item -fdump-rtl-mode_sw @opindex fdump-rtl-mode_sw +@item -fdump-rtl-mode_sw Dump after removing redundant mode switches. -@item -fdump-rtl-rnreg @opindex fdump-rtl-rnreg +@item -fdump-rtl-rnreg Dump after register renumbering. -@item -fdump-rtl-outof_cfglayout @opindex fdump-rtl-outof_cfglayout +@item -fdump-rtl-outof_cfglayout Dump after converting from cfglayout mode. -@item -fdump-rtl-peephole2 @opindex fdump-rtl-peephole2 +@item -fdump-rtl-peephole2 Dump after the peephole pass. -@item -fdump-rtl-postreload @opindex fdump-rtl-postreload +@item -fdump-rtl-postreload Dump after post-reload optimizations. -@item -fdump-rtl-pro_and_epilogue @opindex fdump-rtl-pro_and_epilogue +@item -fdump-rtl-pro_and_epilogue Dump after generating the function prologues and epilogues. -@item -fdump-rtl-sched1 -@itemx -fdump-rtl-sched2 @opindex fdump-rtl-sched1 @opindex fdump-rtl-sched2 +@item -fdump-rtl-sched1 +@itemx -fdump-rtl-sched2 @option{-fdump-rtl-sched1} and @option{-fdump-rtl-sched2} enable dumping after the basic block scheduling passes. -@item -fdump-rtl-ree @opindex fdump-rtl-ree +@item -fdump-rtl-ree Dump after sign/zero extension elimination. -@item -fdump-rtl-seqabstr @opindex fdump-rtl-seqabstr +@item -fdump-rtl-seqabstr Dump after common sequence discovery. -@item -fdump-rtl-shorten @opindex fdump-rtl-shorten +@item -fdump-rtl-shorten Dump after shortening branches. -@item -fdump-rtl-sibling @opindex fdump-rtl-sibling +@item -fdump-rtl-sibling Dump after sibling call optimizations. -@item -fdump-rtl-split1 -@itemx -fdump-rtl-split2 -@itemx -fdump-rtl-split3 -@itemx -fdump-rtl-split4 -@itemx -fdump-rtl-split5 @opindex fdump-rtl-split1 @opindex fdump-rtl-split2 @opindex fdump-rtl-split3 @opindex fdump-rtl-split4 @opindex fdump-rtl-split5 +@item -fdump-rtl-split1 +@itemx -fdump-rtl-split2 +@itemx -fdump-rtl-split3 +@itemx -fdump-rtl-split4 +@itemx -fdump-rtl-split5 These options enable dumping after five rounds of instruction splitting. -@item -fdump-rtl-sms @opindex fdump-rtl-sms +@item -fdump-rtl-sms Dump after modulo scheduling. This pass is only run on some architectures. -@item -fdump-rtl-stack @opindex fdump-rtl-stack +@item -fdump-rtl-stack Dump after conversion from GCC's ``flat register file'' registers to the x87's stack-like registers. This pass is only run on x86 variants. -@item -fdump-rtl-subreg1 -@itemx -fdump-rtl-subreg2 @opindex fdump-rtl-subreg1 @opindex fdump-rtl-subreg2 +@item -fdump-rtl-subreg1 +@itemx -fdump-rtl-subreg2 @option{-fdump-rtl-subreg1} and @option{-fdump-rtl-subreg2} enable dumping after the two subreg expansion passes. -@item -fdump-rtl-unshare @opindex fdump-rtl-unshare +@item -fdump-rtl-unshare Dump after all rtl has been unshared. -@item -fdump-rtl-vartrack @opindex fdump-rtl-vartrack +@item -fdump-rtl-vartrack Dump after variable tracking. -@item -fdump-rtl-vregs @opindex fdump-rtl-vregs +@item -fdump-rtl-vregs Dump after converting virtual registers to hard registers. -@item -fdump-rtl-web @opindex fdump-rtl-web +@item -fdump-rtl-web Dump after live range splitting. -@item -fdump-rtl-regclass -@itemx -fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_init -@itemx -fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_finish -@itemx -fdump-rtl-dfinit -@itemx -fdump-rtl-dfinish @opindex fdump-rtl-regclass @opindex fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_init @opindex fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_finish @opindex fdump-rtl-dfinit @opindex fdump-rtl-dfinish +@item -fdump-rtl-regclass +@itemx -fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_init +@itemx -fdump-rtl-subregs_of_mode_finish +@itemx -fdump-rtl-dfinit +@itemx -fdump-rtl-dfinish These dumps are defined but always produce empty files. -@item -da -@itemx -fdump-rtl-all @opindex da @opindex fdump-rtl-all +@item -da +@itemx -fdump-rtl-all Produce all the dumps listed above. -@item -dA @opindex dA +@item -dA Annotate the assembler output with miscellaneous debugging information. -@item -dD @opindex dD +@item -dD Dump all macro definitions, at the end of preprocessing, in addition to normal output. -@item -dH @opindex dH +@item -dH Produce a core dump whenever an error occurs. -@item -dp @opindex dp +@item -dp Annotate the assembler output with a comment indicating which pattern and alternative is used. The length and cost of each instruction are also printed. -@item -dP @opindex dP +@item -dP Dump the RTL in the assembler output as a comment before each instruction. Also turns on @option{-dp} annotation. -@item -dx @opindex dx +@item -dx Just generate RTL for a function instead of compiling it. Usually used with @option{-fdump-rtl-expand}. @end table -@item -fdump-debug @opindex fdump-debug +@item -fdump-debug Dump debugging information generated during the debug generation phase. -@item -fdump-earlydebug @opindex fdump-earlydebug +@item -fdump-earlydebug Dump debugging information generated during the early debug generation phase. -@item -fdump-noaddr @opindex fdump-noaddr +@item -fdump-noaddr When doing debugging dumps, suppress address output. This makes it more feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invocations with different compiler binaries and/or different text / bss / data / heap / stack / dso start locations. -@item -freport-bug @opindex freport-bug +@item -freport-bug Collect and dump debug information into a temporary file if an internal compiler error (ICE) occurs. -@item -fdump-unnumbered @opindex fdump-unnumbered +@item -fdump-unnumbered When doing debugging dumps, suppress instruction numbers and address output. This makes it more feasible to use diff on debugging dumps for compiler invocations with different options, in particular with and without @option{-g}. -@item -fdump-unnumbered-links @opindex fdump-unnumbered-links +@item -fdump-unnumbered-links When doing debugging dumps (see @option{-d} option above), suppress instruction numbers for the links to the previous and next instructions in a sequence. +@opindex fdump-ipa @item -fdump-ipa-@var{switch} @itemx -fdump-ipa-@var{switch}-@var{options} -@opindex fdump-ipa Control the dumping at various stages of inter-procedural analysis language tree to a file. The file name is generated by appending a switch specific suffix to the source file name, and the file is created @@ -19139,17 +19139,17 @@ By default, the dump will contain messages about successful optimizations (equivalent to @option{-optimized}) together with low-level details about the analysis. -@item -fdump-lang @opindex fdump-lang +@item -fdump-lang Dump language-specific information. The file name is made by appending @file{.lang} to the source file name. +@opindex fdump-lang-all +@opindex fdump-lang @item -fdump-lang-all @itemx -fdump-lang-@var{switch} @itemx -fdump-lang-@var{switch}-@var{options} @itemx -fdump-lang-@var{switch}-@var{options}=@var{filename} -@opindex fdump-lang-all -@opindex fdump-lang Control the dumping of language-specific information. The @var{options} and @var{filename} portions behave as described in the @option{-fdump-tree} option. The following @var{switch} values are @@ -19177,13 +19177,13 @@ Dump the raw internal tree data. This option is applicable to C++ only. @end table -@item -fdump-passes @opindex fdump-passes +@item -fdump-passes Print on @file{stderr} the list of optimization passes that are turned on and off by the current command-line options. -@item -fdump-statistics-@var{option} @opindex fdump-statistics +@item -fdump-statistics-@var{option} Enable and control dumping of pass statistics in a separate file. The file name is generated by appending a suffix ending in @samp{.statistics} to the source file name, and the file is created in @@ -19193,12 +19193,12 @@ whole compilation unit while @samp{-details} dumps every event as the passes generate them. The default with no option is to sum counters for each function compiled. +@opindex fdump-tree-all +@opindex fdump-tree @item -fdump-tree-all @itemx -fdump-tree-@var{switch} @itemx -fdump-tree-@var{switch}-@var{options} @itemx -fdump-tree-@var{switch}-@var{options}=@var{filename} -@opindex fdump-tree-all -@opindex fdump-tree Control the dumping at various stages of processing the intermediate language tree to a file. If the @samp{-@var{options}} form is used, @var{options} is a list of @samp{-} separated options @@ -19303,10 +19303,10 @@ directory. Note that the numeric codes are not stable and may change from one version of GCC to another. @end enumerate +@opindex fopt-info @item -fopt-info @itemx -fopt-info-@var{options} @itemx -fopt-info-@var{options}=@var{filename} -@opindex fopt-info Controls optimization dumps from various optimization passes. If the @samp{-@var{options}} form is used, @var{options} is a list of @samp{-} separated option keywords to select the dump details and @@ -19440,8 +19440,8 @@ the first option takes effect and the subsequent options are ignored. Thus only @file{vec.miss} is produced which contains dumps from the vectorizer about missed opportunities. -@item -fsave-optimization-record @opindex fsave-optimization-record +@item -fsave-optimization-record Write a SRCFILE.opt-record.json.gz file detailing what optimizations were performed, for those optimizations that support @option{-fopt-info}. @@ -19485,8 +19485,8 @@ Additionally, some messages are logically nested within other messages, reflecting implementation details of the optimization passes. -@item -fsched-verbose=@var{n} @opindex fsched-verbose +@item -fsched-verbose=@var{n} On targets that use instruction scheduling, this option controls the amount of debugging output the scheduler prints to the dump files. @@ -19500,10 +19500,10 @@ dependence info. -@item -fenable-@var{kind}-@var{pass} -@itemx -fdisable-@var{kind}-@var{pass}=@var{range-list} @opindex fdisable- @opindex fenable- +@item -fenable-@var{kind}-@var{pass} +@itemx -fdisable-@var{kind}-@var{pass}=@var{range-list} This is a set of options that are used to explicitly disable/enable optimization passes. These options are intended for use for debugging GCC. @@ -19573,16 +19573,16 @@ Here are some examples showing uses of these options. @end smallexample -@item -fchecking -@itemx -fchecking=@var{n} @opindex fchecking @opindex fno-checking +@item -fchecking +@itemx -fchecking=@var{n} Enable internal consistency checking. The default depends on the compiler configuration. @option{-fchecking=2} enables further internal consistency checking that might affect code generation. -@item -frandom-seed=@var{string} @opindex frandom-seed +@item -frandom-seed=@var{string} This option provides a seed that GCC uses in place of random numbers in generating certain symbol names that have to be different in every compiled file. It is also used to @@ -19596,8 +19596,8 @@ computing CRC32). The @var{string} should be different for every file you compile. -@item -save-temps @opindex save-temps +@item -save-temps Store the usual ``temporary'' intermediate files permanently; name them as auxiliary output files, as specified described under @option{-dumpbase} and @option{-dumpdir}. @@ -19608,20 +19608,20 @@ input source file with the same extension as an intermediate file. The corresponding intermediate file may be obtained by renaming the source file before using @option{-save-temps}. -@item -save-temps=cwd @opindex save-temps=cwd +@item -save-temps=cwd Equivalent to @option{-save-temps -dumpdir ./}. -@item -save-temps=obj @opindex save-temps=obj +@item -save-temps=obj Equivalent to @option{-save-temps -dumpdir @file{outdir/}}, where @file{outdir/} is the directory of the output file specified after the @option{-o} option, including any directory separators. If the @option{-o} option is not used, the @option{-save-temps=obj} switch behaves like @option{-save-temps=cwd}. -@item -time@r{[}=@var{file}@r{]} @opindex time +@item -time@r{[}=@var{file}@r{]} Report the CPU time taken by each subprocess in the compilation sequence. For C source files, this is the compiler proper and assembler (plus the linker if linking is done). @@ -19650,16 +19650,16 @@ The ``user time'' and the ``system time'' are moved before the program name, and the options passed to the program are displayed, so that one can later tell what file was being compiled, and with which options. -@item -fdump-final-insns@r{[}=@var{file}@r{]} @opindex fdump-final-insns +@item -fdump-final-insns@r{[}=@var{file}@r{]} Dump the final internal representation (RTL) to @var{file}. If the optional argument is omitted (or if @var{file} is @code{.}), the name of the dump file is determined by appending @code{.gkd} to the dump base name, see @option{-dumpbase}. -@item -fcompare-debug@r{[}=@var{opts}@r{]} @opindex fcompare-debug @opindex fno-compare-debug +@item -fcompare-debug@r{[}=@var{opts}@r{]} If no error occurs during compilation, run the compiler a second time, adding @var{opts} and @option{-fcompare-debug-second} to the arguments passed to the second compilation. Dump the final internal @@ -19685,8 +19685,8 @@ which GCC rejects as an invalid option in any actual compilation warning, setting @env{GCC_COMPARE_DEBUG} to @samp{-w%n-fcompare-debug not overridden} will do. -@item -fcompare-debug-second @opindex fcompare-debug-second +@item -fcompare-debug-second This option is implicitly passed to the compiler for the second compilation requested by @option{-fcompare-debug}, along with options to silence warnings, and omitting other options that would cause the compiler @@ -19699,8 +19699,8 @@ When this option is passed to the compiler driver, it causes the @emph{first} compilation to be skipped, which makes it useful for little other than debugging the compiler proper. -@item -gtoggle @opindex gtoggle +@item -gtoggle Turn off generation of debug info, if leaving out this option generates it, or turn it on at level 2 otherwise. The position of this argument in the command line does not matter; it takes effect after all @@ -19708,34 +19708,34 @@ other options are processed, and it does so only once, no matter how many times it is given. This is mainly intended to be used with @option{-fcompare-debug}. -@item -fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle @opindex fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle @opindex fno-var-tracking-assignments-toggle +@item -fvar-tracking-assignments-toggle Toggle @option{-fvar-tracking-assignments}, in the same way that @option{-gtoggle} toggles @option{-g}. -@item -Q @opindex Q +@item -Q Makes the compiler print out each function name as it is compiled, and print some statistics about each pass when it finishes. -@item -ftime-report @opindex ftime-report +@item -ftime-report Makes the compiler print some statistics about the time consumed by each pass when it finishes. -@item -ftime-report-details @opindex ftime-report-details +@item -ftime-report-details Record the time consumed by infrastructure parts separately for each pass. -@item -fira-verbose=@var{n} @opindex fira-verbose +@item -fira-verbose=@var{n} Control the verbosity of the dump file for the integrated register allocator. The default value is 5. If the value @var{n} is greater or equal to 10, the dump output is sent to stderr using the same format as @var{n} minus 10. -@item -flto-report @opindex flto-report +@item -flto-report Prints a report with internal details on the workings of the link-time optimizer. The contents of this report vary from version to version. It is meant to be useful to GCC developers when processing object @@ -19743,30 +19743,30 @@ files in LTO mode (via @option{-flto}). Disabled by default. -@item -flto-report-wpa @opindex flto-report-wpa +@item -flto-report-wpa Like @option{-flto-report}, but only print for the WPA phase of link-time optimization. -@item -fmem-report @opindex fmem-report +@item -fmem-report Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory allocation when it finishes. -@item -fmem-report-wpa @opindex fmem-report-wpa +@item -fmem-report-wpa Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory allocation for the WPA phase only. -@item -fpre-ipa-mem-report @opindex fpre-ipa-mem-report -@item -fpost-ipa-mem-report @opindex fpost-ipa-mem-report +@item -fpre-ipa-mem-report +@item -fpost-ipa-mem-report Makes the compiler print some statistics about permanent memory allocation before or after interprocedural optimization. -@item -fmultiflags @opindex fmultiflags +@item -fmultiflags This option enables multilib-aware @code{TFLAGS} to be used to build target libraries with options different from those the compiler is configured to use by default, through the use of specs (@xref{Spec @@ -19793,13 +19793,13 @@ all target libraries, by configuring a non-bootstrap compiler @samp{--with-specs='%@{!fmultiflags:%emissing TFLAGS@}'} and building the compiler and target libraries. -@item -fprofile-report @opindex fprofile-report +@item -fprofile-report Makes the compiler print some statistics about consistency of the (estimated) profile and effect of individual passes. -@item -fstack-usage @opindex fstack-usage +@item -fstack-usage Makes the compiler output stack usage information for the program, on a per-function basis. The filename for the dump is made by appending @file{.su} to the @var{auxname}. @var{auxname} is generated from the name of @@ -19831,19 +19831,19 @@ the function. If it is not present, the amount of these adjustments is not bounded at compile time and the second field only represents the bounded part. -@item -fstats @opindex fstats +@item -fstats Emit statistics about front-end processing at the end of the compilation. This option is supported only by the C++ front end, and the information is generally only useful to the G++ development team. -@item -fdbg-cnt-list @opindex fdbg-cnt-list +@item -fdbg-cnt-list Print the name and the counter upper bound for all debug counters. -@item -fdbg-cnt=@var{counter-value-list} @opindex fdbg-cnt +@item -fdbg-cnt=@var{counter-value-list} Set the internal debug counter lower and upper bound. @var{counter-value-list} is a comma-separated list of @var{name}:@var{lower_bound1}-@var{upper_bound1} [:@var{lower_bound2}-@var{upper_bound2}...] tuples which sets @@ -19855,29 +19855,29 @@ For example, with @option{-fdbg-cnt=dce:2-4:10-11,tail_call:10}, eleventh invocation. For @code{dbg_cnt(tail_call)} true is returned for first 10 invocations. -@item -print-file-name=@var{library} @opindex print-file-name +@item -print-file-name=@var{library} Print the full absolute name of the library file @var{library} that would be used when linking---and don't do anything else. With this option, GCC does not compile or link anything; it just prints the file name. -@item -print-multi-directory @opindex print-multi-directory +@item -print-multi-directory Print the directory name corresponding to the multilib selected by any other switches present in the command line. This directory is supposed to exist in @env{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}. -@item -print-multi-lib @opindex print-multi-lib +@item -print-multi-lib Print the mapping from multilib directory names to compiler switches that enable them. The directory name is separated from the switches by @samp{;}, and each switch starts with an @samp{@@} instead of the @samp{-}, without spaces between multiple switches. This is supposed to ease shell processing. -@item -print-multi-os-directory @opindex print-multi-os-directory +@item -print-multi-os-directory Print the path to OS libraries for the selected multilib, relative to some @file{lib} subdirectory. If OS libraries are present in the @file{lib} subdirectory and no multilibs are used, this is @@ -19886,17 +19886,17 @@ sibling directories this prints e.g.@: @file{../lib64}, @file{../lib} or @file{../lib32}, or if OS libraries are present in @file{lib/@var{subdir}} subdirectories it prints e.g.@: @file{amd64}, @file{sparcv9} or @file{ev6}. -@item -print-multiarch @opindex print-multiarch +@item -print-multiarch Print the path to OS libraries for the selected multiarch, relative to some @file{lib} subdirectory. -@item -print-prog-name=@var{program} @opindex print-prog-name +@item -print-prog-name=@var{program} Like @option{-print-file-name}, but searches for a program such as @command{cpp}. -@item -print-libgcc-file-name @opindex print-libgcc-file-name +@item -print-libgcc-file-name Same as @option{-print-file-name=libgcc.a}. This is useful when you use @option{-nostdlib} or @option{-nodefaultlibs} @@ -19906,8 +19906,8 @@ but you do want to link with @file{libgcc.a}. You can do: gcc -nostdlib @var{files}@dots{} `gcc -print-libgcc-file-name` @end smallexample -@item -print-search-dirs @opindex print-search-dirs +@item -print-search-dirs Print the name of the configured installation directory and a list of program and library directories @command{gcc} searches---and don't do anything else. @@ -19919,27 +19919,27 @@ variable @env{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} to the directory where you installed them. Don't forget the trailing @samp{/}. @xref{Environment Variables}. -@item -print-sysroot @opindex print-sysroot +@item -print-sysroot Print the target sysroot directory that is used during compilation. This is the target sysroot specified either at configure time or using the @option{--sysroot} option, possibly with an extra suffix that depends on compilation options. If no target sysroot is specified, the option prints nothing. -@item -print-sysroot-headers-suffix @opindex print-sysroot-headers-suffix +@item -print-sysroot-headers-suffix Print the suffix added to the target sysroot when searching for headers, or give an error if the compiler is not configured with such a suffix---and don't do anything else. -@item -dumpmachine @opindex dumpmachine +@item -dumpmachine Print the compiler's target machine (for example, @samp{i686-pc-linux-gnu})---and don't do anything else. -@item -dumpversion @opindex dumpversion +@item -dumpversion Print the compiler version (for example, @code{3.0}, @code{6.3.0} or @code{7})---and don't do anything else. This is the compiler version used in filesystem paths and specs. Depending on how the compiler has been configured it can be just @@ -19947,13 +19947,13 @@ a single number (major version), two numbers separated by a dot (major and minor version) or three numbers separated by dots (major, minor and patchlevel version). -@item -dumpfullversion @opindex dumpfullversion +@item -dumpfullversion Print the full compiler version---and don't do anything else. The output is always three numbers separated by dots, major, minor and patchlevel version. -@item -dumpspecs @opindex dumpspecs +@item -dumpspecs Print the compiler's built-in specs---and don't do anything else. (This is used when GCC itself is being built.) @xref{Spec Files}. @end table @@ -20049,8 +20049,8 @@ These options are defined for AArch64 implementations: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mabi=@var{name} @opindex mabi +@item -mabi=@var{name} Generate code for the specified data model. Permissible values are @samp{ilp32} for SysV-like data model where int, long int and pointers are 32 bits, and @samp{lp64} for SysV-like data model where int is 32 bits, @@ -20060,61 +20060,61 @@ The default depends on the specific target configuration. Note that the LP64 and ILP32 ABIs are not link-compatible; you must compile your entire program with the same ABI, and link with a compatible set of libraries. -@item -mbig-endian @opindex mbig-endian +@item -mbig-endian Generate big-endian code. This is the default when GCC is configured for an @samp{aarch64_be-*-*} target. -@item -mgeneral-regs-only @opindex mgeneral-regs-only +@item -mgeneral-regs-only Generate code which uses only the general-purpose registers. This will prevent the compiler from using floating-point and Advanced SIMD registers but will not impose any restrictions on the assembler. -@item -mlittle-endian @opindex mlittle-endian +@item -mlittle-endian Generate little-endian code. This is the default when GCC is configured for an @samp{aarch64-*-*} but not an @samp{aarch64_be-*-*} target. -@item -mcmodel=tiny @opindex mcmodel=tiny +@item -mcmodel=tiny Generate code for the tiny code model. The program and its statically defined symbols must be within 1MB of each other. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. -@item -mcmodel=small @opindex mcmodel=small +@item -mcmodel=small Generate code for the small code model. The program and its statically defined symbols must be within 4GB of each other. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. This is the default code model. -@item -mcmodel=large @opindex mcmodel=large +@item -mcmodel=large Generate code for the large code model. This makes no assumptions about addresses and sizes of sections. Programs can be statically linked only. The @option{-mcmodel=large} option is incompatible with @option{-mabi=ilp32}, @option{-fpic} and @option{-fPIC}. -@item -mstrict-align -@itemx -mno-strict-align @opindex mstrict-align @opindex mno-strict-align +@item -mstrict-align +@itemx -mno-strict-align Avoid or allow generating memory accesses that may not be aligned on a natural object boundary as described in the architecture specification. -@item -momit-leaf-frame-pointer -@itemx -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer @opindex momit-leaf-frame-pointer @opindex mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer +@item -momit-leaf-frame-pointer +@itemx -mno-omit-leaf-frame-pointer Omit or keep the frame pointer in leaf functions. The former behavior is the default. -@item -mstack-protector-guard=@var{guard} -@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-reg=@var{reg} -@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-offset=@var{offset} @opindex mstack-protector-guard @opindex mstack-protector-guard-reg @opindex mstack-protector-guard-offset +@item -mstack-protector-guard=@var{guard} +@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-reg=@var{reg} +@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-offset=@var{offset} Generate stack protection code using canary at @var{guard}. Supported locations are @samp{global} for a global canary or @samp{sysreg} for a canary in an appropriate system register. @@ -20127,51 +20127,51 @@ and from what offset from that base register. There is no default register or offset as this is entirely for use within the Linux kernel. -@item -mtls-dialect=desc @opindex mtls-dialect=desc +@item -mtls-dialect=desc Use TLS descriptors as the thread-local storage mechanism for dynamic accesses of TLS variables. This is the default. -@item -mtls-dialect=traditional @opindex mtls-dialect=traditional +@item -mtls-dialect=traditional Use traditional TLS as the thread-local storage mechanism for dynamic accesses of TLS variables. -@item -mtls-size=@var{size} @opindex mtls-size +@item -mtls-size=@var{size} Specify bit size of immediate TLS offsets. Valid values are 12, 24, 32, 48. This option requires binutils 2.26 or newer. -@item -mfix-cortex-a53-835769 -@itemx -mno-fix-cortex-a53-835769 @opindex mfix-cortex-a53-835769 @opindex mno-fix-cortex-a53-835769 +@item -mfix-cortex-a53-835769 +@itemx -mno-fix-cortex-a53-835769 Enable or disable the workaround for the ARM Cortex-A53 erratum number 835769. This involves inserting a NOP instruction between memory instructions and 64-bit integer multiply-accumulate instructions. -@item -mfix-cortex-a53-843419 -@itemx -mno-fix-cortex-a53-843419 @opindex mfix-cortex-a53-843419 @opindex mno-fix-cortex-a53-843419 +@item -mfix-cortex-a53-843419 +@itemx -mno-fix-cortex-a53-843419 Enable or disable the workaround for the ARM Cortex-A53 erratum number 843419. This erratum workaround is made at link time and this will only pass the corresponding flag to the linker. -@item -mlow-precision-recip-sqrt -@itemx -mno-low-precision-recip-sqrt @opindex mlow-precision-recip-sqrt @opindex mno-low-precision-recip-sqrt +@item -mlow-precision-recip-sqrt +@itemx -mno-low-precision-recip-sqrt Enable or disable the reciprocal square root approximation. This option only has an effect if @option{-ffast-math} or @option{-funsafe-math-optimizations} is used as well. Enabling this reduces precision of reciprocal square root results to about 16 bits for single precision and to 32 bits for double precision. -@item -mlow-precision-sqrt -@itemx -mno-low-precision-sqrt @opindex mlow-precision-sqrt @opindex mno-low-precision-sqrt +@item -mlow-precision-sqrt +@itemx -mno-low-precision-sqrt Enable or disable the square root approximation. This option only has an effect if @option{-ffast-math} or @option{-funsafe-math-optimizations} is used as well. Enabling this reduces @@ -20179,10 +20179,10 @@ precision of square root results to about 16 bits for single precision and to 32 bits for double precision. If enabled, it implies @option{-mlow-precision-recip-sqrt}. -@item -mlow-precision-div -@itemx -mno-low-precision-div @opindex mlow-precision-div @opindex mno-low-precision-div +@item -mlow-precision-div +@itemx -mno-low-precision-div Enable or disable the division approximation. This option only has an effect if @option{-ffast-math} or @option{-funsafe-math-optimizations} is used as well. Enabling this reduces @@ -20211,8 +20211,8 @@ used directly. The same applies when using @option{-mcpu=} when the selected cpu supports the @samp{lse} feature. This option is on by default. -@item -march=@var{name} @opindex march +@item -march=@var{name} Specify the name of the target architecture and, optionally, one or more feature modifiers. This option has the form @option{-march=@var{arch}@r{@{}+@r{[}no@r{]}@var{feature}@r{@}*}}. @@ -20254,8 +20254,8 @@ without either of @option{-mtune} or @option{-mcpu} also being specified, the code is tuned to perform well across a range of target processors implementing the target architecture. -@item -mtune=@var{name} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{name} Specify the name of the target processor for which GCC should tune the performance of the code. Permissible values for this option are: @samp{generic}, @samp{cortex-a35}, @samp{cortex-a53}, @samp{cortex-a55}, @@ -20306,8 +20306,8 @@ of target processors. This option cannot be suffixed by feature modifiers. -@item -mcpu=@var{name} @opindex mcpu +@item -mcpu=@var{name} Specify the name of the target processor, optionally suffixed by one or more feature modifiers. This option has the form @option{-mcpu=@var{cpu}@r{@{}+@r{[}no@r{]}@var{feature}@r{@}*}}, where @@ -20335,8 +20335,8 @@ these properties. Unless overridden by @option{-mtune}, @option{-mcpu=neoverse-512tvb} tunes code in the same way as for @option{-mtune=neoverse-512tvb}. -@item -moverride=@var{string} @opindex moverride +@item -moverride=@var{string} Override tuning decisions made by the back-end in response to a @option{-mtune=} switch. The syntax, semantics, and accepted values for @var{string} in this option are not guaranteed to be consistent @@ -20344,22 +20344,22 @@ across releases. This option is only intended to be useful when developing GCC. -@item -mverbose-cost-dump @opindex mverbose-cost-dump +@item -mverbose-cost-dump Enable verbose cost model dumping in the debug dump files. This option is provided for use in debugging the compiler. -@item -mpc-relative-literal-loads -@itemx -mno-pc-relative-literal-loads @opindex mpc-relative-literal-loads @opindex mno-pc-relative-literal-loads +@item -mpc-relative-literal-loads +@itemx -mno-pc-relative-literal-loads Enable or disable PC-relative literal loads. With this option literal pools are accessed using a single instruction and emitted after each function. This limits the maximum size of functions to 1MB. This is enabled by default for @option{-mcmodel=tiny}. -@item -msign-return-address=@var{scope} @opindex msign-return-address +@item -msign-return-address=@var{scope} Select the function scope on which return address signing will be applied. Permissible values are @samp{none}, which disables return address signing, @samp{non-leaf}, which enables pointer signing for functions which are not leaf @@ -20367,8 +20367,8 @@ functions, and @samp{all}, which enables pointer signing for all functions. The default value is @samp{none}. This option has been deprecated by -mbranch-protection. -@item -mbranch-protection=@var{none}|@var{standard}|@var{pac-ret}[+@var{leaf}+@var{b-key}]|@var{bti} @opindex mbranch-protection +@item -mbranch-protection=@var{none}|@var{standard}|@var{pac-ret}[+@var{leaf}+@var{b-key}]|@var{bti} Select the branch protection features to use. @samp{none} is the default and turns off all types of branch protection. @samp{standard} turns on all types of branch protection features. If a feature @@ -20382,8 +20382,8 @@ functions. The optional argument @samp{b-key} can be used to sign the functions with the B-key instead of the A-key. @samp{bti} turns on branch target identification mechanism. -@item -mharden-sls=@var{opts} @opindex mharden-sls +@item -mharden-sls=@var{opts} Enable compiler hardening against straight line speculation (SLS). @var{opts} is a comma-separated list of the following options: @table @samp @@ -20393,8 +20393,8 @@ Enable compiler hardening against straight line speculation (SLS). In addition, @samp{-mharden-sls=all} enables all SLS hardening while @samp{-mharden-sls=none} disables all SLS hardening. -@item -msve-vector-bits=@var{bits} @opindex msve-vector-bits +@item -msve-vector-bits=@var{bits} Specify the number of bits in an SVE vector register. This option only has an effect when SVE is enabled. @@ -20550,34 +20550,34 @@ Conversely, @option{nofp} implies @option{nosimd}, which implies These @samp{-m} options are defined for Adapteva Epiphany: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mhalf-reg-file @opindex mhalf-reg-file +@item -mhalf-reg-file Don't allocate any register in the range @code{r32}@dots{}@code{r63}. That allows code to run on hardware variants that lack these registers. -@item -mprefer-short-insn-regs @opindex mprefer-short-insn-regs +@item -mprefer-short-insn-regs Preferentially allocate registers that allow short instruction generation. This can result in increased instruction count, so this may either reduce or increase overall code size. -@item -mbranch-cost=@var{num} @opindex mbranch-cost +@item -mbranch-cost=@var{num} Set the cost of branches to roughly @var{num} ``simple'' instructions. This cost is only a heuristic and is not guaranteed to produce consistent results across releases. -@item -mcmove @opindex mcmove +@item -mcmove Enable the generation of conditional moves. -@item -mnops=@var{num} @opindex mnops +@item -mnops=@var{num} Emit @var{num} NOPs before every other generated instruction. -@item -mno-soft-cmpsf @opindex mno-soft-cmpsf @opindex msoft-cmpsf +@item -mno-soft-cmpsf For single-precision floating-point comparisons, emit an @code{fsub} instruction and test the flags. This is faster than a software comparison, but can get incorrect results in the presence of NaNs, or when two different small @@ -20585,8 +20585,8 @@ numbers are compared such that their difference is calculated as zero. The default is @option{-msoft-cmpsf}, which uses slower, but IEEE-compliant, software comparisons. -@item -mstack-offset=@var{num} @opindex mstack-offset +@item -mstack-offset=@var{num} Set the offset between the top of the stack and the stack pointer. E.g., a value of 8 means that the eight bytes in the range @code{sp+0@dots{}sp+7} can be used by leaf functions without stack allocation. @@ -20599,33 +20599,33 @@ offset would give you better code, but to actually use a different stack offset to build working programs, it is recommended to configure the toolchain with the appropriate @option{--with-stack-offset=@var{num}} option. -@item -mno-round-nearest @opindex mno-round-nearest @opindex mround-nearest +@item -mno-round-nearest Make the scheduler assume that the rounding mode has been set to truncating. The default is @option{-mround-nearest}. -@item -mlong-calls @opindex mlong-calls +@item -mlong-calls If not otherwise specified by an attribute, assume all calls might be beyond the offset range of the @code{b} / @code{bl} instructions, and therefore load the function address into a register before performing a (otherwise direct) call. This is the default. -@item -mshort-calls @opindex short-calls +@item -mshort-calls If not otherwise specified by an attribute, assume all direct calls are in the range of the @code{b} / @code{bl} instructions, so use these instructions for direct calls. The default is @option{-mlong-calls}. -@item -msmall16 @opindex msmall16 +@item -msmall16 Assume addresses can be loaded as 16-bit unsigned values. This does not apply to function addresses for which @option{-mlong-calls} semantics are in effect. -@item -mfp-mode=@var{mode} @opindex mfp-mode +@item -mfp-mode=@var{mode} Set the prevailing mode of the floating-point unit. This determines the floating-point mode that is provided and expected at function call and return time. Making this mode match the mode you @@ -20661,42 +20661,42 @@ integer multiply, or integer multiply-and-accumulate. The default is @option{-mfp-mode=caller} -@item -mno-split-lohi -@itemx -mno-postinc -@itemx -mno-postmodify @opindex mno-split-lohi @opindex msplit-lohi @opindex mno-postinc @opindex mpostinc @opindex mno-postmodify @opindex mpostmodify +@item -mno-split-lohi +@itemx -mno-postinc +@itemx -mno-postmodify Code generation tweaks that disable, respectively, splitting of 32-bit loads, generation of post-increment addresses, and generation of post-modify addresses. The defaults are @option{msplit-lohi}, @option{-mpost-inc}, and @option{-mpost-modify}. -@item -mnovect-double @opindex mno-vect-double @opindex mvect-double +@item -mnovect-double Change the preferred SIMD mode to SImode. The default is @option{-mvect-double}, which uses DImode as preferred SIMD mode. -@item -max-vect-align=@var{num} @opindex max-vect-align +@item -max-vect-align=@var{num} The maximum alignment for SIMD vector mode types. @var{num} may be 4 or 8. The default is 8. Note that this is an ABI change, even though many library function interfaces are unaffected if they don't use SIMD vector modes in places that affect size and/or alignment of relevant types. -@item -msplit-vecmove-early @opindex msplit-vecmove-early +@item -msplit-vecmove-early Split vector moves into single word moves before reload. In theory this can give better register allocation, but so far the reverse seems to be generally the case. -@item -m1reg-@var{reg} @opindex m1reg- +@item -m1reg-@var{reg} Specify a register to hold the constant @minus{}1, which makes loading small negative constants and certain bitmasks faster. Allowable values for @var{reg} are @samp{r43} and @samp{r63}, @@ -20714,10 +20714,10 @@ These options are defined specifically for the AMD GCN port. @table @gcctabopt -@item -march=@var{gpu} @opindex march -@itemx -mtune=@var{gpu} @opindex mtune +@item -march=@var{gpu} +@itemx -mtune=@var{gpu} Set architecture type or tuning for @var{gpu}. Supported values for @var{gpu} are @@ -20739,25 +20739,25 @@ Compile for CDNA2 Instinct MI200 series devices (gfx90a). @end table +@opindex msram-ecc @item -msram-ecc=on @itemx -msram-ecc=off @itemx -msram-ecc=any -@opindex msram-ecc Compile binaries suitable for devices with the SRAM-ECC feature enabled, disabled, or either mode. This feature can be enabled per-process on some devices. The compiled code must match the device mode. The default is @samp{any}, for devices that support it. -@item -mstack-size=@var{bytes} @opindex mstack-size +@item -mstack-size=@var{bytes} Specify how many @var{bytes} of stack space will be requested for each GPU thread (wave-front). Beware that there may be many threads and limited memory available. The size of the stack allocation may also have an impact on run-time performance. The default is 32KB when using OpenACC or OpenMP, and 1MB otherwise. -@item -mxnack @opindex mxnack +@item -mxnack Compile binaries suitable for devices with the XNACK feature enabled. Some devices always require XNACK and some allow the user to configure XNACK. The compiled code must match the device mode. The default is @samp{-mno-xnack}. @@ -20776,18 +20776,18 @@ is being compiled: @c architecture variants @table @gcctabopt -@item -mbarrel-shifter @opindex mbarrel-shifter +@item -mbarrel-shifter Generate instructions supported by barrel shifter. This is the default unless @option{-mcpu=ARC601} or @samp{-mcpu=ARCEM} is in effect. -@item -mjli-always @opindex mjli-always +@item -mjli-always Force to call a function using jli_s instruction. This option is valid only for ARCv2 architecture. -@item -mcpu=@var{cpu} @opindex mcpu +@item -mcpu=@var{cpu} Set architecture type, register usage, and instruction scheduling parameters for @var{cpu}. There are also shortcut alias options available for backward compatibility and convenience. Supported @@ -20799,13 +20799,13 @@ values for @var{cpu} are @item arc600 Compile for ARC600. Aliases: @option{-mA6}, @option{-mARC600}. -@item arc601 @opindex mARC601 +@item arc601 Compile for ARC601. Alias: @option{-mARC601}. -@item arc700 @opindex mA7 @opindex mARC700 +@item arc700 Compile for ARC700. Aliases: @option{-mA7}, @option{-mARC700}. This is the default when configured with @option{--with-cpu=arc700}@. @@ -20885,103 +20885,103 @@ set. @end table -@item -mdpfp @opindex mdpfp -@itemx -mdpfp-compact @opindex mdpfp-compact +@item -mdpfp +@itemx -mdpfp-compact Generate double-precision FPX instructions, tuned for the compact implementation. -@item -mdpfp-fast @opindex mdpfp-fast +@item -mdpfp-fast Generate double-precision FPX instructions, tuned for the fast implementation. -@item -mno-dpfp-lrsr @opindex mno-dpfp-lrsr +@item -mno-dpfp-lrsr Disable @code{lr} and @code{sr} instructions from using FPX extension aux registers. -@item -mea @opindex mea +@item -mea Generate extended arithmetic instructions. Currently only @code{divaw}, @code{adds}, @code{subs}, and @code{sat16} are supported. Only valid for @option{-mcpu=ARC700}. -@item -mno-mpy @opindex mno-mpy @opindex mmpy +@item -mno-mpy Do not generate @code{mpy}-family instructions for ARC700. This option is deprecated. -@item -mmul32x16 @opindex mmul32x16 +@item -mmul32x16 Generate 32x16-bit multiply and multiply-accumulate instructions. -@item -mmul64 @opindex mmul64 +@item -mmul64 Generate @code{mul64} and @code{mulu64} instructions. Only valid for @option{-mcpu=ARC600}. -@item -mnorm @opindex mnorm +@item -mnorm Generate @code{norm} instructions. This is the default if @option{-mcpu=ARC700} is in effect. -@item -mspfp @opindex mspfp -@itemx -mspfp-compact @opindex mspfp-compact +@item -mspfp +@itemx -mspfp-compact Generate single-precision FPX instructions, tuned for the compact implementation. -@item -mspfp-fast @opindex mspfp-fast +@item -mspfp-fast Generate single-precision FPX instructions, tuned for the fast implementation. -@item -msimd @opindex msimd +@item -msimd Enable generation of ARC SIMD instructions via target-specific builtins. Only valid for @option{-mcpu=ARC700}. -@item -msoft-float @opindex msoft-float +@item -msoft-float This option ignored; it is provided for compatibility purposes only. Software floating-point code is emitted by default, and this default can overridden by FPX options; @option{-mspfp}, @option{-mspfp-compact}, or @option{-mspfp-fast} for single precision, and @option{-mdpfp}, @option{-mdpfp-compact}, or @option{-mdpfp-fast} for double precision. -@item -mswap @opindex mswap +@item -mswap Generate @code{swap} instructions. -@item -matomic @opindex matomic +@item -matomic This enables use of the locked load/store conditional extension to implement atomic memory built-in functions. Not available for ARC 6xx or ARC EM cores. -@item -mdiv-rem @opindex mdiv-rem +@item -mdiv-rem Enable @code{div} and @code{rem} instructions for ARCv2 cores. -@item -mcode-density @opindex mcode-density +@item -mcode-density Enable code density instructions for ARC EM. This option is on by default for ARC HS. -@item -mll64 @opindex mll64 +@item -mll64 Enable double load/store operations for ARC HS cores. -@item -mtp-regno=@var{regno} @opindex mtp-regno +@item -mtp-regno=@var{regno} Specify thread pointer register number. -@item -mmpy-option=@var{multo} @opindex mmpy-option +@item -mmpy-option=@var{multo} Compile ARCv2 code with a multiplier design option. You can specify the option using either a string or numeric value for @var{multo}. @samp{wlh1} is the default value. The recognized values are: @@ -21042,8 +21042,8 @@ ARC HS SIMD support. This option is only available for ARCv2 cores@. -@item -mfpu=@var{fpu} @opindex mfpu +@item -mfpu=@var{fpu} Enables support for specific floating-point hardware extensions for ARCv2 cores. Supported values for @var{fpu} are: @@ -21112,8 +21112,8 @@ hardware extensions. Not available for ARC EM@. @end table -@item -mirq-ctrl-saved=@var{register-range}, @var{blink}, @var{lp_count} @opindex mirq-ctrl-saved +@item -mirq-ctrl-saved=@var{register-range}, @var{blink}, @var{lp_count} Specifies general-purposes registers that the processor automatically saves/restores on interrupt entry and exit. @var{register-range} is specified as two registers separated by a dash. The register range @@ -21121,8 +21121,8 @@ always starts with @code{r0}, the upper limit is @code{fp} register. @var{blink} and @var{lp_count} are optional. This option is only valid for ARC EM and ARC HS cores. -@item -mrgf-banked-regs=@var{number} @opindex mrgf-banked-regs +@item -mrgf-banked-regs=@var{number} Specifies the number of registers replicated in second register bank on entry to fast interrupt. Fast interrupts are interrupts with the highest priority level P0. These interrupts save only PC and STATUS32 @@ -21130,8 +21130,8 @@ registers to avoid memory transactions during interrupt entry and exit sequences. Use this option when you are using fast interrupts in an ARC V2 family processor. Permitted values are 4, 8, 16, and 32. -@item -mlpc-width=@var{width} @opindex mlpc-width +@item -mlpc-width=@var{width} Specify the width of the @code{lp_count} register. Valid values for @var{width} are 8, 16, 20, 24, 28 and 32 bits. The default width is fixed to 32 bits. If the width is less than 32, the compiler does not @@ -21142,14 +21142,14 @@ specified, the compiler and run-time library might continue to use the loop mechanism for various needs. This option defines macro @code{__ARC_LPC_WIDTH__} with the value of @var{width}. -@item -mrf16 @opindex mrf16 +@item -mrf16 This option instructs the compiler to generate code for a 16-entry register file. This option defines the @code{__ARC_RF16__} preprocessor macro. -@item -mbranch-index @opindex mbranch-index +@item -mbranch-index Enable use of @code{bi} or @code{bih} instructions to implement jump tables. @@ -21161,57 +21161,57 @@ define preprocessor macro symbols. @c Flags used by the assembler, but for which we define preprocessor @c macro symbols as well. @table @gcctabopt -@item -mdsp-packa @opindex mdsp-packa +@item -mdsp-packa Passed down to the assembler to enable the DSP Pack A extensions. Also sets the preprocessor symbol @code{__Xdsp_packa}. This option is deprecated. -@item -mdvbf @opindex mdvbf +@item -mdvbf Passed down to the assembler to enable the dual Viterbi butterfly extension. Also sets the preprocessor symbol @code{__Xdvbf}. This option is deprecated. @c ARC700 4.10 extension instruction -@item -mlock @opindex mlock +@item -mlock Passed down to the assembler to enable the locked load/store conditional extension. Also sets the preprocessor symbol @code{__Xlock}. -@item -mmac-d16 @opindex mmac-d16 +@item -mmac-d16 Passed down to the assembler. Also sets the preprocessor symbol @code{__Xxmac_d16}. This option is deprecated. -@item -mmac-24 @opindex mmac-24 +@item -mmac-24 Passed down to the assembler. Also sets the preprocessor symbol @code{__Xxmac_24}. This option is deprecated. @c ARC700 4.10 extension instruction -@item -mrtsc @opindex mrtsc +@item -mrtsc Passed down to the assembler to enable the 64-bit time-stamp counter extension instruction. Also sets the preprocessor symbol @code{__Xrtsc}. This option is deprecated. @c ARC700 4.10 extension instruction -@item -mswape @opindex mswape +@item -mswape Passed down to the assembler to enable the swap byte ordering extension instruction. Also sets the preprocessor symbol @code{__Xswape}. -@item -mtelephony @opindex mtelephony +@item -mtelephony Passed down to the assembler to enable dual- and single-operand instructions for telephony. Also sets the preprocessor symbol @code{__Xtelephony}. This option is deprecated. -@item -mxy @opindex mxy +@item -mxy Passed down to the assembler to enable the XY memory extension. Also sets the preprocessor symbol @code{__Xxy}. @@ -21221,12 +21221,12 @@ The following options control how the assembly code is annotated: @c Assembly annotation options @table @gcctabopt -@item -misize @opindex misize +@item -misize Annotate assembler instructions with estimated addresses. -@item -mannotate-align @opindex mannotate-align +@item -mannotate-align Explain what alignment considerations lead to the decision to make an instruction short or long. @@ -21236,15 +21236,15 @@ The following options are passed through to the linker: @c options passed through to the linker @table @gcctabopt -@item -marclinux @opindex marclinux +@item -marclinux Passed through to the linker, to specify use of the @code{arclinux} emulation. This option is enabled by default in tool chains built for @w{@code{arc-linux-uclibc}} and @w{@code{arceb-linux-uclibc}} targets when profiling is not requested. -@item -marclinux_prof @opindex marclinux_prof +@item -marclinux_prof Passed through to the linker, to specify use of the @code{arclinux_prof} emulation. This option is enabled by default in tool chains built for @w{@code{arc-linux-uclibc}} and @@ -21256,13 +21256,13 @@ The following options control the semantics of generated code: @c semantically relevant code generation options @table @gcctabopt -@item -mlong-calls @opindex mlong-calls +@item -mlong-calls Generate calls as register indirect calls, thus providing access to the full 32-bit address range. -@item -mmedium-calls @opindex mmedium-calls +@item -mmedium-calls Don't use less than 25-bit addressing range for calls, which is the offset available for an unconditional branch-and-link instruction. Conditional execution of function calls is suppressed, to @@ -21270,28 +21270,28 @@ allow use of the 25-bit range, rather than the 21-bit range with conditional branch-and-link. This is the default for tool chains built for @w{@code{arc-linux-uclibc}} and @w{@code{arceb-linux-uclibc}} targets. -@item -G @var{num} @opindex G +@item -G @var{num} Put definitions of externally-visible data in a small data section if that data is no bigger than @var{num} bytes. The default value of @var{num} is 4 for any ARC configuration, or 8 when we have double load/store operations. -@item -mno-sdata @opindex mno-sdata @opindex msdata +@item -mno-sdata Do not generate sdata references. This is the default for tool chains built for @w{@code{arc-linux-uclibc}} and @w{@code{arceb-linux-uclibc}} targets. -@item -mvolatile-cache @opindex mvolatile-cache +@item -mvolatile-cache Use ordinarily cached memory accesses for volatile references. This is the default. -@item -mno-volatile-cache @opindex mno-volatile-cache @opindex mvolatile-cache +@item -mno-volatile-cache Enable cache bypass for volatile references. @end table @@ -21299,37 +21299,37 @@ Enable cache bypass for volatile references. The following options fine tune code generation: @c code generation tuning options @table @gcctabopt -@item -malign-call @opindex malign-call +@item -malign-call Does nothing. Preserved for backward compatibility. -@item -mauto-modify-reg @opindex mauto-modify-reg +@item -mauto-modify-reg Enable the use of pre/post modify with register displacement. -@item -mbbit-peephole @opindex mbbit-peephole +@item -mbbit-peephole Enable bbit peephole2. -@item -mno-brcc @opindex mno-brcc +@item -mno-brcc This option disables a target-specific pass in @file{arc_reorg} to generate compare-and-branch (@code{br@var{cc}}) instructions. It has no effect on generation of these instructions driven by the combiner pass. -@item -mcase-vector-pcrel @opindex mcase-vector-pcrel +@item -mcase-vector-pcrel Use PC-relative switch case tables to enable case table shortening. This is the default for @option{-Os}. -@item -mcompact-casesi @opindex mcompact-casesi +@item -mcompact-casesi Enable compact @code{casesi} pattern. This is the default for @option{-Os}, and only available for ARCv1 cores. This option is deprecated. -@item -mno-cond-exec @opindex mno-cond-exec +@item -mno-cond-exec Disable the ARCompact-specific pass to generate conditional execution instructions. @@ -21345,41 +21345,41 @@ If you have a problem with call instructions exceeding their allowable offset range because they are conditionalized, you should consider using @option{-mmedium-calls} instead. -@item -mearly-cbranchsi @opindex mearly-cbranchsi +@item -mearly-cbranchsi Enable pre-reload use of the @code{cbranchsi} pattern. -@item -mexpand-adddi @opindex mexpand-adddi +@item -mexpand-adddi Expand @code{adddi3} and @code{subdi3} at RTL generation time into @code{add.f}, @code{adc} etc. This option is deprecated. -@item -mindexed-loads @opindex mindexed-loads +@item -mindexed-loads Enable the use of indexed loads. This can be problematic because some optimizers then assume that indexed stores exist, which is not the case. -@item -mlra @opindex mlra +@item -mlra Enable Local Register Allocation. This is still experimental for ARC, so by default the compiler uses standard reload (i.e.@: @option{-mno-lra}). -@item -mlra-priority-none @opindex mlra-priority-none +@item -mlra-priority-none Don't indicate any priority for target registers. -@item -mlra-priority-compact @opindex mlra-priority-compact +@item -mlra-priority-compact Indicate target register priority for r0..r3 / r12..r15. -@item -mlra-priority-noncompact @opindex mlra-priority-noncompact +@item -mlra-priority-noncompact Reduce target register priority for r0..r3 / r12..r15. -@item -mmillicode @opindex mmillicode +@item -mmillicode When optimizing for size (using @option{-Os}), prologues and epilogues that have to save or restore a large number of registers are often shortened by using call to a special function in libgcc; this is @@ -21388,31 +21388,31 @@ performance issues, and/or cause linking issues when linking in a nonstandard way, this option is provided to turn on or off millicode call generation. -@item -mcode-density-frame @opindex mcode-density-frame +@item -mcode-density-frame This option enable the compiler to emit @code{enter} and @code{leave} instructions. These instructions are only valid for CPUs with code-density feature. -@item -mmixed-code @opindex mmixed-code +@item -mmixed-code Does nothing. Preserved for backward compatibility. -@item -mq-class @opindex mq-class +@item -mq-class Ths option is deprecated. Enable @samp{q} instruction alternatives. This is the default for @option{-Os}. -@item -mRcq @opindex mRcq +@item -mRcq Does nothing. Preserved for backward compatibility. -@item -mRcw @opindex mRcw +@item -mRcw Does nothing. Preserved for backward compatibility. -@item -msize-level=@var{level} @opindex msize-level +@item -msize-level=@var{level} Fine-tune size optimization with regards to instruction lengths and alignment. The recognized values for @var{level} are: @table @samp @@ -21433,8 +21433,8 @@ In addition, optional data alignment is dropped, and the option @option{Os} is e This defaults to @samp{3} when @option{-Os} is in effect. Otherwise, the behavior when this is not set is equivalent to level @samp{1}. -@item -mtune=@var{cpu} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{cpu} Set instruction scheduling parameters for @var{cpu}, overriding any implied by @option{-mcpu=}. @@ -21468,13 +21468,13 @@ Tune for ARC4x release 3.10a. @end table -@item -mmultcost=@var{num} @opindex mmultcost +@item -mmultcost=@var{num} Cost to assume for a multiply instruction, with @samp{4} being equal to a normal instruction. -@item -munalign-prob-threshold=@var{probability} @opindex munalign-prob-threshold +@item -munalign-prob-threshold=@var{probability} Does nothing. Preserved for backward compatibility. @end table @@ -21485,72 +21485,72 @@ are now deprecated and will be removed in a future release: @c Deprecated options @table @gcctabopt -@item -margonaut @opindex margonaut +@item -margonaut Obsolete FPX. -@item -mbig-endian @opindex mbig-endian -@itemx -EB @opindex EB +@item -mbig-endian +@itemx -EB Compile code for big-endian targets. Use of these options is now deprecated. Big-endian code is supported by configuring GCC to build @w{@code{arceb-elf32}} and @w{@code{arceb-linux-uclibc}} targets, for which big endian is the default. -@item -mlittle-endian @opindex mlittle-endian -@itemx -EL @opindex EL +@item -mlittle-endian +@itemx -EL Compile code for little-endian targets. Use of these options is now deprecated. Little-endian code is supported by configuring GCC to build @w{@code{arc-elf32}} and @w{@code{arc-linux-uclibc}} targets, for which little endian is the default. -@item -mbarrel_shifter @opindex mbarrel_shifter +@item -mbarrel_shifter Replaced by @option{-mbarrel-shifter}. -@item -mdpfp_compact @opindex mdpfp_compact +@item -mdpfp_compact Replaced by @option{-mdpfp-compact}. -@item -mdpfp_fast @opindex mdpfp_fast +@item -mdpfp_fast Replaced by @option{-mdpfp-fast}. -@item -mdsp_packa @opindex mdsp_packa +@item -mdsp_packa Replaced by @option{-mdsp-packa}. -@item -mEA @opindex mEA +@item -mEA Replaced by @option{-mea}. -@item -mmac_24 @opindex mmac_24 +@item -mmac_24 Replaced by @option{-mmac-24}. -@item -mmac_d16 @opindex mmac_d16 +@item -mmac_d16 Replaced by @option{-mmac-d16}. -@item -mspfp_compact @opindex mspfp_compact +@item -mspfp_compact Replaced by @option{-mspfp-compact}. -@item -mspfp_fast @opindex mspfp_fast +@item -mspfp_fast Replaced by @option{-mspfp-fast}. -@item -mtune=@var{cpu} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{cpu} Values @samp{arc600}, @samp{arc601}, @samp{arc700} and @samp{arc700-xmac} for @var{cpu} are replaced by @samp{ARC600}, @samp{ARC601}, @samp{ARC700} and @samp{ARC700-xmac} respectively. -@item -multcost=@var{num} @opindex multcost +@item -multcost=@var{num} Replaced by @option{-mmultcost}. @end table @@ -21562,13 +21562,13 @@ Replaced by @option{-mmultcost}. These @samp{-m} options are defined for the ARM port: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mabi=@var{name} @opindex mabi +@item -mabi=@var{name} Generate code for the specified ABI@. Permissible values are: @samp{apcs-gnu}, @samp{atpcs}, @samp{aapcs}, @samp{aapcs-linux} and @samp{iwmmxt}. -@item -mapcs-frame @opindex mapcs-frame +@item -mapcs-frame Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the ARM Procedure Call Standard for all functions, even if this is not strictly necessary for correct execution of the code. Specifying @option{-fomit-frame-pointer} @@ -21576,14 +21576,14 @@ with this option causes the stack frames not to be generated for leaf functions. The default is @option{-mno-apcs-frame}. This option is deprecated. -@item -mapcs @opindex mapcs +@item -mapcs This is a synonym for @option{-mapcs-frame} and is deprecated. @ignore @c not currently implemented -@item -mapcs-stack-check @opindex mapcs-stack-check +@item -mapcs-stack-check Generate code to check the amount of stack space available upon entry to every function (that actually uses some stack space). If there is insufficient space available then either the function @@ -21593,14 +21593,14 @@ system is required to provide these functions. The default is @option{-mno-apcs-stack-check}, since this produces smaller code. @c not currently implemented -@item -mapcs-reentrant @opindex mapcs-reentrant +@item -mapcs-reentrant Generate reentrant, position-independent code. The default is @option{-mno-apcs-reentrant}. @end ignore -@item -mthumb-interwork @opindex mthumb-interwork +@item -mthumb-interwork Generate code that supports calling between the ARM and Thumb instruction sets. Without this option, on pre-v5 architectures, the two instruction sets cannot be reliably used inside one program. The @@ -21608,9 +21608,9 @@ default is @option{-mno-thumb-interwork}, since slightly larger code is generated when @option{-mthumb-interwork} is specified. In AAPCS configurations this option is meaningless. -@item -mno-sched-prolog @opindex mno-sched-prolog @opindex msched-prolog +@item -mno-sched-prolog Prevent the reordering of instructions in the function prologue, or the merging of those instruction with the instructions in the function's body. This means that all functions start with a recognizable set @@ -21619,8 +21619,8 @@ different function prologues), and this information can be used to locate the start of functions inside an executable piece of code. The default is @option{-msched-prolog}. -@item -mfloat-abi=@var{name} @opindex mfloat-abi +@item -mfloat-abi=@var{name} Specifies which floating-point ABI to use. Permissible values are: @samp{soft}, @samp{softfp} and @samp{hard}. @@ -21636,33 +21636,33 @@ the hard-float and soft-float ABIs are not link-compatible; you must compile your entire program with the same ABI, and link with a compatible set of libraries. -@item -mgeneral-regs-only @opindex mgeneral-regs-only +@item -mgeneral-regs-only Generate code which uses only the general-purpose registers. This will prevent the compiler from using floating-point and Advanced SIMD registers but will not impose any restrictions on the assembler. -@item -mlittle-endian @opindex mlittle-endian +@item -mlittle-endian Generate code for a processor running in little-endian mode. This is the default for all standard configurations. -@item -mbig-endian @opindex mbig-endian +@item -mbig-endian Generate code for a processor running in big-endian mode; the default is to compile code for a little-endian processor. +@opindex mbe8 @item -mbe8 @itemx -mbe32 -@opindex mbe8 When linking a big-endian image select between BE8 and BE32 formats. The option has no effect for little-endian images and is ignored. The default is dependent on the selected target architecture. For ARMv6 and later architectures the default is BE8, for older architectures the default is BE32. BE32 format has been deprecated by ARM. -@item -march=@var{name}@r{[}+extension@dots{}@r{]} @opindex march +@item -march=@var{name}@r{[}+extension@dots{}@r{]} This specifies the name of the target ARM architecture. GCC uses this name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating assembly code. This option can be used in conjunction with or instead @@ -22151,8 +22151,8 @@ of the build computer. At present, this feature is only supported on GNU/Linux, and not all architectures are recognized. If the auto-detect is unsuccessful the option has no effect. -@item -mtune=@var{name} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{name} This option specifies the name of the target ARM processor for which GCC should tune the performance of the code. For some ARM implementations better performance can be obtained by using @@ -22206,8 +22206,8 @@ of the build computer. At present, this feature is only supported on GNU/Linux, and not all architectures are recognized. If the auto-detect is unsuccessful the option has no effect. -@item -mcpu=@var{name}@r{[}+extension@dots{}@r{]} @opindex mcpu +@item -mcpu=@var{name}@r{[}+extension@dots{}@r{]} This specifies the name of the target ARM processor. GCC uses this name to derive the name of the target ARM architecture (as if specified by @option{-march}) and the ARM processor type for which to tune for @@ -22313,8 +22313,8 @@ of the build computer. At present, this feature is only supported on GNU/Linux, and not all architectures are recognized. If the auto-detect is unsuccessful the option has no effect. -@item -mfpu=@var{name} @opindex mfpu +@item -mfpu=@var{name} This specifies what floating-point hardware (or hardware emulation) is available on the target. Permissible names are: @samp{auto}, @samp{vfpv2}, @samp{vfpv3}, @@ -22340,15 +22340,15 @@ zero), so the use of NEON instructions may lead to a loss of precision. You can also set the fpu name at function level by using the @code{target("fpu=")} function attributes (@pxref{ARM Function Attributes}) or pragmas (@pxref{Function Specific Option Pragmas}). -@item -mfp16-format=@var{name} @opindex mfp16-format +@item -mfp16-format=@var{name} Specify the format of the @code{__fp16} half-precision floating-point type. Permissible names are @samp{none}, @samp{ieee}, and @samp{alternative}; the default is @samp{none}, in which case the @code{__fp16} type is not defined. @xref{Half-Precision}, for more information. -@item -mstructure-size-boundary=@var{n} @opindex mstructure-size-boundary +@item -mstructure-size-boundary=@var{n} The sizes of all structures and unions are rounded up to a multiple of the number of bits set by this option. Permissible values are 8, 32 and 64. The default value varies for different toolchains. For the COFF @@ -22363,16 +22363,16 @@ information using structures or unions. This option is deprecated. -@item -mabort-on-noreturn @opindex mabort-on-noreturn +@item -mabort-on-noreturn Generate a call to the function @code{abort} at the end of a @code{noreturn} function. It is executed if the function tries to return. -@item -mlong-calls -@itemx -mno-long-calls @opindex mlong-calls @opindex mno-long-calls +@item -mlong-calls +@itemx -mno-long-calls Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the address of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine call on this register. This switch is needed if the target function @@ -22397,23 +22397,23 @@ long_calls_off} directive. Note these switches have no effect on how the compiler generates code to handle function calls via function pointers. -@item -msingle-pic-base @opindex msingle-pic-base +@item -msingle-pic-base Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather than loading it in the prologue for each function. The runtime system is responsible for initializing this register with an appropriate value before execution begins. -@item -mpic-register=@var{reg} @opindex mpic-register +@item -mpic-register=@var{reg} Specify the register to be used for PIC addressing. For standard PIC base case, the default is any suitable register determined by compiler. For single PIC base case, the default is @samp{R9} if target is EABI based or stack-checking is enabled, otherwise the default is @samp{R10}. -@item -mpic-data-is-text-relative @opindex mpic-data-is-text-relative +@item -mpic-data-is-text-relative Assume that the displacement between the text and data segments is fixed at static link time. This permits using PC-relative addressing operations to access data known to be in the data segment. For @@ -22421,8 +22421,8 @@ non-VxWorks RTP targets, this option is enabled by default. When disabled on such targets, it will enable @option{-msingle-pic-base} by default. -@item -mpoke-function-name @opindex mpoke-function-name +@item -mpoke-function-name Write the name of each function into the text section, directly preceding the function prologue. The generated code is similar to this: @@ -22444,10 +22444,10 @@ location @code{pc - 12} and the top 8 bits are set, then we know that there is a function name embedded immediately preceding this location and has length @code{((pc[-3]) & 0xff000000)}. -@item -mthumb -@itemx -marm @opindex marm @opindex mthumb +@item -mthumb +@itemx -marm Select between generating code that executes in ARM and Thumb states. The default for most configurations is to generate code @@ -22459,34 +22459,34 @@ You can also override the ARM and Thumb mode for each function by using the @code{target("thumb")} and @code{target("arm")} function attributes (@pxref{ARM Function Attributes}) or pragmas (@pxref{Function Specific Option Pragmas}). -@item -mflip-thumb @opindex mflip-thumb +@item -mflip-thumb Switch ARM/Thumb modes on alternating functions. This option is provided for regression testing of mixed Thumb/ARM code generation, and is not intended for ordinary use in compiling code. -@item -mtpcs-frame @opindex mtpcs-frame +@item -mtpcs-frame Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call Standard for all non-leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does not call any other functions.) The default is @option{-mno-tpcs-frame}. -@item -mtpcs-leaf-frame @opindex mtpcs-leaf-frame +@item -mtpcs-leaf-frame Generate a stack frame that is compliant with the Thumb Procedure Call Standard for all leaf functions. (A leaf function is one that does not call any other functions.) The default is @option{-mno-apcs-leaf-frame}. -@item -mcallee-super-interworking @opindex mcallee-super-interworking +@item -mcallee-super-interworking Gives all externally visible functions in the file being compiled an ARM instruction set header which switches to Thumb mode before executing the rest of the function. This allows these functions to be called from non-interworking code. This option is not valid in AAPCS configurations because interworking is enabled by default. -@item -mcaller-super-interworking @opindex mcaller-super-interworking +@item -mcaller-super-interworking Allows calls via function pointers (including virtual functions) to execute correctly regardless of whether the target code has been compiled for interworking or not. There is a small overhead in the cost @@ -22494,8 +22494,8 @@ of executing a function pointer if this option is enabled. This option is not valid in AAPCS configurations because interworking is enabled by default. -@item -mtp=@var{name} @opindex mtp +@item -mtp=@var{name} Specify the access model for the thread local storage pointer. The valid models are @samp{soft}, which generates calls to @code{__aeabi_read_tp}, @samp{cp15}, which fetches the thread pointer from @code{cp15} directly @@ -22503,8 +22503,8 @@ models are @samp{soft}, which generates calls to @code{__aeabi_read_tp}, best available method for the selected processor. The default setting is @samp{auto}. -@item -mtls-dialect=@var{dialect} @opindex mtls-dialect +@item -mtls-dialect=@var{dialect} Specify the dialect to use for accessing thread local storage. Two @var{dialect}s are supported---@samp{gnu} and @samp{gnu2}. The @samp{gnu} dialect selects the original GNU scheme for supporting @@ -22515,15 +22515,15 @@ the original scheme, but does require new assembler, linker and library support. Initial and local exec TLS models are unaffected by this option and always use the original scheme. -@item -mword-relocations @opindex mword-relocations +@item -mword-relocations Only generate absolute relocations on word-sized values (i.e.@: R_ARM_ABS32). This is enabled by default on targets (uClinux, SymbianOS) where the runtime loader imposes this restriction, and when @option{-fpic} or @option{-fPIC} is specified. This option conflicts with @option{-mslow-flash-data}. -@item -mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd @opindex mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd +@item -mfix-cortex-m3-ldrd Some Cortex-M3 cores can cause data corruption when @code{ldrd} instructions with overlapping destination and base registers are used. This option avoids generating these instructions. This option is enabled by default when @@ -22538,10 +22538,10 @@ Cortex-A72 that affects the AES cryptographic instructions. This option is enabled by default when either @option{-mcpu=cortex-a57} or @option{-mcpu=cortex-a72} is specified. -@item -munaligned-access -@itemx -mno-unaligned-access @opindex munaligned-access @opindex mno-unaligned-access +@item -munaligned-access +@itemx -mno-unaligned-access Enables (or disables) reading and writing of 16- and 32- bit values from addresses that are not 16- or 32- bit aligned. By default unaligned access is disabled for all pre-ARMv6, all ARMv6-M and for @@ -22555,57 +22555,57 @@ setting of this option. If unaligned access is enabled then the preprocessor symbol @code{__ARM_FEATURE_UNALIGNED} is also defined. -@item -mneon-for-64bits @opindex mneon-for-64bits +@item -mneon-for-64bits This option is deprecated and has no effect. -@item -mslow-flash-data @opindex mslow-flash-data +@item -mslow-flash-data Assume loading data from flash is slower than fetching instruction. Therefore literal load is minimized for better performance. This option is only supported when compiling for ARMv7 M-profile and off by default. It conflicts with @option{-mword-relocations}. -@item -masm-syntax-unified @opindex masm-syntax-unified +@item -masm-syntax-unified Assume inline assembler is using unified asm syntax. The default is currently off which implies divided syntax. This option has no impact on Thumb2. However, this may change in future releases of GCC. Divided syntax should be considered deprecated. -@item -mrestrict-it @opindex mrestrict-it +@item -mrestrict-it Restricts generation of IT blocks to conform to the rules of ARMv8-A. IT blocks can only contain a single 16-bit instruction from a select set of instructions. This option is on by default for ARMv8-A Thumb mode. -@item -mprint-tune-info @opindex mprint-tune-info +@item -mprint-tune-info Print CPU tuning information as comment in assembler file. This is an option used only for regression testing of the compiler and not intended for ordinary use in compiling code. This option is disabled by default. -@item -mverbose-cost-dump @opindex mverbose-cost-dump +@item -mverbose-cost-dump Enable verbose cost model dumping in the debug dump files. This option is provided for use in debugging the compiler. -@item -mpure-code @opindex mpure-code +@item -mpure-code Do not allow constant data to be placed in code sections. Additionally, when compiling for ELF object format give all text sections the ELF processor-specific section attribute @code{SHF_ARM_PURECODE}. This option is only available when generating non-pic code for M-profile targets. -@item -mcmse @opindex mcmse +@item -mcmse Generate secure code as per the "ARMv8-M Security Extensions: Requirements on Development Tools Engineering Specification", which can be found on @url{https://developer.arm.com/documentation/ecm0359818/latest/}. -@item -mfix-cmse-cve-2021-35465 @opindex mfix-cmse-cve-2021-35465 +@item -mfix-cmse-cve-2021-35465 Mitigate against a potential security issue with the @code{VLLDM} instruction in some M-profile devices when using CMSE (CVE-2021-365465). This option is enabled by default when the option @option{-mcpu=} is used with @@ -22613,20 +22613,20 @@ enabled by default when the option @option{-mcpu=} is used with or @code{star-mc1}. The option @option{-mno-fix-cmse-cve-2021-35465} can be used to disable the mitigation. -@item -mstack-protector-guard=@var{guard} -@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-offset=@var{offset} @opindex mstack-protector-guard @opindex mstack-protector-guard-offset +@item -mstack-protector-guard=@var{guard} +@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-offset=@var{offset} Generate stack protection code using canary at @var{guard}. Supported locations are @samp{global} for a global canary or @samp{tls} for a canary accessible via the TLS register. The option @option{-mstack-protector-guard-offset=} is for use with @option{-fstack-protector-guard=tls} and not for use in user-land code. -@item -mfdpic -@itemx -mno-fdpic @opindex mfdpic @opindex mno-fdpic +@item -mfdpic +@itemx -mno-fdpic Select the FDPIC ABI, which uses 64-bit function descriptors to represent pointers to functions. When the compiler is configured for @code{arm-*-uclinuxfdpiceabi} targets, this option is on by default @@ -22643,8 +22643,8 @@ The opposite @option{-mno-fdpic} option is useful (and required) to build the Linux kernel using the same (@code{arm-*-uclinuxfdpiceabi}) toolchain as the one used to build the userland programs. -@item -mbranch-protection=@var{none}|@var{standard}|@var{pac-ret}[+@var{leaf}][+@var{bti}]|@var{bti}[+@var{pac-ret}[+@var{leaf}]] @opindex mbranch-protection +@item -mbranch-protection=@var{none}|@var{standard}|@var{pac-ret}[+@var{leaf}][+@var{bti}]|@var{bti}[+@var{pac-ret}[+@var{leaf}]] Enable branch protection features (armv8.1-m.main only). @samp{none} generate code without branch protection or return address signing. @@ -22685,8 +22685,8 @@ address signing. These options are defined for AVR implementations: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mmcu=@var{mcu} @opindex mmcu +@item -mmcu=@var{mcu} Specify Atmel AVR instruction set architectures (ISA) or MCU type. The default for this option is@tie{}@samp{avr2}. @@ -22695,16 +22695,16 @@ GCC supports the following AVR devices and ISAs: @include avr-mmcu.texi -@item -mabsdata @opindex mabsdata +@item -mabsdata Assume that all data in static storage can be accessed by LDS / STS instructions. This option has only an effect on reduced Tiny devices like ATtiny40. See also the @code{absdata} @ref{AVR Variable Attributes,variable attribute}. -@item -maccumulate-args @opindex maccumulate-args +@item -maccumulate-args Accumulate outgoing function arguments and acquire/release the needed stack space for outgoing function arguments once in function prologue/epilogue. Without this option, outgoing arguments are pushed @@ -22719,21 +22719,21 @@ This option can lead to reduced code size for functions that perform several calls to functions that get their arguments on the stack like calls to printf-like functions. -@item -mbranch-cost=@var{cost} @opindex mbranch-cost +@item -mbranch-cost=@var{cost} Set the branch costs for conditional branch instructions to @var{cost}. Reasonable values for @var{cost} are small, non-negative integers. The default branch cost is 0. -@item -mcall-prologues @opindex mcall-prologues +@item -mcall-prologues Functions prologues/epilogues are expanded as calls to appropriate subroutines. Code size is smaller. -@item -mdouble=@var{bits} -@itemx -mlong-double=@var{bits} @opindex mdouble @opindex mlong-double +@item -mdouble=@var{bits} +@itemx -mlong-double=@var{bits} Set the size (in bits) of the @code{double} or @code{long double} type, respectively. Possible values for @var{bits} are 32 and 64. Whether or not a specific value for @var{bits} is allowed depends on @@ -22741,8 +22741,8 @@ the @code{--with-double=} and @code{--with-long-double=} @w{@uref{https://gcc.gnu.org/install/configure.html#avr,configure options}}, and the same applies for the default values of the options. -@item -mgas-isr-prologues @opindex mgas-isr-prologues +@item -mgas-isr-prologues Interrupt service routines (ISRs) may use the @code{__gcc_isr} pseudo instruction supported by GNU Binutils. If this option is on, the feature can still be disabled for individual @@ -22751,32 +22751,32 @@ function attribute. This feature is activated per default if optimization is on (but not with @option{-Og}, @pxref{Optimize Options}), and if GNU Binutils support @w{@uref{https://sourceware.org/PR21683,PR21683}}. -@item -mint8 @opindex mint8 +@item -mint8 Assume @code{int} to be 8-bit integer. This affects the sizes of all types: a @code{char} is 1 byte, an @code{int} is 1 byte, a @code{long} is 2 bytes, and @code{long long} is 4 bytes. Please note that this option does not conform to the C standards, but it results in smaller code size. -@item -mmain-is-OS_task @opindex mmain-is-OS_task +@item -mmain-is-OS_task Do not save registers in @code{main}. The effect is the same like attaching attribute @ref{AVR Function Attributes,,@code{OS_task}} to @code{main}. It is activated per default if optimization is on. -@item -mn-flash=@var{num} @opindex mn-flash +@item -mn-flash=@var{num} Assume that the flash memory has a size of @var{num} times 64@tie{}KiB. -@item -mno-interrupts @opindex mno-interrupts +@item -mno-interrupts Generated code is not compatible with hardware interrupts. Code size is smaller. -@item -mrelax @opindex mrelax +@item -mrelax Try to replace @code{CALL} resp.@: @code{JMP} instruction by the shorter @code{RCALL} resp.@: @code{RJMP} instruction if applicable. Setting @option{-mrelax} just adds the @option{--mlink-relax} option to @@ -22791,13 +22791,13 @@ differ from instructions in the assembler code. Relaxing must be turned on if linker stubs are needed, see the section on @code{EIND} and linker stubs below. -@item -mrmw @opindex mrmw +@item -mrmw Assume that the device supports the Read-Modify-Write instructions @code{XCH}, @code{LAC}, @code{LAS} and @code{LAT}. -@item -mshort-calls @opindex mshort-calls +@item -mshort-calls Assume that @code{RJMP} and @code{RCALL} can target the whole program memory. @@ -22805,8 +22805,8 @@ program memory. This option is used internally for multilib selection. It is not an optimization option, and you don't need to set it by hand. -@item -msp8 @opindex msp8 +@item -msp8 Treat the stack pointer register as an 8-bit register, i.e.@: assume the high byte of the stack pointer is zero. In general, you don't need to set this option by hand. @@ -22820,8 +22820,8 @@ proper's command line, because the compiler then knows if the device or architecture has an 8-bit stack pointer and thus no @code{SPH} register or not. -@item -mstrict-X @opindex mstrict-X +@item -mstrict-X Use address register @code{X} in a way proposed by the hardware. This means that @code{X} is only used in indirect, post-increment or pre-decrement addressing. @@ -22839,20 +22839,20 @@ ld @var{Rn}, X ; @var{Rn} = *X sbiw r26, const ; X -= const @end example -@item -mtiny-stack @opindex mtiny-stack +@item -mtiny-stack Only change the lower 8@tie{}bits of the stack pointer. -@item -mfract-convert-truncate @opindex mfract-convert-truncate +@item -mfract-convert-truncate Allow to use truncation instead of rounding towards zero for fractional fixed-point types. -@item -nodevicelib @opindex nodevicelib +@item -nodevicelib Don't link against AVR-LibC's device specific library @code{lib<mcu>.a}. -@item -nodevicespecs @opindex nodevicespecs +@item -nodevicespecs Don't add @option{-specs=device-specs/specs-@var{mcu}} to the compiler driver's command line. The user takes responsibility for supplying the sub-processes like compiler proper, assembler and linker with appropriate command line @@ -22865,15 +22865,15 @@ specifying custom device-specs files that needed @option{-B @var{some-path}} to which contains a folder named @code{device-specs} which contains a specs file named @code{specs-@var{mcu}}, where @var{mcu} was specified by @option{-mmcu=@var{mcu}}. -@item -Waddr-space-convert @opindex Waddr-space-convert @opindex Wno-addr-space-convert +@item -Waddr-space-convert Warn about conversions between address spaces in the case where the resulting address space is not contained in the incoming address space. -@item -Wmisspelled-isr @opindex Wmisspelled-isr @opindex Wno-misspelled-isr +@item -Wmisspelled-isr Warn if the ISR is misspelled, i.e.@: without __vector prefix. Enabled by default. @end table @@ -23251,8 +23251,8 @@ Reflects the @code{--with-libf7=@{libgcc|math|math-symbols@}} @cindex Blackfin Options @table @gcctabopt -@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}@r{[}-@var{sirevision}@r{]} @opindex mcpu= +@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}@r{[}-@var{sirevision}@r{]} Specifies the name of the target Blackfin processor. Currently, @var{cpu} can be one of @samp{bf512}, @samp{bf514}, @samp{bf516}, @samp{bf518}, @samp{bf522}, @samp{bf523}, @samp{bf524}, @samp{bf525}, @samp{bf526}, @@ -23283,107 +23283,107 @@ Without this option, @samp{bf532} is used as the processor by default. Note that support for @samp{bf561} is incomplete. For @samp{bf561}, only the preprocessor macro is defined. -@item -msim @opindex msim +@item -msim Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This causes the simulator BSP provided by libgloss to be linked in. This option has effect only for @samp{bfin-elf} toolchain. Certain other options, such as @option{-mid-shared-library} and @option{-mfdpic}, imply @option{-msim}. -@item -momit-leaf-frame-pointer @opindex momit-leaf-frame-pointer +@item -momit-leaf-frame-pointer Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions. This avoids the instructions to save, set up and restore frame pointers and makes an extra register available in leaf functions. -@item -mspecld-anomaly @opindex mspecld-anomaly +@item -mspecld-anomaly When enabled, the compiler ensures that the generated code does not contain speculative loads after jump instructions. If this option is used, @code{__WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_LOADS} is defined. -@item -mno-specld-anomaly @opindex mno-specld-anomaly @opindex mspecld-anomaly +@item -mno-specld-anomaly Don't generate extra code to prevent speculative loads from occurring. -@item -mcsync-anomaly @opindex mcsync-anomaly +@item -mcsync-anomaly When enabled, the compiler ensures that the generated code does not contain CSYNC or SSYNC instructions too soon after conditional branches. If this option is used, @code{__WORKAROUND_SPECULATIVE_SYNCS} is defined. -@item -mno-csync-anomaly @opindex mno-csync-anomaly @opindex mcsync-anomaly +@item -mno-csync-anomaly Don't generate extra code to prevent CSYNC or SSYNC instructions from occurring too soon after a conditional branch. -@item -mlow64k @opindex mlow64k +@item -mlow64k When enabled, the compiler is free to take advantage of the knowledge that the entire program fits into the low 64k of memory. -@item -mno-low64k @opindex mno-low64k +@item -mno-low64k Assume that the program is arbitrarily large. This is the default. -@item -mstack-check-l1 @opindex mstack-check-l1 +@item -mstack-check-l1 Do stack checking using information placed into L1 scratchpad memory by the uClinux kernel. -@item -mid-shared-library @opindex mid-shared-library +@item -mid-shared-library Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID method. This allows for execute in place and shared libraries in an environment without virtual memory management. This option implies @option{-fPIC}. With a @samp{bfin-elf} target, this option implies @option{-msim}. -@item -mno-id-shared-library @opindex mno-id-shared-library @opindex mid-shared-library +@item -mno-id-shared-library Generate code that doesn't assume ID-based shared libraries are being used. This is the default. -@item -mleaf-id-shared-library @opindex mleaf-id-shared-library +@item -mleaf-id-shared-library Generate code that supports shared libraries via the library ID method, but assumes that this library or executable won't link against any other ID shared libraries. That allows the compiler to use faster code for jumps and calls. -@item -mno-leaf-id-shared-library @opindex mno-leaf-id-shared-library @opindex mleaf-id-shared-library +@item -mno-leaf-id-shared-library Do not assume that the code being compiled won't link against any ID shared libraries. Slower code is generated for jump and call insns. -@item -mshared-library-id=n @opindex mshared-library-id +@item -mshared-library-id=n Specifies the identification number of the ID-based shared library being compiled. Specifying a value of 0 generates more compact code; specifying other values forces the allocation of that number to the current library but is no more space- or time-efficient than omitting this option. -@item -msep-data @opindex msep-data +@item -msep-data Generate code that allows the data segment to be located in a different area of memory from the text segment. This allows for execute in place in an environment without virtual memory management by eliminating relocations against the text section. -@item -mno-sep-data @opindex mno-sep-data @opindex msep-data +@item -mno-sep-data Generate code that assumes that the data segment follows the text segment. This is the default. -@item -mlong-calls -@itemx -mno-long-calls @opindex mlong-calls @opindex mno-long-calls +@item -mlong-calls +@itemx -mno-long-calls Tells the compiler to perform function calls by first loading the address of the function into a register and then performing a subroutine call on this register. This switch is needed if the target function @@ -23395,19 +23395,19 @@ This feature is not enabled by default. Specifying switches have no effect on how the compiler generates code to handle function calls via function pointers. -@item -mfast-fp @opindex mfast-fp +@item -mfast-fp Link with the fast floating-point library. This library relaxes some of the IEEE floating-point standard's rules for checking inputs against Not-a-Number (NAN), in the interest of performance. -@item -minline-plt @opindex minline-plt +@item -minline-plt Enable inlining of PLT entries in function calls to functions that are not known to bind locally. It has no effect without @option{-mfdpic}. -@item -mmulticore @opindex mmulticore +@item -mmulticore Build a standalone application for multicore Blackfin processors. This option causes proper start files and link scripts supporting multicore to be used, and defines the macro @code{__BFIN_MULTICORE}. @@ -23422,16 +23422,16 @@ should be named as @code{coreb_main}. If this option is not used, the single-core application programming model is used. -@item -mcorea @opindex mcorea +@item -mcorea Build a standalone application for Core A of BF561 when using the one-application-per-core programming model. Proper start files and link scripts are used to support Core A, and the macro @code{__BFIN_COREA} is defined. This option can only be used in conjunction with @option{-mmulticore}. -@item -mcoreb @opindex mcoreb +@item -mcoreb Build a standalone application for Core B of BF561 when using the one-application-per-core programming model. Proper start files and link scripts are used to support Core B, and the macro @@ -23439,15 +23439,15 @@ and link scripts are used to support Core B, and the macro should be used instead of @code{main}. This option can only be used in conjunction with @option{-mmulticore}. -@item -msdram @opindex msdram +@item -msdram Build a standalone application for SDRAM. Proper start files and link scripts are used to put the application into SDRAM, and the macro @code{__BFIN_SDRAM} is defined. The loader should initialize SDRAM before loading the application. -@item -micplb @opindex micplb +@item -micplb Assume that ICPLBs are enabled at run time. This has an effect on certain anomaly workarounds. For Linux targets, the default is to assume ICPLBs are enabled; for standalone applications the default is off. @@ -23458,27 +23458,27 @@ are enabled; for standalone applications the default is off. @cindex C6X Options @table @gcctabopt -@item -march=@var{name} @opindex march +@item -march=@var{name} This specifies the name of the target architecture. GCC uses this name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating assembly code. Permissible names are: @samp{c62x}, @samp{c64x}, @samp{c64x+}, @samp{c67x}, @samp{c67x+}, @samp{c674x}. -@item -mbig-endian @opindex mbig-endian +@item -mbig-endian Generate code for a big-endian target. -@item -mlittle-endian @opindex mlittle-endian +@item -mlittle-endian Generate code for a little-endian target. This is the default. -@item -msim @opindex msim +@item -msim Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator. -@item -msdata=default @opindex msdata=default +@item -msdata=default Put small global and static data in the @code{.neardata} section, which is pointed to by register @code{B14}. Put small uninitialized global and static data in the @code{.bss} section, which is adjacent @@ -23486,14 +23486,14 @@ to the @code{.neardata} section. Put small read-only data into the @code{.rodata} section. The corresponding sections used for large pieces of data are @code{.fardata}, @code{.far} and @code{.const}. -@item -msdata=all @opindex msdata=all +@item -msdata=all Put all data, not just small objects, into the sections reserved for small data, and use addressing relative to the @code{B14} register to access them. -@item -msdata=none @opindex msdata=none +@item -msdata=none Make no use of the sections reserved for small data, and use absolute addresses to access all data. Put all initialized global and static data in the @code{.fardata} section, and all uninitialized data in the @@ -23508,90 +23508,90 @@ section. These options are defined specifically for the CRIS ports. @table @gcctabopt -@item -march=@var{architecture-type} -@itemx -mcpu=@var{architecture-type} @opindex march @opindex mcpu +@item -march=@var{architecture-type} +@itemx -mcpu=@var{architecture-type} Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for @var{architecture-type} are @samp{v3}, @samp{v8} and @samp{v10} for respectively ETRAX@w{ }4, ETRAX@w{ }100, and ETRAX@w{ }100@w{ }LX@. Default is @samp{v0}. -@item -mtune=@var{architecture-type} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{architecture-type} Tune to @var{architecture-type} everything applicable about the generated code, except for the ABI and the set of available instructions. The choices for @var{architecture-type} are the same as for @option{-march=@var{architecture-type}}. -@item -mmax-stack-frame=@var{n} @opindex mmax-stack-frame +@item -mmax-stack-frame=@var{n} Warn when the stack frame of a function exceeds @var{n} bytes. -@item -metrax4 -@itemx -metrax100 @opindex metrax4 @opindex metrax100 +@item -metrax4 +@itemx -metrax100 The options @option{-metrax4} and @option{-metrax100} are synonyms for @option{-march=v3} and @option{-march=v8} respectively. -@item -mmul-bug-workaround -@itemx -mno-mul-bug-workaround @opindex mmul-bug-workaround @opindex mno-mul-bug-workaround +@item -mmul-bug-workaround +@itemx -mno-mul-bug-workaround Work around a bug in the @code{muls} and @code{mulu} instructions for CPU models where it applies. This option is disabled by default. -@item -mpdebug @opindex mpdebug +@item -mpdebug Enable CRIS-specific verbose debug-related information in the assembly code. This option also has the effect of turning off the @samp{#NO_APP} formatted-code indicator to the assembler at the beginning of the assembly file. -@item -mcc-init @opindex mcc-init +@item -mcc-init Do not use condition-code results from previous instruction; always emit compare and test instructions before use of condition codes. -@item -mno-side-effects @opindex mno-side-effects @opindex mside-effects +@item -mno-side-effects Do not emit instructions with side effects in addressing modes other than post-increment. -@item -mstack-align -@itemx -mno-stack-align -@itemx -mdata-align -@itemx -mno-data-align -@itemx -mconst-align -@itemx -mno-const-align @opindex mstack-align @opindex mno-stack-align @opindex mdata-align @opindex mno-data-align @opindex mconst-align @opindex mno-const-align +@item -mstack-align +@itemx -mno-stack-align +@itemx -mdata-align +@itemx -mno-data-align +@itemx -mconst-align +@itemx -mno-const-align These options (@samp{no-} options) arrange (eliminate arrangements) for the stack frame, individual data and constants to be aligned for the maximum single data access size for the chosen CPU model. The default is to arrange for 32-bit alignment. ABI details such as structure layout are not affected by these options. -@item -m32-bit -@itemx -m16-bit -@itemx -m8-bit @opindex m32-bit @opindex m16-bit @opindex m8-bit +@item -m32-bit +@itemx -m16-bit +@itemx -m8-bit Similar to the stack- data- and const-align options above, these options arrange for stack frame, writable data and constants to all be 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit aligned. The default is 32-bit alignment. -@item -mno-prologue-epilogue -@itemx -mprologue-epilogue @opindex mno-prologue-epilogue @opindex mprologue-epilogue +@item -mno-prologue-epilogue +@itemx -mprologue-epilogue With @option{-mno-prologue-epilogue}, the normal function prologue and epilogue which set up the stack frame are omitted and no return instructions or return sequences are generated in the code. Use this @@ -23599,18 +23599,18 @@ option only together with visual inspection of the compiled code: no warnings or errors are generated when call-saved registers must be saved, or storage for local variables needs to be allocated. -@item -melf @opindex melf +@item -melf Legacy no-op option. -@item -sim @opindex sim +@item -sim This option arranges to link with input-output functions from a simulator library. Code, initialized data and zero-initialized data are allocated consecutively. -@item -sim2 @opindex sim2 +@item -sim2 Like @option{-sim}, but pass linker options to locate initialized data at 0x40000000 and zero-initialized data at 0x80000000. @end table @@ -23623,14 +23623,14 @@ GCC supports these options when compiling for C-SKY V2 processors. @table @gcctabopt -@item -march=@var{arch} @opindex march= +@item -march=@var{arch} Specify the C-SKY target architecture. Valid values for @var{arch} are: @samp{ck801}, @samp{ck802}, @samp{ck803}, @samp{ck807}, and @samp{ck810}. The default is @samp{ck810}. -@item -mcpu=@var{cpu} @opindex mcpu= +@item -mcpu=@var{cpu} Specify the C-SKY target processor. Valid values for @var{cpu} are: @samp{ck801}, @samp{ck801t}, @samp{ck802}, @samp{ck802t}, @samp{ck802j}, @@ -23649,19 +23649,19 @@ Specify the C-SKY target processor. Valid values for @var{cpu} are: @samp{ck810}, @samp{ck810v}, @samp{ck810f}, @samp{ck810t}, @samp{ck810fv}, @samp{ck810tv}, @samp{ck810ft}, and @samp{ck810ftv}. -@item -mbig-endian @opindex mbig-endian -@itemx -EB @opindex EB -@itemx -mlittle-endian @opindex mlittle-endian -@itemx -EL @opindex EL +@item -mbig-endian +@itemx -EB +@itemx -mlittle-endian +@itemx -EL Select big- or little-endian code. The default is little-endian. -@item -mfloat-abi=@var{name} @opindex mfloat-abi +@item -mfloat-abi=@var{name} Specifies which floating-point ABI to use. Permissible values are: @samp{soft}, @samp{softfp} and @samp{hard}. @@ -23677,30 +23677,30 @@ the hard-float and soft-float ABIs are not link-compatible; you must compile your entire program with the same ABI, and link with a compatible set of libraries. -@item -mhard-float @opindex mhard-float -@itemx -msoft-float @opindex msoft-float +@item -mhard-float +@itemx -msoft-float Select hardware or software floating-point implementations. The default is soft float. +@opindex mdouble-float @item -mdouble-float @itemx -mno-double-float -@opindex mdouble-float When @option{-mhard-float} is in effect, enable generation of double-precision float instructions. This is the default except when compiling for CK803. +@opindex mfdivdu @item -mfdivdu @itemx -mno-fdivdu -@opindex mfdivdu When @option{-mhard-float} is in effect, enable generation of @code{frecipd}, @code{fsqrtd}, and @code{fdivd} instructions. This is the default except when compiling for CK803. -@item -mfpu=@var{fpu} @opindex mfpu= +@item -mfpu=@var{fpu} Select the floating-point processor. This option can only be used with @option{-mhard-float}. Values for @var{fpu} are @@ -23708,122 +23708,122 @@ Values for @var{fpu} are @samp{fpv2} (@samp{-mdouble-float -mno-divdu}), and @samp{fpv2_divd} (@samp{-mdouble-float -mdivdu}). +@opindex melrw @item -melrw @itemx -mno-elrw -@opindex melrw Enable the extended @code{lrw} instruction. This option defaults to on for CK801 and off otherwise. +@opindex mistack @item -mistack @itemx -mno-istack -@opindex mistack Enable interrupt stack instructions; the default is off. The @option{-mistack} option is required to handle the @code{interrupt} and @code{isr} function attributes (@pxref{C-SKY Function Attributes}). -@item -mmp @opindex mmp +@item -mmp Enable multiprocessor instructions; the default is off. -@item -mcp @opindex mcp +@item -mcp Enable coprocessor instructions; the default is off. -@item -mcache @opindex mcache +@item -mcache Enable coprocessor instructions; the default is off. -@item -msecurity @opindex msecurity +@item -msecurity Enable C-SKY security instructions; the default is off. -@item -mtrust @opindex mtrust +@item -mtrust Enable C-SKY trust instructions; the default is off. -@item -mdsp @opindex mdsp -@itemx -medsp @opindex medsp -@itemx -mvdsp @opindex mvdsp +@item -mdsp +@itemx -medsp +@itemx -mvdsp Enable C-SKY DSP, Enhanced DSP, or Vector DSP instructions, respectively. All of these options default to off. +@opindex mdiv @item -mdiv @itemx -mno-div -@opindex mdiv Generate divide instructions. Default is off. +@opindex msmart @item -msmart @itemx -mno-smart -@opindex msmart Generate code for Smart Mode, using only registers numbered 0-7 to allow use of 16-bit instructions. This option is ignored for CK801 where this is the required behavior, and it defaults to on for CK802. For other targets, the default is off. +@opindex mhigh-registers @item -mhigh-registers @itemx -mno-high-registers -@opindex mhigh-registers Generate code using the high registers numbered 16-31. This option is not supported on CK801, CK802, or CK803, and is enabled by default for other processors. +@opindex manchor @item -manchor @itemx -mno-anchor -@opindex manchor Generate code using global anchor symbol addresses. +@opindex mpushpop @item -mpushpop @itemx -mno-pushpop -@opindex mpushpop Generate code using @code{push} and @code{pop} instructions. This option defaults to on. +@opindex mmultiple-stld @item -mmultiple-stld @itemx -mstm @itemx -mno-multiple-stld @itemx -mno-stm -@opindex mmultiple-stld Generate code using @code{stm} and @code{ldm} instructions. This option isn't supported on CK801 but is enabled by default on other processors. +@opindex mconstpool @item -mconstpool @itemx -mno-constpool -@opindex mconstpool Create constant pools in the compiler instead of deferring it to the assembler. This option is the default and required for correct code generation on CK801 and CK802, and is optional on other processors. +@opindex mstack-size @item -mstack-size @item -mno-stack-size -@opindex mstack-size Emit @code{.stack_size} directives for each function in the assembly output. This option defaults to off. +@opindex mccrt @item -mccrt @itemx -mno-ccrt -@opindex mccrt Generate code for the C-SKY compiler runtime instead of libgcc. This option defaults to off. -@item -mbranch-cost=@var{n} @opindex mbranch-cost= +@item -mbranch-cost=@var{n} Set the branch costs to roughly @code{n} instructions. The default is 1. +@opindex msched-prolog @item -msched-prolog @itemx -mno-sched-prolog -@opindex msched-prolog Permit scheduling of function prologue and epilogue sequences. Using this option can result in code that is not compliant with the C-SKY V2 ABI prologue requirements and that cannot be debugged or backtraced. It is disabled by default. -@item -msim @opindex msim +@item -msim Links the library libsemi.a which is in compatible with simulator. Applicable to ELF compiler only. @@ -23860,8 +23860,8 @@ for executables, @command{ld}, quietly gives the executable the most restrictive subtype of any of its input files. @table @gcctabopt -@item -F@var{dir} @opindex F +@item -F@var{dir} Add the framework directory @var{dir} to the head of the list of directories to be searched for header files. These directories are interleaved with those specified by @option{-I} options and are @@ -23888,22 +23888,22 @@ in @file{/System/Library/Frameworks} and the name of the framework and @file{header.h} is found in the @file{PrivateHeaders} or @file{Headers} directory. -@item -iframework@var{dir} @opindex iframework +@item -iframework@var{dir} Like @option{-F} except the directory is a treated as a system directory. The main difference between this @option{-iframework} and @option{-F} is that with @option{-iframework} the compiler does not warn about constructs contained within header files found via @var{dir}. This option is valid only for the C family of languages. -@item -gused @opindex gused +@item -gused Emit debugging information for symbols that are used. For stabs debugging format, this enables @option{-feliminate-unused-debug-symbols}. This is by default ON@. -@item -gfull @opindex gfull +@item -gfull Emit debugging information for all symbols and types. @item -mmacosx-version-min=@var{version} @@ -23916,8 +23916,8 @@ then the default for this option is the system version on which the compiler is running, otherwise the default is to make choices that are compatible with as many systems and code bases as possible. -@item -mkernel @opindex mkernel +@item -mkernel Enable kernel development mode. The @option{-mkernel} option sets @option{-static}, @option{-fno-common}, @option{-fno-use-cxa-atexit}, @option{-fno-exceptions}, @option{-fno-non-call-exceptions}, @@ -23926,8 +23926,8 @@ applicable. This mode also sets @option{-mno-altivec}, @option{-msoft-float}, @option{-fno-builtin} and @option{-mlong-branch} for PowerPC targets. -@item -mone-byte-bool @opindex mone-byte-bool +@item -mone-byte-bool Override the defaults for @code{bool} so that @code{sizeof(bool)==1}. By default @code{sizeof(bool)} is @code{4} when compiling for Darwin/PowerPC and @code{1} when compiling for Darwin/x86, so this @@ -23939,49 +23939,49 @@ without that switch. Using this switch may require recompiling all other modules in a program, including system libraries. Use this switch to conform to a non-default data model. -@item -mfix-and-continue -@itemx -ffix-and-continue -@itemx -findirect-data @opindex mfix-and-continue @opindex ffix-and-continue @opindex findirect-data +@item -mfix-and-continue +@itemx -ffix-and-continue +@itemx -findirect-data Generate code suitable for fast turnaround development, such as to allow GDB to dynamically load @file{.o} files into already-running programs. @option{-findirect-data} and @option{-ffix-and-continue} are provided for backwards compatibility. -@item -all_load @opindex all_load +@item -all_load Loads all members of static archive libraries. See man ld(1) for more information. -@item -arch_errors_fatal @opindex arch_errors_fatal +@item -arch_errors_fatal Cause the errors having to do with files that have the wrong architecture to be fatal. -@item -bind_at_load @opindex bind_at_load +@item -bind_at_load Causes the output file to be marked such that the dynamic linker will bind all undefined references when the file is loaded or launched. -@item -bundle @opindex bundle +@item -bundle Produce a Mach-o bundle format file. See man ld(1) for more information. -@item -bundle_loader @var{executable} @opindex bundle_loader +@item -bundle_loader @var{executable} This option specifies the @var{executable} that will load the build output file being linked. See man ld(1) for more information. -@item -dynamiclib @opindex dynamiclib +@item -dynamiclib When passed this option, GCC produces a dynamic library instead of an executable when linking, using the Darwin @file{libtool} command. -@item -force_cpusubtype_ALL @opindex force_cpusubtype_ALL +@item -force_cpusubtype_ALL This causes GCC's output file to have the @samp{ALL} subtype, instead of one controlled by the @option{-mcpu} or @option{-march} option. @@ -24041,13 +24041,6 @@ one controlled by the @option{-mcpu} or @option{-march} option. @itemx -static @itemx -sub_library @need 800 -@itemx -sub_umbrella -@itemx -twolevel_namespace -@itemx -umbrella -@itemx -undefined -@itemx -unexported_symbols_list -@itemx -weak_reference_mismatches -@itemx -whatsloaded @opindex allowable_client @opindex client_name @opindex compatibility_version @@ -24106,6 +24099,13 @@ one controlled by the @option{-mcpu} or @option{-march} option. @opindex unexported_symbols_list @opindex weak_reference_mismatches @opindex whatsloaded +@itemx -sub_umbrella +@itemx -twolevel_namespace +@itemx -umbrella +@itemx -undefined +@itemx -unexported_symbols_list +@itemx -weak_reference_mismatches +@itemx -whatsloaded These options are passed to the Darwin linker. The Darwin linker man page describes them in detail. @end table @@ -24116,10 +24116,10 @@ describes them in detail. These @samp{-m} options are defined for the DEC Alpha implementations: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mno-soft-float -@itemx -msoft-float @opindex mno-soft-float @opindex msoft-float +@item -mno-soft-float +@itemx -msoft-float Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions for floating-point operations. When @option{-msoft-float} is specified, functions in @file{libgcc.a} are used to perform floating-point @@ -24133,10 +24133,10 @@ them. Note that Alpha implementations without floating-point operations are required to have floating-point registers. -@item -mfp-reg -@itemx -mno-fp-regs @opindex mfp-reg @opindex mno-fp-regs +@item -mfp-reg +@itemx -mno-fp-regs Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point register set. @option{-mno-fp-regs} implies @option{-msoft-float}. If the floating-point register set is not used, floating-point operands are passed in integer @@ -24149,8 +24149,8 @@ option. A typical use of this option is building a kernel that does not use, and hence need not save and restore, any floating-point registers. -@item -mieee @opindex mieee +@item -mieee The Alpha architecture implements floating-point hardware optimized for maximum performance. It is mostly compliant with the IEEE floating-point standard. However, for full compliance, software assistance is @@ -24162,8 +24162,8 @@ able to correctly support denormalized numbers and exceptional IEEE values such as not-a-number and plus/minus infinity. Other Alpha compilers call this option @option{-ieee_with_no_inexact}. -@item -mieee-with-inexact @opindex mieee-with-inexact +@item -mieee-with-inexact This is like @option{-mieee} except the generated code also maintains the IEEE @var{inexact-flag}. Turning on this option causes the generated code to implement fully-compliant IEEE math. In addition to @@ -24174,8 +24174,8 @@ very little code that depends on the @var{inexact-flag}, you should normally not specify this option. Other Alpha compilers call this option @option{-ieee_with_inexact}. -@item -mfp-trap-mode=@var{trap-mode} @opindex mfp-trap-mode +@item -mfp-trap-mode=@var{trap-mode} This option controls what floating-point related traps are enabled. Other Alpha compilers call this option @option{-fptm @var{trap-mode}}. The trap mode can be set to one of four values: @@ -24198,8 +24198,8 @@ completion (see Alpha architecture manual for details). Like @samp{su}, but inexact traps are enabled as well. @end table -@item -mfp-rounding-mode=@var{rounding-mode} @opindex mfp-rounding-mode +@item -mfp-rounding-mode=@var{rounding-mode} Selects the IEEE rounding mode. Other Alpha compilers call this option @option{-fprm @var{rounding-mode}}. The @var{rounding-mode} can be one of: @@ -24224,8 +24224,8 @@ rounding towards plus infinity. Thus, unless your program modifies the @var{fpcr}, @samp{d} corresponds to round towards plus infinity. @end table -@item -mtrap-precision=@var{trap-precision} @opindex mtrap-precision +@item -mtrap-precision=@var{trap-precision} In the Alpha architecture, floating-point traps are imprecise. This means without software assistance it is impossible to recover from a floating trap and program execution normally needs to be terminated. @@ -24251,16 +24251,16 @@ instruction that caused a floating-point exception. Other Alpha compilers provide the equivalent options called @option{-scope_safe} and @option{-resumption_safe}. -@item -mieee-conformant @opindex mieee-conformant +@item -mieee-conformant This option marks the generated code as IEEE conformant. You must not use this option unless you also specify @option{-mtrap-precision=i} and either @option{-mfp-trap-mode=su} or @option{-mfp-trap-mode=sui}. Its only effect is to emit the line @samp{.eflag 48} in the function prologue of the generated assembly file. -@item -mbuild-constants @opindex mbuild-constants +@item -mbuild-constants Normally GCC examines a 32- or 64-bit integer constant to see if it can construct it from smaller constants in two or three instructions. If it cannot, it outputs the constant as a literal and @@ -24273,14 +24273,6 @@ You typically use this option to build a shared library dynamic loader. Itself a shared library, it must relocate itself in memory before it can find the variables and constants in its own data segment. -@item -mbwx -@itemx -mno-bwx -@itemx -mcix -@itemx -mno-cix -@itemx -mfix -@itemx -mno-fix -@itemx -mmax -@itemx -mno-max @opindex mbwx @opindex mno-bwx @opindex mcix @@ -24289,22 +24281,30 @@ before it can find the variables and constants in its own data segment. @opindex mno-fix @opindex mmax @opindex mno-max +@item -mbwx +@itemx -mno-bwx +@itemx -mcix +@itemx -mno-cix +@itemx -mfix +@itemx -mno-fix +@itemx -mmax +@itemx -mno-max Indicate whether GCC should generate code to use the optional BWX, CIX, FIX and MAX instruction sets. The default is to use the instruction sets supported by the CPU type specified via @option{-mcpu=} option or that of the CPU on which GCC was built if none is specified. -@item -mfloat-vax -@itemx -mfloat-ieee @opindex mfloat-vax @opindex mfloat-ieee +@item -mfloat-vax +@itemx -mfloat-ieee Generate code that uses (does not use) VAX F and G floating-point arithmetic instead of IEEE single and double precision. -@item -mexplicit-relocs -@itemx -mno-explicit-relocs @opindex mexplicit-relocs @opindex mno-explicit-relocs +@item -mexplicit-relocs +@itemx -mno-explicit-relocs Older Alpha assemblers provided no way to generate symbol relocations except via assembler macros. Use of these macros does not allow optimal instruction scheduling. GNU binutils as of version 2.12 @@ -24313,10 +24313,10 @@ which relocations should apply to which instructions. This option is mostly useful for debugging, as GCC detects the capabilities of the assembler when it is built and sets the default accordingly. -@item -msmall-data -@itemx -mlarge-data @opindex msmall-data @opindex mlarge-data +@item -msmall-data +@itemx -mlarge-data When @option{-mexplicit-relocs} is in effect, static data is accessed via @dfn{gp-relative} relocations. When @option{-msmall-data} is used, objects 8 bytes long or smaller are placed in a @dfn{small data area} @@ -24333,10 +24333,10 @@ heap instead of in the program's data segment. When generating code for shared libraries, @option{-fpic} implies @option{-msmall-data} and @option{-fPIC} implies @option{-mlarge-data}. -@item -msmall-text -@itemx -mlarge-text @opindex msmall-text @opindex mlarge-text +@item -msmall-text +@itemx -mlarge-text When @option{-msmall-text} is used, the compiler assumes that the code of the entire program (or shared library) fits in 4MB, and is thus reachable with a branch instruction. When @option{-msmall-data} @@ -24346,8 +24346,8 @@ required for a function call from 4 to 1. The default is @option{-mlarge-text}. -@item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type} @opindex mcpu +@item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type} Set the instruction set and instruction scheduling parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}. You can specify either the @samp{EV} style name or the corresponding chip number. GCC supports scheduling @@ -24391,8 +24391,8 @@ which selects the best architecture option for the host processor. @option{-mcpu=native} has no effect if GCC does not recognize the processor. -@item -mtune=@var{cpu_type} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{cpu_type} Set only the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}. The instruction set is not changed. @@ -24401,8 +24401,8 @@ which selects the best architecture option for the host processor. @option{-mtune=native} has no effect if GCC does not recognize the processor. -@item -mmemory-latency=@var{time} @opindex mmemory-latency +@item -mmemory-latency=@var{time} Sets the latency the scheduler should assume for typical memory references as seen by the application. This number is highly dependent on the memory access patterns used by the application @@ -24437,8 +24437,8 @@ the value that can be specified should be less than or equal to @samp{32767}. Defaults to whatever limit is imposed by the version of the Linux kernel targeted. -@item -mkernel=@var{version} @opindex mkernel +@item -mkernel=@var{version} This specifies the minimum version of the kernel that will run the compiled program. GCC uses this version to determine which instructions to use, what kernel helpers to allow, etc. Currently, @@ -24449,29 +24449,29 @@ instructions to use, what kernel helpers to allow, etc. Currently, @samp{4.18}, @samp{4.19}, @samp{4.20}, @samp{5.0}, @samp{5.1}, @samp{5.2}, @samp{latest} and @samp{native}. -@item -mbig-endian @opindex mbig-endian +@item -mbig-endian Generate code for a big-endian target. -@item -mlittle-endian @opindex mlittle-endian +@item -mlittle-endian Generate code for a little-endian target. This is the default. -@item -mjmpext @opindex mjmpext +@item -mjmpext Enable generation of extra conditional-branch instructions. Enabled for CPU v2 and above. -@item -mjmp32 @opindex mjmp32 +@item -mjmp32 Enable 32-bit jump instructions. Enabled for CPU v3 and above. -@item -malu32 @opindex malu32 +@item -malu32 Enable 32-bit ALU instructions. Enabled for CPU v3 and above. -@item -mcpu=@var{version} @opindex mcpu +@item -mcpu=@var{version} This specifies which version of the eBPF ISA to target. Newer versions may not be supported by all kernels. The default is @samp{v3}. @@ -24493,13 +24493,13 @@ All features of v2, plus: @end table -@item -mco-re @opindex mco-re +@item -mco-re Enable BPF Compile Once - Run Everywhere (CO-RE) support. Requires and is implied by @option{-gbtf}. -@item -mno-co-re @opindex mno-co-re +@item -mno-co-re Disable BPF Compile Once - Run Everywhere (CO-RE) support. BPF CO-RE support is enabled by default when generating BTF debug information for the BPF target. @@ -24521,14 +24521,14 @@ These options are defined specifically for the FR30 port. @table @gcctabopt -@item -msmall-model @opindex msmall-model +@item -msmall-model Use the small address space model. This can produce smaller code, but it does assume that all symbolic values and addresses fit into a 20-bit range. -@item -mno-lsim @opindex mno-lsim +@item -mno-lsim Assume that runtime support has been provided and so there is no need to include the simulator library (@file{libsim.a}) on the linker command line. @@ -24543,33 +24543,33 @@ These options are defined specifically for the FT32 port. @table @gcctabopt -@item -msim @opindex msim +@item -msim Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This causes an alternate runtime startup and library to be linked. You must not use this option when generating programs that will run on real hardware; you must provide your own runtime library for whatever I/O functions are needed. -@item -mlra @opindex mlra +@item -mlra Enable Local Register Allocation. This is still experimental for FT32, so by default the compiler uses standard reload. -@item -mnodiv @opindex mnodiv +@item -mnodiv Do not use div and mod instructions. -@item -mft32b @opindex mft32b +@item -mft32b Enable use of the extended instructions of the FT32B processor. -@item -mcompress @opindex mcompress +@item -mcompress Compress all code using the Ft32B code compression scheme. -@item -mnopm @opindex mnopm +@item -mnopm Do not generate code that reads program memory. @end table @@ -24579,90 +24579,90 @@ Do not generate code that reads program memory. @cindex FRV Options @table @gcctabopt -@item -mgpr-32 @opindex mgpr-32 +@item -mgpr-32 Only use the first 32 general-purpose registers. -@item -mgpr-64 @opindex mgpr-64 +@item -mgpr-64 Use all 64 general-purpose registers. -@item -mfpr-32 @opindex mfpr-32 +@item -mfpr-32 Use only the first 32 floating-point registers. -@item -mfpr-64 @opindex mfpr-64 +@item -mfpr-64 Use all 64 floating-point registers. -@item -mhard-float @opindex mhard-float +@item -mhard-float Use hardware instructions for floating-point operations. -@item -msoft-float @opindex msoft-float +@item -msoft-float Use library routines for floating-point operations. -@item -malloc-cc @opindex malloc-cc +@item -malloc-cc Dynamically allocate condition code registers. -@item -mfixed-cc @opindex mfixed-cc +@item -mfixed-cc Do not try to dynamically allocate condition code registers, only use @code{icc0} and @code{fcc0}. -@item -mdword @opindex mdword +@item -mdword Change ABI to use double word insns. -@item -mno-dword @opindex mno-dword @opindex mdword +@item -mno-dword Do not use double word instructions. -@item -mdouble @opindex mdouble +@item -mdouble Use floating-point double instructions. -@item -mno-double @opindex mno-double +@item -mno-double Do not use floating-point double instructions. -@item -mmedia @opindex mmedia +@item -mmedia Use media instructions. -@item -mno-media @opindex mno-media +@item -mno-media Do not use media instructions. -@item -mmuladd @opindex mmuladd +@item -mmuladd Use multiply and add/subtract instructions. -@item -mno-muladd @opindex mno-muladd +@item -mno-muladd Do not use multiply and add/subtract instructions. -@item -mfdpic @opindex mfdpic +@item -mfdpic Select the FDPIC ABI, which uses function descriptors to represent pointers to functions. Without any PIC/PIE-related options, it @@ -24672,8 +24672,8 @@ GOT base address; with @option{-fPIC} or @option{-fPIE}, GOT offsets are computed with 32 bits. With a @samp{bfin-elf} target, this option implies @option{-msim}. -@item -minline-plt @opindex minline-plt +@item -minline-plt Enable inlining of PLT entries in function calls to functions that are not known to bind locally. It has no effect without @option{-mfdpic}. @@ -24682,18 +24682,18 @@ shared libraries (i.e., @option{-fPIC} or @option{-fpic}), or when an optimization option such as @option{-O3} or above is present in the command line. -@item -mTLS @opindex mTLS +@item -mTLS Assume a large TLS segment when generating thread-local code. -@item -mtls @opindex mtls +@item -mtls Do not assume a large TLS segment when generating thread-local code. -@item -mgprel-ro @opindex mgprel-ro +@item -mgprel-ro Enable the use of @code{GPREL} relocations in the FDPIC ABI for data that is known to be in read-only sections. It's enabled by default, @@ -24704,132 +24704,132 @@ one of which may be shared by multiple symbols, and it avoids the need for a GOT entry for the referenced symbol, so it's more likely to be a win. If it is not, @option{-mno-gprel-ro} can be used to disable it. -@item -multilib-library-pic @opindex multilib-library-pic +@item -multilib-library-pic Link with the (library, not FD) pic libraries. It's implied by @option{-mlibrary-pic}, as well as by @option{-fPIC} and @option{-fpic} without @option{-mfdpic}. You should never have to use it explicitly. -@item -mlinked-fp @opindex mlinked-fp +@item -mlinked-fp Follow the EABI requirement of always creating a frame pointer whenever a stack frame is allocated. This option is enabled by default and can be disabled with @option{-mno-linked-fp}. -@item -mlong-calls @opindex mlong-calls +@item -mlong-calls Use indirect addressing to call functions outside the current compilation unit. This allows the functions to be placed anywhere within the 32-bit address space. -@item -malign-labels @opindex malign-labels +@item -malign-labels Try to align labels to an 8-byte boundary by inserting NOPs into the previous packet. This option only has an effect when VLIW packing is enabled. It doesn't create new packets; it merely adds NOPs to existing ones. -@item -mlibrary-pic @opindex mlibrary-pic +@item -mlibrary-pic Generate position-independent EABI code. -@item -macc-4 @opindex macc-4 +@item -macc-4 Use only the first four media accumulator registers. -@item -macc-8 @opindex macc-8 +@item -macc-8 Use all eight media accumulator registers. -@item -mpack @opindex mpack +@item -mpack Pack VLIW instructions. -@item -mno-pack @opindex mno-pack +@item -mno-pack Do not pack VLIW instructions. -@item -mno-eflags @opindex mno-eflags +@item -mno-eflags Do not mark ABI switches in e_flags. -@item -mcond-move @opindex mcond-move +@item -mcond-move Enable the use of conditional-move instructions (default). This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version. -@item -mno-cond-move @opindex mno-cond-move +@item -mno-cond-move Disable the use of conditional-move instructions. This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version. -@item -mscc @opindex mscc +@item -mscc Enable the use of conditional set instructions (default). This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version. -@item -mno-scc @opindex mno-scc +@item -mno-scc Disable the use of conditional set instructions. This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version. -@item -mcond-exec @opindex mcond-exec +@item -mcond-exec Enable the use of conditional execution (default). This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version. -@item -mno-cond-exec @opindex mno-cond-exec +@item -mno-cond-exec Disable the use of conditional execution. This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version. -@item -mvliw-branch @opindex mvliw-branch +@item -mvliw-branch Run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instructions (default). This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version. -@item -mno-vliw-branch @opindex mno-vliw-branch +@item -mno-vliw-branch Do not run a pass to pack branches into VLIW instructions. This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version. -@item -mmulti-cond-exec @opindex mmulti-cond-exec +@item -mmulti-cond-exec Enable optimization of @code{&&} and @code{||} in conditional execution (default). @@ -24837,50 +24837,50 @@ Enable optimization of @code{&&} and @code{||} in conditional execution This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version. -@item -mno-multi-cond-exec @opindex mno-multi-cond-exec +@item -mno-multi-cond-exec Disable optimization of @code{&&} and @code{||} in conditional execution. This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version. -@item -mnested-cond-exec @opindex mnested-cond-exec +@item -mnested-cond-exec Enable nested conditional execution optimizations (default). This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version. -@item -mno-nested-cond-exec @opindex mno-nested-cond-exec +@item -mno-nested-cond-exec Disable nested conditional execution optimizations. This switch is mainly for debugging the compiler and will likely be removed in a future version. -@item -moptimize-membar @opindex moptimize-membar +@item -moptimize-membar This switch removes redundant @code{membar} instructions from the compiler-generated code. It is enabled by default. -@item -mno-optimize-membar @opindex mno-optimize-membar @opindex moptimize-membar +@item -mno-optimize-membar This switch disables the automatic removal of redundant @code{membar} instructions from the generated code. -@item -mtomcat-stats @opindex mtomcat-stats +@item -mtomcat-stats Cause gas to print out tomcat statistics. -@item -mcpu=@var{cpu} @opindex mcpu +@item -mcpu=@var{cpu} Select the processor type for which to generate code. Possible values are @samp{frv}, @samp{fr550}, @samp{tomcat}, @samp{fr500}, @samp{fr450}, @@ -24894,29 +24894,29 @@ Select the processor type for which to generate code. Possible values are These @samp{-m} options are defined for GNU/Linux targets: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mglibc @opindex mglibc +@item -mglibc Use the GNU C library. This is the default except on @samp{*-*-linux-*uclibc*}, @samp{*-*-linux-*musl*} and @samp{*-*-linux-*android*} targets. -@item -muclibc @opindex muclibc +@item -muclibc Use uClibc C library. This is the default on @samp{*-*-linux-*uclibc*} targets. -@item -mmusl @opindex mmusl +@item -mmusl Use the musl C library. This is the default on @samp{*-*-linux-*musl*} targets. -@item -mbionic @opindex mbionic +@item -mbionic Use Bionic C library. This is the default on @samp{*-*-linux-*android*} targets. -@item -mandroid @opindex mandroid +@item -mandroid Compile code compatible with Android platform. This is the default on @samp{*-*-linux-*android*} targets. @@ -24926,14 +24926,14 @@ this option makes the GCC driver pass Android-specific options to the linker. Finally, this option causes the preprocessor macro @code{__ANDROID__} to be defined. -@item -tno-android-cc @opindex tno-android-cc +@item -tno-android-cc Disable compilation effects of @option{-mandroid}, i.e., do not enable @option{-mbionic}, @option{-fPIC}, @option{-fno-exceptions} and @option{-fno-rtti} by default. -@item -tno-android-ld @opindex tno-android-ld +@item -tno-android-ld Disable linking effects of @option{-mandroid}, i.e., pass standard Linux linking options to the linker. @@ -24945,48 +24945,48 @@ linking options to the linker. These @samp{-m} options are defined for the H8/300 implementations: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mrelax @opindex mrelax +@item -mrelax Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the linker option @option{-relax}. @xref{H8/300,, @code{ld} and the H8/300, ld, Using ld}, for a fuller description. -@item -mh @opindex mh +@item -mh Generate code for the H8/300H@. -@item -ms @opindex ms +@item -ms Generate code for the H8S@. -@item -mn @opindex mn +@item -mn Generate code for the H8S and H8/300H in the normal mode. This switch must be used either with @option{-mh} or @option{-ms}. -@item -ms2600 @opindex ms2600 +@item -ms2600 Generate code for the H8S/2600. This switch must be used with @option{-ms}. -@item -mexr @opindex mexr +@item -mexr Extended registers are stored on stack before execution of function with monitor attribute. Default option is @option{-mexr}. This option is valid only for H8S targets. -@item -mno-exr @opindex mno-exr @opindex mexr +@item -mno-exr Extended registers are not stored on stack before execution of function with monitor attribute. Default option is @option{-mno-exr}. This option is valid only for H8S targets. -@item -mint32 @opindex mint32 +@item -mint32 Make @code{int} data 32 bits by default. -@item -malign-300 @opindex malign-300 +@item -malign-300 On the H8/300H and H8S, use the same alignment rules as for the H8/300. The default for the H8/300H and H8S is to align longs and floats on 4-byte boundaries. @@ -25001,8 +25001,8 @@ This option has no effect on the H8/300. These @samp{-m} options are defined for the HPPA family of computers: @table @gcctabopt -@item -march=@var{architecture-type} @opindex march +@item -march=@var{architecture-type} Generate code for the specified architecture. The choices for @var{architecture-type} are @samp{1.0} for PA 1.0, @samp{1.1} for PA 1.1, and @samp{2.0} for PA 2.0 processors. Refer to @@ -25011,17 +25011,17 @@ architecture option for your machine. Code compiled for lower numbered architectures runs on higher numbered architectures, but not the other way around. -@item -mpa-risc-1-0 -@itemx -mpa-risc-1-1 -@itemx -mpa-risc-2-0 @opindex mpa-risc-1-0 @opindex mpa-risc-1-1 @opindex mpa-risc-2-0 +@item -mpa-risc-1-0 +@itemx -mpa-risc-1-1 +@itemx -mpa-risc-2-0 Synonyms for @option{-march=1.0}, @option{-march=1.1}, and @option{-march=2.0} respectively. -@item -matomic-libcalls @opindex matomic-libcalls @opindex mno-atomic-libcalls +@item -matomic-libcalls Generate libcalls for atomic loads and stores when sync libcalls are disabled. This option is enabled by default. It only affects the generation of atomic libcalls by the HPPA backend. @@ -25042,53 +25042,53 @@ This option generates @code{__atomic_exchange} calls for atomic stores. It also provides special handling for atomic DImode accesses on 32-bit targets. -@item -mbig-switch @opindex mbig-switch +@item -mbig-switch Does nothing. Preserved for backward compatibility. -@item -mcaller-copies @opindex mcaller-copies +@item -mcaller-copies The caller copies function arguments passed by hidden reference. This option should be used with care as it is not compatible with the default 32-bit runtime. However, only aggregates larger than eight bytes are passed by hidden reference and the option provides better compatibility with OpenMP. -@item -mcoherent-ldcw @opindex mcoherent-ldcw +@item -mcoherent-ldcw Use ldcw/ldcd coherent cache-control hint. -@item -mdisable-fpregs @opindex mdisable-fpregs +@item -mdisable-fpregs Disable floating-point registers. Equivalent to @code{-msoft-float}. -@item -mdisable-indexing @opindex mdisable-indexing +@item -mdisable-indexing Prevent the compiler from using indexing address modes. This avoids some rather obscure problems when compiling MIG generated code under MACH@. -@item -mfast-indirect-calls @opindex mfast-indirect-calls +@item -mfast-indirect-calls Generate code that assumes calls never cross space boundaries. This allows GCC to emit code that performs faster indirect calls. This option does not work in the presence of shared libraries or nested functions. -@item -mfixed-range=@var{register-range} @opindex mfixed-range +@item -mfixed-range=@var{register-range} Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers. A fixed register is one that the register allocator cannot use. This is useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be specified separated by a comma. -@item -mgas @opindex mgas +@item -mgas Enable the use of assembler directives only GAS understands. -@item -mgnu-ld @opindex mgnu-ld +@item -mgnu-ld Use options specific to GNU @command{ld}. This passes @option{-shared} to @command{ld} when building a shared library. It is the default when GCC is configured, @@ -25101,8 +25101,8 @@ finally by the user's @env{PATH}. The linker used by GCC can be printed using @samp{which `gcc -print-prog-name=ld`}. This option is only available on the 64-bit HP-UX GCC, i.e.@: configured with @samp{hppa*64*-*-hpux*}. -@item -mhp-ld @opindex mhp-ld +@item -mhp-ld Use options specific to HP @command{ld}. This passes @option{-b} to @command{ld} when building a shared library and passes @option{+Accept TypeMismatch} to @command{ld} on all @@ -25116,15 +25116,15 @@ configure option, GCC's program search path, and finally by the user's `gcc -print-prog-name=ld`}. This option is only available on the 64-bit HP-UX GCC, i.e.@: configured with @samp{hppa*64*-*-hpux*}. -@item -mlinker-opt @opindex mlinker-opt +@item -mlinker-opt Enable the optimization pass in the HP-UX linker. Note this makes symbolic debugging impossible. It also triggers a bug in the HP-UX 8 and HP-UX 9 linkers in which they give bogus error messages when linking some programs. -@item -mlong-calls @opindex mno-long-calls @opindex mlong-calls +@item -mlong-calls Generate code that uses long call sequences. This ensures that a call is always able to reach linker generated stubs. The default is to generate long calls only when the distance from the call site to the beginning @@ -25150,34 +25150,34 @@ symbol-difference or pc-relative calls should be relatively small. However, an indirect call is used on 32-bit ELF systems in pic code and it is quite long. -@item -mlong-load-store @opindex mlong-load-store +@item -mlong-load-store Generate 3-instruction load and store sequences as sometimes required by the HP-UX 10 linker. This is equivalent to the @samp{+k} option to the HP compilers. -@item -mjump-in-delay @opindex mjump-in-delay +@item -mjump-in-delay This option is ignored and provided for compatibility purposes only. -@item -mno-space-regs @opindex mno-space-regs @opindex mspace-regs +@item -mno-space-regs Generate code that assumes the target has no space registers. This allows GCC to generate faster indirect calls and use unscaled index address modes. Such code is suitable for level 0 PA systems and kernels. -@item -mordered @opindex mordered +@item -mordered Assume memory references are ordered and barriers are not needed. -@item -mportable-runtime @opindex mportable-runtime +@item -mportable-runtime Use the portable calling conventions proposed by HP for ELF systems. -@item -mschedule=@var{cpu-type} @opindex mschedule +@item -mschedule=@var{cpu-type} Schedule code according to the constraints for the machine type @var{cpu-type}. The choices for @var{cpu-type} are @samp{700} @samp{7100}, @samp{7100LC}, @samp{7200}, @samp{7300} and @samp{8000}. Refer @@ -25185,15 +25185,15 @@ to @file{/usr/lib/sched.models} on an HP-UX system to determine the proper scheduling option for your machine. The default scheduling is @samp{8000}. -@item -msio @opindex msio +@item -msio Generate the predefine, @code{_SIO}, for server IO@. The default is @option{-mwsio}. This generates the predefines, @code{__hp9000s700}, @code{__hp9000s700__} and @code{_WSIO}, for workstation IO@. These options are available under HP-UX and HI-UX@. -@item -msoft-float @opindex msoft-float +@item -msoft-float Generate output containing library calls for floating point. @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all HPPA targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are @@ -25207,14 +25207,14 @@ this option. In particular, you need to compile @file{libgcc.a}, the library that comes with GCC, with @option{-msoft-float} in order for this to work. -@item -msoft-mult @opindex msoft-mult +@item -msoft-mult Use software integer multiplication. This disables the use of the @code{xmpyu} instruction. -@item -munix=@var{unix-std} @opindex march +@item -munix=@var{unix-std} Generate compiler predefines and select a startfile for the specified UNIX standard. The choices for @var{unix-std} are @samp{93}, @samp{95} and @samp{98}. @samp{93} is supported on all HP-UX versions. @samp{95} @@ -25239,13 +25239,13 @@ Library code that is intended to operate with more than one UNIX standard must test, set and restore the variable @code{__xpg4_extended_mask} as appropriate. Most GNU software doesn't provide this capability. -@item -nolibdld @opindex nolibdld +@item -nolibdld Suppress the generation of link options to search libdld.sl when the @option{-static} option is specified on HP-UX 10 and later. -@item -static @opindex static +@item -static The HP-UX implementation of setlocale in libc has a dependency on libdld.sl. There isn't an archive version of libdld.sl. Thus, when the @option{-static} option is specified, special link options @@ -25258,8 +25258,8 @@ the linkers generate dynamic binaries by default in any case. The @option{-nolibdld} option can be used to prevent the GCC driver from adding these link options. -@item -threads @opindex threads +@item -threads Add support for multithreading with the @dfn{dce thread} library under HP-UX@. This option sets flags for both the preprocessor and linker. @@ -25272,275 +25272,275 @@ linker. These are the @samp{-m} options defined for the Intel IA-64 architecture. @table @gcctabopt -@item -mbig-endian @opindex mbig-endian +@item -mbig-endian Generate code for a big-endian target. This is the default for HP-UX@. -@item -mlittle-endian @opindex mlittle-endian +@item -mlittle-endian Generate code for a little-endian target. This is the default for AIX5 and GNU/Linux. -@item -mgnu-as -@itemx -mno-gnu-as @opindex mgnu-as @opindex mno-gnu-as +@item -mgnu-as +@itemx -mno-gnu-as Generate (or don't) code for the GNU assembler. This is the default. @c Also, this is the default if the configure option @option{--with-gnu-as} @c is used. -@item -mgnu-ld -@itemx -mno-gnu-ld @opindex mgnu-ld @opindex mno-gnu-ld +@item -mgnu-ld +@itemx -mno-gnu-ld Generate (or don't) code for the GNU linker. This is the default. @c Also, this is the default if the configure option @option{--with-gnu-ld} @c is used. -@item -mno-pic @opindex mno-pic +@item -mno-pic Generate code that does not use a global pointer register. The result is not position independent code, and violates the IA-64 ABI@. -@item -mvolatile-asm-stop -@itemx -mno-volatile-asm-stop @opindex mvolatile-asm-stop @opindex mno-volatile-asm-stop +@item -mvolatile-asm-stop +@itemx -mno-volatile-asm-stop Generate (or don't) a stop bit immediately before and after volatile asm statements. -@item -mregister-names -@itemx -mno-register-names @opindex mregister-names @opindex mno-register-names +@item -mregister-names +@itemx -mno-register-names Generate (or don't) @samp{in}, @samp{loc}, and @samp{out} register names for the stacked registers. This may make assembler output more readable. -@item -mno-sdata -@itemx -msdata @opindex mno-sdata @opindex msdata +@item -mno-sdata +@itemx -msdata Disable (or enable) optimizations that use the small data section. This may be useful for working around optimizer bugs. -@item -mconstant-gp @opindex mconstant-gp +@item -mconstant-gp Generate code that uses a single constant global pointer value. This is useful when compiling kernel code. -@item -mauto-pic @opindex mauto-pic +@item -mauto-pic Generate code that is self-relocatable. This implies @option{-mconstant-gp}. This is useful when compiling firmware code. -@item -minline-float-divide-min-latency @opindex minline-float-divide-min-latency +@item -minline-float-divide-min-latency Generate code for inline divides of floating-point values using the minimum latency algorithm. -@item -minline-float-divide-max-throughput @opindex minline-float-divide-max-throughput +@item -minline-float-divide-max-throughput Generate code for inline divides of floating-point values using the maximum throughput algorithm. -@item -mno-inline-float-divide @opindex mno-inline-float-divide +@item -mno-inline-float-divide Do not generate inline code for divides of floating-point values. -@item -minline-int-divide-min-latency @opindex minline-int-divide-min-latency +@item -minline-int-divide-min-latency Generate code for inline divides of integer values using the minimum latency algorithm. -@item -minline-int-divide-max-throughput @opindex minline-int-divide-max-throughput +@item -minline-int-divide-max-throughput Generate code for inline divides of integer values using the maximum throughput algorithm. -@item -mno-inline-int-divide @opindex mno-inline-int-divide @opindex minline-int-divide +@item -mno-inline-int-divide Do not generate inline code for divides of integer values. -@item -minline-sqrt-min-latency @opindex minline-sqrt-min-latency +@item -minline-sqrt-min-latency Generate code for inline square roots using the minimum latency algorithm. -@item -minline-sqrt-max-throughput @opindex minline-sqrt-max-throughput +@item -minline-sqrt-max-throughput Generate code for inline square roots using the maximum throughput algorithm. -@item -mno-inline-sqrt @opindex mno-inline-sqrt +@item -mno-inline-sqrt Do not generate inline code for @code{sqrt}. -@item -mfused-madd -@itemx -mno-fused-madd @opindex mfused-madd @opindex mno-fused-madd +@item -mfused-madd +@itemx -mno-fused-madd Do (don't) generate code that uses the fused multiply/add or multiply/subtract instructions. The default is to use these instructions. -@item -mno-dwarf2-asm -@itemx -mdwarf2-asm @opindex mno-dwarf2-asm @opindex mdwarf2-asm +@item -mno-dwarf2-asm +@itemx -mdwarf2-asm Don't (or do) generate assembler code for the DWARF line number debugging info. This may be useful when not using the GNU assembler. -@item -mearly-stop-bits -@itemx -mno-early-stop-bits @opindex mearly-stop-bits @opindex mno-early-stop-bits +@item -mearly-stop-bits +@itemx -mno-early-stop-bits Allow stop bits to be placed earlier than immediately preceding the instruction that triggered the stop bit. This can improve instruction scheduling, but does not always do so. -@item -mfixed-range=@var{register-range} @opindex mfixed-range +@item -mfixed-range=@var{register-range} Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers. A fixed register is one that the register allocator cannot use. This is useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be specified separated by a comma. -@item -mtls-size=@var{tls-size} @opindex mtls-size +@item -mtls-size=@var{tls-size} Specify bit size of immediate TLS offsets. Valid values are 14, 22, and 64. -@item -mtune=@var{cpu-type} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{cpu-type} Tune the instruction scheduling for a particular CPU, Valid values are @samp{itanium}, @samp{itanium1}, @samp{merced}, @samp{itanium2}, and @samp{mckinley}. -@item -milp32 -@itemx -mlp64 @opindex milp32 @opindex mlp64 +@item -milp32 +@itemx -mlp64 Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The 32-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits. The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits. These are HP-UX specific flags. -@item -mno-sched-br-data-spec -@itemx -msched-br-data-spec @opindex mno-sched-br-data-spec @opindex msched-br-data-spec +@item -mno-sched-br-data-spec +@itemx -msched-br-data-spec (Dis/En)able data speculative scheduling before reload. This results in generation of @code{ld.a} instructions and the corresponding check instructions (@code{ld.c} / @code{chk.a}). The default setting is disabled. -@item -msched-ar-data-spec -@itemx -mno-sched-ar-data-spec @opindex msched-ar-data-spec @opindex mno-sched-ar-data-spec +@item -msched-ar-data-spec +@itemx -mno-sched-ar-data-spec (En/Dis)able data speculative scheduling after reload. This results in generation of @code{ld.a} instructions and the corresponding check instructions (@code{ld.c} / @code{chk.a}). The default setting is enabled. -@item -mno-sched-control-spec -@itemx -msched-control-spec @opindex mno-sched-control-spec @opindex msched-control-spec +@item -mno-sched-control-spec +@itemx -msched-control-spec (Dis/En)able control speculative scheduling. This feature is available only during region scheduling (i.e.@: before reload). This results in generation of the @code{ld.s} instructions and the corresponding check instructions @code{chk.s}. The default setting is disabled. -@item -msched-br-in-data-spec -@itemx -mno-sched-br-in-data-spec @opindex msched-br-in-data-spec @opindex mno-sched-br-in-data-spec +@item -msched-br-in-data-spec +@itemx -mno-sched-br-in-data-spec (En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are dependent on the data speculative loads before reload. This is effective only with @option{-msched-br-data-spec} enabled. The default setting is enabled. -@item -msched-ar-in-data-spec -@itemx -mno-sched-ar-in-data-spec @opindex msched-ar-in-data-spec @opindex mno-sched-ar-in-data-spec +@item -msched-ar-in-data-spec +@itemx -mno-sched-ar-in-data-spec (En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are dependent on the data speculative loads after reload. This is effective only with @option{-msched-ar-data-spec} enabled. The default setting is enabled. -@item -msched-in-control-spec -@itemx -mno-sched-in-control-spec @opindex msched-in-control-spec @opindex mno-sched-in-control-spec +@item -msched-in-control-spec +@itemx -mno-sched-in-control-spec (En/Dis)able speculative scheduling of the instructions that are dependent on the control speculative loads. This is effective only with @option{-msched-control-spec} enabled. The default setting is enabled. -@item -mno-sched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns -@itemx -msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns @opindex mno-sched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns @opindex msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns +@item -mno-sched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns +@itemx -msched-prefer-non-data-spec-insns If enabled, data-speculative instructions are chosen for schedule only if there are no other choices at the moment. This makes the use of the data speculation much more conservative. The default setting is disabled. -@item -mno-sched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns -@itemx -msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns @opindex mno-sched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns @opindex msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns +@item -mno-sched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns +@itemx -msched-prefer-non-control-spec-insns If enabled, control-speculative instructions are chosen for schedule only if there are no other choices at the moment. This makes the use of the control speculation much more conservative. The default setting is disabled. -@item -mno-sched-count-spec-in-critical-path -@itemx -msched-count-spec-in-critical-path @opindex mno-sched-count-spec-in-critical-path @opindex msched-count-spec-in-critical-path +@item -mno-sched-count-spec-in-critical-path +@itemx -msched-count-spec-in-critical-path If enabled, speculative dependencies are considered during computation of the instructions priorities. This makes the use of the speculation a bit more conservative. The default setting is disabled. -@item -msched-spec-ldc @opindex msched-spec-ldc +@item -msched-spec-ldc Use a simple data speculation check. This option is on by default. -@item -msched-control-spec-ldc @opindex msched-spec-ldc +@item -msched-control-spec-ldc Use a simple check for control speculation. This option is on by default. -@item -msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle @opindex msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle +@item -msched-stop-bits-after-every-cycle Place a stop bit after every cycle when scheduling. This option is on by default. -@item -msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost @opindex msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost +@item -msched-fp-mem-deps-zero-cost Assume that floating-point stores and loads are not likely to cause a conflict when placed into the same instruction group. This option is disabled by default. -@item -msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec @opindex msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec +@item -msel-sched-dont-check-control-spec Generate checks for control speculation in selective scheduling. This flag is disabled by default. -@item -msched-max-memory-insns=@var{max-insns} @opindex msched-max-memory-insns +@item -msched-max-memory-insns=@var{max-insns} Limit on the number of memory insns per instruction group, giving lower priority to subsequent memory insns attempting to schedule in the same instruction group. Frequently useful to prevent cache bank conflicts. The default value is 1. -@item -msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit @opindex msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit +@item -msched-max-memory-insns-hard-limit Makes the limit specified by @option{msched-max-memory-insns} a hard limit, disallowing more than that number in an instruction group. Otherwise, the limit is ``soft'', meaning that non-memory operations @@ -25556,24 +25556,24 @@ be scheduled. These @option{-m} options are defined for the LatticeMico32 architecture: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mbarrel-shift-enabled @opindex mbarrel-shift-enabled +@item -mbarrel-shift-enabled Enable barrel-shift instructions. -@item -mdivide-enabled @opindex mdivide-enabled +@item -mdivide-enabled Enable divide and modulus instructions. -@item -mmultiply-enabled @opindex multiply-enabled +@item -mmultiply-enabled Enable multiply instructions. -@item -msign-extend-enabled @opindex msign-extend-enabled +@item -msign-extend-enabled Enable sign extend instructions. -@item -muser-enabled @opindex muser-enabled +@item -muser-enabled Enable user-defined instructions. @end table @@ -25585,8 +25585,8 @@ Enable user-defined instructions. These command-line options are defined for LoongArch targets: @table @gcctabopt -@item -march=@var{cpu-type} @opindex march +@item -march=@var{cpu-type} Generate instructions for the machine type @var{cpu-type}. In contrast to @option{-mtune=@var{cpu-type}}, which merely tunes the generated code for the specified @var{cpu-type}, @option{-march=@var{cpu-type}} allows GCC @@ -25610,13 +25610,13 @@ A generic CPU with 64-bit extensions. LoongArch LA464 CPU with LBT, LSX, LASX, LVZ. @end table -@item -mtune=@var{cpu-type} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{cpu-type} Optimize the output for the given processor, specified by microarchitecture name. -@item -mabi=@var{base-abi-type} @opindex mabi +@item -mabi=@var{base-abi-type} Generate code for the specified calling convention. @var{base-abi-type} can be one of: @table @samp @@ -25634,8 +25634,8 @@ registers for parameter passing. Data model is LP64, where @samp{int} is 32 bits, while @samp{long int} and pointers are 64 bits. @end table -@item -mfpu=@var{fpu-type} @opindex mfpu +@item -mfpu=@var{fpu-type} Generate code for the specified FPU type, which can be one of: @table @samp @item 64 @@ -25649,50 +25649,50 @@ operations. Prevent the use of hardware floating-point instructions. @end table -@item -msoft-float @opindex msoft-float +@item -msoft-float Force @option{-mfpu=none} and prevents the use of floating-point registers for parameter passing. This option may change the target ABI. -@item -msingle-float @opindex msingle-float +@item -msingle-float Force @option{-mfpu=32} and allow the use of 32-bit floating-point registers for parameter passing. This option may change the target ABI. -@item -mdouble-float @opindex mdouble-float +@item -mdouble-float Force @option{-mfpu=64} and allow the use of 32/64-bit floating-point registers for parameter passing. This option may change the target ABI. -@item -mbranch-cost=@var{n} @opindex mbranch-cost +@item -mbranch-cost=@var{n} Set the cost of branches to roughly @var{n} instructions. +@opindex mcheck-zero-division @item -mcheck-zero-division @itemx -mno-check-zero-divison -@opindex mcheck-zero-division Trap (do not trap) on integer division by zero. The default is @option{-mcheck-zero-division} for @option{-O0} or @option{-Og}, and @option{-mno-check-zero-division} for other optimization levels. +@opindex mcond-move-int @item -mcond-move-int @itemx -mno-cond-move-int -@opindex mcond-move-int Conditional moves for integral data in general-purpose registers are enabled (disabled). The default is @option{-mcond-move-int}. +@opindex mcond-move-float @item -mcond-move-float @itemx -mno-cond-move-float -@opindex mcond-move-float Conditional moves for floating-point registers are enabled (disabled). The default is @option{-mcond-move-float}. +@opindex mmemcpy @item -mmemcpy @itemx -mno-memcpy -@opindex mmemcpy Force (do not force) the use of @code{memcpy} for non-trivial block moves. The default is @option{-mno-memcpy}, which allows GCC to inline most constant-sized copies. Setting optimization level to @option{-Os} also @@ -25700,20 +25700,20 @@ forces the use of @code{memcpy}, but @option{-mno-memcpy} may override this behavior if explicitly specified, regardless of the order these options on the command line. +@opindex mstrict-align @item -mstrict-align @itemx -mno-strict-align -@opindex mstrict-align Avoid or allow generating memory accesses that may not be aligned on a natural object boundary as described in the architecture specification. The default is @option{-mno-strict-align}. -@item -msmall-data-limit=@var{number} @opindex msmall-data-limit +@item -msmall-data-limit=@var{number} Put global and static data smaller than @var{number} bytes into a special section (on some targets). The default value is 0. -@item -mmax-inline-memcpy-size=@var{n} @opindex mmax-inline-memcpy-size +@item -mmax-inline-memcpy-size=@var{n} Inline all block moves (such as calls to @code{memcpy} or structure copies) less than or equal to @var{n} bytes. The default value of @var{n} is 1024. @@ -25739,10 +25739,10 @@ The @option{-mcmodel=extreme} option is incompatible with @option{-fplt} and @end table The default code model is @code{normal}. -@item -mexplicit-relocs -@itemx -mno-explicit-relocs @opindex mexplicit-relocs @opindex mno-explicit-relocs +@item -mexplicit-relocs +@itemx -mno-explicit-relocs Use or do not use assembler relocation operators when dealing with symbolic addresses. The alternative is to use assembler macros instead, which may limit optimization. The default value for the option is determined during @@ -25752,9 +25752,9 @@ GCC build-time by detecting corresponding assembler support: debugging, or interoperation with assemblers different from the build-time one. +@opindex mdirect-extern-access @item -mdirect-extern-access @itemx -mno-direct-extern-access -@opindex mdirect-extern-access Do not use or use GOT to access external symbols. The default is @option{-mno-direct-extern-access}: GOT is used for external symbols with default visibility, but not used for other external symbols. @@ -25772,23 +25772,23 @@ kernels, executables linked with @option{-static} or @option{-static-pie}. @cindex M32C options @table @gcctabopt -@item -mcpu=@var{name} @opindex mcpu= +@item -mcpu=@var{name} Select the CPU for which code is generated. @var{name} may be one of @samp{r8c} for the R8C/Tiny series, @samp{m16c} for the M16C (up to /60) series, @samp{m32cm} for the M16C/80 series, or @samp{m32c} for the M32C/80 series. -@item -msim @opindex msim +@item -msim Specifies that the program will be run on the simulator. This causes an alternate runtime library to be linked in which supports, for example, file I/O@. You must not use this option when generating programs that will run on real hardware; you must provide your own runtime library for whatever I/O functions are needed. -@item -memregs=@var{number} @opindex memregs= +@item -memregs=@var{number} Specifies the number of memory-based pseudo-registers GCC uses during code generation. These pseudo-registers are used like real registers, so there is a tradeoff between GCC's ability to fit the @@ -25806,20 +25806,20 @@ must not use this option with GCC's default runtime libraries. These @option{-m} options are defined for Renesas M32R/D architectures: @table @gcctabopt -@item -m32r2 @opindex m32r2 +@item -m32r2 Generate code for the M32R/2@. -@item -m32rx @opindex m32rx +@item -m32rx Generate code for the M32R/X@. -@item -m32r @opindex m32r +@item -m32r Generate code for the M32R@. This is the default. -@item -mmodel=small @opindex mmodel=small +@item -mmodel=small Assume all objects live in the lower 16MB of memory (so that their addresses can be loaded with the @code{ld24} instruction), and assume all subroutines are reachable with the @code{bl} instruction. @@ -25828,22 +25828,22 @@ This is the default. The addressability of a particular object can be set with the @code{model} attribute. -@item -mmodel=medium @opindex mmodel=medium +@item -mmodel=medium Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the compiler generates @code{seth/add3} instructions to load their addresses), and assume all subroutines are reachable with the @code{bl} instruction. -@item -mmodel=large @opindex mmodel=large +@item -mmodel=large Assume objects may be anywhere in the 32-bit address space (the compiler generates @code{seth/add3} instructions to load their addresses), and assume subroutines may not be reachable with the @code{bl} instruction (the compiler generates the much slower @code{seth/add3/jl} instruction sequence). -@item -msdata=none @opindex msdata=none +@item -msdata=none Disable use of the small data area. Variables are put into one of @code{.data}, @code{.bss}, or @code{.rodata} (unless the @code{section} attribute has been specified). @@ -25853,18 +25853,18 @@ The small data area consists of sections @code{.sdata} and @code{.sbss}. Objects may be explicitly put in the small data area with the @code{section} attribute using one of these sections. -@item -msdata=sdata @opindex msdata=sdata +@item -msdata=sdata Put small global and static data in the small data area, but do not generate special code to reference them. -@item -msdata=use @opindex msdata=use +@item -msdata=use Put small global and static data in the small data area, and generate special instructions to reference them. -@item -G @var{num} @opindex G +@item -G @var{num} @cindex smaller data references Put global and static objects less than or equal to @var{num} bytes into the small data or BSS sections instead of the normal data or BSS @@ -25877,46 +25877,46 @@ Compiling with different values of @var{num} may or may not work; if it doesn't the linker gives an error message---incorrect code is not generated. -@item -mdebug @opindex mdebug +@item -mdebug Makes the M32R-specific code in the compiler display some statistics that might help in debugging programs. -@item -malign-loops @opindex malign-loops +@item -malign-loops Align all loops to a 32-byte boundary. -@item -mno-align-loops @opindex mno-align-loops +@item -mno-align-loops Do not enforce a 32-byte alignment for loops. This is the default. -@item -missue-rate=@var{number} @opindex missue-rate=@var{number} +@item -missue-rate=@var{number} Issue @var{number} instructions per cycle. @var{number} can only be 1 or 2. -@item -mbranch-cost=@var{number} @opindex mbranch-cost=@var{number} +@item -mbranch-cost=@var{number} @var{number} can only be 1 or 2. If it is 1 then branches are preferred over conditional code, if it is 2, then the opposite applies. -@item -mflush-trap=@var{number} @opindex mflush-trap=@var{number} +@item -mflush-trap=@var{number} Specifies the trap number to use to flush the cache. The default is 12. Valid numbers are between 0 and 15 inclusive. -@item -mno-flush-trap @opindex mno-flush-trap +@item -mno-flush-trap Specifies that the cache cannot be flushed by using a trap. -@item -mflush-func=@var{name} @opindex mflush-func=@var{name} +@item -mflush-func=@var{name} Specifies the name of the operating system function to call to flush the cache. The default is @samp{_flush_cache}, but a function call is only used if a trap is not available. -@item -mno-flush-func @opindex mno-flush-func +@item -mno-flush-func Indicates that there is no OS function for flushing the cache. @end table @@ -25931,8 +25931,8 @@ the compiler was configured; the defaults for the most common choices are given below. @table @gcctabopt -@item -march=@var{arch} @opindex march +@item -march=@var{arch} Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire instruction set architecture. Permissible values of @var{arch} for M680x0 architectures are: @samp{68000}, @samp{68010}, @samp{68020}, @@ -25949,8 +25949,8 @@ When used together, @option{-march} and @option{-mtune} select code that runs on a family of similar processors but that is optimized for a particular microarchitecture. -@item -mcpu=@var{cpu} @opindex mcpu +@item -mcpu=@var{cpu} Generate code for a specific M680x0 or ColdFire processor. The M680x0 @var{cpu}s are: @samp{68000}, @samp{68010}, @samp{68020}, @samp{68030}, @samp{68040}, @samp{68060}, @samp{68302}, @samp{68332} @@ -25992,8 +25992,8 @@ GCC defines the macro @code{__mcf_cpu_@var{cpu}} when ColdFire target @var{cpu} is selected. It also defines @code{__mcf_family_@var{family}}, where the value of @var{family} is given by the table above. -@item -mtune=@var{tune} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{tune} Tune the code for a particular microarchitecture within the constraints set by @option{-march} and @option{-mcpu}. The M680x0 microarchitectures are: @samp{68000}, @samp{68010}, @@ -26018,10 +26018,10 @@ GCC also defines the macro @code{__m@var{uarch}__} when tuning for ColdFire microarchitecture @var{uarch}, where @var{uarch} is one of the arguments given above. -@item -m68000 -@itemx -mc68000 @opindex m68000 @opindex mc68000 +@item -m68000 +@itemx -mc68000 Generate output for a 68000. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 68000-based systems. It is equivalent to @option{-march=68000}. @@ -26029,28 +26029,28 @@ It is equivalent to @option{-march=68000}. Use this option for microcontrollers with a 68000 or EC000 core, including the 68008, 68302, 68306, 68307, 68322, 68328 and 68356. -@item -m68010 @opindex m68010 +@item -m68010 Generate output for a 68010. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 68010-based systems. It is equivalent to @option{-march=68010}. -@item -m68020 -@itemx -mc68020 @opindex m68020 @opindex mc68020 +@item -m68020 +@itemx -mc68020 Generate output for a 68020. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 68020-based systems. It is equivalent to @option{-march=68020}. -@item -m68030 @opindex m68030 +@item -m68030 Generate output for a 68030. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 68030-based systems. It is equivalent to @option{-march=68030}. -@item -m68040 @opindex m68040 +@item -m68040 Generate output for a 68040. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 68040-based systems. It is equivalent to @option{-march=68040}. @@ -26059,8 +26059,8 @@ This option inhibits the use of 68881/68882 instructions that have to be emulated by software on the 68040. Use this option if your 68040 does not have code to emulate those instructions. -@item -m68060 @opindex m68060 +@item -m68060 Generate output for a 68060. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 68060-based systems. It is equivalent to @option{-march=68060}. @@ -26069,8 +26069,8 @@ This option inhibits the use of 68020 and 68881/68882 instructions that have to be emulated by software on the 68060. Use this option if your 68060 does not have code to emulate those instructions. -@item -mcpu32 @opindex mcpu32 +@item -mcpu32 Generate output for a CPU32. This is the default when the compiler is configured for CPU32-based systems. It is equivalent to @option{-march=cpu32}. @@ -26079,8 +26079,8 @@ Use this option for microcontrollers with a CPU32 or CPU32+ core, including the 68330, 68331, 68332, 68333, 68334, 68336, 68340, 68341, 68349 and 68360. -@item -m5200 @opindex m5200 +@item -m5200 Generate output for a 520X ColdFire CPU@. This is the default when the compiler is configured for 520X-based systems. It is equivalent to @option{-mcpu=5206}, and is now deprecated @@ -26089,36 +26089,36 @@ in favor of that option. Use this option for microcontroller with a 5200 core, including the MCF5202, MCF5203, MCF5204 and MCF5206. -@item -m5206e @opindex m5206e +@item -m5206e Generate output for a 5206e ColdFire CPU@. The option is now deprecated in favor of the equivalent @option{-mcpu=5206e}. -@item -m528x @opindex m528x +@item -m528x Generate output for a member of the ColdFire 528X family. The option is now deprecated in favor of the equivalent @option{-mcpu=528x}. -@item -m5307 @opindex m5307 +@item -m5307 Generate output for a ColdFire 5307 CPU@. The option is now deprecated in favor of the equivalent @option{-mcpu=5307}. -@item -m5407 @opindex m5407 +@item -m5407 Generate output for a ColdFire 5407 CPU@. The option is now deprecated in favor of the equivalent @option{-mcpu=5407}. -@item -mcfv4e @opindex mcfv4e +@item -mcfv4e Generate output for a ColdFire V4e family CPU (e.g.@: 547x/548x). This includes use of hardware floating-point instructions. The option is equivalent to @option{-mcpu=547x}, and is now deprecated in favor of that option. -@item -m68020-40 @opindex m68020-40 +@item -m68020-40 Generate output for a 68040, without using any of the new instructions. This results in code that can run relatively efficiently on either a 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the @@ -26126,8 +26126,8 @@ This results in code that can run relatively efficiently on either a The option is equivalent to @option{-march=68020} @option{-mtune=68020-40}. -@item -m68020-60 @opindex m68020-60 +@item -m68020-60 Generate output for a 68060, without using any of the new instructions. This results in code that can run relatively efficiently on either a 68020/68881 or a 68030 or a 68040. The generated code does use the @@ -26135,25 +26135,25 @@ This results in code that can run relatively efficiently on either a The option is equivalent to @option{-march=68020} @option{-mtune=68020-60}. -@item -mhard-float -@itemx -m68881 @opindex mhard-float @opindex m68881 +@item -mhard-float +@itemx -m68881 Generate floating-point instructions. This is the default for 68020 and above, and for ColdFire devices that have an FPU@. It defines the macro @code{__HAVE_68881__} on M680x0 targets and @code{__mcffpu__} on ColdFire targets. -@item -msoft-float @opindex msoft-float +@item -msoft-float Do not generate floating-point instructions; use library calls instead. This is the default for 68000, 68010, and 68832 targets. It is also the default for ColdFire devices that have no FPU. -@item -mdiv -@itemx -mno-div @opindex mdiv @opindex mno-div +@item -mdiv +@itemx -mno-div Generate (do not generate) ColdFire hardware divide and remainder instructions. If @option{-march} is used without @option{-mcpu}, the default is ``on'' for ColdFire architectures and ``off'' for M680x0 @@ -26164,31 +26164,31 @@ example, the default is ``off'' for @option{-mcpu=5206} and ``on'' for GCC defines the macro @code{__mcfhwdiv__} when this option is enabled. -@item -mshort @opindex mshort +@item -mshort Consider type @code{int} to be 16 bits wide, like @code{short int}. Additionally, parameters passed on the stack are also aligned to a 16-bit boundary even on targets whose API mandates promotion to 32-bit. -@item -mno-short @opindex mno-short +@item -mno-short Do not consider type @code{int} to be 16 bits wide. This is the default. -@item -mnobitfield -@itemx -mno-bitfield @opindex mnobitfield @opindex mno-bitfield +@item -mnobitfield +@itemx -mno-bitfield Do not use the bit-field instructions. The @option{-m68000}, @option{-mcpu32} and @option{-m5200} options imply @w{@option{-mnobitfield}}. -@item -mbitfield @opindex mbitfield +@item -mbitfield Do use the bit-field instructions. The @option{-m68020} option implies @option{-mbitfield}. This is the default if you use a configuration designed for a 68020. -@item -mrtd @opindex mrtd +@item -mrtd Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that take a fixed number of arguments return with the @code{rtd} instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This @@ -26213,10 +26213,10 @@ The @code{rtd} instruction is supported by the 68010, 68020, 68030, The default is @option{-mno-rtd}. -@item -malign-int -@itemx -mno-align-int @opindex malign-int @opindex mno-align-int +@item -malign-int +@itemx -mno-align-int Control whether GCC aligns @code{int}, @code{long}, @code{long long}, @code{float}, @code{double}, and @code{long double} variables on a 32-bit boundary (@option{-malign-int}) or a 16-bit boundary (@option{-mno-align-int}). @@ -26234,10 +26234,10 @@ allowing at most a 16-bit offset for pc-relative addressing. @option{-fPIC} is not presently supported with @option{-mpcrel}, though this could be supported for 68020 and higher processors. -@item -mno-strict-align -@itemx -mstrict-align @opindex mno-strict-align @opindex mstrict-align +@item -mno-strict-align +@itemx -mstrict-align Do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references are handled by the system. @@ -26266,10 +26266,10 @@ compiled. Specifying a value of 0 generates more compact code; specifying other values forces the allocation of that number to the current library, but is no more space- or time-efficient than omitting this option. -@item -mxgot -@itemx -mno-xgot @opindex mxgot @opindex mno-xgot +@item -mxgot +@itemx -mno-xgot When generating position-independent code for ColdFire, generate code that works if the GOT has more than 8192 entries. This code is larger and slower than code generated without this option. On M680x0 @@ -26298,8 +26298,8 @@ object file that accesses more than 8192 GOT entries. Very few do. These options have no effect unless GCC is generating position-independent code. -@item -mlong-jump-table-offsets @opindex mlong-jump-table-offsets +@item -mlong-jump-table-offsets Use 32-bit offsets in @code{switch} tables. The default is to use 16-bit offsets. @@ -26314,68 +26314,68 @@ processors. @table @gcctabopt -@item -mhardlit -@itemx -mno-hardlit @opindex mhardlit @opindex mno-hardlit +@item -mhardlit +@itemx -mno-hardlit Inline constants into the code stream if it can be done in two instructions or less. -@item -mdiv -@itemx -mno-div @opindex mdiv @opindex mno-div +@item -mdiv +@itemx -mno-div Use the divide instruction. (Enabled by default). -@item -mrelax-immediate -@itemx -mno-relax-immediate @opindex mrelax-immediate @opindex mno-relax-immediate +@item -mrelax-immediate +@itemx -mno-relax-immediate Allow arbitrary-sized immediates in bit operations. -@item -mwide-bitfields -@itemx -mno-wide-bitfields @opindex mwide-bitfields @opindex mno-wide-bitfields +@item -mwide-bitfields +@itemx -mno-wide-bitfields Always treat bit-fields as @code{int}-sized. -@item -m4byte-functions -@itemx -mno-4byte-functions @opindex m4byte-functions @opindex mno-4byte-functions +@item -m4byte-functions +@itemx -mno-4byte-functions Force all functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary. -@item -mcallgraph-data -@itemx -mno-callgraph-data @opindex mcallgraph-data @opindex mno-callgraph-data +@item -mcallgraph-data +@itemx -mno-callgraph-data Emit callgraph information. -@item -mslow-bytes -@itemx -mno-slow-bytes @opindex mslow-bytes @opindex mno-slow-bytes +@item -mslow-bytes +@itemx -mno-slow-bytes Prefer word access when reading byte quantities. -@item -mlittle-endian -@itemx -mbig-endian @opindex mlittle-endian @opindex mbig-endian +@item -mlittle-endian +@itemx -mbig-endian Generate code for a little-endian target. -@item -m210 -@itemx -m340 @opindex m210 @opindex m340 +@item -m210 +@itemx -m340 Generate code for the 210 processor. -@item -mno-lsim @opindex mno-lsim +@item -mno-lsim Assume that runtime support has been provided and so omit the simulator library (@file{libsim.a)} from the linker command line. -@item -mstack-increment=@var{size} @opindex mstack-increment +@item -mstack-increment=@var{size} Set the maximum amount for a single stack increment operation. Large values can increase the speed of programs that contain functions that need a large amount of stack space, but they can also trigger a @@ -26390,80 +26390,80 @@ value is 0x1000. @table @gcctabopt -@item -msoft-float @opindex msoft-float +@item -msoft-float Use software emulation for floating point (default). -@item -mhard-float @opindex mhard-float +@item -mhard-float Use hardware floating-point instructions. -@item -mmemcpy @opindex mmemcpy +@item -mmemcpy Do not optimize block moves, use @code{memcpy}. -@item -mno-clearbss @opindex mno-clearbss +@item -mno-clearbss This option is deprecated. Use @option{-fno-zero-initialized-in-bss} instead. -@item -mcpu=@var{cpu-type} @opindex mcpu= +@item -mcpu=@var{cpu-type} Use features of, and schedule code for, the given CPU. Supported values are in the format @samp{v@var{X}.@var{YY}.@var{Z}}, where @var{X} is a major version, @var{YY} is the minor version, and @var{Z} is compatibility code. Example values are @samp{v3.00.a}, @samp{v4.00.b}, @samp{v5.00.a}, @samp{v5.00.b}, @samp{v6.00.a}. -@item -mxl-soft-mul @opindex mxl-soft-mul +@item -mxl-soft-mul Use software multiply emulation (default). -@item -mxl-soft-div @opindex mxl-soft-div +@item -mxl-soft-div Use software emulation for divides (default). -@item -mxl-barrel-shift @opindex mxl-barrel-shift +@item -mxl-barrel-shift Use the hardware barrel shifter. -@item -mxl-pattern-compare @opindex mxl-pattern-compare +@item -mxl-pattern-compare Use pattern compare instructions. -@item -msmall-divides @opindex msmall-divides +@item -msmall-divides Use table lookup optimization for small signed integer divisions. -@item -mxl-stack-check @opindex mxl-stack-check +@item -mxl-stack-check This option is deprecated. Use @option{-fstack-check} instead. -@item -mxl-gp-opt @opindex mxl-gp-opt +@item -mxl-gp-opt Use GP-relative @code{.sdata}/@code{.sbss} sections. -@item -mxl-multiply-high @opindex mxl-multiply-high +@item -mxl-multiply-high Use multiply high instructions for high part of 32x32 multiply. -@item -mxl-float-convert @opindex mxl-float-convert +@item -mxl-float-convert Use hardware floating-point conversion instructions. -@item -mxl-float-sqrt @opindex mxl-float-sqrt +@item -mxl-float-sqrt Use hardware floating-point square root instruction. -@item -mbig-endian @opindex mbig-endian +@item -mbig-endian Generate code for a big-endian target. -@item -mlittle-endian @opindex mlittle-endian +@item -mlittle-endian Generate code for a little-endian target. -@item -mxl-reorder @opindex mxl-reorder +@item -mxl-reorder Use reorder instructions (swap and byte reversed load/store). @item -mxl-mode-@var{app-model} @@ -26492,8 +26492,8 @@ within a monitoring application. This model uses @file{crt3.o} as a startup file Option @option{-xl-mode-@var{app-model}} is a deprecated alias for @option{-mxl-mode-@var{app-model}}. -@item -mpic-data-is-text-relative @opindex mpic-data-is-text-relative +@item -mpic-data-is-text-relative Assume that the displacement between the text and data segments is fixed at static link time. This allows data to be referenced by offset from start of text address instead of GOT since PC-relative addressing is not supported. @@ -26506,17 +26506,17 @@ text address instead of GOT since PC-relative addressing is not supported. @table @gcctabopt -@item -EB @opindex EB +@item -EB Generate big-endian code. -@item -EL @opindex EL +@item -EL Generate little-endian code. This is the default for @samp{mips*el-*-*} configurations. -@item -march=@var{arch} @opindex march +@item -march=@var{arch} Generate code that runs on @var{arch}, which can be the name of a generic MIPS ISA, or the name of a particular processor. The ISA names are: @@ -26590,8 +26590,8 @@ the macro names the resolved architecture (either @code{"mips1"} or @code{"mips3"}). It names the default architecture when no @option{-march} option is given. -@item -mtune=@var{arch} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{arch} Optimize for @var{arch}. Among other things, this option controls the way instructions are scheduled, and the perceived cost of arithmetic operations. The list of @var{arch} values is the same as for @@ -26607,62 +26607,62 @@ particular member of that family. @code{_MIPS_TUNE_@var{foo}}, which work in the same way as the @option{-march} ones described above. -@item -mips1 @opindex mips1 +@item -mips1 Equivalent to @option{-march=mips1}. -@item -mips2 @opindex mips2 +@item -mips2 Equivalent to @option{-march=mips2}. -@item -mips3 @opindex mips3 +@item -mips3 Equivalent to @option{-march=mips3}. -@item -mips4 @opindex mips4 +@item -mips4 Equivalent to @option{-march=mips4}. -@item -mips32 @opindex mips32 +@item -mips32 Equivalent to @option{-march=mips32}. -@item -mips32r3 @opindex mips32r3 +@item -mips32r3 Equivalent to @option{-march=mips32r3}. -@item -mips32r5 @opindex mips32r5 +@item -mips32r5 Equivalent to @option{-march=mips32r5}. -@item -mips32r6 @opindex mips32r6 +@item -mips32r6 Equivalent to @option{-march=mips32r6}. -@item -mips64 @opindex mips64 +@item -mips64 Equivalent to @option{-march=mips64}. -@item -mips64r2 @opindex mips64r2 +@item -mips64r2 Equivalent to @option{-march=mips64r2}. -@item -mips64r3 @opindex mips64r3 +@item -mips64r3 Equivalent to @option{-march=mips64r3}. -@item -mips64r5 @opindex mips64r5 +@item -mips64r5 Equivalent to @option{-march=mips64r5}. -@item -mips64r6 @opindex mips64r6 +@item -mips64r6 Equivalent to @option{-march=mips64r6}. -@item -mips16 -@itemx -mno-mips16 @opindex mips16 @opindex mno-mips16 +@item -mips16 +@itemx -mno-mips16 Generate (do not generate) MIPS16 code. If GCC is targeting a MIPS32 or MIPS64 architecture, it makes use of the MIPS16e ASE@. @@ -26670,16 +26670,16 @@ MIPS16 code generation can also be controlled on a per-function basis by means of @code{mips16} and @code{nomips16} attributes. @xref{Function Attributes}, for more information. -@item -mflip-mips16 @opindex mflip-mips16 +@item -mflip-mips16 Generate MIPS16 code on alternating functions. This option is provided for regression testing of mixed MIPS16/non-MIPS16 code generation, and is not intended for ordinary use in compiling user code. -@item -minterlink-compressed -@itemx -mno-interlink-compressed @opindex minterlink-compressed @opindex mno-interlink-compressed +@item -minterlink-compressed +@itemx -mno-interlink-compressed Require (do not require) that code using the standard (uncompressed) MIPS ISA be link-compatible with MIPS16 and microMIPS code, and vice versa. @@ -26688,24 +26688,24 @@ to MIPS16 or microMIPS code; it must either use a call or an indirect jump. @option{-minterlink-compressed} therefore disables direct jumps unless GCC knows that the target of the jump is not compressed. -@item -minterlink-mips16 -@itemx -mno-interlink-mips16 @opindex minterlink-mips16 @opindex mno-interlink-mips16 +@item -minterlink-mips16 +@itemx -mno-interlink-mips16 Aliases of @option{-minterlink-compressed} and @option{-mno-interlink-compressed}. These options predate the microMIPS ASE and are retained for backwards compatibility. -@item -mabi=32 -@itemx -mabi=o64 -@itemx -mabi=n32 -@itemx -mabi=64 -@itemx -mabi=eabi @opindex mabi=32 @opindex mabi=o64 @opindex mabi=n32 @opindex mabi=64 @opindex mabi=eabi +@item -mabi=32 +@itemx -mabi=o64 +@itemx -mabi=n32 +@itemx -mabi=64 +@itemx -mabi=eabi Generate code for the given ABI@. Note that the EABI has a 32-bit and a 64-bit variant. GCC normally @@ -26741,10 +26741,10 @@ in conjunction with the @code{FRE} mode of FPUs in MIPS32R5 processors and allows both FP32 and FP64A code to interlink and run in the same process without changing FPU modes. -@item -mabicalls -@itemx -mno-abicalls @opindex mabicalls @opindex mno-abicalls +@item -mabicalls +@itemx -mno-abicalls Generate (do not generate) code that is suitable for SVR4-style dynamic objects. @option{-mabicalls} is the default for SVR4-based systems. @@ -26770,10 +26770,10 @@ executables both smaller and quicker. @option{-mshared} is the default. -@item -mplt -@itemx -mno-plt @opindex mplt @opindex mno-plt +@item -mplt +@itemx -mno-plt Assume (do not assume) that the static and dynamic linkers support PLTs and copy relocations. This option only affects @option{-mno-shared -mabicalls}. For the n64 ABI, this option @@ -26783,10 +26783,10 @@ You can make @option{-mplt} the default by configuring GCC with @option{--with-mips-plt}. The default is @option{-mno-plt} otherwise. -@item -mxgot -@itemx -mno-xgot @opindex mxgot @opindex mno-xgot +@item -mxgot +@itemx -mno-xgot Lift (do not lift) the usual restrictions on the size of the global offset table. @@ -26812,37 +26812,37 @@ file accesses more than 64k's worth of GOT entries. Very few do. These options have no effect unless GCC is generating position independent code. -@item -mgp32 @opindex mgp32 +@item -mgp32 Assume that general-purpose registers are 32 bits wide. -@item -mgp64 @opindex mgp64 +@item -mgp64 Assume that general-purpose registers are 64 bits wide. -@item -mfp32 @opindex mfp32 +@item -mfp32 Assume that floating-point registers are 32 bits wide. -@item -mfp64 @opindex mfp64 +@item -mfp64 Assume that floating-point registers are 64 bits wide. -@item -mfpxx @opindex mfpxx +@item -mfpxx Do not assume the width of floating-point registers. -@item -mhard-float @opindex mhard-float +@item -mhard-float Use floating-point coprocessor instructions. -@item -msoft-float @opindex msoft-float +@item -msoft-float Do not use floating-point coprocessor instructions. Implement floating-point calculations using library calls instead. -@item -mno-float @opindex mno-float +@item -mno-float Equivalent to @option{-msoft-float}, but additionally asserts that the program being compiled does not perform any floating-point operations. This option is presently supported only by some bare-metal MIPS @@ -26853,29 +26853,29 @@ If code compiled with @option{-mno-float} accidentally contains floating-point operations, it is likely to suffer a link-time or run-time failure. -@item -msingle-float @opindex msingle-float +@item -msingle-float Assume that the floating-point coprocessor only supports single-precision operations. -@item -mdouble-float @opindex mdouble-float +@item -mdouble-float Assume that the floating-point coprocessor supports double-precision operations. This is the default. -@item -modd-spreg -@itemx -mno-odd-spreg @opindex modd-spreg @opindex mno-odd-spreg +@item -modd-spreg +@itemx -mno-odd-spreg Enable the use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers for the o32 ABI. This is the default for processors that are known to support these registers. When using the o32 FPXX ABI, @option{-mno-odd-spreg} is set by default. -@item -mabs=2008 -@itemx -mabs=legacy @opindex mabs=2008 @opindex mabs=legacy +@item -mabs=2008 +@itemx -mabs=legacy These options control the treatment of the special not-a-number (NaN) IEEE 754 floating-point data with the @code{abs.@i{fmt}} and @code{neg.@i{fmt}} machine instructions. @@ -26894,10 +26894,10 @@ operating correctly in all cases, including in particular where the input operand is a NaN. These instructions are therefore always used for the respective operations. -@item -mnan=2008 -@itemx -mnan=legacy @opindex mnan=2008 @opindex mnan=legacy +@item -mnan=2008 +@itemx -mnan=legacy These options control the encoding of the special not-a-number (NaN) IEEE 754 floating-point data. @@ -26914,10 +26914,10 @@ their trailing significand field being 0. The default is @option{-mnan=legacy} unless GCC has been configured with @option{--with-nan=2008}. -@item -mllsc -@itemx -mno-llsc @opindex mllsc @opindex mno-llsc +@item -mllsc +@itemx -mno-llsc Use (do not use) @samp{ll}, @samp{sc}, and @samp{sync} instructions to implement atomic memory built-in functions. When neither option is specified, GCC uses the instructions if the target architecture @@ -26930,131 +26930,131 @@ configuring GCC with @option{--with-llsc} and @option{--without-llsc} respectively. @option{--with-llsc} is the default for some configurations; see the installation documentation for details. -@item -mdsp -@itemx -mno-dsp @opindex mdsp @opindex mno-dsp +@item -mdsp +@itemx -mno-dsp Use (do not use) revision 1 of the MIPS DSP ASE@. @xref{MIPS DSP Built-in Functions}. This option defines the preprocessor macro @code{__mips_dsp}. It also defines @code{__mips_dsp_rev} to 1. -@item -mdspr2 -@itemx -mno-dspr2 @opindex mdspr2 @opindex mno-dspr2 +@item -mdspr2 +@itemx -mno-dspr2 Use (do not use) revision 2 of the MIPS DSP ASE@. @xref{MIPS DSP Built-in Functions}. This option defines the preprocessor macros @code{__mips_dsp} and @code{__mips_dspr2}. It also defines @code{__mips_dsp_rev} to 2. -@item -msmartmips -@itemx -mno-smartmips @opindex msmartmips @opindex mno-smartmips +@item -msmartmips +@itemx -mno-smartmips Use (do not use) the MIPS SmartMIPS ASE. -@item -mpaired-single -@itemx -mno-paired-single @opindex mpaired-single @opindex mno-paired-single +@item -mpaired-single +@itemx -mno-paired-single Use (do not use) paired-single floating-point instructions. @xref{MIPS Paired-Single Support}. This option requires hardware floating-point support to be enabled. -@item -mdmx -@itemx -mno-mdmx @opindex mdmx @opindex mno-mdmx +@item -mdmx +@itemx -mno-mdmx Use (do not use) MIPS Digital Media Extension instructions. This option can only be used when generating 64-bit code and requires hardware floating-point support to be enabled. -@item -mips3d -@itemx -mno-mips3d @opindex mips3d @opindex mno-mips3d +@item -mips3d +@itemx -mno-mips3d Use (do not use) the MIPS-3D ASE@. @xref{MIPS-3D Built-in Functions}. The option @option{-mips3d} implies @option{-mpaired-single}. -@item -mmicromips -@itemx -mno-micromips @opindex mmicromips @opindex mno-mmicromips +@item -mmicromips +@itemx -mno-micromips Generate (do not generate) microMIPS code. MicroMIPS code generation can also be controlled on a per-function basis by means of @code{micromips} and @code{nomicromips} attributes. @xref{Function Attributes}, for more information. -@item -mmt -@itemx -mno-mt @opindex mmt @opindex mno-mt +@item -mmt +@itemx -mno-mt Use (do not use) MT Multithreading instructions. -@item -mmcu -@itemx -mno-mcu @opindex mmcu @opindex mno-mcu +@item -mmcu +@itemx -mno-mcu Use (do not use) the MIPS MCU ASE instructions. -@item -meva -@itemx -mno-eva @opindex meva @opindex mno-eva +@item -meva +@itemx -mno-eva Use (do not use) the MIPS Enhanced Virtual Addressing instructions. -@item -mvirt -@itemx -mno-virt @opindex mvirt @opindex mno-virt +@item -mvirt +@itemx -mno-virt Use (do not use) the MIPS Virtualization (VZ) instructions. -@item -mxpa -@itemx -mno-xpa @opindex mxpa @opindex mno-xpa +@item -mxpa +@itemx -mno-xpa Use (do not use) the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) instructions. -@item -mcrc -@itemx -mno-crc @opindex mcrc @opindex mno-crc +@item -mcrc +@itemx -mno-crc Use (do not use) the MIPS Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) instructions. -@item -mginv -@itemx -mno-ginv @opindex mginv @opindex mno-ginv +@item -mginv +@itemx -mno-ginv Use (do not use) the MIPS Global INValidate (GINV) instructions. -@item -mloongson-mmi -@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi @opindex mloongson-mmi @opindex mno-loongson-mmi +@item -mloongson-mmi +@itemx -mno-loongson-mmi Use (do not use) the MIPS Loongson MultiMedia extensions Instructions (MMI). -@item -mloongson-ext -@itemx -mno-loongson-ext @opindex mloongson-ext @opindex mno-loongson-ext +@item -mloongson-ext +@itemx -mno-loongson-ext Use (do not use) the MIPS Loongson EXTensions (EXT) instructions. -@item -mloongson-ext2 -@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2 @opindex mloongson-ext2 @opindex mno-loongson-ext2 +@item -mloongson-ext2 +@itemx -mno-loongson-ext2 Use (do not use) the MIPS Loongson EXTensions r2 (EXT2) instructions. -@item -mlong64 @opindex mlong64 +@item -mlong64 Force @code{long} types to be 64 bits wide. See @option{-mlong32} for an explanation of the default and the way that the pointer size is determined. -@item -mlong32 @opindex mlong32 +@item -mlong32 Force @code{long}, @code{int}, and pointer types to be 32 bits wide. The default size of @code{int}s, @code{long}s and pointers depends on @@ -27063,27 +27063,27 @@ uses 64-bit @code{long}s, as does the 64-bit EABI; the others use 32-bit @code{long}s. Pointers are the same size as @code{long}s, or the same size as integer registers, whichever is smaller. -@item -msym32 -@itemx -mno-sym32 @opindex msym32 @opindex mno-sym32 +@item -msym32 +@itemx -mno-sym32 Assume (do not assume) that all symbols have 32-bit values, regardless of the selected ABI@. This option is useful in combination with @option{-mabi=64} and @option{-mno-abicalls} because it allows GCC to generate shorter and faster references to symbolic addresses. -@item -G @var{num} @opindex G +@item -G @var{num} Put definitions of externally-visible data in a small data section if that data is no bigger than @var{num} bytes. GCC can then generate more efficient accesses to the data; see @option{-mgpopt} for details. The default @option{-G} option depends on the configuration. -@item -mlocal-sdata -@itemx -mno-local-sdata @opindex mlocal-sdata @opindex mno-local-sdata +@item -mlocal-sdata +@itemx -mno-local-sdata Extend (do not extend) the @option{-G} behavior to local data too, such as to static variables in C@. @option{-mlocal-sdata} is the default for all configurations. @@ -27094,10 +27094,10 @@ you might want to try rebuilding the less performance-critical parts with libraries with @option{-mno-local-sdata}, so that the libraries leave more room for the main program. -@item -mextern-sdata -@itemx -mno-extern-sdata @opindex mextern-sdata @opindex mno-extern-sdata +@item -mextern-sdata +@itemx -mno-extern-sdata Assume (do not assume) that externally-defined data is in a small data section if the size of that data is within the @option{-G} limit. @option{-mextern-sdata} is the default for all configurations. @@ -27119,10 +27119,10 @@ the highest supported @option{-G} setting and additionally using @option{-mno-extern-sdata} to stop the library from making assumptions about externally-defined data. -@item -mgpopt -@itemx -mno-gpopt @opindex mgpopt @opindex mno-gpopt +@item -mgpopt +@itemx -mno-gpopt Use (do not use) GP-relative accesses for symbols that are known to be in a small data section; see @option{-G}, @option{-mlocal-sdata} and @option{-mextern-sdata}. @option{-mgpopt} is the default for all @@ -27138,24 +27138,24 @@ with @option{-G0}.) @option{-mno-gpopt} implies @option{-mno-local-sdata} and @option{-mno-extern-sdata}. -@item -membedded-data -@itemx -mno-embedded-data @opindex membedded-data @opindex mno-embedded-data +@item -membedded-data +@itemx -mno-embedded-data Allocate variables to the read-only data section first if possible, then next in the small data section if possible, otherwise in data. This gives slightly slower code than the default, but reduces the amount of RAM required when executing, and thus may be preferred for some embedded systems. -@item -muninit-const-in-rodata -@itemx -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata @opindex muninit-const-in-rodata @opindex mno-uninit-const-in-rodata +@item -muninit-const-in-rodata +@itemx -mno-uninit-const-in-rodata Put uninitialized @code{const} variables in the read-only data section. This option is only meaningful in conjunction with @option{-membedded-data}. -@item -mcode-readable=@var{setting} @opindex mcode-readable +@item -mcode-readable=@var{setting} Specify whether GCC may generate code that reads from executable sections. There are three possible settings: @@ -27179,18 +27179,18 @@ SRAM interface but that (unlike the M4K) do not automatically redirect PC-relative loads to the instruction RAM. @end table -@item -msplit-addresses -@itemx -mno-split-addresses @opindex msplit-addresses @opindex mno-split-addresses +@item -msplit-addresses +@itemx -mno-split-addresses Enable (disable) use of the @code{%hi()} and @code{%lo()} assembler relocation operators. This option has been superseded by @option{-mexplicit-relocs} but is retained for backwards compatibility. -@item -mexplicit-relocs -@itemx -mno-explicit-relocs @opindex mexplicit-relocs @opindex mno-explicit-relocs +@item -mexplicit-relocs +@itemx -mno-explicit-relocs Use (do not use) assembler relocation operators when dealing with symbolic addresses. The alternative, selected by @option{-mno-explicit-relocs}, is to use assembler macros instead. @@ -27198,18 +27198,18 @@ is to use assembler macros instead. @option{-mexplicit-relocs} is the default if GCC was configured to use an assembler that supports relocation operators. -@item -mcheck-zero-division -@itemx -mno-check-zero-division @opindex mcheck-zero-division @opindex mno-check-zero-division +@item -mcheck-zero-division +@itemx -mno-check-zero-division Trap (do not trap) on integer division by zero. The default is @option{-mcheck-zero-division}. -@item -mdivide-traps -@itemx -mdivide-breaks @opindex mdivide-traps @opindex mdivide-breaks +@item -mdivide-traps +@itemx -mdivide-breaks MIPS systems check for division by zero by generating either a conditional trap or a break instruction. Using traps results in smaller code, but is only supported on MIPS II and later. Also, some @@ -27223,36 +27223,36 @@ overridden at configure time using @option{--with-divide=breaks}. Divide-by-zero checks can be completely disabled using @option{-mno-check-zero-division}. -@item -mload-store-pairs -@itemx -mno-load-store-pairs @opindex mload-store-pairs @opindex mno-load-store-pairs +@item -mload-store-pairs +@itemx -mno-load-store-pairs Enable (disable) an optimization that pairs consecutive load or store instructions to enable load/store bonding. This option is enabled by default but only takes effect when the selected architecture is known to support bonding. -@item -munaligned-access -@itemx -mno-unaligned-access @opindex munaligned-access @opindex mno-unaligned-access +@item -munaligned-access +@itemx -mno-unaligned-access Enable (disable) direct unaligned access for MIPS Release 6. MIPSr6 requires load/store unaligned-access support, by hardware or trap&emulate. So @option{-mno-unaligned-access} may be needed by kernel. -@item -mmemcpy -@itemx -mno-memcpy @opindex mmemcpy @opindex mno-memcpy +@item -mmemcpy +@itemx -mno-memcpy Force (do not force) the use of @code{memcpy} for non-trivial block moves. The default is @option{-mno-memcpy}, which allows GCC to inline most constant-sized copies. -@item -mlong-calls -@itemx -mno-long-calls @opindex mlong-calls @opindex mno-long-calls +@item -mlong-calls +@itemx -mno-long-calls Disable (do not disable) use of the @code{jal} instruction. Calling functions using @code{jal} is more efficient but requires the caller and callee to be in the same 256 megabyte segment. @@ -27260,26 +27260,26 @@ and callee to be in the same 256 megabyte segment. This option has no effect on abicalls code. The default is @option{-mno-long-calls}. -@item -mmad -@itemx -mno-mad @opindex mmad @opindex mno-mad +@item -mmad +@itemx -mno-mad Enable (disable) use of the @code{mad}, @code{madu} and @code{mul} instructions, as provided by the R4650 ISA@. -@item -mimadd -@itemx -mno-imadd @opindex mimadd @opindex mno-imadd +@item -mimadd +@itemx -mno-imadd Enable (disable) use of the @code{madd} and @code{msub} integer instructions. The default is @option{-mimadd} on architectures that support @code{madd} and @code{msub} except for the 74k architecture where it was found to generate slower code. -@item -mfused-madd -@itemx -mno-fused-madd @opindex mfused-madd @opindex mno-fused-madd +@item -mfused-madd +@itemx -mno-fused-madd Enable (disable) use of the floating-point multiply-accumulate instructions, when they are available. The default is @option{-mfused-madd}. @@ -27291,22 +27291,22 @@ undesirable in some circumstances. On other processors the result is numerically identical to the equivalent computation using separate multiply, add, subtract and negate instructions. -@item -nocpp @opindex nocpp +@item -nocpp Tell the MIPS assembler to not run its preprocessor over user assembler files (with a @samp{.s} suffix) when assembling them. -@item -mfix-24k -@itemx -mno-fix-24k @opindex mfix-24k @opindex mno-fix-24k +@item -mfix-24k +@itemx -mno-fix-24k Work around the 24K E48 (lost data on stores during refill) errata. The workarounds are implemented by the assembler rather than by GCC@. -@item -mfix-r4000 -@itemx -mno-fix-r4000 @opindex mfix-r4000 @opindex mno-fix-r4000 +@item -mfix-r4000 +@itemx -mno-fix-r4000 Work around certain R4000 CPU errata: @itemize @minus @item @@ -27320,10 +27320,10 @@ An integer division may give an incorrect result if started in a delay slot of a taken branch or a jump. @end itemize -@item -mfix-r4400 -@itemx -mno-fix-r4400 @opindex mfix-r4400 @opindex mno-fix-r4400 +@item -mfix-r4400 +@itemx -mno-fix-r4400 Work around certain R4400 CPU errata: @itemize @minus @item @@ -27331,10 +27331,10 @@ A double-word or a variable shift may give an incorrect result if executed immediately after starting an integer division. @end itemize -@item -mfix-r10000 -@itemx -mno-fix-r10000 @opindex mfix-r10000 @opindex mno-fix-r10000 +@item -mfix-r10000 +@itemx -mno-fix-r10000 Work around certain R10000 errata: @itemize @minus @item @@ -27347,9 +27347,9 @@ branch-likely instructions. @option{-mfix-r10000} is the default when @option{-march=r10000} is used; @option{-mno-fix-r10000} is the default otherwise. +@opindex mfix-r5900 @item -mfix-r5900 @itemx -mno-fix-r5900 -@opindex mfix-r5900 Do not attempt to schedule the preceding instruction into the delay slot of a branch instruction placed at the end of a short loop of six instructions or fewer and always schedule a @code{nop} instruction there @@ -27357,15 +27357,15 @@ instead. The short loop bug under certain conditions causes loops to execute only once or twice, due to a hardware bug in the R5900 chip. The workaround is implemented by the assembler rather than by GCC@. +@opindex mfix-rm7000 @item -mfix-rm7000 @itemx -mno-fix-rm7000 -@opindex mfix-rm7000 Work around the RM7000 @code{dmult}/@code{dmultu} errata. The workarounds are implemented by the assembler rather than by GCC@. +@opindex mfix-vr4120 @item -mfix-vr4120 @itemx -mno-fix-vr4120 -@opindex mfix-vr4120 Work around certain VR4120 errata: @itemize @minus @item @@ -27381,23 +27381,23 @@ the @code{mips64vr*-elf} configurations. Other VR4120 errata require a NOP to be inserted between certain pairs of instructions. These errata are handled by the assembler, not by GCC itself. -@item -mfix-vr4130 @opindex mfix-vr4130 +@item -mfix-vr4130 Work around the VR4130 @code{mflo}/@code{mfhi} errata. The workarounds are implemented by the assembler rather than by GCC, although GCC avoids using @code{mflo} and @code{mfhi} if the VR4130 @code{macc}, @code{macchi}, @code{dmacc} and @code{dmacchi} instructions are available instead. +@opindex mfix-sb1 @item -mfix-sb1 @itemx -mno-fix-sb1 -@opindex mfix-sb1 Work around certain SB-1 CPU core errata. (This flag currently works around the SB-1 revision 2 ``F1'' and ``F2'' floating-point errata.) -@item -mr10k-cache-barrier=@var{setting} @opindex mr10k-cache-barrier +@item -mr10k-cache-barrier=@var{setting} Specify whether GCC should insert cache barriers to avoid the side effects of speculation on R10K processors. @@ -27463,9 +27463,9 @@ executed and that might have side effects even if aborted. Disable the insertion of cache barriers. This is the default setting. @end table +@opindex mflush-func @item -mflush-func=@var{func} @itemx -mno-flush-func -@opindex mflush-func Specifies the function to call to flush the I and D caches, or to not call any such function. If called, the function must take the same arguments as the common @code{_flush_func}, that is, the address of the @@ -27474,17 +27474,17 @@ memory range, and the number 3 (to flush both caches). The default depends on the target GCC was configured for, but commonly is either @code{_flush_func} or @code{__cpu_flush}. -@item mbranch-cost=@var{num} @opindex mbranch-cost +@item mbranch-cost=@var{num} Set the cost of branches to roughly @var{num} ``simple'' instructions. This cost is only a heuristic and is not guaranteed to produce consistent results across releases. A zero cost redundantly selects the default, which is based on the @option{-mtune} setting. -@item -mbranch-likely -@itemx -mno-branch-likely @opindex mbranch-likely @opindex mno-branch-likely +@item -mbranch-likely +@itemx -mno-branch-likely Enable or disable use of Branch Likely instructions, regardless of the default for the selected architecture. By default, Branch Likely instructions may be generated if they are supported by the selected @@ -27493,12 +27493,12 @@ and processors that implement those architectures; for those, Branch Likely instructions are not be generated by default because the MIPS32 and MIPS64 architectures specifically deprecate their use. -@item -mcompact-branches=never -@itemx -mcompact-branches=optimal -@itemx -mcompact-branches=always @opindex mcompact-branches=never @opindex mcompact-branches=optimal @opindex mcompact-branches=always +@item -mcompact-branches=never +@itemx -mcompact-branches=optimal +@itemx -mcompact-branches=always These options control which form of branches will be generated. The default is @option{-mcompact-branches=optimal}. @@ -27519,9 +27519,9 @@ branch to be used if one is available in the current ISA and the delay slot is successfully filled. If the delay slot is not filled, a compact branch will be chosen if one is available. +@opindex mfp-exceptions @item -mfp-exceptions @itemx -mno-fp-exceptions -@opindex mfp-exceptions Specifies whether FP exceptions are enabled. This affects how FP instructions are scheduled for some processors. The default is that FP exceptions are @@ -27531,9 +27531,9 @@ For instance, on the SB-1, if FP exceptions are disabled, and we are emitting 64-bit code, then we can use both FP pipes. Otherwise, we can only use one FP pipe. +@opindex mvr4130-align @item -mvr4130-align @itemx -mno-vr4130-align -@opindex mvr4130-align The VR4130 pipeline is two-way superscalar, but can only issue two instructions together if the first one is 8-byte aligned. When this option is enabled, GCC aligns pairs of instructions that it @@ -27543,9 +27543,9 @@ This option only has an effect when optimizing for the VR4130. It normally makes code faster, but at the expense of making it bigger. It is enabled by default at optimization level @option{-O3}. +@opindex msynci @item -msynci @itemx -mno-synci -@opindex msynci Enable (disable) generation of @code{synci} instructions on architectures that support it. The @code{synci} instructions (if enabled) are generated when @code{__builtin___clear_cache} is @@ -27559,9 +27559,9 @@ to use @code{synci}. However, on many multi-core (SMP) systems, it does not invalidate the instruction caches on all cores and may lead to undefined behavior. +@opindex mrelax-pic-calls @item -mrelax-pic-calls @itemx -mno-relax-pic-calls -@opindex mrelax-pic-calls Try to turn PIC calls that are normally dispatched via register @code{$25} into direct calls. This is only possible if the linker can resolve the destination at link time and if the destination is within @@ -27573,10 +27573,10 @@ directive and @option{-mexplicit-relocs} is in effect. With @option{-mno-explicit-relocs}, this optimization can be performed by the assembler and the linker alone without help from the compiler. -@item -mmcount-ra-address -@itemx -mno-mcount-ra-address @opindex mmcount-ra-address @opindex mno-mcount-ra-address +@item -mmcount-ra-address +@itemx -mno-mcount-ra-address Emit (do not emit) code that allows @code{_mcount} to modify the calling function's return address. When enabled, this option extends the usual @code{_mcount} interface with a new @var{ra-address} @@ -27593,9 +27593,9 @@ if @var{ra-address} is nonnull. The default is @option{-mno-mcount-ra-address}. +@opindex mframe-header-opt @item -mframe-header-opt @itemx -mno-frame-header-opt -@opindex mframe-header-opt Enable (disable) frame header optimization in the o32 ABI. When using the o32 ABI, calling functions will allocate 16 bytes on the stack for the called function to write out register arguments. When enabled, this optimization @@ -27604,15 +27604,15 @@ it is unused. This optimization is off by default at all optimization levels. +@opindex mlxc1-sxc1 @item -mlxc1-sxc1 @itemx -mno-lxc1-sxc1 -@opindex mlxc1-sxc1 When applicable, enable (disable) the generation of @code{lwxc1}, @code{swxc1}, @code{ldxc1}, @code{sdxc1} instructions. Enabled by default. +@opindex mmadd4 @item -mmadd4 @itemx -mno-madd4 -@opindex mmadd4 When applicable, enable (disable) the generation of 4-operand @code{madd.s}, @code{madd.d} and related instructions. Enabled by default. @@ -27625,68 +27625,68 @@ When applicable, enable (disable) the generation of 4-operand @code{madd.s}, These options are defined for the MMIX: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mlibfuncs -@itemx -mno-libfuncs @opindex mlibfuncs @opindex mno-libfuncs +@item -mlibfuncs +@itemx -mno-libfuncs Specify that intrinsic library functions are being compiled, passing all values in registers, no matter the size. -@item -mepsilon -@itemx -mno-epsilon @opindex mepsilon @opindex mno-epsilon +@item -mepsilon +@itemx -mno-epsilon Generate floating-point comparison instructions that compare with respect to the @code{rE} epsilon register. -@item -mabi=mmixware -@itemx -mabi=gnu @opindex mabi=mmixware @opindex mabi=gnu +@item -mabi=mmixware +@itemx -mabi=gnu Generate code that passes function parameters and return values that (in the called function) are seen as registers @code{$0} and up, as opposed to the GNU ABI which uses global registers @code{$231} and up. -@item -mzero-extend -@itemx -mno-zero-extend @opindex mzero-extend @opindex mno-zero-extend +@item -mzero-extend +@itemx -mno-zero-extend When reading data from memory in sizes shorter than 64 bits, use (do not use) zero-extending load instructions by default, rather than sign-extending ones. -@item -mknuthdiv -@itemx -mno-knuthdiv @opindex mknuthdiv @opindex mno-knuthdiv +@item -mknuthdiv +@itemx -mno-knuthdiv Make the result of a division yielding a remainder have the same sign as the divisor. With the default, @option{-mno-knuthdiv}, the sign of the remainder follows the sign of the dividend. Both methods are arithmetically valid, the latter being almost exclusively used. -@item -mtoplevel-symbols -@itemx -mno-toplevel-symbols @opindex mtoplevel-symbols @opindex mno-toplevel-symbols +@item -mtoplevel-symbols +@itemx -mno-toplevel-symbols Prepend (do not prepend) a @samp{:} to all global symbols, so the assembly code can be used with the @code{PREFIX} assembly directive. -@item -melf @opindex melf +@item -melf Generate an executable in the ELF format, rather than the default @samp{mmo} format used by the @command{mmix} simulator. -@item -mbranch-predict -@itemx -mno-branch-predict @opindex mbranch-predict @opindex mno-branch-predict +@item -mbranch-predict +@itemx -mno-branch-predict Use (do not use) the probable-branch instructions, when static branch prediction indicates a probable branch. -@item -mbase-addresses -@itemx -mno-base-addresses @opindex mbase-addresses @opindex mno-base-addresses +@item -mbase-addresses +@itemx -mno-base-addresses Generate (do not generate) code that uses @emph{base addresses}. Using a base address automatically generates a request (handled by the assembler and the linker) for a constant to be set up in a global register. The @@ -27696,10 +27696,10 @@ and fast code, but the number of different data items that can be addressed is limited. This means that a program that uses lots of static data may require @option{-mno-base-addresses}. -@item -msingle-exit -@itemx -mno-single-exit @opindex msingle-exit @opindex mno-single-exit +@item -msingle-exit +@itemx -mno-single-exit Force (do not force) generated code to have a single exit point in each function. @end table @@ -27711,80 +27711,80 @@ function. These @option{-m} options are defined for Matsushita MN10300 architectures: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mmult-bug @opindex mmult-bug +@item -mmult-bug Generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the MN10300 processors. This is the default. -@item -mno-mult-bug @opindex mno-mult-bug +@item -mno-mult-bug Do not generate code to avoid bugs in the multiply instructions for the MN10300 processors. -@item -mam33 @opindex mam33 +@item -mam33 Generate code using features specific to the AM33 processor. -@item -mno-am33 @opindex mno-am33 +@item -mno-am33 Do not generate code using features specific to the AM33 processor. This is the default. -@item -mam33-2 @opindex mam33-2 +@item -mam33-2 Generate code using features specific to the AM33/2.0 processor. -@item -mam34 @opindex mam34 +@item -mam34 Generate code using features specific to the AM34 processor. -@item -mtune=@var{cpu-type} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{cpu-type} Use the timing characteristics of the indicated CPU type when scheduling instructions. This does not change the targeted processor type. The CPU type must be one of @samp{mn10300}, @samp{am33}, @samp{am33-2} or @samp{am34}. -@item -mreturn-pointer-on-d0 @opindex mreturn-pointer-on-d0 +@item -mreturn-pointer-on-d0 When generating a function that returns a pointer, return the pointer in both @code{a0} and @code{d0}. Otherwise, the pointer is returned only in @code{a0}, and attempts to call such functions without a prototype result in errors. Note that this option is on by default; use @option{-mno-return-pointer-on-d0} to disable it. -@item -mno-crt0 @opindex mno-crt0 +@item -mno-crt0 Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file. -@item -mrelax @opindex mrelax +@item -mrelax Indicate to the linker that it should perform a relaxation optimization pass to shorten branches, calls and absolute memory addresses. This option only has an effect when used on the command line for the final link step. This option makes symbolic debugging impossible. -@item -mliw @opindex mliw +@item -mliw Allow the compiler to generate @emph{Long Instruction Word} instructions if the target is the @samp{AM33} or later. This is the default. This option defines the preprocessor macro @code{__LIW__}. -@item -mno-liw @opindex mno-liw +@item -mno-liw Do not allow the compiler to generate @emph{Long Instruction Word} instructions. This option defines the preprocessor macro @code{__NO_LIW__}. -@item -msetlb @opindex msetlb +@item -msetlb Allow the compiler to generate the @emph{SETLB} and @emph{Lcc} instructions if the target is the @samp{AM33} or later. This is the default. This option defines the preprocessor macro @code{__SETLB__}. -@item -mno-setlb @opindex mno-setlb +@item -mno-setlb Do not allow the compiler to generate @emph{SETLB} or @emph{Lcc} instructions. This option defines the preprocessor macro @code{__NO_SETLB__}. @@ -27797,22 +27797,22 @@ instructions. This option defines the preprocessor macro @table @gcctabopt -@item -meb @opindex meb +@item -meb Generate big-endian code. This is the default for @samp{moxie-*-*} configurations. -@item -mel @opindex mel +@item -mel Generate little-endian code. -@item -mmul.x @opindex mmul.x +@item -mmul.x Generate mul.x and umul.x instructions. This is the default for @samp{moxiebox-*-*} configurations. -@item -mno-crt0 @opindex mno-crt0 +@item -mno-crt0 Do not link in the C run-time initialization object file. @end table @@ -27825,14 +27825,14 @@ These options are defined for the MSP430: @table @gcctabopt -@item -masm-hex @opindex masm-hex +@item -masm-hex Force assembly output to always use hex constants. Normally such constants are signed decimals, but this option is available for testsuite and/or aesthetic purposes. -@item -mmcu= @opindex mmcu= +@item -mmcu= Select the MCU to target. This is used to create a C preprocessor symbol based upon the MCU name, converted to upper case and pre- and post-fixed with @samp{__}. This in turn is used by the @@ -27883,43 +27883,43 @@ If none of the above search methods find @samp{devices.csv}, then the hard-coded MCU data is used. -@item -mwarn-mcu -@itemx -mno-warn-mcu @opindex mwarn-mcu @opindex mno-warn-mcu +@item -mwarn-mcu +@itemx -mno-warn-mcu This option enables or disables warnings about conflicts between the MCU name specified by the @option{-mmcu} option and the ISA set by the @option{-mcpu} option and/or the hardware multiply support set by the @option{-mhwmult} option. It also toggles warnings about unrecognized MCU names. This option is on by default. -@item -mcpu= @opindex mcpu= +@item -mcpu= Specifies the ISA to use. Accepted values are @samp{msp430}, @samp{msp430x} and @samp{msp430xv2}. This option is deprecated. The @option{-mmcu=} option should be used to select the ISA. -@item -msim @opindex msim +@item -msim Link to the simulator runtime libraries and linker script. Overrides any scripts that would be selected by the @option{-mmcu=} option. -@item -mlarge @opindex mlarge +@item -mlarge Use large-model addressing (20-bit pointers, 20-bit @code{size_t}). -@item -msmall @opindex msmall +@item -msmall Use small-model addressing (16-bit pointers, 16-bit @code{size_t}). -@item -mrelax @opindex mrelax +@item -mrelax This option is passed to the assembler and linker, and allows the linker to perform certain optimizations that cannot be done until the final link. -@item mhwmult= @opindex mhwmult= +@item mhwmult= Describes the type of hardware multiply supported by the target. Accepted values are @samp{none} for no hardware multiply, @samp{16bit} for the original 16-bit-only multiply supported by early MCUs. @@ -27940,15 +27940,15 @@ The hardware multiply routines disable interrupts whilst running and restore the previous interrupt state when they finish. This makes them safe to use inside interrupt handlers as well as in normal code. -@item -minrt @opindex minrt +@item -minrt Enable the use of a minimum runtime environment - no static initializers or constructors. This is intended for memory-constrained devices. The compiler includes special symbols in some objects that tell the linker and runtime which code fragments are required. -@item -mtiny-printf @opindex mtiny-printf +@item -mtiny-printf Enable reduced code size @code{printf} and @code{puts} library functions. The @samp{tiny} implementations of these functions are not reentrant, so must be used with caution in multi-threaded applications. @@ -27960,8 +27960,8 @@ buffered before it is sent to write. This option requires Newlib Nano IO, so GCC must be configured with @samp{--enable-newlib-nano-formatted-io}. -@item -mmax-inline-shift= @opindex mmax-inline-shift= +@item -mmax-inline-shift= This option takes an integer between 0 and 64 inclusive, and sets the maximum number of inline shift instructions which should be emitted to perform a shift operation by a constant amount. When this value needs to be @@ -27973,10 +27973,10 @@ completed with a single instruction (e.g. all shifts >1 on the 430 ISA). Shifts of a 32-bit value are at least twice as costly, so the value passed for this option is divided by 2 and the resulting value used instead. -@item -mcode-region= -@itemx -mdata-region= @opindex mcode-region @opindex mdata-region +@item -mcode-region= +@itemx -mdata-region= These options tell the compiler where to place functions and data that do not have one of the @code{lower}, @code{upper}, @code{either} or @code{section} attributes. Possible values are @code{lower}, @@ -27986,20 +27986,20 @@ like the corresponding attribute. The fourth possible value - linker script and how it assigns the standard sections (@code{.text}, @code{.data}, etc) to the memory regions. -@item -msilicon-errata= @opindex msilicon-errata +@item -msilicon-errata= This option passes on a request to assembler to enable the fixes for the named silicon errata. -@item -msilicon-errata-warn= @opindex msilicon-errata-warn +@item -msilicon-errata-warn= This option passes on a request to the assembler to enable warning messages when a silicon errata might need to be applied. -@item -mwarn-devices-csv -@itemx -mno-warn-devices-csv @opindex mwarn-devices-csv @opindex mno-warn-devices-csv +@item -mwarn-devices-csv +@itemx -mno-warn-devices-csv Warn if @samp{devices.csv} is not found or there are problem parsing it (default: on). @@ -28013,85 +28013,85 @@ These options are defined for NDS32 implementations: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mbig-endian @opindex mbig-endian +@item -mbig-endian Generate code in big-endian mode. -@item -mlittle-endian @opindex mlittle-endian +@item -mlittle-endian Generate code in little-endian mode. -@item -mreduced-regs @opindex mreduced-regs +@item -mreduced-regs Use reduced-set registers for register allocation. -@item -mfull-regs @opindex mfull-regs +@item -mfull-regs Use full-set registers for register allocation. -@item -mcmov @opindex mcmov +@item -mcmov Generate conditional move instructions. -@item -mno-cmov @opindex mno-cmov +@item -mno-cmov Do not generate conditional move instructions. -@item -mext-perf @opindex mext-perf +@item -mext-perf Generate performance extension instructions. -@item -mno-ext-perf @opindex mno-ext-perf +@item -mno-ext-perf Do not generate performance extension instructions. -@item -mext-perf2 @opindex mext-perf2 +@item -mext-perf2 Generate performance extension 2 instructions. -@item -mno-ext-perf2 @opindex mno-ext-perf2 +@item -mno-ext-perf2 Do not generate performance extension 2 instructions. -@item -mext-string @opindex mext-string +@item -mext-string Generate string extension instructions. -@item -mno-ext-string @opindex mno-ext-string +@item -mno-ext-string Do not generate string extension instructions. -@item -mv3push @opindex mv3push +@item -mv3push Generate v3 push25/pop25 instructions. -@item -mno-v3push @opindex mno-v3push +@item -mno-v3push Do not generate v3 push25/pop25 instructions. -@item -m16-bit @opindex m16-bit +@item -m16-bit Generate 16-bit instructions. -@item -mno-16-bit @opindex mno-16-bit +@item -mno-16-bit Do not generate 16-bit instructions. -@item -misr-vector-size=@var{num} @opindex misr-vector-size +@item -misr-vector-size=@var{num} Specify the size of each interrupt vector, which must be 4 or 16. -@item -mcache-block-size=@var{num} @opindex mcache-block-size +@item -mcache-block-size=@var{num} Specify the size of each cache block, which must be a power of 2 between 4 and 512. -@item -march=@var{arch} @opindex march +@item -march=@var{arch} Specify the name of the target architecture. -@item -mcmodel=@var{code-model} @opindex mcmodel +@item -mcmodel=@var{code-model} Set the code model to one of @table @asis @item @samp{small} @@ -28105,12 +28105,12 @@ addressing space. All the text and data segments can be within 4GB addressing space. @end table -@item -mctor-dtor @opindex mctor-dtor +@item -mctor-dtor Enable constructor/destructor feature. -@item -mrelax @opindex mrelax +@item -mrelax Guide linker to relax instructions. @end table @@ -28124,18 +28124,18 @@ These are the options defined for the Altera Nios II processor. @table @gcctabopt -@item -G @var{num} @opindex G +@item -G @var{num} @cindex smaller data references Put global and static objects less than or equal to @var{num} bytes into the small data or BSS sections instead of the normal data or BSS sections. The default value of @var{num} is 8. +@opindex mgpopt +@opindex mno-gpopt @item -mgpopt=@var{option} @itemx -mgpopt @itemx -mno-gpopt -@opindex mgpopt -@opindex mno-gpopt Generate (do not generate) GP-relative accesses. The following @var{option} names are recognized: @@ -28187,8 +28187,8 @@ GOT data sections. In this case, the 16-bit offset for GP-relative addressing may not be large enough to allow access to the entire small data section. -@item -mgprel-sec=@var{regexp} @opindex mgprel-sec +@item -mgprel-sec=@var{regexp} This option specifies additional section names that can be accessed via GP-relative addressing. It is most useful in conjunction with @code{section} attributes on variable declarations @@ -28199,8 +28199,8 @@ This option does not affect the behavior of the @option{-G} option, and the specified sections are in addition to the standard @code{.sdata} and @code{.sbss} small-data sections that are recognized by @option{-mgpopt}. -@item -mr0rel-sec=@var{regexp} @opindex mr0rel-sec +@item -mr0rel-sec=@var{regexp} This option specifies names of sections that can be accessed via a 16-bit offset from @code{r0}; that is, in the low 32K or high 32K of the 32-bit address space. It is most useful in conjunction with @@ -28213,15 +28213,15 @@ zero-based addressing is never generated by default and there are no conventional section names used in standard linker scripts for sections in the low or high areas of memory. -@item -mel -@itemx -meb @opindex mel @opindex meb +@item -mel +@itemx -meb Generate little-endian (default) or big-endian (experimental) code, respectively. -@item -march=@var{arch} @opindex march +@item -march=@var{arch} This specifies the name of the target Nios II architecture. GCC uses this name to determine what kind of instructions it can emit when generating assembly code. Permissible names are: @samp{r1}, @samp{r2}. @@ -28229,40 +28229,40 @@ assembly code. Permissible names are: @samp{r1}, @samp{r2}. The preprocessor macro @code{__nios2_arch__} is available to programs, with value 1 or 2, indicating the targeted ISA level. -@item -mbypass-cache -@itemx -mno-bypass-cache @opindex mno-bypass-cache @opindex mbypass-cache +@item -mbypass-cache +@itemx -mno-bypass-cache Force all load and store instructions to always bypass cache by using I/O variants of the instructions. The default is not to bypass the cache. -@item -mno-cache-volatile -@itemx -mcache-volatile @opindex mcache-volatile @opindex mno-cache-volatile +@item -mno-cache-volatile +@itemx -mcache-volatile Volatile memory access bypass the cache using the I/O variants of the load and store instructions. The default is not to bypass the cache. -@item -mno-fast-sw-div -@itemx -mfast-sw-div @opindex mno-fast-sw-div @opindex mfast-sw-div +@item -mno-fast-sw-div +@itemx -mfast-sw-div Do not use table-based fast divide for small numbers. The default is to use the fast divide at @option{-O3} and above. -@item -mno-hw-mul -@itemx -mhw-mul -@itemx -mno-hw-mulx -@itemx -mhw-mulx -@itemx -mno-hw-div -@itemx -mhw-div @opindex mno-hw-mul @opindex mhw-mul @opindex mno-hw-mulx @opindex mhw-mulx @opindex mno-hw-div @opindex mhw-div +@item -mno-hw-mul +@itemx -mhw-mul +@itemx -mno-hw-mulx +@itemx -mhw-mulx +@itemx -mno-hw-div +@itemx -mhw-div Enable or disable emitting @code{mul}, @code{mulx} and @code{div} family of instructions by the compiler. The default is to emit @code{mul} and not emit @code{div} and @code{mulx}. @@ -28276,10 +28276,10 @@ CDX (code density) instructions. Enabling these instructions also requires @option{-march=r2}. Since these instructions are optional extensions to the R2 architecture, the default is not to emit them. -@item -mcustom-@var{insn}=@var{N} -@itemx -mno-custom-@var{insn} @opindex mcustom-@var{insn} @opindex mno-custom-@var{insn} +@item -mcustom-@var{insn}=@var{N} +@itemx -mno-custom-@var{insn} Each @option{-mcustom-@var{insn}=@var{N}} option enables use of a custom instruction with encoding @var{N} when generating code that uses @var{insn}. For example, @option{-mcustom-fadds=253} generates custom @@ -28407,8 +28407,8 @@ and @code{target("no-custom-@var{insn}")} function attributes (@pxref{Function Attributes}) or pragmas (@pxref{Function Specific Option Pragmas}). -@item -mcustom-fpu-cfg=@var{name} @opindex mcustom-fpu-cfg +@item -mcustom-fpu-cfg=@var{name} This option enables a predefined, named set of custom instruction encodings (see @option{-mcustom-@var{insn}} above). @@ -28486,25 +28486,25 @@ ELF (bare-metal) target: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mhal @opindex mhal +@item -mhal Link with HAL BSP. This suppresses linking with the GCC-provided C runtime startup and termination code, and is typically used in conjunction with @option{-msys-crt0=} to specify the location of the alternate startup code provided by the HAL BSP. -@item -msmallc @opindex msmallc +@item -msmallc Link with a limited version of the C library, @option{-lsmallc}, rather than Newlib. -@item -msys-crt0=@var{startfile} @opindex msys-crt0 +@item -msys-crt0=@var{startfile} @var{startfile} is the file name of the startfile (crt0) to use when linking. This option is only useful in conjunction with @option{-mhal}. -@item -msys-lib=@var{systemlib} @opindex msys-lib +@item -msys-lib=@var{systemlib} @var{systemlib} is the library name of the library that provides low-level system calls required by the C library, e.g.@: @code{read} and @code{write}. @@ -28521,13 +28521,13 @@ These options are defined for Nvidia PTX: @table @gcctabopt -@item -m64 @opindex m64 +@item -m64 Ignored, but preserved for backward compatibility. Only 64-bit ABI is supported. -@item -march=@var{architecture-string} @opindex march +@item -march=@var{architecture-string} Generate code for the specified PTX ISA target architecture (e.g.@: @samp{sm_35}). Valid architecture strings are @samp{sm_30}, @samp{sm_35}, @samp{sm_53}, @samp{sm_70}, @samp{sm_75} and @@ -28539,19 +28539,19 @@ This option sets the value of the preprocessor macro @code{__PTX_SM__}; for instance, for @samp{sm_35}, it has the value @samp{350}. -@item -misa=@var{architecture-string} @opindex misa +@item -misa=@var{architecture-string} Alias of @option{-march=}. -@item -march-map=@var{architecture-string} @opindex march +@item -march-map=@var{architecture-string} Select the closest available @option{-march=} value that is not more capable. For instance, for @option{-march-map=sm_50} select @option{-march=sm_35}, and for @option{-march-map=sm_53} select @option{-march=sm_53}. -@item -mptx=@var{version-string} @opindex mptx +@item -mptx=@var{version-string} Generate code for the specified PTX ISA version (e.g.@: @samp{7.0}). Valid version strings include @samp{3.1}, @samp{6.0}, @samp{6.3}, and @samp{7.0}. The default PTX ISA version is 6.0, unless a higher @@ -28563,18 +28563,18 @@ This option sets the values of the preprocessor macros for instance, for @samp{3.1} the macros have the values @samp{3} and @samp{1}, respectively. -@item -mmainkernel @opindex mmainkernel +@item -mmainkernel Link in code for a __main kernel. This is for stand-alone instead of offloading execution. -@item -moptimize @opindex moptimize +@item -moptimize Apply partitioned execution optimizations. This is the default when any level of optimization is selected. -@item -msoft-stack @opindex msoft-stack +@item -msoft-stack Generate code that does not use @code{.local} memory directly for stack storage. Instead, a per-warp stack pointer is maintained explicitly. This enables variable-length stack allocation (with @@ -28585,8 +28585,8 @@ for OpenMP offloading, but the option is exposed on its own for the purpose of testing the compiler; to generate code suitable for linking into programs using OpenMP offloading, use option @option{-mgomp}. -@item -muniform-simt @opindex muniform-simt +@item -muniform-simt Switch to code generation variant that allows to execute all threads in each warp, while maintaining memory state and side effects as if only one thread in each warp was active outside of OpenMP SIMD regions. All atomic operations @@ -28599,8 +28599,8 @@ all-ones bitmasks for each warp, indicating current mode (0 outside of SIMD regions). Each thread can bitwise-and the bitmask at position @code{tid.y} with current lane index to compute the master lane index. -@item -mgomp @opindex mgomp +@item -mgomp Generate code for use in OpenMP offloading: enables @option{-msoft-stack} and @option{-muniform-simt} options, and selects corresponding multilib variant. @@ -28614,90 +28614,90 @@ These options are defined for OpenRISC: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mboard=@var{name} @opindex mboard +@item -mboard=@var{name} Configure a board specific runtime. This will be passed to the linker for newlib board library linking. The default is @code{or1ksim}. -@item -mnewlib @opindex mnewlib +@item -mnewlib This option is ignored; it is for compatibility purposes only. This used to select linker and preprocessor options for use with newlib. -@item -msoft-div -@itemx -mhard-div @opindex msoft-div @opindex mhard-div +@item -msoft-div +@itemx -mhard-div Select software or hardware divide (@code{l.div}, @code{l.divu}) instructions. This default is hardware divide. -@item -msoft-mul -@itemx -mhard-mul @opindex msoft-mul @opindex mhard-mul +@item -msoft-mul +@itemx -mhard-mul Select software or hardware multiply (@code{l.mul}, @code{l.muli}) instructions. This default is hardware multiply. -@item -msoft-float -@itemx -mhard-float @opindex msoft-float @opindex mhard-float +@item -msoft-float +@itemx -mhard-float Select software or hardware for floating point operations. The default is software. -@item -mdouble-float @opindex mdouble-float +@item -mdouble-float When @option{-mhard-float} is selected, enables generation of double-precision floating point instructions. By default functions from @file{libgcc} are used to perform double-precision floating point operations. -@item -munordered-float @opindex munordered-float +@item -munordered-float When @option{-mhard-float} is selected, enables generation of unordered floating point compare and set flag (@code{lf.sfun*}) instructions. By default functions from @file{libgcc} are used to perform unordered floating point compare and set flag operations. -@item -mcmov @opindex mcmov +@item -mcmov Enable generation of conditional move (@code{l.cmov}) instructions. By default the equivalent will be generated using set and branch. -@item -mror @opindex mror +@item -mror Enable generation of rotate right (@code{l.ror}) instructions. By default functions from @file{libgcc} are used to perform rotate right operations. -@item -mrori @opindex mrori +@item -mrori Enable generation of rotate right with immediate (@code{l.rori}) instructions. By default functions from @file{libgcc} are used to perform rotate right with immediate operations. -@item -msext @opindex msext +@item -msext Enable generation of sign extension (@code{l.ext*}) instructions. By default memory loads are used to perform sign extension. -@item -msfimm @opindex msfimm +@item -msfimm Enable generation of compare and set flag with immediate (@code{l.sf*i}) instructions. By default extra instructions will be generated to store the immediate to a register first. -@item -mshftimm @opindex mshftimm +@item -mshftimm Enable generation of shift with immediate (@code{l.srai}, @code{l.srli}, @code{l.slli}) instructions. By default extra instructions will be generated to store the immediate to a register first. -@item -mcmodel=small @opindex mcmodel=small +@item -mcmodel=small Generate OpenRISC code for the small model: The GOT is limited to 64k. This is the default model. -@item -mcmodel=large @opindex mcmodel=large +@item -mcmodel=large Generate OpenRISC code for the large model: The GOT may grow up to 4G in size. @@ -28710,65 +28710,65 @@ Generate OpenRISC code for the large model: The GOT may grow up to 4G in size. These options are defined for the PDP-11: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mfpu @opindex mfpu +@item -mfpu Use hardware FPP floating point. This is the default. (FIS floating point on the PDP-11/40 is not supported.) Implies -m45. -@item -msoft-float @opindex msoft-float +@item -msoft-float Do not use hardware floating point. -@item -mac0 @opindex mac0 +@item -mac0 Return floating-point results in ac0 (fr0 in Unix assembler syntax). -@item -mno-ac0 @opindex mno-ac0 +@item -mno-ac0 Return floating-point results in memory. This is the default. -@item -m40 @opindex m40 +@item -m40 Generate code for a PDP-11/40. Implies -msoft-float -mno-split. -@item -m45 @opindex m45 +@item -m45 Generate code for a PDP-11/45. This is the default. -@item -m10 @opindex m10 +@item -m10 Generate code for a PDP-11/10. Implies -msoft-float -mno-split. -@item -mint16 -@itemx -mno-int32 @opindex mint16 @opindex mno-int32 +@item -mint16 +@itemx -mno-int32 Use 16-bit @code{int}. This is the default. -@item -mint32 -@itemx -mno-int16 @opindex mint32 @opindex mno-int16 +@item -mint32 +@itemx -mno-int16 Use 32-bit @code{int}. -@item -msplit @opindex msplit +@item -msplit Target has split instruction and data space. Implies -m45. -@item -munix-asm @opindex munix-asm +@item -munix-asm Use Unix assembler syntax. -@item -mdec-asm @opindex mdec-asm +@item -mdec-asm Use DEC assembler syntax. -@item -mgnu-asm @opindex mgnu-asm +@item -mgnu-asm Use GNU assembler syntax. This is the default. -@item -mlra @opindex mlra +@item -mlra Use the new LRA register allocator. By default, the old ``reload'' allocator is used. @end table @@ -28786,30 +28786,30 @@ These are listed under @xref{RS/6000 and PowerPC Options}. These command-line options are defined for PRU target: @table @gcctabopt -@item -minrt @opindex minrt +@item -minrt Link with a minimum runtime environment, with no support for static initializers and constructors. Using this option can significantly reduce the size of the final ELF binary. Beware that the compiler could still generate code with static initializers and constructors. It is up to the programmer to ensure that the source program will not use those features. -@item -mmcu=@var{mcu} @opindex mmcu +@item -mmcu=@var{mcu} Specify the PRU MCU variant to use. Check Newlib for the exact list of supported MCUs. -@item -mno-relax @opindex mno-relax +@item -mno-relax Make GCC pass the @option{--no-relax} command-line option to the linker instead of the @option{--relax} option. -@item -mloop @opindex mloop +@item -mloop Allow (or do not allow) GCC to use the LOOP instruction. -@item -mabi=@var{variant} @opindex mabi +@item -mabi=@var{variant} Specify the ABI variant to output code for. @option{-mabi=ti} selects the unmodified TI ABI while @option{-mabi=gnu} selects a GNU variant that copes more naturally with certain GCC assumptions. These are the differences: @@ -28846,18 +28846,18 @@ LDI32 pseudo instructions. These command-line options are defined for RISC-V targets: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mbranch-cost=@var{n} @opindex mbranch-cost +@item -mbranch-cost=@var{n} Set the cost of branches to roughly @var{n} instructions. +@opindex plt @item -mplt @itemx -mno-plt -@opindex plt When generating PIC code, do or don't allow the use of PLTs. Ignored for non-PIC. The default is @option{-mplt}. -@item -mabi=@var{ABI-string} @opindex mabi +@item -mabi=@var{ABI-string} Specify integer and floating-point calling convention. @var{ABI-string} contains two parts: the size of integer types and the registers used for floating-point types. For example @samp{-march=rv64ifd -mabi=lp64d} means that @@ -28879,22 +28879,22 @@ registers are only 32 bits wide. There is also the @samp{ilp32e} ABI that can only be used with the @samp{rv32e} architecture. This ABI is not well specified at present, and is subject to change. +@opindex mfdiv @item -mfdiv @itemx -mno-fdiv -@opindex mfdiv Do or don't use hardware floating-point divide and square root instructions. This requires the F or D extensions for floating-point registers. The default is to use them if the specified architecture has these instructions. +@opindex mdiv @item -mdiv @itemx -mno-div -@opindex mdiv Do or don't use hardware instructions for integer division. This requires the M extension. The default is to use them if the specified architecture has these instructions. -@item -misa-spec=@var{ISA-spec-string} @opindex misa-spec +@item -misa-spec=@var{ISA-spec-string} Specify the version of the RISC-V Unprivileged (formerly User-Level) ISA specification to produce code conforming to. The possibilities for @var{ISA-spec-string} are: @@ -28909,8 +28909,8 @@ Produce code conforming to version 20191213. The default is @option{-misa-spec=20191213} unless GCC has been configured with @option{--with-isa-spec=} specifying a different default version. -@item -march=@var{ISA-string} @opindex march +@item -march=@var{ISA-string} Generate code for given RISC-V ISA (e.g.@: @samp{rv64im}). ISA strings must be lower-case. Examples include @samp{rv64i}, @samp{rv32g}, @samp{rv32e}, and @samp{rv32imaf}. @@ -28921,8 +28921,8 @@ If both @option{-march} and @option{-mcpu=} are not specified, the default for this argument is system dependent, users who want a specific architecture extensions should specify one explicitly. -@item -mcpu=@var{processor-string} @opindex mcpu +@item -mcpu=@var{processor-string} Use architecture of and optimize the output for the given processor, specified by particular CPU name. Permissible values for this option are: @samp{sifive-e20}, @samp{sifive-e21}, @@ -28930,8 +28930,8 @@ Permissible values for this option are: @samp{sifive-e20}, @samp{sifive-e21}, @samp{sifive-s21}, @samp{sifive-s51}, @samp{sifive-s54}, @samp{sifive-s76}, @samp{sifive-u54}, and @samp{sifive-u74}. -@item -mtune=@var{processor-string} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{processor-string} Optimize the output for the given processor, specified by microarchitecture or particular CPU name. Permissible values for this option are: @samp{rocket}, @samp{sifive-3-series}, @samp{sifive-5-series}, @samp{sifive-7-series}, @@ -28945,8 +28945,8 @@ when @option{-Os} is specified. It overrides the instruction cost info provided by @option{-mtune=}, but does not override the pipeline info. This helps reduce code size while still giving good performance. -@item -mpreferred-stack-boundary=@var{num} @opindex mpreferred-stack-boundary +@item -mpreferred-stack-boundary=@var{num} Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to @var{num} byte boundary. If @option{-mpreferred-stack-boundary} is not specified, the default is 4 (16 bytes or 128-bits). @@ -28955,43 +28955,43 @@ the default is 4 (16 bytes or 128-bits). the same value, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and startup modules. -@item -msmall-data-limit=@var{n} @opindex msmall-data-limit +@item -msmall-data-limit=@var{n} Put global and static data smaller than @var{n} bytes into a special section (on some targets). +@opindex msave-restore @item -msave-restore @itemx -mno-save-restore -@opindex msave-restore Do or don't use smaller but slower prologue and epilogue code that uses library function calls. The default is to use fast inline prologues and epilogues. +@opindex mshorten-memrefs @item -mshorten-memrefs @itemx -mno-shorten-memrefs -@opindex mshorten-memrefs Do or do not attempt to make more use of compressed load/store instructions by replacing a load/store of 'base register + large offset' with a new load/store of 'new base + small offset'. If the new base gets stored in a compressed register, then the new load/store can be compressed. Currently targets 32-bit integer load/stores only. +@opindex mstrict-align @item -mstrict-align @itemx -mno-strict-align -@opindex mstrict-align Do not or do generate unaligned memory accesses. The default is set depending on whether the processor we are optimizing for supports fast unaligned access or not. -@item -mcmodel=medlow @opindex mcmodel=medlow +@item -mcmodel=medlow Generate code for the medium-low code model. The program and its statically defined symbols must lie within a single 2 GiB address range and must lie between absolute addresses @minus{}2 GiB and +2 GiB. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. This is the default code model. -@item -mcmodel=medany @opindex mcmodel=medany +@item -mcmodel=medany Generate code for the medium-any code model. The program and its statically defined symbols must be within any single 2 GiB address range. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. @@ -29006,48 +29006,48 @@ Use or do not use assembler relocation operators when dealing with symbolic addresses. The alternative is to use assembler macros instead, which may limit optimization. +@opindex mrelax @item -mrelax @itemx -mno-relax -@opindex mrelax Take advantage of linker relaxations to reduce the number of instructions required to materialize symbol addresses. The default is to take advantage of linker relaxations. +@opindex mriscv-attribute @item -mriscv-attribute @itemx -mno-riscv-attribute -@opindex mriscv-attribute Emit (do not emit) RISC-V attribute to record extra information into ELF objects. This feature requires at least binutils 2.32. +@opindex mcsr-check @item -mcsr-check @itemx -mno-csr-check -@opindex mcsr-check Enables or disables the CSR checking. -@item -malign-data=@var{type} @opindex malign-data +@item -malign-data=@var{type} Control how GCC aligns variables and constants of array, structure, or union types. Supported values for @var{type} are @samp{xlen} which uses x register width as the alignment value, and @samp{natural} which uses natural alignment. @samp{xlen} is the default. -@item -mbig-endian @opindex mbig-endian +@item -mbig-endian Generate big-endian code. This is the default when GCC is configured for a @samp{riscv64be-*-*} or @samp{riscv32be-*-*} target. -@item -mlittle-endian @opindex mlittle-endian +@item -mlittle-endian Generate little-endian code. This is the default when GCC is configured for a @samp{riscv64-*-*} or @samp{riscv32-*-*} but not a @samp{riscv64be-*-*} or @samp{riscv32be-*-*} target. -@item -mstack-protector-guard=@var{guard} -@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-reg=@var{reg} -@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-offset=@var{offset} @opindex mstack-protector-guard @opindex mstack-protector-guard-reg @opindex mstack-protector-guard-offset +@item -mstack-protector-guard=@var{guard} +@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-reg=@var{reg} +@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-offset=@var{offset} Generate stack protection code using canary at @var{guard}. Supported locations are @samp{global} for a global canary or @samp{tls} for per-thread canary in the TLS block. @@ -29067,17 +29067,17 @@ kernel. @table @gcctabopt -@item -msim @opindex msim +@item -msim Links in additional target libraries to support operation within a simulator. +@opindex mmul @item -mmul=none @itemx -mmul=g10 @itemx -mmul=g13 @itemx -mmul=g14 @itemx -mmul=rl78 -@opindex mmul Specifies the type of hardware multiplication and division support to be used. The simplest is @code{none}, which uses software for both multiplication and division. This is the default. The @code{g13} @@ -29091,11 +29091,11 @@ In addition a C preprocessor macro is defined, based upon the setting of this option. Possible values are: @code{__RL78_MUL_NONE__}, @code{__RL78_MUL_G13__} or @code{__RL78_MUL_G14__}. +@opindex mcpu @item -mcpu=g10 @itemx -mcpu=g13 @itemx -mcpu=g14 @itemx -mcpu=rl78 -@opindex mcpu Specifies the RL78 core to target. The default is the G14 core, also known as an S3 core or just RL78. The G13 or S2 core does not have multiply or divide instructions, instead it uses a hardware peripheral @@ -29122,36 +29122,36 @@ In addition a C preprocessor macro is defined, based upon the setting of this option. Possible values are: @code{__RL78_G10__}, @code{__RL78_G13__} or @code{__RL78_G14__}. -@item -mg10 -@itemx -mg13 -@itemx -mg14 -@itemx -mrl78 @opindex mg10 @opindex mg13 @opindex mg14 @opindex mrl78 +@item -mg10 +@itemx -mg13 +@itemx -mg14 +@itemx -mrl78 These are aliases for the corresponding @option{-mcpu=} option. They are provided for backwards compatibility. -@item -mallregs @opindex mallregs +@item -mallregs Allow the compiler to use all of the available registers. By default registers @code{r24..r31} are reserved for use in interrupt handlers. With this option enabled these registers can be used in ordinary functions as well. -@item -m64bit-doubles -@itemx -m32bit-doubles @opindex m64bit-doubles @opindex m32bit-doubles +@item -m64bit-doubles +@itemx -m32bit-doubles Make the @code{double} data type be 64 bits (@option{-m64bit-doubles}) or 32 bits (@option{-m32bit-doubles}) in size. The default is @option{-m32bit-doubles}. -@item -msave-mduc-in-interrupts -@itemx -mno-save-mduc-in-interrupts @opindex msave-mduc-in-interrupts @opindex mno-save-mduc-in-interrupts +@item -msave-mduc-in-interrupts +@itemx -mno-save-mduc-in-interrupts Specifies that interrupt handler functions should preserve the MDUC registers. This is only necessary if normal code might use the MDUC registers, for example because it performs multiplication @@ -29187,10 +29187,6 @@ These @samp{-m} options are defined for the IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC: @itemx -mfprnd @itemx -mno-fprnd @need 800 -@itemx -mcmpb -@itemx -mno-cmpb -@itemx -mhard-dfp -@itemx -mno-hard-dfp @opindex mpowerpc-gpopt @opindex mno-powerpc-gpopt @opindex mpowerpc-gfxopt @@ -29209,6 +29205,10 @@ These @samp{-m} options are defined for the IBM RS/6000 and PowerPC: @opindex mno-cmpb @opindex mhard-dfp @opindex mno-hard-dfp +@itemx -mcmpb +@itemx -mno-cmpb +@itemx -mhard-dfp +@itemx -mno-hard-dfp You use these options to specify which instructions are available on the processor you are using. The default value of these options is determined when configuring GCC@. Specifying the @@ -29248,8 +29248,8 @@ The @option{-mpowerpc64} option allows GCC to generate the additional and to treat GPRs as 64-bit, doubleword quantities. GCC defaults to @option{-mno-powerpc64}. -@item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type} @opindex mcpu +@item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type} Set architecture type, register usage, and instruction scheduling parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}. Supported values for @var{cpu_type} are @samp{401}, @samp{403}, @@ -29306,8 +29306,8 @@ AIX does not have full support for these options. You may still enable or disable them individually if you're sure it'll work in your environment. -@item -mtune=@var{cpu_type} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{cpu_type} Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}, but do not set the architecture type or register usage, as @option{-mcpu=@var{cpu_type}} does. The same @@ -29316,27 +29316,27 @@ values for @var{cpu_type} are used for @option{-mtune} as for architecture and registers set by @option{-mcpu}, but the scheduling parameters set by @option{-mtune}. -@item -mcmodel=small @opindex mcmodel=small +@item -mcmodel=small Generate PowerPC64 code for the small model: The TOC is limited to 64k. -@item -mcmodel=medium @opindex mcmodel=medium +@item -mcmodel=medium Generate PowerPC64 code for the medium model: The TOC and other static data may be up to a total of 4G in size. This is the default for 64-bit Linux. -@item -mcmodel=large @opindex mcmodel=large +@item -mcmodel=large Generate PowerPC64 code for the large model: The TOC may be up to 4G in size. Other data and code is only limited by the 64-bit address space. -@item -maltivec -@itemx -mno-altivec @opindex maltivec @opindex mno-altivec +@item -maltivec +@itemx -mno-altivec Generate code that uses (does not use) AltiVec instructions, and also enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct access to the AltiVec instruction set. You may also need to set @@ -29351,95 +29351,95 @@ vector register when targeting a big-endian platform, and identifies the rightmost element in a vector register when targeting a little-endian platform. -@item -mvrsave -@itemx -mno-vrsave @opindex mvrsave @opindex mno-vrsave +@item -mvrsave +@itemx -mno-vrsave Generate VRSAVE instructions when generating AltiVec code. -@item -msecure-plt @opindex msecure-plt +@item -msecure-plt Generate code that allows @command{ld} and @command{ld.so} to build executables and shared libraries with non-executable @code{.plt} and @code{.got} sections. This is a PowerPC 32-bit SYSV ABI option. -@item -mbss-plt @opindex mbss-plt +@item -mbss-plt Generate code that uses a BSS @code{.plt} section that @command{ld.so} fills in, and requires @code{.plt} and @code{.got} sections that are both writable and executable. This is a PowerPC 32-bit SYSV ABI option. -@item -misel -@itemx -mno-isel @opindex misel @opindex mno-isel +@item -misel +@itemx -mno-isel This switch enables or disables the generation of ISEL instructions. -@item -mvsx -@itemx -mno-vsx @opindex mvsx @opindex mno-vsx +@item -mvsx +@itemx -mno-vsx Generate code that uses (does not use) vector/scalar (VSX) instructions, and also enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct access to the VSX instruction set. -@item -mcrypto -@itemx -mno-crypto @opindex mcrypto @opindex mno-crypto +@item -mcrypto +@itemx -mno-crypto Enable the use (disable) of the built-in functions that allow direct access to the cryptographic instructions that were added in version 2.07 of the PowerPC ISA. -@item -mhtm -@itemx -mno-htm @opindex mhtm @opindex mno-htm +@item -mhtm +@itemx -mno-htm Enable (disable) the use of the built-in functions that allow direct access to the Hardware Transactional Memory (HTM) instructions that were added in version 2.07 of the PowerPC ISA. -@item -mpower8-fusion -@itemx -mno-power8-fusion @opindex mpower8-fusion @opindex mno-power8-fusion +@item -mpower8-fusion +@itemx -mno-power8-fusion Generate code that keeps (does not keeps) some integer operations adjacent so that the instructions can be fused together on power8 and later processors. -@item -mpower8-vector -@itemx -mno-power8-vector @opindex mpower8-vector @opindex mno-power8-vector +@item -mpower8-vector +@itemx -mno-power8-vector Generate code that uses (does not use) the vector and scalar instructions that were added in version 2.07 of the PowerPC ISA. Also enable the use of built-in functions that allow more direct access to the vector instructions. -@item -mquad-memory -@itemx -mno-quad-memory @opindex mquad-memory @opindex mno-quad-memory +@item -mquad-memory +@itemx -mno-quad-memory Generate code that uses (does not use) the non-atomic quad word memory instructions. The @option{-mquad-memory} option requires use of 64-bit mode. -@item -mquad-memory-atomic -@itemx -mno-quad-memory-atomic @opindex mquad-memory-atomic @opindex mno-quad-memory-atomic +@item -mquad-memory-atomic +@itemx -mno-quad-memory-atomic Generate code that uses (does not use) the atomic quad word memory instructions. The @option{-mquad-memory-atomic} option requires use of 64-bit mode. -@item -mfloat128 -@itemx -mno-float128 @opindex mfloat128 @opindex mno-float128 +@item -mfloat128 +@itemx -mno-float128 Enable/disable the @var{__float128} keyword for IEEE 128-bit floating point and use either software emulation for IEEE 128-bit floating point or hardware instructions. @@ -29459,10 +29459,10 @@ generate ISA 3.0 instructions or you are targeting a 32-bit big endian system, IEEE 128-bit floating point will be done with software emulation. -@item -mfloat128-hardware -@itemx -mno-float128-hardware @opindex mfloat128-hardware @opindex mno-float128-hardware +@item -mfloat128-hardware +@itemx -mno-float128-hardware Enable/disable using ISA 3.0 hardware instructions to support the @var{__float128} data type. @@ -29470,10 +29470,10 @@ The default for @option{-mfloat128-hardware} is enabled on PowerPC Linux systems using the ISA 3.0 instruction set, and disabled on other systems. -@item -m32 -@itemx -m64 @opindex m32 @opindex m64 +@item -m32 +@itemx -m64 Generate code for 32-bit or 64-bit environments of Darwin and SVR4 targets (including GNU/Linux). The 32-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits and generates code that runs on any PowerPC @@ -29481,14 +29481,14 @@ variant. The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits, and generates code for PowerPC64, as for @option{-mpowerpc64}. -@item -mfull-toc -@itemx -mno-fp-in-toc -@itemx -mno-sum-in-toc -@itemx -mminimal-toc @opindex mfull-toc @opindex mno-fp-in-toc @opindex mno-sum-in-toc @opindex mminimal-toc +@item -mfull-toc +@itemx -mno-fp-in-toc +@itemx -mno-sum-in-toc +@itemx -mminimal-toc Modify generation of the TOC (Table Of Contents), which is created for every executable file. The @option{-mfull-toc} option is selected by default. In that case, GCC allocates at least one TOC entry for @@ -29513,20 +29513,20 @@ option, GCC produces code that is slower and larger but which uses extremely little TOC space. You may wish to use this option only on files that contain less frequently-executed code. -@item -maix64 -@itemx -maix32 @opindex maix64 @opindex maix32 +@item -maix64 +@itemx -maix32 Enable 64-bit AIX ABI and calling convention: 64-bit pointers, 64-bit @code{long} type, and the infrastructure needed to support them. Specifying @option{-maix64} implies @option{-mpowerpc64}, while @option{-maix32} disables the 64-bit ABI and implies @option{-mno-powerpc64}. GCC defaults to @option{-maix32}. -@item -mxl-compat -@itemx -mno-xl-compat @opindex mxl-compat @opindex mno-xl-compat +@item -mxl-compat +@itemx -mno-xl-compat Produce code that conforms more closely to IBM XL compiler semantics when using AIX-compatible ABI@. Pass floating-point arguments to prototyped functions beyond the register save area (RSA) on the stack @@ -29545,8 +29545,8 @@ stack is inefficient and rarely needed, this option is not enabled by default and only is necessary when calling subroutines compiled by IBM XL compilers without optimization. -@item -mpe @opindex mpe +@item -mpe Support @dfn{IBM RS/6000 SP} @dfn{Parallel Environment} (PE)@. Link an application written to use message passing with special startup code to enable the application to run. The system must have PE installed in the @@ -29556,10 +29556,10 @@ appropriate directory location. The Parallel Environment does not support threads, so the @option{-mpe} option and the @option{-pthread} option are incompatible. -@item -malign-natural -@itemx -malign-power @opindex malign-natural @opindex malign-power +@item -malign-natural +@itemx -malign-power On AIX, 32-bit Darwin, and 64-bit PowerPC GNU/Linux, the option @option{-malign-natural} overrides the ABI-defined alignment of larger types, such as floating-point doubles, on their natural size-based boundary. @@ -29569,18 +29569,18 @@ alignment rules. GCC defaults to the standard alignment defined in the ABI@. On 64-bit Darwin, natural alignment is the default, and @option{-malign-power} is not supported. -@item -msoft-float -@itemx -mhard-float @opindex msoft-float @opindex mhard-float +@item -msoft-float +@itemx -mhard-float Generate code that does not use (uses) the floating-point register set. Software floating-point emulation is provided if you use the @option{-msoft-float} option, and pass the option to GCC when linking. -@item -mmultiple -@itemx -mno-multiple @opindex mmultiple @opindex mno-multiple +@item -mmultiple +@itemx -mno-multiple Generate code that uses (does not use) the load multiple word instructions and the store multiple word instructions. These instructions are generated by default on POWER systems, and not @@ -29589,10 +29589,10 @@ PowerPC systems, since those instructions do not work when the processor is in little-endian mode. The exceptions are PPC740 and PPC750 which permit these instructions in little-endian mode. -@item -mupdate -@itemx -mno-update @opindex mupdate @opindex mno-update +@item -mupdate +@itemx -mno-update Generate code that uses (does not use) the load or store instructions that update the base register to the address of the calculated memory location. These instructions are generated by default. If you use @@ -29601,20 +29601,20 @@ stack pointer is updated and the address of the previous frame is stored, which means code that walks the stack frame across interrupts or signals may get corrupted data. -@item -mavoid-indexed-addresses -@itemx -mno-avoid-indexed-addresses @opindex mavoid-indexed-addresses @opindex mno-avoid-indexed-addresses +@item -mavoid-indexed-addresses +@itemx -mno-avoid-indexed-addresses Generate code that tries to avoid (not avoid) the use of indexed load or store instructions. These instructions can incur a performance penalty on Power6 processors in certain situations, such as when stepping through large arrays that cross a 16M boundary. This option is enabled by default when targeting Power6 and disabled otherwise. -@item -mfused-madd -@itemx -mno-fused-madd @opindex mfused-madd @opindex mno-fused-madd +@item -mfused-madd +@itemx -mno-fused-madd Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply and accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if hardware floating point is used. The machine-dependent @@ -29622,27 +29622,27 @@ if hardware floating point is used. The machine-dependent @option{-ffp-contract=fast} option, and @option{-mno-fused-madd} is mapped to @option{-ffp-contract=off}. -@item -mmulhw -@itemx -mno-mulhw @opindex mmulhw @opindex mno-mulhw +@item -mmulhw +@itemx -mno-mulhw Generate code that uses (does not use) the half-word multiply and multiply-accumulate instructions on the IBM 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors. These instructions are generated by default when targeting those processors. -@item -mdlmzb -@itemx -mno-dlmzb @opindex mdlmzb @opindex mno-dlmzb +@item -mdlmzb +@itemx -mno-dlmzb Generate code that uses (does not use) the string-search @samp{dlmzb} instruction on the IBM 405, 440, 464 and 476 processors. This instruction is generated by default when targeting those processors. -@item -mno-bit-align -@itemx -mbit-align @opindex mno-bit-align @opindex mbit-align +@item -mno-bit-align +@itemx -mbit-align On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) force structures and unions that contain bit-fields to be aligned to the base type of the bit-field. @@ -29653,17 +29653,17 @@ boundary and has a size of 4 bytes. By using @option{-mno-bit-align}, the structure is aligned to a 1-byte boundary and is 1 byte in size. -@item -mno-strict-align -@itemx -mstrict-align @opindex mno-strict-align @opindex mstrict-align +@item -mno-strict-align +@itemx -mstrict-align On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that unaligned memory references are handled by the system. -@item -mrelocatable -@itemx -mno-relocatable @opindex mrelocatable @opindex mno-relocatable +@item -mrelocatable +@itemx -mno-relocatable Generate code that allows (does not allow) a static executable to be relocated to a different address at run time. A simple embedded PowerPC system loader should relocate the entire contents of @@ -29673,10 +29673,10 @@ work, all objects linked together must be compiled with @option{-mrelocatable} or @option{-mrelocatable-lib}. @option{-mrelocatable} code aligns the stack to an 8-byte boundary. -@item -mrelocatable-lib -@itemx -mno-relocatable-lib @opindex mrelocatable-lib @opindex mno-relocatable-lib +@item -mrelocatable-lib +@itemx -mno-relocatable-lib Like @option{-mrelocatable}, @option{-mrelocatable-lib} generates a @code{.fixup} section to allow static executables to be relocated at run time, but @option{-mrelocatable-lib} does not use the smaller stack @@ -29684,46 +29684,46 @@ alignment of @option{-mrelocatable}. Objects compiled with @option{-mrelocatable-lib} may be linked with objects compiled with any combination of the @option{-mrelocatable} options. -@item -mno-toc -@itemx -mtoc @opindex mno-toc @opindex mtoc +@item -mno-toc +@itemx -mtoc On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do not (do) assume that register 2 contains a pointer to a global area pointing to the addresses used in the program. -@item -mlittle -@itemx -mlittle-endian @opindex mlittle @opindex mlittle-endian +@item -mlittle +@itemx -mlittle-endian On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the processor in little-endian mode. The @option{-mlittle-endian} option is the same as @option{-mlittle}. -@item -mbig -@itemx -mbig-endian @opindex mbig @opindex mbig-endian +@item -mbig +@itemx -mbig-endian On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the processor in big-endian mode. The @option{-mbig-endian} option is the same as @option{-mbig}. -@item -mdynamic-no-pic @opindex mdynamic-no-pic +@item -mdynamic-no-pic On Darwin and Mac OS X systems, compile code so that it is not relocatable, but that its external references are relocatable. The resulting code is suitable for applications, but not shared libraries. -@item -msingle-pic-base @opindex msingle-pic-base +@item -msingle-pic-base Treat the register used for PIC addressing as read-only, rather than loading it in the prologue for each function. The runtime system is responsible for initializing this register with an appropriate value before execution begins. -@item -mprioritize-restricted-insns=@var{priority} @opindex mprioritize-restricted-insns +@item -mprioritize-restricted-insns=@var{priority} This option controls the priority that is assigned to dispatch-slot restricted instructions during the second scheduling pass. The argument @var{priority} takes the value @samp{0}, @samp{1}, @@ -29731,8 +29731,8 @@ or @samp{2} to assign no, highest, or second-highest (respectively) priority to dispatch-slot restricted instructions. -@item -msched-costly-dep=@var{dependence_type} @opindex msched-costly-dep +@item -msched-costly-dep=@var{dependence_type} This option controls which dependences are considered costly by the target during instruction scheduling. The argument @var{dependence_type} takes one of the following values: @@ -29755,8 +29755,8 @@ Any dependence for which the latency is greater than or equal to @var{number} is costly. @end table -@item -minsert-sched-nops=@var{scheme} @opindex minsert-sched-nops +@item -minsert-sched-nops=@var{scheme} This option controls which NOP insertion scheme is used during the second scheduling pass. The argument @var{scheme} takes one of the following values: @@ -29779,72 +29779,72 @@ Insert NOPs to force costly dependent insns into separate groups. Insert @var{number} NOPs to force an insn to a new group. @end table -@item -mcall-sysv @opindex mcall-sysv +@item -mcall-sysv On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code using calling conventions that adhere to the March 1995 draft of the System V Application Binary Interface, PowerPC processor supplement. This is the default unless you configured GCC using @samp{powerpc-*-eabiaix}. -@item -mcall-sysv-eabi -@itemx -mcall-eabi @opindex mcall-sysv-eabi @opindex mcall-eabi +@item -mcall-sysv-eabi +@itemx -mcall-eabi Specify both @option{-mcall-sysv} and @option{-meabi} options. -@item -mcall-sysv-noeabi @opindex mcall-sysv-noeabi +@item -mcall-sysv-noeabi Specify both @option{-mcall-sysv} and @option{-mno-eabi} options. -@item -mcall-aixdesc @opindex mcall-aixdesc +@item -mcall-aixdesc On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the AIX operating system. -@item -mcall-linux @opindex mcall-linux +@item -mcall-linux On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the Linux-based GNU system. -@item -mcall-freebsd @opindex mcall-freebsd +@item -mcall-freebsd On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the FreeBSD operating system. -@item -mcall-netbsd @opindex mcall-netbsd +@item -mcall-netbsd On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the NetBSD operating system. -@item -mcall-openbsd @opindex mcall-openbsd +@item -mcall-openbsd On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems compile code for the OpenBSD operating system. -@item -mtraceback=@var{traceback_type} @opindex mtraceback +@item -mtraceback=@var{traceback_type} Select the type of traceback table. Valid values for @var{traceback_type} are @samp{full}, @samp{part}, and @samp{no}. -@item -maix-struct-return @opindex maix-struct-return +@item -maix-struct-return Return all structures in memory (as specified by the AIX ABI)@. -@item -msvr4-struct-return @opindex msvr4-struct-return +@item -msvr4-struct-return Return structures smaller than 8 bytes in registers (as specified by the SVR4 ABI)@. -@item -mabi=@var{abi-type} @opindex mabi +@item -mabi=@var{abi-type} Extend the current ABI with a particular extension, or remove such extension. Valid values are: @samp{altivec}, @samp{no-altivec}, @samp{ibmlongdouble}, @samp{ieeelongdouble}, @samp{elfv1}, @samp{elfv2}, and for AIX: @samp{vec-extabi}, @samp{vec-default}@. -@item -mabi=ibmlongdouble @opindex mabi=ibmlongdouble +@item -mabi=ibmlongdouble Change the current ABI to use IBM extended-precision long double. This is not likely to work if your system defaults to using IEEE extended-precision long double. If you change the long double type @@ -29852,8 +29852,8 @@ from IEEE extended-precision, the compiler will issue a warning unless you use the @option{-Wno-psabi} option. Requires @option{-mlong-double-128} to be enabled. -@item -mabi=ieeelongdouble @opindex mabi=ieeelongdouble +@item -mabi=ieeelongdouble Change the current ABI to use IEEE extended-precision long double. This is not likely to work if your system defaults to using IBM extended-precision long double. If you change the long double type @@ -29861,32 +29861,32 @@ from IBM extended-precision, the compiler will issue a warning unless you use the @option{-Wno-psabi} option. Requires @option{-mlong-double-128} to be enabled. -@item -mabi=elfv1 @opindex mabi=elfv1 +@item -mabi=elfv1 Change the current ABI to use the ELFv1 ABI. This is the default ABI for big-endian PowerPC 64-bit Linux. Overriding the default ABI requires special system support and is likely to fail in spectacular ways. -@item -mabi=elfv2 @opindex mabi=elfv2 +@item -mabi=elfv2 Change the current ABI to use the ELFv2 ABI. This is the default ABI for little-endian PowerPC 64-bit Linux. Overriding the default ABI requires special system support and is likely to fail in spectacular ways. -@item -mgnu-attribute -@itemx -mno-gnu-attribute @opindex mgnu-attribute @opindex mno-gnu-attribute +@item -mgnu-attribute +@itemx -mno-gnu-attribute Emit .gnu_attribute assembly directives to set tag/value pairs in a .gnu.attributes section that specify ABI variations in function parameters or return values. -@item -mprototype -@itemx -mno-prototype @opindex mprototype @opindex mno-prototype +@item -mprototype +@itemx -mno-prototype On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems assume that all calls to variable argument functions are properly prototyped. Otherwise, the compiler must insert an instruction before every non-prototyped call to @@ -29896,45 +29896,45 @@ registers in case the function takes variable arguments. With @option{-mprototype}, only calls to prototyped variable argument functions set or clear the bit. -@item -msim @opindex msim +@item -msim On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called @file{sim-crt0.o} and that the standard C libraries are @file{libsim.a} and @file{libc.a}. This is the default for @samp{powerpc-*-eabisim} configurations. -@item -mmvme @opindex mmvme +@item -mmvme On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called @file{crt0.o} and the standard C libraries are @file{libmvme.a} and @file{libc.a}. -@item -mads @opindex mads +@item -mads On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called @file{crt0.o} and the standard C libraries are @file{libads.a} and @file{libc.a}. -@item -myellowknife @opindex myellowknife +@item -myellowknife On embedded PowerPC systems, assume that the startup module is called @file{crt0.o} and the standard C libraries are @file{libyk.a} and @file{libc.a}. -@item -mvxworks @opindex mvxworks +@item -mvxworks On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, specify that you are compiling for a VxWorks system. -@item -memb @opindex memb +@item -memb On embedded PowerPC systems, set the @code{PPC_EMB} bit in the ELF flags header to indicate that @samp{eabi} extended relocations are used. -@item -meabi -@itemx -mno-eabi @opindex meabi @opindex mno-eabi +@item -meabi +@itemx -mno-eabi On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) adhere to the Embedded Applications Binary Interface (EABI), which is a set of modifications to the System V.4 specifications. Selecting @option{-meabi} @@ -29948,8 +29948,8 @@ no EABI initialization function is called from @code{main}, and the small data area. The @option{-meabi} option is on by default if you configured GCC using one of the @samp{powerpc*-*-eabi*} options. -@item -msdata=eabi @opindex msdata=eabi +@item -msdata=eabi On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small initialized @code{const} global and static data in the @code{.sdata2} section, which is pointed to by register @code{r2}. Put small initialized @@ -29960,8 +29960,8 @@ the @code{.sdata} section. The @option{-msdata=eabi} option is incompatible with the @option{-mrelocatable} option. The @option{-msdata=eabi} option also sets the @option{-memb} option. -@item -msdata=sysv @opindex msdata=sysv +@item -msdata=sysv On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global and static data in the @code{.sdata} section, which is pointed to by register @code{r13}. Put small uninitialized global and static data in the @@ -29969,52 +29969,52 @@ data in the @code{.sdata} section, which is pointed to by register The @option{-msdata=sysv} option is incompatible with the @option{-mrelocatable} option. -@item -msdata=default -@itemx -msdata @opindex msdata=default @opindex msdata +@item -msdata=default +@itemx -msdata On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, if @option{-meabi} is used, compile code the same as @option{-msdata=eabi}, otherwise compile code the same as @option{-msdata=sysv}. -@item -msdata=data @opindex msdata=data +@item -msdata=data On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems, put small global data in the @code{.sdata} section. Put small uninitialized global data in the @code{.sbss} section. Do not use register @code{r13} to address small data however. This is the default behavior unless other @option{-msdata} options are used. -@item -msdata=none -@itemx -mno-sdata @opindex msdata=none @opindex mno-sdata +@item -msdata=none +@itemx -mno-sdata On embedded PowerPC systems, put all initialized global and static data in the @code{.data} section, and all uninitialized data in the @code{.bss} section. -@item -mreadonly-in-sdata @opindex mreadonly-in-sdata @opindex mno-readonly-in-sdata +@item -mreadonly-in-sdata Put read-only objects in the @code{.sdata} section as well. This is the default. -@item -mblock-move-inline-limit=@var{num} @opindex mblock-move-inline-limit +@item -mblock-move-inline-limit=@var{num} Inline all block moves (such as calls to @code{memcpy} or structure copies) less than or equal to @var{num} bytes. The minimum value for @var{num} is 32 bytes on 32-bit targets and 64 bytes on 64-bit targets. The default value is target-specific. -@item -mblock-compare-inline-limit=@var{num} @opindex mblock-compare-inline-limit +@item -mblock-compare-inline-limit=@var{num} Generate non-looping inline code for all block compares (such as calls to @code{memcmp} or structure compares) less than or equal to @var{num} bytes. If @var{num} is 0, all inline expansion (non-loop and loop) of block compare is disabled. The default value is target-specific. -@item -mblock-compare-inline-loop-limit=@var{num} @opindex mblock-compare-inline-loop-limit +@item -mblock-compare-inline-loop-limit=@var{num} Generate an inline expansion using loop code for all block compares that are less than or equal to @var{num} bytes, but greater than the limit for non-loop inline block compare expansion. If the block length is not @@ -30022,15 +30022,15 @@ constant, at most @var{num} bytes will be compared before @code{memcmp} is called to compare the remainder of the block. The default value is target-specific. -@item -mstring-compare-inline-limit=@var{num} @opindex mstring-compare-inline-limit +@item -mstring-compare-inline-limit=@var{num} Compare at most @var{num} string bytes with inline code. If the difference or end of string is not found at the end of the inline compare a call to @code{strcmp} or @code{strncmp} will take care of the rest of the comparison. The default is 64 bytes. -@item -G @var{num} @opindex G +@item -G @var{num} @cindex smaller data references (PowerPC) @cindex .sdata/.sdata2 references (PowerPC) On embedded PowerPC systems, put global and static items less than or @@ -30039,17 +30039,17 @@ the normal data or BSS section. By default, @var{num} is 8. The @option{-G @var{num}} switch is also passed to the linker. All modules should be compiled with the same @option{-G @var{num}} value. -@item -mregnames -@itemx -mno-regnames @opindex mregnames @opindex mno-regnames +@item -mregnames +@itemx -mno-regnames On System V.4 and embedded PowerPC systems do (do not) emit register names in the assembly language output using symbolic forms. -@item -mlongcall -@itemx -mno-longcall @opindex mlongcall @opindex mno-longcall +@item -mlongcall +@itemx -mno-longcall By default assume that all calls are far away so that a longer and more expensive calling sequence is required. This is required for calls farther than 32 megabytes (33,554,432 bytes) from the current location. @@ -30086,10 +30086,10 @@ to use or discard it. In the future, GCC may ignore all longcall specifications when the linker is known to generate glue. -@item -mpltseq -@itemx -mno-pltseq @opindex mpltseq @opindex mno-pltseq +@item -mpltseq +@itemx -mno-pltseq Implement (do not implement) -fno-plt and long calls using an inline PLT call sequence that supports lazy linking and long calls to functions in dlopen'd shared libraries. Inline PLT calls are only @@ -30100,19 +30100,19 @@ configured with @option{--enable-secureplt}. @option{-mpltseq} code and @option{-mbss-plt} 32-bit PowerPC relocatable objects may not be linked together. -@item -mtls-markers -@itemx -mno-tls-markers @opindex mtls-markers @opindex mno-tls-markers +@item -mtls-markers +@itemx -mno-tls-markers Mark (do not mark) calls to @code{__tls_get_addr} with a relocation specifying the function argument. The relocation allows the linker to reliably associate function call with argument setup instructions for TLS optimization, which in turn allows GCC to better schedule the sequence. +@opindex mrecip @item -mrecip @itemx -mno-recip -@opindex mrecip This option enables use of the reciprocal estimate and reciprocal square root estimate instructions with additional Newton-Raphson steps to increase precision instead of doing a divide or @@ -30126,8 +30126,8 @@ instruction, the precision of the sequence can be decreased by up to 2 ulp (i.e.@: the inverse of 1.0 equals 0.99999994) for reciprocal square roots. -@item -mrecip=@var{opt} @opindex mrecip=opt +@item -mrecip=@var{opt} This option controls which reciprocal estimate instructions may be used. @var{opt} is a comma-separated list of options, which may be preceded by a @code{!} to invert the option: @@ -30170,9 +30170,9 @@ all of the reciprocal estimate instructions, except for the @code{FRSQRTE}, @code{XSRSQRTEDP}, and @code{XVRSQRTEDP} instructions which handle the double-precision reciprocal square root calculations. +@opindex mrecip-precision @item -mrecip-precision @itemx -mno-recip-precision -@opindex mrecip-precision Assume (do not assume) that the reciprocal estimate instructions provide higher-precision estimates than is mandated by the PowerPC ABI. Selecting @option{-mcpu=power6}, @option{-mcpu=power7} or @@ -30181,8 +30181,8 @@ The double-precision square root estimate instructions are not generated by default on low-precision machines, since they do not provide an estimate that converges after three steps. -@item -mveclibabi=@var{type} @opindex mveclibabi +@item -mveclibabi=@var{type} Specifies the ABI type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an external library. The only type supported at present is @samp{mass}, which specifies to use IBM's Mathematical Acceleration Subsystem @@ -30205,18 +30205,18 @@ for power7. Both @option{-ftree-vectorize} and @option{-funsafe-math-optimizations} must also be enabled. The MASS libraries must be specified at link time. +@opindex mfriz @item -mfriz @itemx -mno-friz -@opindex mfriz Generate (do not generate) the @code{friz} instruction when the @option{-funsafe-math-optimizations} option is used to optimize rounding of floating-point values to 64-bit integer and back to floating point. The @code{friz} instruction does not return the same value if the floating-point number is too large to fit in an integer. +@opindex mpointers-to-nested-functions @item -mpointers-to-nested-functions @itemx -mno-pointers-to-nested-functions -@opindex mpointers-to-nested-functions Generate (do not generate) code to load up the static chain register (@code{r11}) when calling through a pointer on AIX and 64-bit Linux systems where a function pointer points to a 3-word descriptor giving @@ -30227,18 +30227,18 @@ call through pointers to nested functions or pointers to functions compiled in other languages that use the static chain if you use @option{-mno-pointers-to-nested-functions}. +@opindex msave-toc-indirect @item -msave-toc-indirect @itemx -mno-save-toc-indirect -@opindex msave-toc-indirect Generate (do not generate) code to save the TOC value in the reserved stack location in the function prologue if the function calls through a pointer on AIX and 64-bit Linux systems. If the TOC value is not saved in the prologue, it is saved just before the call through the pointer. The @option{-mno-save-toc-indirect} option is the default. +@opindex mcompat-align-parm @item -mcompat-align-parm @itemx -mno-compat-align-parm -@opindex mcompat-align-parm Generate (do not generate) code to pass structure parameters with a maximum alignment of 64 bits, for compatibility with older versions of GCC. @@ -30252,14 +30252,14 @@ GCC. The @option{-mno-compat-align-parm} option is the default. -@item -mstack-protector-guard=@var{guard} -@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-reg=@var{reg} -@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-offset=@var{offset} -@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-symbol=@var{symbol} @opindex mstack-protector-guard @opindex mstack-protector-guard-reg @opindex mstack-protector-guard-offset @opindex mstack-protector-guard-symbol +@item -mstack-protector-guard=@var{guard} +@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-reg=@var{reg} +@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-offset=@var{offset} +@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-symbol=@var{symbol} Generate stack protection code using canary at @var{guard}. Supported locations are @samp{global} for global canary or @samp{tls} for per-thread canary in the TLS block (the default with GNU libc version 2.4 or later). @@ -30272,48 +30272,48 @@ offset from that base register. The default for those is as specified in the relevant ABI. @option{-mstack-protector-guard-symbol=@var{symbol}} overrides the offset with a symbol reference to a canary in the TLS block. -@item -mpcrel -@itemx -mno-pcrel @opindex mpcrel @opindex mno-pcrel +@item -mpcrel +@itemx -mno-pcrel Generate (do not generate) pc-relative addressing. The @option{-mpcrel} option requires that the medium code model (@option{-mcmodel=medium}) and prefixed addressing (@option{-mprefixed}) options are enabled. -@item -mprefixed -@itemx -mno-prefixed @opindex mprefixed @opindex mno-prefixed +@item -mprefixed +@itemx -mno-prefixed Generate (do not generate) addressing modes using prefixed load and store instructions. The @option{-mprefixed} option requires that the option @option{-mcpu=power10} (or later) is enabled. -@item -mmma -@itemx -mno-mma @opindex mmma @opindex mno-mma +@item -mmma +@itemx -mno-mma Generate (do not generate) the MMA instructions. The @option{-mma} option requires that the option @option{-mcpu=power10} (or later) is enabled. -@item -mrop-protect -@itemx -mno-rop-protect @opindex mrop-protect @opindex mno-rop-protect +@item -mrop-protect +@itemx -mno-rop-protect Generate (do not generate) ROP protection instructions when the target processor supports them. Currently this option disables the shrink-wrap optimization (@option{-fshrink-wrap}). -@item -mprivileged -@itemx -mno-privileged @opindex mprivileged @opindex mno-privileged +@item -mprivileged +@itemx -mno-privileged Generate (do not generate) code that will run in privileged state. -@item -mblock-ops-unaligned-vsx -@itemx -mno-block-ops-unaligned-vsx @opindex block-ops-unaligned-vsx @opindex no-block-ops-unaligned-vsx +@item -mblock-ops-unaligned-vsx +@itemx -mno-block-ops-unaligned-vsx Generate (do not generate) unaligned vsx loads and stores for inline expansion of @code{memcpy} and @code{memmove}. @@ -30332,20 +30332,20 @@ loop. The default value is four. These command-line options are defined for RX targets: @table @gcctabopt -@item -m64bit-doubles -@itemx -m32bit-doubles @opindex m64bit-doubles @opindex m32bit-doubles +@item -m64bit-doubles +@itemx -m32bit-doubles Make the @code{double} data type be 64 bits (@option{-m64bit-doubles}) or 32 bits (@option{-m32bit-doubles}) in size. The default is @option{-m32bit-doubles}. @emph{Note} RX floating-point hardware only works on 32-bit values, which is why the default is @option{-m32bit-doubles}. -@item -fpu -@itemx -nofpu @opindex fpu @opindex nofpu +@item -fpu +@itemx -nofpu Enables (@option{-fpu}) or disables (@option{-nofpu}) the use of RX floating-point hardware. The default is enabled for the RX600 series and disabled for the RX200 series. @@ -30358,8 +30358,8 @@ values, however, so the FPU hardware is not used for doubles if the @option{-funsafe-math-optimizations} is also enabled automatically. This is because the RX FPU instructions are themselves unsafe. -@item -mcpu=@var{name} @opindex mcpu +@item -mcpu=@var{name} Selects the type of RX CPU to be targeted. Currently three types are supported, the generic @samp{RX600} and @samp{RX200} series hardware and the specific @samp{RX610} CPU. The default is @samp{RX600}. @@ -30371,16 +30371,16 @@ The @samp{RX200} series does not have a hardware floating-point unit and so @option{-nofpu} is enabled by default when this type is selected. -@item -mbig-endian-data -@itemx -mlittle-endian-data @opindex mbig-endian-data @opindex mlittle-endian-data +@item -mbig-endian-data +@itemx -mlittle-endian-data Store data (but not code) in the big-endian format. The default is @option{-mlittle-endian-data}, i.e.@: to store data in the little-endian format. -@item -msmall-data-limit=@var{N} @opindex msmall-data-limit +@item -msmall-data-limit=@var{N} Specifies the maximum size in bytes of global and static variables which can be placed into the small data area. Using the small data area can lead to smaller and faster code, but the size of area is @@ -30403,23 +30403,23 @@ discover whether this feature is of benefit to their program. See the description of the @option{-mpid} option for a description of how the actual register to hold the small data area pointer is chosen. -@item -msim -@itemx -mno-sim @opindex msim @opindex mno-sim +@item -msim +@itemx -mno-sim Use the simulator runtime. The default is to use the libgloss board-specific runtime. -@item -mas100-syntax -@itemx -mno-as100-syntax @opindex mas100-syntax @opindex mno-as100-syntax +@item -mas100-syntax +@itemx -mno-as100-syntax When generating assembler output use a syntax that is compatible with Renesas's AS100 assembler. This syntax can also be handled by the GAS assembler, but it has some restrictions so it is not generated by default. -@item -mmax-constant-size=@var{N} @opindex mmax-constant-size +@item -mmax-constant-size=@var{N} Specifies the maximum size, in bytes, of a constant that can be used as an operand in a RX instruction. Although the RX instruction set does allow constants of up to 4 bytes in length to be used in instructions, @@ -30431,14 +30431,14 @@ placed into a constant pool and referenced via register indirection. The value @var{N} can be between 0 and 4. A value of 0 (the default) or 4 means that constants of any size are allowed. -@item -mrelax @opindex mrelax +@item -mrelax Enable linker relaxation. Linker relaxation is a process whereby the linker attempts to reduce the size of a program by finding shorter versions of various instructions. Disabled by default. -@item -mint-register=@var{N} @opindex mint-register +@item -mint-register=@var{N} Specify the number of registers to reserve for fast interrupt handler functions. The value @var{N} can be between 0 and 4. A value of 1 means that register @code{r13} is reserved for the exclusive use @@ -30447,18 +30447,18 @@ of fast interrupt handlers. A value of 2 reserves @code{r13} and @code{r11}, and a value of 4 reserves @code{r13} through @code{r10}. A value of 0, the default, does not reserve any registers. -@item -msave-acc-in-interrupts @opindex msave-acc-in-interrupts +@item -msave-acc-in-interrupts Specifies that interrupt handler functions should preserve the accumulator register. This is only necessary if normal code might use the accumulator register, for example because it performs 64-bit multiplications. The default is to ignore the accumulator as this makes the interrupt handlers faster. -@item -mpid -@itemx -mno-pid @opindex mpid @opindex mno-pid +@item -mpid +@itemx -mno-pid Enables the generation of position independent data. When enabled any access to constant data is done via an offset from a base address held in a register. This allows the location of constant data to be @@ -30484,19 +30484,19 @@ command line. By default this feature is not enabled. The default can be restored via the @option{-mno-pid} command-line option. -@item -mno-warn-multiple-fast-interrupts -@itemx -mwarn-multiple-fast-interrupts @opindex mno-warn-multiple-fast-interrupts @opindex mwarn-multiple-fast-interrupts +@item -mno-warn-multiple-fast-interrupts +@itemx -mwarn-multiple-fast-interrupts Prevents GCC from issuing a warning message if it finds more than one fast interrupt handler when it is compiling a file. The default is to issue a warning for each extra fast interrupt handler found, as the RX only supports one such interrupt. -@item -mallow-string-insns -@itemx -mno-allow-string-insns @opindex mallow-string-insns @opindex mno-allow-string-insns +@item -mallow-string-insns +@itemx -mno-allow-string-insns Enables or disables the use of the string manipulation instructions @code{SMOVF}, @code{SCMPU}, @code{SMOVB}, @code{SMOVU}, @code{SUNTIL} @code{SWHILE} and also the @code{RMPA} instruction. These @@ -30515,10 +30515,10 @@ When the instructions are enabled GCC defines the C preprocessor symbol @code{__RX_ALLOW_STRING_INSNS__}, otherwise it defines the symbol @code{__RX_DISALLOW_STRING_INSNS__}. -@item -mjsr -@itemx -mno-jsr @opindex mjsr @opindex mno-jsr +@item -mjsr +@itemx -mno-jsr Use only (or not only) @code{JSR} instructions to access functions. This option can be used when code size exceeds the range of @code{BSR} instructions. Note that @option{-mno-jsr} does not mean to not use @@ -30542,20 +30542,20 @@ options. These are the @samp{-m} options defined for the S/390 and zSeries architecture. @table @gcctabopt -@item -mhard-float -@itemx -msoft-float @opindex mhard-float @opindex msoft-float +@item -mhard-float +@itemx -msoft-float Use (do not use) the hardware floating-point instructions and registers for floating-point operations. When @option{-msoft-float} is specified, functions in @file{libgcc.a} are used to perform floating-point operations. When @option{-mhard-float} is specified, the compiler generates IEEE floating-point instructions. This is the default. -@item -mhard-dfp -@itemx -mno-hard-dfp @opindex mhard-dfp @opindex mno-hard-dfp +@item -mhard-dfp +@itemx -mno-hard-dfp Use (do not use) the hardware decimal-floating-point instructions for decimal-floating-point operations. When @option{-mno-hard-dfp} is specified, functions in @file{libgcc.a} are used to perform @@ -30563,18 +30563,18 @@ decimal-floating-point operations. When @option{-mhard-dfp} is specified, the compiler generates decimal-floating-point hardware instructions. This is the default for @option{-march=z9-ec} or higher. -@item -mlong-double-64 -@itemx -mlong-double-128 @opindex mlong-double-64 @opindex mlong-double-128 +@item -mlong-double-64 +@itemx -mlong-double-128 These switches control the size of @code{long double} type. A size of 64 bits makes the @code{long double} type equivalent to the @code{double} type. This is the default. -@item -mbackchain -@itemx -mno-backchain @opindex mbackchain @opindex mno-backchain +@item -mbackchain +@itemx -mno-backchain Store (do not store) the address of the caller's frame as backchain pointer into the callee's stack frame. A backchain may be needed to allow debugging using tools that do not understand @@ -30593,10 +30593,10 @@ to build a linux kernel use @option{-msoft-float}. The default is to not maintain the backchain. -@item -mpacked-stack -@itemx -mno-packed-stack @opindex mpacked-stack @opindex mno-packed-stack +@item -mpacked-stack +@itemx -mno-packed-stack Use (do not use) the packed stack layout. When @option{-mno-packed-stack} is specified, the compiler uses the all fields of the 96/160 byte register save area only for their default purpose; unused fields still take up stack space. @@ -30619,20 +30619,20 @@ to build a linux kernel use @option{-msoft-float}. The default is to not use the packed stack layout. -@item -msmall-exec -@itemx -mno-small-exec @opindex msmall-exec @opindex mno-small-exec +@item -msmall-exec +@itemx -mno-small-exec Generate (or do not generate) code using the @code{bras} instruction to do subroutine calls. This only works reliably if the total executable size does not exceed 64k. The default is to use the @code{basr} instruction instead, which does not have this limitation. -@item -m64 -@itemx -m31 @opindex m64 @opindex m31 +@item -m64 +@itemx -m31 When @option{-m31} is specified, generate code compliant to the GNU/Linux for S/390 ABI@. When @option{-m64} is specified, generate code compliant to the GNU/Linux for zSeries ABI@. This allows GCC in @@ -30640,10 +30640,10 @@ particular to generate 64-bit instructions. For the @samp{s390} targets, the default is @option{-m31}, while the @samp{s390x} targets default to @option{-m64}. -@item -mzarch -@itemx -mesa @opindex mzarch @opindex mesa +@item -mzarch +@itemx -mesa When @option{-mzarch} is specified, generate code using the instructions available on z/Architecture. When @option{-mesa} is specified, generate code using the @@ -30653,20 +30653,20 @@ When generating code compliant to the GNU/Linux for S/390 ABI, the default is @option{-mesa}. When generating code compliant to the GNU/Linux for zSeries ABI, the default is @option{-mzarch}. -@item -mhtm -@itemx -mno-htm @opindex mhtm @opindex mno-htm +@item -mhtm +@itemx -mno-htm The @option{-mhtm} option enables a set of builtins making use of instructions available with the transactional execution facility introduced with the IBM zEnterprise EC12 machine generation @ref{S/390 System z Built-in Functions}. @option{-mhtm} is enabled by default when using @option{-march=zEC12}. -@item -mvx -@itemx -mno-vx @opindex mvx @opindex mno-vx +@item -mvx +@itemx -mno-vx When @option{-mvx} is specified, generate code using the instructions available with the vector extension facility introduced with the IBM z13 machine generation. @@ -30676,10 +30676,10 @@ being used in an ABI-relevant context a GAS @samp{.gnu_attribute} command will be added to mark the resulting binary with the ABI used. @option{-mvx} is enabled by default when using @option{-march=z13}. -@item -mzvector -@itemx -mno-zvector @opindex mzvector @opindex mno-zvector +@item -mzvector +@itemx -mno-zvector The @option{-mzvector} option enables vector language extensions and builtins using instructions available with the vector extension facility introduced with the IBM z13 machine generation. @@ -30693,24 +30693,24 @@ implementations like Power and Cell. In order to make use of these builtins the header file @file{vecintrin.h} needs to be included. @option{-mzvector} is disabled by default. -@item -mmvcle -@itemx -mno-mvcle @opindex mmvcle @opindex mno-mvcle +@item -mmvcle +@itemx -mno-mvcle Generate (or do not generate) code using the @code{mvcle} instruction to perform block moves. When @option{-mno-mvcle} is specified, use a @code{mvc} loop instead. This is the default unless optimizing for size. -@item -mdebug -@itemx -mno-debug @opindex mdebug @opindex mno-debug +@item -mdebug +@itemx -mno-debug Print (or do not print) additional debug information when compiling. The default is to not print debug information. -@item -march=@var{cpu-type} @opindex march +@item -march=@var{cpu-type} Generate code that runs on @var{cpu-type}, which is the name of a system representing a certain processor type. Possible values for @var{cpu-type} are @samp{z900}/@samp{arch5}, @samp{z990}/@samp{arch6}, @@ -30726,56 +30726,56 @@ architecture option for the host processor. @option{-march=native} has no effect if GCC does not recognize the processor. -@item -mtune=@var{cpu-type} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{cpu-type} Tune to @var{cpu-type} everything applicable about the generated code, except for the ABI and the set of available instructions. The list of @var{cpu-type} values is the same as for @option{-march}. The default is the value used for @option{-march}. -@item -mtpf-trace -@itemx -mno-tpf-trace @opindex mtpf-trace @opindex mno-tpf-trace +@item -mtpf-trace +@itemx -mno-tpf-trace Generate code that adds (does not add) in TPF OS specific branches to trace routines in the operating system. This option is off by default, even when compiling for the TPF OS@. -@item -mtpf-trace-skip -@itemx -mno-tpf-trace-skip @opindex mtpf-trace-skip @opindex mno-tpf-trace-skip +@item -mtpf-trace-skip +@itemx -mno-tpf-trace-skip Generate code that changes (does not change) the default branch targets enabled by @option{-mtpf-trace} to point to specialized trace routines providing the ability of selectively skipping function trace entries for the TPF OS. This option is off by default, even when compiling for the TPF OS and specifying @option{-mtpf-trace}. -@item -mfused-madd -@itemx -mno-fused-madd @opindex mfused-madd @opindex mno-fused-madd +@item -mfused-madd +@itemx -mno-fused-madd Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply and accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if hardware floating point is used. -@item -mwarn-framesize=@var{framesize} @opindex mwarn-framesize +@item -mwarn-framesize=@var{framesize} Emit a warning if the current function exceeds the given frame size. Because this is a compile-time check it doesn't need to be a real problem when the program runs. It is intended to identify functions that most probably cause a stack overflow. It is useful to be used in an environment with limited stack size e.g.@: the linux kernel. -@item -mwarn-dynamicstack @opindex mwarn-dynamicstack +@item -mwarn-dynamicstack Emit a warning if the function calls @code{alloca} or uses dynamically-sized arrays. This is generally a bad idea with a limited stack size. -@item -mstack-guard=@var{stack-guard} -@itemx -mstack-size=@var{stack-size} @opindex mstack-guard @opindex mstack-size +@item -mstack-guard=@var{stack-guard} +@itemx -mstack-size=@var{stack-size} If these options are provided the S/390 back end emits additional instructions in the function prologue that trigger a trap if the stack size is @var{stack-guard} bytes above the @var{stack-size} (remember that the stack on S/390 grows downward). @@ -30790,8 +30790,8 @@ In order to be efficient the extra code makes the assumption that the stack star at an address aligned to the value given by @var{stack-size}. The @var{stack-guard} option can only be used in conjunction with @var{stack-size}. -@item -mhotpatch=@var{pre-halfwords},@var{post-halfwords} @opindex mhotpatch +@item -mhotpatch=@var{pre-halfwords},@var{post-halfwords} If the hotpatch option is enabled, a ``hot-patching'' function prologue is generated for all functions in the compilation unit. The funtion label is prepended with the given number of two-byte @@ -30812,206 +30812,206 @@ This option can be overridden for individual functions with the These @samp{-m} options are defined for the SH implementations: @table @gcctabopt -@item -m1 @opindex m1 +@item -m1 Generate code for the SH1. -@item -m2 @opindex m2 +@item -m2 Generate code for the SH2. @item -m2e Generate code for the SH2e. -@item -m2a-nofpu @opindex m2a-nofpu +@item -m2a-nofpu Generate code for the SH2a without FPU, or for a SH2a-FPU in such a way that the floating-point unit is not used. -@item -m2a-single-only @opindex m2a-single-only +@item -m2a-single-only Generate code for the SH2a-FPU, in such a way that no double-precision floating-point operations are used. -@item -m2a-single @opindex m2a-single +@item -m2a-single Generate code for the SH2a-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is in single-precision mode by default. -@item -m2a @opindex m2a +@item -m2a Generate code for the SH2a-FPU assuming the floating-point unit is in double-precision mode by default. -@item -m3 @opindex m3 +@item -m3 Generate code for the SH3. -@item -m3e @opindex m3e +@item -m3e Generate code for the SH3e. -@item -m4-nofpu @opindex m4-nofpu +@item -m4-nofpu Generate code for the SH4 without a floating-point unit. -@item -m4-single-only @opindex m4-single-only +@item -m4-single-only Generate code for the SH4 with a floating-point unit that only supports single-precision arithmetic. -@item -m4-single @opindex m4-single +@item -m4-single Generate code for the SH4 assuming the floating-point unit is in single-precision mode by default. -@item -m4 @opindex m4 +@item -m4 Generate code for the SH4. -@item -m4-100 @opindex m4-100 +@item -m4-100 Generate code for SH4-100. -@item -m4-100-nofpu @opindex m4-100-nofpu +@item -m4-100-nofpu Generate code for SH4-100 in such a way that the floating-point unit is not used. -@item -m4-100-single @opindex m4-100-single +@item -m4-100-single Generate code for SH4-100 assuming the floating-point unit is in single-precision mode by default. -@item -m4-100-single-only @opindex m4-100-single-only +@item -m4-100-single-only Generate code for SH4-100 in such a way that no double-precision floating-point operations are used. -@item -m4-200 @opindex m4-200 +@item -m4-200 Generate code for SH4-200. -@item -m4-200-nofpu @opindex m4-200-nofpu +@item -m4-200-nofpu Generate code for SH4-200 without in such a way that the floating-point unit is not used. -@item -m4-200-single @opindex m4-200-single +@item -m4-200-single Generate code for SH4-200 assuming the floating-point unit is in single-precision mode by default. -@item -m4-200-single-only @opindex m4-200-single-only +@item -m4-200-single-only Generate code for SH4-200 in such a way that no double-precision floating-point operations are used. -@item -m4-300 @opindex m4-300 +@item -m4-300 Generate code for SH4-300. -@item -m4-300-nofpu @opindex m4-300-nofpu +@item -m4-300-nofpu Generate code for SH4-300 without in such a way that the floating-point unit is not used. -@item -m4-300-single @opindex m4-300-single +@item -m4-300-single Generate code for SH4-300 in such a way that no double-precision floating-point operations are used. -@item -m4-300-single-only @opindex m4-300-single-only +@item -m4-300-single-only Generate code for SH4-300 in such a way that no double-precision floating-point operations are used. -@item -m4-340 @opindex m4-340 +@item -m4-340 Generate code for SH4-340 (no MMU, no FPU). -@item -m4-500 @opindex m4-500 +@item -m4-500 Generate code for SH4-500 (no FPU). Passes @option{-isa=sh4-nofpu} to the assembler. -@item -m4a-nofpu @opindex m4a-nofpu +@item -m4a-nofpu Generate code for the SH4al-dsp, or for a SH4a in such a way that the floating-point unit is not used. -@item -m4a-single-only @opindex m4a-single-only +@item -m4a-single-only Generate code for the SH4a, in such a way that no double-precision floating-point operations are used. -@item -m4a-single @opindex m4a-single +@item -m4a-single Generate code for the SH4a assuming the floating-point unit is in single-precision mode by default. -@item -m4a @opindex m4a +@item -m4a Generate code for the SH4a. -@item -m4al @opindex m4al +@item -m4al Same as @option{-m4a-nofpu}, except that it implicitly passes @option{-dsp} to the assembler. GCC doesn't generate any DSP instructions at the moment. -@item -mb @opindex mb +@item -mb Compile code for the processor in big-endian mode. -@item -ml @opindex ml +@item -ml Compile code for the processor in little-endian mode. -@item -mdalign @opindex mdalign +@item -mdalign Align doubles at 64-bit boundaries. Note that this changes the calling conventions, and thus some functions from the standard C library do not work unless you recompile it first with @option{-mdalign}. -@item -mrelax @opindex mrelax +@item -mrelax Shorten some address references at link time, when possible; uses the linker option @option{-relax}. -@item -mbigtable @opindex mbigtable +@item -mbigtable Use 32-bit offsets in @code{switch} tables. The default is to use 16-bit offsets. -@item -mbitops @opindex mbitops +@item -mbitops Enable the use of bit manipulation instructions on SH2A. -@item -mfmovd @opindex mfmovd +@item -mfmovd Enable the use of the instruction @code{fmovd}. Check @option{-mdalign} for alignment constraints. -@item -mrenesas @opindex mrenesas +@item -mrenesas Comply with the calling conventions defined by Renesas. -@item -mno-renesas @opindex mno-renesas +@item -mno-renesas Comply with the calling conventions defined for GCC before the Renesas conventions were available. This option is the default for all targets of the SH toolchain. -@item -mnomacsave @opindex mnomacsave +@item -mnomacsave Mark the @code{MAC} register as call-clobbered, even if @option{-mrenesas} is given. -@item -mieee -@itemx -mno-ieee @opindex mieee @opindex mno-ieee +@item -mieee +@itemx -mno-ieee Control the IEEE compliance of floating-point comparisons, which affects the handling of cases where the result of a comparison is unordered. By default @option{-mieee} is implicitly enabled. If @option{-ffinite-math-only} is @@ -31019,8 +31019,8 @@ enabled @option{-mno-ieee} is implicitly set, which results in faster floating-point greater-equal and less-equal comparisons. The implicit settings can be overridden by specifying either @option{-mieee} or @option{-mno-ieee}. -@item -minline-ic_invalidate @opindex minline-ic_invalidate +@item -minline-ic_invalidate Inline code to invalidate instruction cache entries after setting up nested function trampolines. This option has no effect if @option{-musermode} is in effect and the selected @@ -31032,17 +31032,17 @@ manipulates the instruction cache address array directly with an associative write. This not only requires privileged mode at run time, but it also fails if the cache line had been mapped via the TLB and has become unmapped. -@item -misize @opindex misize +@item -misize Dump instruction size and location in the assembly code. -@item -mpadstruct @opindex mpadstruct +@item -mpadstruct This option is deprecated. It pads structures to multiple of 4 bytes, which is incompatible with the SH ABI@. -@item -matomic-model=@var{model} @opindex matomic-model=@var{model} +@item -matomic-model=@var{model} Sets the model of atomic operations and additional parameters as a comma separated list. For details on the atomic built-in functions see @ref{__atomic Builtins}. The following models and parameters are supported: @@ -31103,8 +31103,8 @@ specified model only. @end table -@item -mtas @opindex mtas +@item -mtas Generate the @code{tas.b} opcode for @code{__atomic_test_and_set}. Notice that depending on the particular hardware and software configuration this can degrade overall performance due to the operand cache line flushes @@ -31112,27 +31112,27 @@ that are implied by the @code{tas.b} instruction. On multi-core SH4A processors the @code{tas.b} instruction must be used with caution since it can result in data corruption for certain cache configurations. -@item -mprefergot @opindex mprefergot +@item -mprefergot When generating position-independent code, emit function calls using the Global Offset Table instead of the Procedure Linkage Table. -@item -musermode -@itemx -mno-usermode @opindex musermode @opindex mno-usermode +@item -musermode +@itemx -mno-usermode Don't allow (allow) the compiler generating privileged mode code. Specifying @option{-musermode} also implies @option{-mno-inline-ic_invalidate} if the inlined code would not work in user mode. @option{-musermode} is the default when the target is @code{sh*-*-linux*}. If the target is SH1* or SH2* @option{-musermode} has no effect, since there is no user mode. -@item -multcost=@var{number} @opindex multcost=@var{number} +@item -multcost=@var{number} Set the cost to assume for a multiply insn. -@item -mdiv=@var{strategy} @opindex mdiv=@var{strategy} +@item -mdiv=@var{strategy} Set the division strategy to be used for integer division operations. @var{strategy} can be one of: @@ -31164,56 +31164,56 @@ selected based on the current target. For SH2A the default strategy is to use the @code{divs} and @code{divu} instructions instead of library function calls. -@item -maccumulate-outgoing-args @opindex maccumulate-outgoing-args +@item -maccumulate-outgoing-args Reserve space once for outgoing arguments in the function prologue rather than around each call. Generally beneficial for performance and size. Also needed for unwinding to avoid changing the stack frame around conditional code. -@item -mdivsi3_libfunc=@var{name} @opindex mdivsi3_libfunc=@var{name} +@item -mdivsi3_libfunc=@var{name} Set the name of the library function used for 32-bit signed division to @var{name}. This only affects the name used in the @samp{call} division strategies, and the compiler still expects the same sets of input/output/clobbered registers as if this option were not present. -@item -mfixed-range=@var{register-range} @opindex mfixed-range +@item -mfixed-range=@var{register-range} Generate code treating the given register range as fixed registers. A fixed register is one that the register allocator cannot use. This is useful when compiling kernel code. A register range is specified as two registers separated by a dash. Multiple register ranges can be specified separated by a comma. -@item -mbranch-cost=@var{num} @opindex mbranch-cost=@var{num} +@item -mbranch-cost=@var{num} Assume @var{num} to be the cost for a branch instruction. Higher numbers make the compiler try to generate more branch-free code if possible. If not specified the value is selected depending on the processor type that is being compiled for. -@item -mzdcbranch -@itemx -mno-zdcbranch @opindex mzdcbranch @opindex mno-zdcbranch +@item -mzdcbranch +@itemx -mno-zdcbranch Assume (do not assume) that zero displacement conditional branch instructions @code{bt} and @code{bf} are fast. If @option{-mzdcbranch} is specified, the compiler prefers zero displacement branch code sequences. This is enabled by default when generating code for SH4 and SH4A. It can be explicitly disabled by specifying @option{-mno-zdcbranch}. -@item -mcbranch-force-delay-slot @opindex mcbranch-force-delay-slot +@item -mcbranch-force-delay-slot Force the usage of delay slots for conditional branches, which stuffs the delay slot with a @code{nop} if a suitable instruction cannot be found. By default this option is disabled. It can be enabled to work around hardware bugs as found in the original SH7055. -@item -mfused-madd -@itemx -mno-fused-madd @opindex mfused-madd @opindex mno-fused-madd +@item -mfused-madd +@itemx -mno-fused-madd Generate code that uses (does not use) the floating-point multiply and accumulate instructions. These instructions are generated by default if hardware floating point is used. The machine-dependent @@ -31221,20 +31221,20 @@ if hardware floating point is used. The machine-dependent @option{-ffp-contract=fast} option, and @option{-mno-fused-madd} is mapped to @option{-ffp-contract=off}. -@item -mfsca -@itemx -mno-fsca @opindex mfsca @opindex mno-fsca +@item -mfsca +@itemx -mno-fsca Allow or disallow the compiler to emit the @code{fsca} instruction for sine and cosine approximations. The option @option{-mfsca} must be used in combination with @option{-funsafe-math-optimizations}. It is enabled by default when generating code for SH4A. Using @option{-mno-fsca} disables sine and cosine approximations even if @option{-funsafe-math-optimizations} is in effect. -@item -mfsrra -@itemx -mno-fsrra @opindex mfsrra @opindex mno-fsrra +@item -mfsrra +@itemx -mno-fsrra Allow or disallow the compiler to emit the @code{fsrra} instruction for reciprocal square root approximations. The option @option{-mfsrra} must be used in combination with @option{-funsafe-math-optimizations} and @@ -31243,13 +31243,13 @@ SH4A. Using @option{-mno-fsrra} disables reciprocal square root approximations even if @option{-funsafe-math-optimizations} and @option{-ffinite-math-only} are in effect. -@item -mpretend-cmove @opindex mpretend-cmove +@item -mpretend-cmove Prefer zero-displacement conditional branches for conditional move instruction patterns. This can result in faster code on the SH4 processor. -@item -mfdpic @opindex fdpic +@item -mfdpic Generate code using the FDPIC ABI. @end table @@ -31261,15 +31261,15 @@ Generate code using the FDPIC ABI. These @samp{-m} options are supported on Solaris 2: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mclear-hwcap @opindex mclear-hwcap +@item -mclear-hwcap @option{-mclear-hwcap} tells the compiler to remove the hardware capabilities generated by the Solaris assembler. This is only necessary when object files use ISA extensions not supported by the current machine, but check at runtime whether or not to use them. -@item -mimpure-text @opindex mimpure-text +@item -mimpure-text @option{-mimpure-text}, used in addition to @option{-shared}, tells the compiler to not pass @option{-z text} to the linker when linking a shared object. Using this option, you can link position-dependent @@ -31287,8 +31287,8 @@ using @option{-mimpure-text}, you should compile all source code with These switches are supported in addition to the above on Solaris 2: @table @gcctabopt -@item -pthreads @opindex pthreads +@item -pthreads This is a synonym for @option{-pthread}. @end table @@ -31299,10 +31299,10 @@ This is a synonym for @option{-pthread}. These @samp{-m} options are supported on the SPARC: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mno-app-regs -@itemx -mapp-regs @opindex mno-app-regs @opindex mapp-regs +@item -mno-app-regs +@itemx -mapp-regs Specify @option{-mapp-regs} to generate output using the global registers 2 through 4, which the SPARC SVR4 ABI reserves for applications. Like the global register 1, each global register 2 through 4 is then treated as an @@ -31312,10 +31312,10 @@ To be fully SVR4 ABI-compliant at the cost of some performance loss, specify @option{-mno-app-regs}. You should compile libraries and system software with this option. -@item -mflat -@itemx -mno-flat @opindex mflat @opindex mno-flat +@item -mflat +@itemx -mno-flat With @option{-mflat}, the compiler does not generate save/restore instructions and uses a ``flat'' or single register window model. This model is compatible with the regular register window model. The local registers and the input @@ -31325,17 +31325,17 @@ saved on the stack as needed. With @option{-mno-flat} (the default), the compiler generates save/restore instructions (except for leaf functions). This is the normal operating mode. -@item -mfpu -@itemx -mhard-float @opindex mfpu @opindex mhard-float +@item -mfpu +@itemx -mhard-float Generate output containing floating-point instructions. This is the default. -@item -mno-fpu -@itemx -msoft-float @opindex mno-fpu @opindex msoft-float +@item -mno-fpu +@itemx -msoft-float Generate output containing library calls for floating point. @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not available for all SPARC targets. Normally the facilities of the machine's usual C compiler are @@ -31350,13 +31350,13 @@ this option. In particular, you need to compile @file{libgcc.a}, the library that comes with GCC, with @option{-msoft-float} in order for this to work. -@item -mhard-quad-float @opindex mhard-quad-float +@item -mhard-quad-float Generate output containing quad-word (long double) floating-point instructions. -@item -msoft-quad-float @opindex msoft-quad-float +@item -msoft-quad-float Generate output containing library calls for quad-word (long double) floating-point instructions. The functions called are those specified in the SPARC ABI@. This is the default. @@ -31368,10 +31368,10 @@ emulates the effect of the instruction. Because of the trap handler overhead, this is much slower than calling the ABI library routines. Thus the @option{-msoft-quad-float} option is the default. -@item -mno-unaligned-doubles -@itemx -munaligned-doubles @opindex mno-unaligned-doubles @opindex munaligned-doubles +@item -mno-unaligned-doubles +@itemx -munaligned-doubles Assume that doubles have 8-byte alignment. This is the default. With @option{-munaligned-doubles}, GCC assumes that doubles have 8-byte @@ -31381,18 +31381,18 @@ Specifying this option avoids some rare compatibility problems with code generated by other compilers. It is not the default because it results in a performance loss, especially for floating-point code. -@item -muser-mode -@itemx -mno-user-mode @opindex muser-mode @opindex mno-user-mode +@item -muser-mode +@itemx -mno-user-mode Do not generate code that can only run in supervisor mode. This is relevant only for the @code{casa} instruction emitted for the LEON3 processor. This is the default. -@item -mfaster-structs -@itemx -mno-faster-structs @opindex mfaster-structs @opindex mno-faster-structs +@item -mfaster-structs +@itemx -mno-faster-structs With @option{-mfaster-structs}, the compiler assumes that structures should have 8-byte alignment. This enables the use of pairs of @code{ldd} and @code{std} instructions for copies in structure @@ -31402,10 +31402,10 @@ ABI@. Thus, it's intended only for use on targets where the developer acknowledges that their resulting code is not directly in line with the rules of the ABI@. -@item -mstd-struct-return -@itemx -mno-std-struct-return @opindex mstd-struct-return @opindex mno-std-struct-return +@item -mstd-struct-return +@itemx -mno-std-struct-return With @option{-mstd-struct-return}, the compiler generates checking code in functions returning structures or unions to detect size mismatches between the two sides of function calls, as per the 32-bit ABI@. @@ -31413,15 +31413,15 @@ between the two sides of function calls, as per the 32-bit ABI@. The default is @option{-mno-std-struct-return}. This option has no effect in 64-bit mode. -@item -mlra -@itemx -mno-lra @opindex mlra @opindex mno-lra +@item -mlra +@itemx -mno-lra Enable Local Register Allocation. This is the default for SPARC since GCC 7 so @option{-mno-lra} needs to be passed to get old Reload. -@item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type} @opindex mcpu +@item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type} Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}. Supported values for @var{cpu_type} are @samp{v7}, @samp{cypress}, @samp{v8}, @samp{supersparc}, @samp{hypersparc}, @@ -31505,8 +31505,8 @@ additionally optimizes it for Sun UltraSPARC T4 chips. With Oracle SPARC M7 chips. With @option{-mcpu=m8}, the compiler additionally optimizes it for Oracle M8 chips. -@item -mtune=@var{cpu_type} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{cpu_type} Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}, but do not set the instruction set or register set that the option @option{-mcpu=@var{cpu_type}} does. @@ -31521,56 +31521,56 @@ that select a particular CPU implementation. Those are @samp{niagara4}, @samp{niagara7} and @samp{m8}. With native Solaris and GNU/Linux toolchains, @samp{native} can also be used. -@item -mv8plus -@itemx -mno-v8plus @opindex mv8plus @opindex mno-v8plus +@item -mv8plus +@itemx -mno-v8plus With @option{-mv8plus}, GCC generates code for the SPARC-V8+ ABI@. The difference from the V8 ABI is that the global and out registers are considered 64 bits wide. This is enabled by default on Solaris in 32-bit mode for all SPARC-V9 processors. -@item -mvis -@itemx -mno-vis @opindex mvis @opindex mno-vis +@item -mvis +@itemx -mno-vis With @option{-mvis}, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default is @option{-mno-vis}. -@item -mvis2 -@itemx -mno-vis2 @opindex mvis2 @opindex mno-vis2 +@item -mvis2 +@itemx -mno-vis2 With @option{-mvis2}, GCC generates code that takes advantage of version 2.0 of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default is @option{-mvis2} when targeting a cpu that supports such instructions, such as UltraSPARC-III and later. Setting @option{-mvis2} also sets @option{-mvis}. -@item -mvis3 -@itemx -mno-vis3 @opindex mvis3 @opindex mno-vis3 +@item -mvis3 +@itemx -mno-vis3 With @option{-mvis3}, GCC generates code that takes advantage of version 3.0 of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default is @option{-mvis3} when targeting a cpu that supports such instructions, such as niagara-3 and later. Setting @option{-mvis3} also sets @option{-mvis2} and @option{-mvis}. -@item -mvis4 -@itemx -mno-vis4 @opindex mvis4 @opindex mno-vis4 +@item -mvis4 +@itemx -mno-vis4 With @option{-mvis4}, GCC generates code that takes advantage of version 4.0 of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions. The default is @option{-mvis4} when targeting a cpu that supports such instructions, such as niagara-7 and later. Setting @option{-mvis4} also sets @option{-mvis3}, @option{-mvis2} and @option{-mvis}. -@item -mvis4b -@itemx -mno-vis4b @opindex mvis4b @opindex mno-vis4b +@item -mvis4b +@itemx -mno-vis4b With @option{-mvis4b}, GCC generates code that takes advantage of version 4.0 of the UltraSPARC Visual Instruction Set extensions, plus the additional VIS instructions introduced in the Oracle SPARC @@ -31579,68 +31579,68 @@ cpu that supports such instructions, such as m8 and later. Setting @option{-mvis4b} also sets @option{-mvis4}, @option{-mvis3}, @option{-mvis2} and @option{-mvis}. -@item -mcbcond -@itemx -mno-cbcond @opindex mcbcond @opindex mno-cbcond +@item -mcbcond +@itemx -mno-cbcond With @option{-mcbcond}, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC Compare-and-Branch-on-Condition instructions. The default is @option{-mcbcond} when targeting a CPU that supports such instructions, such as Niagara-4 and later. -@item -mfmaf -@itemx -mno-fmaf @opindex mfmaf @opindex mno-fmaf +@item -mfmaf +@itemx -mno-fmaf With @option{-mfmaf}, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC Fused Multiply-Add Floating-point instructions. The default is @option{-mfmaf} when targeting a CPU that supports such instructions, such as Niagara-3 and later. -@item -mfsmuld -@itemx -mno-fsmuld @opindex mfsmuld @opindex mno-fsmuld +@item -mfsmuld +@itemx -mno-fsmuld With @option{-mfsmuld}, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the Floating-point Multiply Single to Double (FsMULd) instruction. The default is @option{-mfsmuld} when targeting a CPU supporting the architecture versions V8 or V9 with FPU except @option{-mcpu=leon}. -@item -mpopc -@itemx -mno-popc @opindex mpopc @opindex mno-popc +@item -mpopc +@itemx -mno-popc With @option{-mpopc}, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC Population Count instruction. The default is @option{-mpopc} when targeting a CPU that supports such an instruction, such as Niagara-2 and later. -@item -msubxc -@itemx -mno-subxc @opindex msubxc @opindex mno-subxc +@item -msubxc +@itemx -mno-subxc With @option{-msubxc}, GCC generates code that takes advantage of the UltraSPARC Subtract-Extended-with-Carry instruction. The default is @option{-msubxc} when targeting a CPU that supports such an instruction, such as Niagara-7 and later. -@item -mfix-at697f @opindex mfix-at697f +@item -mfix-at697f Enable the documented workaround for the single erratum of the Atmel AT697F processor (which corresponds to erratum #13 of the AT697E processor). -@item -mfix-ut699 @opindex mfix-ut699 +@item -mfix-ut699 Enable the documented workarounds for the floating-point errata and the data cache nullify errata of the UT699 processor. -@item -mfix-ut700 @opindex mfix-ut700 +@item -mfix-ut700 Enable the documented workaround for the back-to-back store errata of the UT699E/UT700 processor. -@item -mfix-gr712rc @opindex mfix-gr712rc +@item -mfix-gr712rc Enable the documented workaround for the back-to-back store errata of the GR712RC processor. @end table @@ -31649,17 +31649,17 @@ These @samp{-m} options are supported in addition to the above on SPARC-V9 processors in 64-bit environments: @table @gcctabopt -@item -m32 -@itemx -m64 @opindex m32 @opindex m64 +@item -m32 +@itemx -m64 Generate code for a 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The 32-bit environment sets int, long and pointer to 32 bits. The 64-bit environment sets int to 32 bits and long and pointer to 64 bits. -@item -mcmodel=@var{which} @opindex mcmodel +@item -mcmodel=@var{which} Set the code model to one of @table @samp @@ -31688,8 +31688,8 @@ global register %g4 points to the base of the data segment. Programs are statically linked and PIC is not supported. @end table -@item -mmemory-model=@var{mem-model} @opindex mmemory-model +@item -mmemory-model=@var{mem-model} Set the memory model in force on the processor to one of @table @samp @@ -31712,10 +31712,10 @@ Sequential Consistency These memory models are formally defined in Appendix D of the SPARC-V9 architecture manual, as set in the processor's @code{PSTATE.MM} field. -@item -mstack-bias -@itemx -mno-stack-bias @opindex mstack-bias @opindex mno-stack-bias +@item -mstack-bias +@itemx -mno-stack-bias With @option{-mstack-bias}, GCC assumes that the stack pointer, and frame pointer if present, are offset by @minus{}2047 which must be added back when making stack frame references. This is the default in 64-bit mode. @@ -31729,28 +31729,28 @@ These additional options are available on System V Release 4 for compatibility with other compilers on those systems: @table @gcctabopt -@item -G @opindex G +@item -G Create a shared object. It is recommended that @option{-symbolic} or @option{-shared} be used instead. -@item -Qy @opindex Qy +@item -Qy Identify the versions of each tool used by the compiler, in a @code{.ident} assembler directive in the output. -@item -Qn @opindex Qn +@item -Qn Refrain from adding @code{.ident} directives to the output file (this is the default). -@item -YP,@var{dirs} @opindex YP +@item -YP,@var{dirs} Search the directories @var{dirs}, and no others, for libraries specified with @option{-l}. -@item -Ym,@var{dir} @opindex Ym +@item -Ym,@var{dir} Look in the directory @var{dir} to find the M4 preprocessor. The assembler uses this option. @c This is supposed to go with a -Yd for predefined M4 macro files, but @@ -31764,92 +31764,92 @@ The assembler uses this option. These @samp{-m} options are defined for V850 implementations: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mlong-calls -@itemx -mno-long-calls @opindex mlong-calls @opindex mno-long-calls +@item -mlong-calls +@itemx -mno-long-calls Treat all calls as being far away (near). If calls are assumed to be far away, the compiler always loads the function's address into a register, and calls indirect through the pointer. -@item -mno-ep -@itemx -mep @opindex mno-ep @opindex mep +@item -mno-ep +@itemx -mep Do not optimize (do optimize) basic blocks that use the same index pointer 4 or more times to copy pointer into the @code{ep} register, and use the shorter @code{sld} and @code{sst} instructions. The @option{-mep} option is on by default if you optimize. -@item -mno-prolog-function -@itemx -mprolog-function @opindex mno-prolog-function @opindex mprolog-function +@item -mno-prolog-function +@itemx -mprolog-function Do not use (do use) external functions to save and restore registers at the prologue and epilogue of a function. The external functions are slower, but use less code space if more than one function saves the same number of registers. The @option{-mprolog-function} option is on by default if you optimize. -@item -mspace @opindex mspace +@item -mspace Try to make the code as small as possible. At present, this just turns on the @option{-mep} and @option{-mprolog-function} options. -@item -mtda=@var{n} @opindex mtda +@item -mtda=@var{n} Put static or global variables whose size is @var{n} bytes or less into the tiny data area that register @code{ep} points to. The tiny data area can hold up to 256 bytes in total (128 bytes for byte references). -@item -msda=@var{n} @opindex msda +@item -msda=@var{n} Put static or global variables whose size is @var{n} bytes or less into the small data area that register @code{gp} points to. The small data area can hold up to 64 kilobytes. -@item -mzda=@var{n} @opindex mzda +@item -mzda=@var{n} Put static or global variables whose size is @var{n} bytes or less into the first 32 kilobytes of memory. -@item -mv850 @opindex mv850 +@item -mv850 Specify that the target processor is the V850. -@item -mv850e3v5 @opindex mv850e3v5 +@item -mv850e3v5 Specify that the target processor is the V850E3V5. The preprocessor constant @code{__v850e3v5__} is defined if this option is used. -@item -mv850e2v4 @opindex mv850e2v4 +@item -mv850e2v4 Specify that the target processor is the V850E3V5. This is an alias for the @option{-mv850e3v5} option. -@item -mv850e2v3 @opindex mv850e2v3 +@item -mv850e2v3 Specify that the target processor is the V850E2V3. The preprocessor constant @code{__v850e2v3__} is defined if this option is used. -@item -mv850e2 @opindex mv850e2 +@item -mv850e2 Specify that the target processor is the V850E2. The preprocessor constant @code{__v850e2__} is defined if this option is used. -@item -mv850e1 @opindex mv850e1 +@item -mv850e1 Specify that the target processor is the V850E1. The preprocessor constants @code{__v850e1__} and @code{__v850e__} are defined if this option is used. -@item -mv850es @opindex mv850es +@item -mv850es Specify that the target processor is the V850ES. This is an alias for the @option{-mv850e1} option. -@item -mv850e @opindex mv850e +@item -mv850e Specify that the target processor is the V850E@. The preprocessor constant @code{__v850e__} is defined if this option is used. @@ -31861,10 +31861,10 @@ relevant @samp{__v850*__} preprocessor constant is defined. The preprocessor constants @code{__v850} and @code{__v851__} are always defined, regardless of which processor variant is the target. -@item -mdisable-callt -@itemx -mno-disable-callt @opindex mdisable-callt @opindex mno-disable-callt +@item -mdisable-callt +@itemx -mno-disable-callt This option suppresses generation of the @code{CALLT} instruction for the v850e, v850e1, v850e2, v850e2v3 and v850e3v5 flavors of the v850 architecture. @@ -31874,23 +31874,23 @@ in use (see @option{-mrh850-abi}), and disabled by default when the GCC ABI is in use. If @code{CALLT} instructions are being generated then the C preprocessor symbol @code{__V850_CALLT__} is defined. -@item -mrelax -@itemx -mno-relax @opindex mrelax @opindex mno-relax +@item -mrelax +@itemx -mno-relax Pass on (or do not pass on) the @option{-mrelax} command-line option to the assembler. -@item -mlong-jumps -@itemx -mno-long-jumps @opindex mlong-jumps @opindex mno-long-jumps +@item -mlong-jumps +@itemx -mno-long-jumps Disable (or re-enable) the generation of PC-relative jump instructions. -@item -msoft-float -@itemx -mhard-float @opindex msoft-float @opindex mhard-float +@item -msoft-float +@itemx -mhard-float Disable (or re-enable) the generation of hardware floating point instructions. This option is only significant when the target architecture is @samp{V850E2V3} or higher. If hardware floating point @@ -31898,16 +31898,16 @@ instructions are being generated then the C preprocessor symbol @code{__FPU_OK__} is defined, otherwise the symbol @code{__NO_FPU__} is defined. -@item -mloop @opindex mloop +@item -mloop Enables the use of the e3v5 LOOP instruction. The use of this instruction is not enabled by default when the e3v5 architecture is selected because its use is still experimental. -@item -mrh850-abi -@itemx -mghs @opindex mrh850-abi @opindex mghs +@item -mrh850-abi +@itemx -mghs Enables support for the RH850 version of the V850 ABI. This is the default. With this version of the ABI the following rules apply: @@ -31935,8 +31935,8 @@ supported. When this version of the ABI is enabled the C preprocessor symbol @code{__V850_RH850_ABI__} is defined. -@item -mgcc-abi @opindex mgcc-abi +@item -mgcc-abi Enables support for the old GCC version of the V850 ABI. With this version of the ABI the following rules apply: @@ -31963,29 +31963,29 @@ enabled by default. When this version of the ABI is enabled the C preprocessor symbol @code{__V850_GCC_ABI__} is defined. -@item -m8byte-align -@itemx -mno-8byte-align @opindex m8byte-align @opindex mno-8byte-align +@item -m8byte-align +@itemx -mno-8byte-align Enables support for @code{double} and @code{long long} types to be aligned on 8-byte boundaries. The default is to restrict the alignment of all objects to at most 4-bytes. When @option{-m8byte-align} is in effect the C preprocessor symbol @code{__V850_8BYTE_ALIGN__} is defined. -@item -mbig-switch @opindex mbig-switch +@item -mbig-switch Generate code suitable for big switch tables. Use this option only if the assembler/linker complain about out of range branches within a switch table. -@item -mapp-regs @opindex mapp-regs +@item -mapp-regs This option causes r2 and r5 to be used in the code generated by the compiler. This setting is the default. -@item -mno-app-regs @opindex mno-app-regs +@item -mno-app-regs This option causes r2 and r5 to be treated as fixed registers. @end table @@ -31997,25 +31997,25 @@ This option causes r2 and r5 to be treated as fixed registers. These @samp{-m} options are defined for the VAX: @table @gcctabopt -@item -munix @opindex munix +@item -munix Do not output certain jump instructions (@code{aobleq} and so on) that the Unix assembler for the VAX cannot handle across long ranges. -@item -mgnu @opindex mgnu +@item -mgnu Do output those jump instructions, on the assumption that the GNU assembler is being used. -@item -mg @opindex mg +@item -mg Output code for G-format floating-point numbers instead of D-format. -@item -mlra -@itemx -mno-lra @opindex mlra @opindex mno-lra +@item -mlra +@itemx -mno-lra Enable Local Register Allocation. This is still experimental for the VAX, so by default the compiler uses standard reload. @end table @@ -32026,30 +32026,30 @@ so by default the compiler uses standard reload. @table @gcctabopt -@item -mdebug @opindex mdebug +@item -mdebug A program which performs file I/O and is destined to run on an MCM target should be linked with this option. It causes the libraries libc.a and libdebug.a to be linked. The program should be run on the target under the control of the GDB remote debugging stub. -@item -msim @opindex msim +@item -msim A program which performs file I/O and is destined to run on the simulator should be linked with option. This causes libraries libc.a and libsim.a to be linked. -@item -mfpu -@itemx -mhard-float @opindex mfpu @opindex mhard-float +@item -mfpu +@itemx -mhard-float Generate code containing floating-point instructions. This is the default. -@item -mno-fpu -@itemx -msoft-float @opindex mno-fpu @opindex msoft-float +@item -mno-fpu +@itemx -msoft-float Generate code containing library calls for floating-point. @option{-msoft-float} changes the calling convention in the output file; @@ -32058,8 +32058,8 @@ this option. In particular, you need to compile @file{libgcc.a}, the library that comes with GCC, with @option{-msoft-float} in order for this to work. -@item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type} @opindex mcpu +@item -mcpu=@var{cpu_type} Set the instruction set, register set, and instruction scheduling parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}. Supported values for @var{cpu_type} are @samp{mcm}, @samp{gr5} and @samp{gr6}. @@ -32073,19 +32073,19 @@ With @option{-mcpu=gr6}, GCC generates code for the GR6 variant of the Visium architecture. The only difference from GR5 code is that the compiler will generate block move instructions. -@item -mtune=@var{cpu_type} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{cpu_type} Set the instruction scheduling parameters for machine type @var{cpu_type}, but do not set the instruction set or register set that the option @option{-mcpu=@var{cpu_type}} would. -@item -msv-mode @opindex msv-mode +@item -msv-mode Generate code for the supervisor mode, where there are no restrictions on the access to general registers. This is the default. -@item -muser-mode @opindex muser-mode +@item -muser-mode Generate code for the user mode, where the access to some general registers is forbidden: on the GR5, registers r24 to r31 cannot be accessed in this mode; on the GR6, only registers r29 to r31 are affected. @@ -32097,22 +32097,22 @@ mode; on the GR6, only registers r29 to r31 are affected. These @samp{-m} options are defined for the VMS implementations: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mvms-return-codes @opindex mvms-return-codes +@item -mvms-return-codes Return VMS condition codes from @code{main}. The default is to return POSIX-style condition (e.g.@: error) codes. -@item -mdebug-main=@var{prefix} @opindex mdebug-main=@var{prefix} +@item -mdebug-main=@var{prefix} Flag the first routine whose name starts with @var{prefix} as the main routine for the debugger. -@item -mmalloc64 @opindex mmalloc64 +@item -mmalloc64 Default to 64-bit memory allocation routines. -@item -mpointer-size=@var{size} @opindex mpointer-size=@var{size} +@item -mpointer-size=@var{size} Set the default size of pointers. Possible options for @var{size} are @samp{32} or @samp{short} for 32 bit pointers, @samp{64} or @samp{long} for 64 bit pointers, and @samp{no} for supporting only 32 bit pointers. @@ -32128,33 +32128,33 @@ Options specific to the target hardware are listed with the other options for that target. @table @gcctabopt -@item -mrtp @opindex mrtp +@item -mrtp GCC can generate code for both VxWorks kernels and real time processes (RTPs). This option switches from the former to the latter. It also defines the preprocessor macro @code{__RTP__}. -@item -non-static @opindex non-static +@item -non-static Link an RTP executable against shared libraries rather than static libraries. The options @option{-static} and @option{-shared} can also be used for RTPs (@pxref{Link Options}); @option{-static} is the default. -@item -Bstatic -@itemx -Bdynamic @opindex Bstatic @opindex Bdynamic +@item -Bstatic +@itemx -Bdynamic These options are passed down to the linker. They are defined for compatibility with Diab. -@item -Xbind-lazy @opindex Xbind-lazy +@item -Xbind-lazy Enable lazy binding of function calls. This option is equivalent to @option{-Wl,-z,now} and is defined for compatibility with Diab. -@item -Xbind-now @opindex Xbind-now +@item -Xbind-now Disable lazy binding of function calls. This option is the default and is defined for compatibility with Diab. @end table @@ -32167,8 +32167,8 @@ These @samp{-m} options are defined for the x86 family of computers. @table @gcctabopt -@item -march=@var{cpu-type} @opindex march +@item -march=@var{cpu-type} Generate instructions for the machine type @var{cpu-type}. In contrast to @option{-mtune=@var{cpu-type}}, which merely tunes the generated code for the specified @var{cpu-type}, @option{-march=@var{cpu-type}} allows GCC @@ -32625,8 +32625,8 @@ ABM, BMI, BMI2, F16C, FXSR, RDSEED instruction set support. AMD Geode embedded processor with MMX and 3DNow!@: instruction set support. @end table -@item -mtune=@var{cpu-type} @opindex mtune +@item -mtune=@var{cpu-type} Tune to @var{cpu-type} everything applicable about the generated code, except for the ABI and the set of available instructions. While picking a specific @var{cpu-type} schedules things appropriately @@ -32681,12 +32681,12 @@ instruction set applicable to all processors. In contrast, processors) for which the code is optimized. @end table -@item -mcpu=@var{cpu-type} @opindex mcpu +@item -mcpu=@var{cpu-type} A deprecated synonym for @option{-mtune}. -@item -mfpmath=@var{unit} @opindex mfpmath +@item -mfpmath=@var{unit} Generate floating-point arithmetic for selected unit @var{unit}. The choices for @var{unit} are: @@ -32732,32 +32732,32 @@ still experimental, because the GCC register allocator does not model separate functional units well, resulting in unstable performance. @end table -@item -masm=@var{dialect} @opindex masm=@var{dialect} +@item -masm=@var{dialect} Output assembly instructions using selected @var{dialect}. Also affects which dialect is used for basic @code{asm} (@pxref{Basic Asm}) and extended @code{asm} (@pxref{Extended Asm}). Supported choices (in dialect order) are @samp{att} or @samp{intel}. The default is @samp{att}. Darwin does not support @samp{intel}. -@item -mieee-fp -@itemx -mno-ieee-fp @opindex mieee-fp @opindex mno-ieee-fp +@item -mieee-fp +@itemx -mno-ieee-fp Control whether or not the compiler uses IEEE floating-point comparisons. These correctly handle the case where the result of a comparison is unordered. -@item -m80387 -@itemx -mhard-float @opindex m80387 @opindex mhard-float +@item -m80387 +@itemx -mhard-float Generate output containing 80387 instructions for floating point. -@item -mno-80387 -@itemx -msoft-float @opindex no-80387 @opindex msoft-float +@item -mno-80387 +@itemx -msoft-float Generate output containing library calls for floating point. @strong{Warning:} the requisite libraries are not part of GCC@. @@ -32770,9 +32770,9 @@ On machines where a function returns floating-point results in the 80387 register stack, some floating-point opcodes may be emitted even if @option{-msoft-float} is used. -@item -mno-fp-ret-in-387 @opindex mno-fp-ret-in-387 @opindex mfp-ret-in-387 +@item -mno-fp-ret-in-387 Do not use the FPU registers for return values of functions. The usual calling convention has functions return values of types @@ -32783,9 +32783,9 @@ an FPU@. The option @option{-mno-fp-ret-in-387} causes such values to be returned in ordinary CPU registers instead. -@item -mno-fancy-math-387 @opindex mno-fancy-math-387 @opindex mfancy-math-387 +@item -mno-fancy-math-387 Some 387 emulators do not support the @code{sin}, @code{cos} and @code{sqrt} instructions for the 387. Specify this option to avoid generating those instructions. @@ -32795,10 +32795,10 @@ instruction does not need emulation. These instructions are not generated unless you also use the @option{-funsafe-math-optimizations} switch. -@item -malign-double -@itemx -mno-align-double @opindex malign-double @opindex mno-align-double +@item -malign-double +@itemx -mno-align-double Control whether GCC aligns @code{double}, @code{long double}, and @code{long long} variables on a two-word boundary or a one-word boundary. Aligning @code{double} variables on a two-word boundary @@ -32813,10 +32813,10 @@ the published application binary interface specifications for the x86-32 and are not binary compatible with structures in code compiled without that switch. -@item -m96bit-long-double -@itemx -m128bit-long-double @opindex m96bit-long-double @opindex m128bit-long-double +@item -m96bit-long-double +@itemx -m128bit-long-double These switches control the size of @code{long double} type. The x86-32 application binary interface specifies the size to be 96 bits, so @option{-m96bit-long-double} is the default in 32-bit mode. @@ -32841,12 +32841,12 @@ as well as modifying the function calling convention for functions taking @code{long double}. Hence they are not binary-compatible with code compiled without that switch. -@item -mlong-double-64 -@itemx -mlong-double-80 -@itemx -mlong-double-128 @opindex mlong-double-64 @opindex mlong-double-80 @opindex mlong-double-128 +@item -mlong-double-64 +@itemx -mlong-double-80 +@itemx -mlong-double-128 These switches control the size of @code{long double} type. A size of 64 bits makes the @code{long double} type equivalent to the @code{double} type. This is the default for 32-bit Bionic C library. A size @@ -32860,22 +32860,22 @@ as well as modifying the function calling convention for functions taking @code{long double}. Hence they are not binary-compatible with code compiled without that switch. -@item -malign-data=@var{type} @opindex malign-data +@item -malign-data=@var{type} Control how GCC aligns variables. Supported values for @var{type} are @samp{compat} uses increased alignment value compatible uses GCC 4.8 and earlier, @samp{abi} uses alignment value as specified by the psABI, and @samp{cacheline} uses increased alignment value to match the cache line size. @samp{compat} is the default. -@item -mlarge-data-threshold=@var{threshold} @opindex mlarge-data-threshold +@item -mlarge-data-threshold=@var{threshold} When @option{-mcmodel=medium} is specified, data objects larger than @var{threshold} are placed in the large data section. This value must be the same across all objects linked into the binary, and defaults to 65535. -@item -mrtd @opindex mrtd +@item -mrtd Use a different function-calling convention, in which functions that take a fixed number of arguments return with the @code{ret @var{num}} instruction, which pops their arguments while returning. This saves one @@ -32900,8 +32900,8 @@ In addition, seriously incorrect code results if you call a function with too many arguments. (Normally, extra arguments are harmlessly ignored.) -@item -mregparm=@var{num} @opindex mregparm +@item -mregparm=@var{num} Control how many registers are used to pass integer arguments. By default, no registers are used to pass arguments, and at most 3 registers can be used. You can control this behavior for a specific @@ -32913,8 +32913,8 @@ function by using the function attribute @code{regparm}. value, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and startup modules. -@item -msseregparm @opindex msseregparm +@item -msseregparm Use SSE register passing conventions for float and double arguments and return values. You can control this behavior for a specific function by using the function attribute @code{sseregparm}. @@ -32924,20 +32924,20 @@ function by using the function attribute @code{sseregparm}. modules with the same value, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and startup modules. -@item -mvect8-ret-in-mem @opindex mvect8-ret-in-mem +@item -mvect8-ret-in-mem Return 8-byte vectors in memory instead of MMX registers. This is the default on VxWorks to match the ABI of the Sun Studio compilers until version 12. @emph{Only} use this option if you need to remain compatible with existing code produced by those previous compiler versions or older versions of GCC@. -@item -mpc32 -@itemx -mpc64 -@itemx -mpc80 @opindex mpc32 @opindex mpc64 @opindex mpc80 +@item -mpc32 +@itemx -mpc64 +@itemx -mpc80 Set 80387 floating-point precision to 32, 64 or 80 bits. When @option{-mpc32} is specified, the significands of results of floating-point operations are @@ -32956,8 +32956,8 @@ are enabled by default; routines in such libraries could suffer significant loss of accuracy, typically through so-called ``catastrophic cancellation'', when this option is used to set the precision to less than extended precision. -@item -mdaz-ftz @opindex mdaz-ftz +@item -mdaz-ftz The flush-to-zero (FTZ) and denormals-are-zero (DAZ) flags in the MXCSR register are used to control floating-point calculations.SSE and AVX instructions @@ -32966,8 +32966,8 @@ and DAZ flags when @option{-mdaz-ftz} is specified. Don't set FTZ/DAZ flags when @option{-mno-daz-ftz} or @option{-shared} is specified, @option{-mdaz-ftz} will set FTZ/DAZ flags even with @option{-shared}. -@item -mstackrealign @opindex mstackrealign +@item -mstackrealign Realign the stack at entry. On the x86, the @option{-mstackrealign} option generates an alternate prologue and epilogue that realigns the run-time stack if necessary. This supports mixing legacy codes that keep @@ -32975,8 +32975,8 @@ run-time stack if necessary. This supports mixing legacy codes that keep SSE compatibility. See also the attribute @code{force_align_arg_pointer}, applicable to individual functions. -@item -mpreferred-stack-boundary=@var{num} @opindex mpreferred-stack-boundary +@item -mpreferred-stack-boundary=@var{num} Attempt to keep the stack boundary aligned to a 2 raised to @var{num} byte boundary. If @option{-mpreferred-stack-boundary} is not specified, the default is 4 (16 bytes or 128 bits). @@ -32996,8 +32996,8 @@ results. You must build all modules with @option{-mpreferred-stack-boundary=3}, including any libraries. This includes the system libraries and startup modules. -@item -mincoming-stack-boundary=@var{num} @opindex mincoming-stack-boundary +@item -mincoming-stack-boundary=@var{num} Assume the incoming stack is aligned to a 2 raised to @var{num} byte boundary. If @option{-mincoming-stack-boundary} is not specified, the one specified by @option{-mpreferred-stack-boundary} is used. @@ -33022,282 +33022,282 @@ as embedded systems and operating system kernels, may want to reduce the preferred alignment to @option{-mpreferred-stack-boundary=2}. @need 200 -@item -mmmx @opindex mmmx +@item -mmmx @need 200 -@itemx -msse @opindex msse +@itemx -msse @need 200 -@itemx -msse2 @opindex msse2 +@itemx -msse2 @need 200 -@itemx -msse3 @opindex msse3 +@itemx -msse3 @need 200 -@itemx -mssse3 @opindex mssse3 +@itemx -mssse3 @need 200 -@itemx -msse4 @opindex msse4 +@itemx -msse4 @need 200 -@itemx -msse4a @opindex msse4a +@itemx -msse4a @need 200 -@itemx -msse4.1 @opindex msse4.1 +@itemx -msse4.1 @need 200 -@itemx -msse4.2 @opindex msse4.2 +@itemx -msse4.2 @need 200 -@itemx -mavx @opindex mavx +@itemx -mavx @need 200 -@itemx -mavx2 @opindex mavx2 +@itemx -mavx2 @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512f @opindex mavx512f +@itemx -mavx512f @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512pf @opindex mavx512pf +@itemx -mavx512pf @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512er @opindex mavx512er +@itemx -mavx512er @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512cd @opindex mavx512cd +@itemx -mavx512cd @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512vl @opindex mavx512vl +@itemx -mavx512vl @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512bw @opindex mavx512bw +@itemx -mavx512bw @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512dq @opindex mavx512dq +@itemx -mavx512dq @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512ifma @opindex mavx512ifma +@itemx -mavx512ifma @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512vbmi @opindex mavx512vbmi +@itemx -mavx512vbmi @need 200 -@itemx -msha @opindex msha +@itemx -msha @need 200 -@itemx -maes @opindex maes +@itemx -maes @need 200 -@itemx -mpclmul @opindex mpclmul +@itemx -mpclmul @need 200 -@itemx -mclflushopt @opindex mclflushopt +@itemx -mclflushopt @need 200 -@itemx -mclwb @opindex mclwb +@itemx -mclwb @need 200 -@itemx -mfsgsbase @opindex mfsgsbase +@itemx -mfsgsbase @need 200 -@itemx -mptwrite @opindex mptwrite +@itemx -mptwrite @need 200 -@itemx -mrdrnd @opindex mrdrnd +@itemx -mrdrnd @need 200 -@itemx -mf16c @opindex mf16c +@itemx -mf16c @need 200 -@itemx -mfma @opindex mfma +@itemx -mfma @need 200 -@itemx -mpconfig @opindex mpconfig +@itemx -mpconfig @need 200 -@itemx -mwbnoinvd @opindex mwbnoinvd +@itemx -mwbnoinvd @need 200 -@itemx -mfma4 @opindex mfma4 +@itemx -mfma4 @need 200 -@itemx -mprfchw @opindex mprfchw +@itemx -mprfchw @need 200 -@itemx -mrdpid @opindex mrdpid +@itemx -mrdpid @need 200 -@itemx -mprefetchwt1 @opindex mprefetchwt1 +@itemx -mprefetchwt1 @need 200 -@itemx -mrdseed @opindex mrdseed +@itemx -mrdseed @need 200 -@itemx -msgx @opindex msgx +@itemx -msgx @need 200 -@itemx -mxop @opindex mxop +@itemx -mxop @need 200 -@itemx -mlwp @opindex mlwp +@itemx -mlwp @need 200 -@itemx -m3dnow @opindex m3dnow +@itemx -m3dnow @need 200 -@itemx -m3dnowa @opindex m3dnowa +@itemx -m3dnowa @need 200 -@itemx -mpopcnt @opindex mpopcnt +@itemx -mpopcnt @need 200 -@itemx -mabm @opindex mabm +@itemx -mabm @need 200 -@itemx -madx @opindex madx +@itemx -madx @need 200 -@itemx -mbmi @opindex mbmi +@itemx -mbmi @need 200 -@itemx -mbmi2 @opindex mbmi2 +@itemx -mbmi2 @need 200 -@itemx -mlzcnt @opindex mlzcnt +@itemx -mlzcnt @need 200 -@itemx -mfxsr @opindex mfxsr +@itemx -mfxsr @need 200 -@itemx -mxsave @opindex mxsave +@itemx -mxsave @need 200 -@itemx -mxsaveopt @opindex mxsaveopt +@itemx -mxsaveopt @need 200 -@itemx -mxsavec @opindex mxsavec +@itemx -mxsavec @need 200 -@itemx -mxsaves @opindex mxsaves +@itemx -mxsaves @need 200 -@itemx -mrtm @opindex mrtm +@itemx -mrtm @need 200 -@itemx -mhle @opindex mhle +@itemx -mhle @need 200 -@itemx -mtbm @opindex mtbm +@itemx -mtbm @need 200 -@itemx -mmwaitx @opindex mmwaitx +@itemx -mmwaitx @need 200 -@itemx -mclzero @opindex mclzero +@itemx -mclzero @need 200 -@itemx -mpku @opindex mpku +@itemx -mpku @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512vbmi2 @opindex mavx512vbmi2 +@itemx -mavx512vbmi2 @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512bf16 @opindex mavx512bf16 +@itemx -mavx512bf16 @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512fp16 @opindex mavx512fp16 +@itemx -mavx512fp16 @need 200 -@itemx -mgfni @opindex mgfni +@itemx -mgfni @need 200 -@itemx -mvaes @opindex mvaes +@itemx -mvaes @need 200 -@itemx -mwaitpkg @opindex mwaitpkg +@itemx -mwaitpkg @need 200 -@itemx -mvpclmulqdq @opindex mvpclmulqdq +@itemx -mvpclmulqdq @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512bitalg @opindex mavx512bitalg +@itemx -mavx512bitalg @need 200 -@itemx -mmovdiri @opindex mmovdiri +@itemx -mmovdiri @need 200 -@itemx -mmovdir64b @opindex mmovdir64b +@itemx -mmovdir64b @need 200 -@itemx -menqcmd @opindex menqcmd -@itemx -muintr @opindex muintr +@itemx -menqcmd +@itemx -muintr @need 200 -@itemx -mtsxldtrk @opindex mtsxldtrk +@itemx -mtsxldtrk @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512vpopcntdq @opindex mavx512vpopcntdq +@itemx -mavx512vpopcntdq @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512vp2intersect @opindex mavx512vp2intersect +@itemx -mavx512vp2intersect @need 200 -@itemx -mavx5124fmaps @opindex mavx5124fmaps +@itemx -mavx5124fmaps @need 200 -@itemx -mavx512vnni @opindex mavx512vnni +@itemx -mavx512vnni @need 200 -@itemx -mavxvnni @opindex mavxvnni +@itemx -mavxvnni @need 200 -@itemx -mavx5124vnniw @opindex mavx5124vnniw +@itemx -mavx5124vnniw @need 200 -@itemx -mcldemote @opindex mcldemote +@itemx -mcldemote @need 200 -@itemx -mserialize @opindex mserialize +@itemx -mserialize @need 200 -@itemx -mamx-tile @opindex mamx-tile +@itemx -mamx-tile @need 200 -@itemx -mamx-int8 @opindex mamx-int8 +@itemx -mamx-int8 @need 200 -@itemx -mamx-bf16 @opindex mamx-bf16 +@itemx -mamx-bf16 @need 200 -@itemx -mhreset @opindex mhreset -@itemx -mkl @opindex mkl +@itemx -mhreset +@itemx -mkl @need 200 -@itemx -mwidekl @opindex mwidekl +@itemx -mwidekl @need 200 -@itemx -mavxifma @opindex mavxifma +@itemx -mavxifma @need 200 -@itemx -mavxvnniint8 @opindex mavxvnniint8 +@itemx -mavxvnniint8 @need 200 -@itemx -mavxneconvert @opindex mavxneconvert +@itemx -mavxneconvert @need 200 -@itemx -mcmpccxadd @opindex mcmpccxadd +@itemx -mcmpccxadd @need 200 -@itemx -mamx-fp16 @opindex mamx-fp16 +@itemx -mamx-fp16 @need 200 -@itemx -mprefetchi @opindex mprefetchi +@itemx -mprefetchi @need 200 -@itemx -mraoint @opindex mraoint +@itemx -mraoint These switches enable the use of instructions in the MMX, SSE, SSE2, SSE3, SSSE3, SSE4, SSE4A, SSE4.1, SSE4.2, AVX, AVX2, AVX512F, AVX512PF, AVX512ER, AVX512CD, AVX512VL, AVX512BW, AVX512DQ, AVX512IFMA, AVX512VBMI, SHA, @@ -33330,14 +33330,14 @@ supported architecture, using the appropriate flags. In particular, the file containing the CPU detection code should be compiled without these options. -@item -mdump-tune-features @opindex mdump-tune-features +@item -mdump-tune-features This option instructs GCC to dump the names of the x86 performance tuning features and default settings. The names can be used in @option{-mtune-ctrl=@var{feature-list}}. -@item -mtune-ctrl=@var{feature-list} @opindex mtune-ctrl=@var{feature-list} +@item -mtune-ctrl=@var{feature-list} This option is used to do fine grain control of x86 code generation features. @var{feature-list} is a comma separated list of @var{feature} names. See also @option{-mdump-tune-features}. When specified, the @var{feature} is turned @@ -33346,13 +33346,13 @@ on if it is not preceded with @samp{^}, otherwise, it is turned off. developers. Using it may lead to code paths not covered by testing and can potentially result in compiler ICEs or runtime errors. -@item -mno-default @opindex mno-default +@item -mno-default This option instructs GCC to turn off all tunable features. See also @option{-mtune-ctrl=@var{feature-list}} and @option{-mdump-tune-features}. -@item -mcld @opindex mcld +@item -mcld This option instructs GCC to emit a @code{cld} instruction in the prologue of functions that use string instructions. String instructions depend on the DF flag to select between autoincrement or autodecrement mode. While the @@ -33365,31 +33365,31 @@ GCC with the @option{--enable-cld} configure option. Generation of @code{cld} instructions can be suppressed with the @option{-mno-cld} compiler option in this case. -@item -mvzeroupper @opindex mvzeroupper +@item -mvzeroupper This option instructs GCC to emit a @code{vzeroupper} instruction before a transfer of control flow out of the function to minimize the AVX to SSE transition penalty as well as remove unnecessary @code{zeroupper} intrinsics. -@item -mprefer-avx128 @opindex mprefer-avx128 +@item -mprefer-avx128 This option instructs GCC to use 128-bit AVX instructions instead of 256-bit AVX instructions in the auto-vectorizer. -@item -mprefer-vector-width=@var{opt} @opindex mprefer-vector-width +@item -mprefer-vector-width=@var{opt} This option instructs GCC to use @var{opt}-bit vector width in instructions instead of default on the selected platform. -@item -mmove-max=@var{bits} @opindex mmove-max +@item -mmove-max=@var{bits} This option instructs GCC to set the maximum number of bits can be moved from memory to memory efficiently to @var{bits}. The valid @var{bits} are 128, 256 and 512. -@item -mstore-max=@var{bits} @opindex mstore-max +@item -mstore-max=@var{bits} This option instructs GCC to set the maximum number of bits can be stored to memory efficiently to @var{bits}. The valid @var{bits} are 128, 256 and 512. @@ -33408,8 +33408,8 @@ Prefer 256-bit vector width for instructions. Prefer 512-bit vector width for instructions. @end table -@item -mcx16 @opindex mcx16 +@item -mcx16 This option enables GCC to generate @code{CMPXCHG16B} instructions in 64-bit code to implement compare-and-exchange operations on 16-byte aligned 128-bit objects. This is useful for atomic updates of data structures exceeding one @@ -33417,8 +33417,8 @@ machine word in size. The compiler uses this instruction to implement @ref{__sync Builtins}. However, for @ref{__atomic Builtins} operating on 128-bit integers, a library call is always used. -@item -msahf @opindex msahf +@item -msahf This option enables generation of @code{SAHF} instructions in 64-bit code. Early Intel Pentium 4 CPUs with Intel 64 support, prior to the introduction of Pentium 4 G1 step in December 2005, @@ -33429,30 +33429,30 @@ In 64-bit mode, the @code{SAHF} instruction is used to optimize @code{fmod}, @code{drem}, and @code{remainder} built-in functions; see @ref{Other Builtins} for details. -@item -mmovbe @opindex mmovbe +@item -mmovbe This option enables use of the @code{movbe} instruction to implement @code{__builtin_bswap32} and @code{__builtin_bswap64}. -@item -mshstk @opindex mshstk +@item -mshstk The @option{-mshstk} option enables shadow stack built-in functions from x86 Control-flow Enforcement Technology (CET). -@item -mcrc32 @opindex mcrc32 +@item -mcrc32 This option enables built-in functions @code{__builtin_ia32_crc32qi}, @code{__builtin_ia32_crc32hi}, @code{__builtin_ia32_crc32si} and @code{__builtin_ia32_crc32di} to generate the @code{crc32} machine instruction. -@item -mmwait @opindex mmwait +@item -mmwait This option enables built-in functions @code{__builtin_ia32_monitor}, and @code{__builtin_ia32_mwait} to generate the @code{monitor} and @code{mwait} machine instructions. -@item -mrecip @opindex mrecip +@item -mrecip This option enables use of @code{RCPSS} and @code{RSQRTSS} instructions (and their vectorized variants @code{RCPPS} and @code{RSQRTPS}) with an additional Newton-Raphson step @@ -33474,8 +33474,8 @@ for vectorized single-float division and vectorized @code{sqrtf(@var{x})} already with @option{-ffast-math} (or the above option combination), and doesn't need @option{-mrecip}. -@item -mrecip=@var{opt} @opindex mrecip=opt +@item -mrecip=@var{opt} This option controls which reciprocal estimate instructions may be used. @var{opt} is a comma-separated list of options, which may be preceded by a @samp{!} to invert the option: @@ -33506,8 +33506,8 @@ Enable the approximation for vectorized square root. So, for example, @option{-mrecip=all,!sqrt} enables all of the reciprocal approximations, except for square root. -@item -mveclibabi=@var{type} @opindex mveclibabi +@item -mveclibabi=@var{type} Specifies the ABI type to use for vectorizing intrinsics using an external library. Supported values for @var{type} are @samp{svml} for the Intel short @@ -33533,8 +33533,8 @@ function type when @option{-mveclibabi=svml} is used, and @code{__vrd2_sin}, @code{__vrs4_log10f} and @code{__vrs4_powf} for the corresponding function type when @option{-mveclibabi=acml} is used. -@item -mabi=@var{name} @opindex mabi +@item -mabi=@var{name} Generate code for the specified calling convention. Permissible values are @samp{sysv} for the ABI used on GNU/Linux and other systems, and @samp{ms} for the Microsoft ABI. The default is to use the Microsoft @@ -33543,21 +33543,21 @@ You can control this behavior for specific functions by using the function attributes @code{ms_abi} and @code{sysv_abi}. @xref{Function Attributes}. -@item -mforce-indirect-call @opindex mforce-indirect-call +@item -mforce-indirect-call Force all calls to functions to be indirect. This is useful when using Intel Processor Trace where it generates more precise timing information for function calls. -@item -mmanual-endbr @opindex mmanual-endbr +@item -mmanual-endbr Insert ENDBR instruction at function entry only via the @code{cf_check} function attribute. This is useful when used with the option @option{-fcf-protection=branch} to control ENDBR insertion at the function entry. -@item -mcet-switch @opindex mcet-switch +@item -mcet-switch By default, CET instrumentation is turned off on switch statements that use a jump table and indirect branch track is disabled. Since jump tables are stored in read-only memory, this does not result in a direct @@ -33567,9 +33567,9 @@ CET instrumentation to enable indirect branch track for switch statements with jump tables which leads to the jump targets reachable via any indirect jumps. -@item -mcall-ms2sysv-xlogues @opindex mcall-ms2sysv-xlogues @opindex mno-call-ms2sysv-xlogues +@item -mcall-ms2sysv-xlogues Due to differences in 64-bit ABIs, any Microsoft ABI function that calls a System V ABI function must consider RSI, RDI and XMM6-15 as clobbered. By default, the code for saving and restoring these registers is emitted inline, @@ -33578,42 +33578,42 @@ resulting in fairly lengthy prologues and epilogues. Using use stubs in the static portion of libgcc to perform these saves and restores, thus reducing function size at the cost of a few extra instructions. -@item -mtls-dialect=@var{type} @opindex mtls-dialect +@item -mtls-dialect=@var{type} Generate code to access thread-local storage using the @samp{gnu} or @samp{gnu2} conventions. @samp{gnu} is the conservative default; @samp{gnu2} is more efficient, but it may add compile- and run-time requirements that cannot be satisfied on all systems. -@item -mpush-args -@itemx -mno-push-args @opindex mpush-args @opindex mno-push-args +@item -mpush-args +@itemx -mno-push-args Use PUSH operations to store outgoing parameters. This method is shorter and usually equally fast as method using SUB/MOV operations and is enabled by default. In some cases disabling it may improve performance because of improved scheduling and reduced dependencies. -@item -maccumulate-outgoing-args @opindex maccumulate-outgoing-args +@item -maccumulate-outgoing-args If enabled, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments is computed in the function prologue. This is faster on most modern CPUs because of reduced dependencies, improved scheduling and reduced stack usage when the preferred stack boundary is not equal to 2. The drawback is a notable increase in code size. This switch implies @option{-mno-push-args}. -@item -mthreads @opindex mthreads +@item -mthreads Support thread-safe exception handling on MinGW. Programs that rely on thread-safe exception handling must compile and link all code with the @option{-mthreads} option. When compiling, @option{-mthreads} defines @option{-D_MT}; when linking, it links in a special thread helper library @option{-lmingwthrd} which cleans up per-thread exception-handling data. -@item -mms-bitfields -@itemx -mno-ms-bitfields @opindex mms-bitfields @opindex mno-ms-bitfields +@item -mms-bitfields +@itemx -mno-ms-bitfields Enable/disable bit-field layout compatible with the native Microsoft Windows compiler. @@ -33746,15 +33746,15 @@ Here, @code{t5} takes up 2 bytes. @end enumerate -@item -mno-align-stringops @opindex mno-align-stringops @opindex malign-stringops +@item -mno-align-stringops Do not align the destination of inlined string operations. This switch reduces code size and improves performance in case the destination is already aligned, but GCC doesn't know about it. -@item -minline-all-stringops @opindex minline-all-stringops +@item -minline-all-stringops By default GCC inlines string operations only when the destination is known to be aligned to least a 4-byte boundary. This enables more inlining and increases code @@ -33763,13 +33763,13 @@ size, but may improve performance of code that depends on fast The option enables inline expansion of @code{strlen} for all pointer alignments. -@item -minline-stringops-dynamically @opindex minline-stringops-dynamically +@item -minline-stringops-dynamically For string operations of unknown size, use run-time checks with inline code for small blocks and a library call for large blocks. -@item -mstringop-strategy=@var{alg} @opindex mstringop-strategy=@var{alg} +@item -mstringop-strategy=@var{alg} Override the internal decision heuristic for the particular algorithm to use for inlining string operations. The allowed values for @var{alg} are: @@ -33788,8 +33788,8 @@ Expand into an inline loop. Always use a library call. @end table -@item -mmemcpy-strategy=@var{strategy} @opindex mmemcpy-strategy=@var{strategy} +@item -mmemcpy-strategy=@var{strategy} Override the internal decision heuristic to decide if @code{__builtin_memcpy} should be inlined and what inline algorithm to use when the expected size of the copy operation is known. @var{strategy} @@ -33801,22 +33801,22 @@ in the list must be specified in increasing order. The minimal byte size for @var{alg} is @code{0} for the first triplet and @code{@var{max_size} + 1} of the preceding range. -@item -mmemset-strategy=@var{strategy} @opindex mmemset-strategy=@var{strategy} +@item -mmemset-strategy=@var{strategy} The option is similar to @option{-mmemcpy-strategy=} except that it is to control @code{__builtin_memset} expansion. -@item -momit-leaf-frame-pointer @opindex momit-leaf-frame-pointer +@item -momit-leaf-frame-pointer Don't keep the frame pointer in a register for leaf functions. This avoids the instructions to save, set up, and restore frame pointers and makes an extra register available in leaf functions. The option @option{-fomit-leaf-frame-pointer} removes the frame pointer for leaf functions, which might make debugging harder. +@opindex mtls-direct-seg-refs @item -mtls-direct-seg-refs @itemx -mno-tls-direct-seg-refs -@opindex mtls-direct-seg-refs Controls whether TLS variables may be accessed with offsets from the TLS segment register (@code{%gs} for 32-bit, @code{%fs} for 64-bit), or whether the thread base pointer must be added. Whether or not this @@ -33825,59 +33825,59 @@ segment to cover the entire TLS area. For systems that use the GNU C Library, the default is on. +@opindex msse2avx @item -msse2avx @itemx -mno-sse2avx -@opindex msse2avx Specify that the assembler should encode SSE instructions with VEX prefix. The option @option{-mavx} turns this on by default. +@opindex mfentry @item -mfentry @itemx -mno-fentry -@opindex mfentry If profiling is active (@option{-pg}), put the profiling counter call before the prologue. Note: On x86 architectures the attribute @code{ms_hook_prologue} isn't possible at the moment for @option{-mfentry} and @option{-pg}. +@opindex mrecord-mcount @item -mrecord-mcount @itemx -mno-record-mcount -@opindex mrecord-mcount If profiling is active (@option{-pg}), generate a __mcount_loc section that contains pointers to each profiling call. This is useful for automatically patching and out calls. +@opindex mnop-mcount @item -mnop-mcount @itemx -mno-nop-mcount -@opindex mnop-mcount If profiling is active (@option{-pg}), generate the calls to the profiling functions as NOPs. This is useful when they should be patched in later dynamically. This is likely only useful together with @option{-mrecord-mcount}. -@item -minstrument-return=@var{type} @opindex minstrument-return +@item -minstrument-return=@var{type} Instrument function exit in -pg -mfentry instrumented functions with call to specified function. This only instruments true returns ending with ret, but not sibling calls ending with jump. Valid types are @var{none} to not instrument, @var{call} to generate a call to __return__, or @var{nop5} to generate a 5 byte nop. +@opindex mrecord-return @item -mrecord-return @itemx -mno-record-return -@opindex mrecord-return Generate a __return_loc section pointing to all return instrumentation code. -@item -mfentry-name=@var{name} @opindex mfentry-name +@item -mfentry-name=@var{name} Set name of __fentry__ symbol called at function entry for -pg -mfentry functions. -@item -mfentry-section=@var{name} @opindex mfentry-section +@item -mfentry-section=@var{name} Set name of section to record -mrecord-mcount calls (default __mcount_loc). +@opindex mskip-rax-setup @item -mskip-rax-setup @itemx -mno-skip-rax-setup -@opindex mskip-rax-setup When generating code for the x86-64 architecture with SSE extensions disabled, @option{-mskip-rax-setup} can be used to skip setting up RAX register when there are no variable arguments passed in vector registers. @@ -33888,27 +33888,27 @@ impacts of this option are callees may waste some stack space, misbehave or jump to a random location. GCC 4.4 or newer don't have those issues, regardless the RAX register value. +@opindex m8bit-idiv @item -m8bit-idiv @itemx -mno-8bit-idiv -@opindex m8bit-idiv On some processors, like Intel Atom, 8-bit unsigned integer divide is much faster than 32-bit/64-bit integer divide. This option generates a run-time check. If both dividend and divisor are within range of 0 to 255, 8-bit unsigned integer divide is used instead of 32-bit/64-bit integer divide. -@item -mavx256-split-unaligned-load -@itemx -mavx256-split-unaligned-store @opindex mavx256-split-unaligned-load @opindex mavx256-split-unaligned-store +@item -mavx256-split-unaligned-load +@itemx -mavx256-split-unaligned-store Split 32-byte AVX unaligned load and store. -@item -mstack-protector-guard=@var{guard} -@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-reg=@var{reg} -@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-offset=@var{offset} @opindex mstack-protector-guard @opindex mstack-protector-guard-reg @opindex mstack-protector-guard-offset +@item -mstack-protector-guard=@var{guard} +@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-reg=@var{reg} +@itemx -mstack-protector-guard-offset=@var{offset} Generate stack protection code using canary at @var{guard}. Supported locations are @samp{global} for global canary or @samp{tls} for per-thread canary in the TLS block (the default). This option has effect only when @@ -33921,22 +33921,22 @@ which segment register (@code{%fs} or @code{%gs}) to use as base register for reading the canary, and from what offset from that base register. The default for those is as specified in the relevant ABI. -@item -mgeneral-regs-only @opindex mgeneral-regs-only +@item -mgeneral-regs-only Generate code that uses only the general-purpose registers. This prevents the compiler from using floating-point, vector, mask and bound registers. -@item -mrelax-cmpxchg-loop @opindex mrelax-cmpxchg-loop +@item -mrelax-cmpxchg-loop When emitting a compare-and-swap loop for @ref{__sync Builtins} and @ref{__atomic Builtins} lacking a native instruction, optimize for the highly contended case by issuing an atomic load before the @code{CMPXCHG} instruction, and using the @code{PAUSE} instruction to save CPU power when restarting the loop. -@item -mindirect-branch=@var{choice} @opindex mindirect-branch +@item -mindirect-branch=@var{choice} Convert indirect call and jump with @var{choice}. The default is @samp{keep}, which keeps indirect call and jump unmodified. @samp{thunk} converts indirect call and jump to call and return thunk. @@ -33955,8 +33955,8 @@ Note that @option{-mindirect-branch=thunk-extern} is compatible with @option{-fcf-protection=branch} since the external thunk can be made to enable control-flow check. -@item -mfunction-return=@var{choice} @opindex mfunction-return +@item -mfunction-return=@var{choice} Convert function return with @var{choice}. The default is @samp{keep}, which keeps function return unmodified. @samp{thunk} converts function return to call and return thunk. @samp{thunk-inline} converts function @@ -33976,20 +33976,20 @@ Note that @option{-mcmodel=large} is incompatible with not be reachable in the large code model. -@item -mindirect-branch-register @opindex mindirect-branch-register +@item -mindirect-branch-register Force indirect call and jump via register. -@item -mharden-sls=@var{choice} @opindex mharden-sls +@item -mharden-sls=@var{choice} Generate code to mitigate against straight line speculation (SLS) with @var{choice}. The default is @samp{none} which disables all SLS hardening. @samp{return} enables SLS hardening for function returns. @samp{indirect-jmp} enables SLS hardening for indirect jumps. @samp{all} enables all SLS hardening. -@item -mindirect-branch-cs-prefix @opindex mindirect-branch-cs-prefix +@item -mindirect-branch-cs-prefix Add CS prefix to call and jmp to indirect thunk with branch target in r8-r15 registers so that the call and jmp instruction length is 6 bytes to allow them to be replaced with @samp{lfence; call *%r8-r15} or @@ -34001,16 +34001,16 @@ These @samp{-m} switches are supported in addition to the above on x86-64 processors in 64-bit environments. @table @gcctabopt -@item -m32 -@itemx -m64 -@itemx -mx32 -@itemx -m16 -@itemx -miamcu @opindex m32 @opindex m64 @opindex mx32 @opindex m16 @opindex miamcu +@item -m32 +@itemx -m64 +@itemx -mx32 +@itemx -m16 +@itemx -miamcu Generate code for a 16-bit, 32-bit or 64-bit environment. The @option{-m32} option sets @code{int}, @code{long}, and pointer types to 32 bits, and @@ -34032,62 +34032,62 @@ the assembly output so that the binary can run in 16-bit mode. The @option{-miamcu} option generates code which conforms to Intel MCU psABI. It requires the @option{-m32} option to be turned on. -@item -mno-red-zone @opindex mno-red-zone @opindex mred-zone +@item -mno-red-zone Do not use a so-called ``red zone'' for x86-64 code. The red zone is mandated by the x86-64 ABI; it is a 128-byte area beyond the location of the stack pointer that is not modified by signal or interrupt handlers and therefore can be used for temporary data without adjusting the stack pointer. The flag @option{-mno-red-zone} disables this red zone. -@item -mcmodel=small @opindex mcmodel=small +@item -mcmodel=small Generate code for the small code model: the program and its symbols must be linked in the lower 2 GB of the address space. Pointers are 64 bits. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. This is the default code model. -@item -mcmodel=kernel @opindex mcmodel=kernel +@item -mcmodel=kernel Generate code for the kernel code model. The kernel runs in the negative 2 GB of the address space. This model has to be used for Linux kernel code. -@item -mcmodel=medium @opindex mcmodel=medium +@item -mcmodel=medium Generate code for the medium model: the program is linked in the lower 2 GB of the address space. Small symbols are also placed there. Symbols with sizes larger than @option{-mlarge-data-threshold} are put into large data or BSS sections and can be located above 2GB. Programs can be statically or dynamically linked. -@item -mcmodel=large @opindex mcmodel=large +@item -mcmodel=large Generate code for the large model. This model makes no assumptions about addresses and sizes of sections. -@item -maddress-mode=long @opindex maddress-mode=long +@item -maddress-mode=long Generate code for long address mode. This is only supported for 64-bit and x32 environments. It is the default address mode for 64-bit environments. -@item -maddress-mode=short @opindex maddress-mode=short +@item -maddress-mode=short Generate code for short address mode. This is only supported for 32-bit and x32 environments. It is the default address mode for 32-bit and x32 environments. +@opindex mneeded @item -mneeded @itemx -mno-needed -@opindex mneeded Emit GNU_PROPERTY_X86_ISA_1_NEEDED GNU property for Linux target to indicate the micro-architecture ISA level required to execute the binary. -@item -mno-direct-extern-access @opindex mno-direct-extern-access @opindex mdirect-extern-access +@item -mno-direct-extern-access Without @option{-fpic} nor @option{-fPIC}, always use the GOT pointer to access external symbols. With @option{-fpic} or @option{-fPIC}, treat access to protected symbols as local symbols. The default is @@ -34098,16 +34098,16 @@ treat access to protected symbols as local symbols. The default is @option{-mdirect-extern-access} may not be binary compatible if protected symbols are used in shared libraries and executable. -@item -munroll-only-small-loops @opindex munroll-only-small-loops @opindex mno-unroll-only-small-loops +@item -munroll-only-small-loops Controls conservative small loop unrolling. It is default enabled by O2, and unrolls loop with less than 4 insns by 1 time. Explicit -f[no-]unroll-[all-]loops would disable this flag to avoid any unintended unrolling behavior that user does not want. -@item -mlam=@var{choice} @opindex mlam +@item -mlam=@var{choice} LAM(linear-address masking) allows special bits in the pointer to be used for metadata. The default is @samp{none}. With @samp{u48}, pointer bits in positions 62:48 can be used for metadata; With @samp{u57}, pointer bits in @@ -34122,8 +34122,8 @@ positions 62:57 can be used for metadata. These additional options are available for Microsoft Windows targets: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mconsole @opindex mconsole +@item -mconsole This option specifies that a console application is to be generated, by instructing the linker to set the PE header subsystem type @@ -34131,62 +34131,62 @@ required for console applications. This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets and is enabled by default on those targets. -@item -mdll @opindex mdll +@item -mdll This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It specifies that a DLL---a dynamic link library---is to be generated, enabling the selection of the required runtime startup object and entry point. -@item -mnop-fun-dllimport @opindex mnop-fun-dllimport +@item -mnop-fun-dllimport This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It specifies that the @code{dllimport} attribute should be ignored. -@item -mthreads @opindex mthreads +@item -mthreads This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies that MinGW-specific thread support is to be used. -@item -municode @opindex municode +@item -municode This option is available for MinGW-w64 targets. It causes the @code{UNICODE} preprocessor macro to be predefined, and chooses Unicode-capable runtime startup code. -@item -mwin32 @opindex mwin32 +@item -mwin32 This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It specifies that the typical Microsoft Windows predefined macros are to be set in the pre-processor, but does not influence the choice of runtime library/startup code. -@item -mwindows @opindex mwindows +@item -mwindows This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It specifies that a GUI application is to be generated by instructing the linker to set the PE header subsystem type appropriately. -@item -fno-set-stack-executable @opindex fno-set-stack-executable @opindex fset-stack-executable +@item -fno-set-stack-executable This option is available for MinGW targets. It specifies that the executable flag for the stack used by nested functions isn't set. This is necessary for binaries running in kernel mode of Microsoft Windows, as there the User32 API, which is used to set executable privileges, isn't available. -@item -fwritable-relocated-rdata @opindex fno-writable-relocated-rdata @opindex fwritable-relocated-rdata +@item -fwritable-relocated-rdata This option is available for MinGW and Cygwin targets. It specifies that relocated-data in read-only section is put into the @code{.data} section. This is a necessary for older runtimes not supporting modification of @code{.rdata} sections for pseudo-relocation. -@item -mpe-aligned-commons @opindex mpe-aligned-commons +@item -mpe-aligned-commons This option is available for Cygwin and MinGW targets. It specifies that the GNU extension to the PE file format that permits the correct alignment of COMMON variables should be @@ -34204,8 +34204,8 @@ See also under @ref{x86 Options} for standard options. These options are defined for Xstormy16: @table @gcctabopt -@item -msim @opindex msim +@item -msim Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator. @end table @@ -34216,10 +34216,10 @@ Choose startup files and linker script suitable for the simulator. These options are supported for Xtensa targets: @table @gcctabopt -@item -mconst16 -@itemx -mno-const16 @opindex mconst16 @opindex mno-const16 +@item -mconst16 +@itemx -mno-const16 Enable or disable use of @code{CONST16} instructions for loading constant values. The @code{CONST16} instruction is currently not a standard option from Tensilica. When enabled, @code{CONST16} @@ -34227,10 +34227,10 @@ instructions are always used in place of the standard @code{L32R} instructions. The use of @code{CONST16} is enabled by default only if the @code{L32R} instruction is not available. -@item -mfused-madd -@itemx -mno-fused-madd @opindex mfused-madd @opindex mno-fused-madd +@item -mfused-madd +@itemx -mno-fused-madd Enable or disable use of fused multiply/add and multiply/subtract instructions in the floating-point option. This has no effect if the floating-point option is not also enabled. Disabling fused multiply/add @@ -34244,25 +34244,25 @@ add/subtract instructions also ensures that the program output is not sensitive to the compiler's ability to combine multiply and add/subtract operations. -@item -mserialize-volatile -@itemx -mno-serialize-volatile @opindex mserialize-volatile @opindex mno-serialize-volatile +@item -mserialize-volatile +@itemx -mno-serialize-volatile When this option is enabled, GCC inserts @code{MEMW} instructions before @code{volatile} memory references to guarantee sequential consistency. The default is @option{-mserialize-volatile}. Use @option{-mno-serialize-volatile} to omit the @code{MEMW} instructions. -@item -mforce-no-pic @opindex mforce-no-pic +@item -mforce-no-pic For targets, like GNU/Linux, where all user-mode Xtensa code must be position-independent code (PIC), this option disables PIC for compiling kernel code. -@item -mtext-section-literals -@itemx -mno-text-section-literals @opindex mtext-section-literals @opindex mno-text-section-literals +@item -mtext-section-literals +@itemx -mno-text-section-literals These options control the treatment of literal pools. The default is @option{-mno-text-section-literals}, which places literals in a separate section in the output file. This allows the literal pool to be placed @@ -34273,10 +34273,10 @@ are interspersed in the text section in order to keep them as close as possible to their references. This may be necessary for large assembly files. Literals for each function are placed right before that function. -@item -mauto-litpools -@itemx -mno-auto-litpools @opindex mauto-litpools @opindex mno-auto-litpools +@item -mauto-litpools +@itemx -mno-auto-litpools These options control the treatment of literal pools. The default is @option{-mno-auto-litpools}, which places literals in a separate section in the output file unless @option{-mtext-section-literals} is @@ -34289,10 +34289,10 @@ assembler to create several literal pools per function and assemble very big functions, which may not be possible with @option{-mtext-section-literals}. -@item -mtarget-align -@itemx -mno-target-align @opindex mtarget-align @opindex mno-target-align +@item -mtarget-align +@itemx -mno-target-align When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assembler to automatically align instructions to reduce branch penalties at the expense of some code density. The assembler attempts to widen density @@ -34304,10 +34304,10 @@ treatment of auto-aligned instructions like @code{LOOP}, which the assembler always aligns, either by widening density instructions or by inserting NOP instructions. -@item -mlongcalls -@itemx -mno-longcalls @opindex mlongcalls @opindex mno-longcalls +@item -mlongcalls +@itemx -mno-longcalls When this option is enabled, GCC instructs the assembler to translate direct calls to indirect calls unless it can determine that the target of a direct call is in the range allowed by the call instruction. This @@ -34322,21 +34322,21 @@ instructions---look at the disassembled object code to see the actual instructions. Note that the assembler uses an indirect call for every cross-file call, not just those that really are out of range. -@item -mabi=@var{name} @opindex mabi +@item -mabi=@var{name} Generate code for the specified ABI@. Permissible values are: @samp{call0}, @samp{windowed}. Default ABI is chosen by the Xtensa core configuration. -@item -mabi=call0 @opindex mabi=call0 +@item -mabi=call0 When this option is enabled function parameters are passed in registers @code{a2} through @code{a7}, registers @code{a12} through @code{a15} are caller-saved, and register @code{a15} may be used as a frame pointer. When this version of the ABI is enabled the C preprocessor symbol @code{__XTENSA_CALL0_ABI__} is defined. -@item -mabi=windowed @opindex mabi=windowed +@item -mabi=windowed When this option is enabled function parameters are passed in registers @code{a10} through @code{a15}, and called function rotates register window by 8 registers on entry so that its arguments are found in registers @@ -34345,8 +34345,8 @@ pointer. Register window is rotated 8 registers back upon return. When this version of the ABI is enabled the C preprocessor symbol @code{__XTENSA_WINDOWED_ABI__} is defined. -@item -mextra-l32r-costs=@var{n} @opindex mextra-l32r-costs +@item -mextra-l32r-costs=@var{n} Specify an extra cost of instruction RAM/ROM access for @code{L32R} instructions, in clock cycles. This affects, when optimizing for speed, whether loading a constant from literal pool using @code{L32R} or diff --git a/gcc/doc/lto.texi b/gcc/doc/lto.texi index eb5f54b..2571797 100644 --- a/gcc/doc/lto.texi +++ b/gcc/doc/lto.texi @@ -557,8 +557,8 @@ The following flags are passed into @command{lto1} and are not meant to be used directly from the command line. @itemize -@item -fwpa @opindex fwpa +@item -fwpa This option runs the serial part of the link-time optimizer performing the inter-procedural propagation (WPA mode). The compiler reads in summary information from all inputs and @@ -568,21 +568,21 @@ optimizer where individual object files are optimized using both summary information from the WPA mode and the actual function bodies. It then drives the LTRANS phase. -@item -fltrans @opindex fltrans +@item -fltrans This option runs the link-time optimizer in the local-transformation (LTRANS) mode, which reads in output from a previous run of the LTO in WPA mode. In the LTRANS mode, LTO optimizes an object and produces the final assembly. -@item -fltrans-output-list=@var{file} @opindex fltrans-output-list +@item -fltrans-output-list=@var{file} This option specifies a file to which the names of LTRANS output files are written. This option is only meaningful in conjunction with @option{-fwpa}. -@item -fresolution=@var{file} @opindex fresolution +@item -fresolution=@var{file} This option specifies the linker resolution file. This option is only meaningful in conjunction with @option{-fwpa} and as option to pass through to the LTO linker plugin. diff --git a/gcc/fortran/invoke.texi b/gcc/fortran/invoke.texi index 90be437..86d3f33 100644 --- a/gcc/fortran/invoke.texi +++ b/gcc/fortran/invoke.texi @@ -212,10 +212,10 @@ The following options control the details of the Fortran dialect accepted by the compiler: @table @gcctabopt -@item -ffree-form -@itemx -ffixed-form @opindex @code{ffree-form} @opindex @code{ffixed-form} +@item -ffree-form +@itemx -ffixed-form @cindex options, Fortran dialect @cindex file format, free @cindex file format, fixed @@ -224,8 +224,8 @@ was introduced in Fortran 90. Fixed form was traditionally used in older Fortran programs. When neither option is specified, the source form is determined by the file extension. -@item -fall-intrinsics @opindex @code{fall-intrinsics} +@item -fall-intrinsics This option causes all intrinsic procedures (including the GNU-specific extensions) to be accepted. This can be useful with @option{-std=} to force standard-compliance but get access to the full range of intrinsics @@ -233,8 +233,8 @@ available with @command{gfortran}. As a consequence, @option{-Wintrinsics-std} will be ignored and no user-defined procedure with the same name as any intrinsic will be called except when it is explicitly declared @code{EXTERNAL}. -@item -fallow-argument-mismatch @opindex @code{fallow-argument-mismatch} +@item -fallow-argument-mismatch Some code contains calls to external procedures with mismatches between the calls and the procedure definition, or with mismatches between different calls. Such code is non-conforming, and will usually @@ -248,25 +248,25 @@ Using this option is @emph{strongly} discouraged. It is possible to provide standard-conforming code which allows different types of arguments by using an explicit interface and @code{TYPE(*)}. -@item -fallow-invalid-boz @opindex @code{allow-invalid-boz} +@item -fallow-invalid-boz A BOZ literal constant can occur in a limited number of contexts in standard conforming Fortran. This option degrades an error condition to a warning, and allows a BOZ literal constant to appear where the Fortran standard would otherwise prohibit its use. -@item -fd-lines-as-code -@itemx -fd-lines-as-comments @opindex @code{fd-lines-as-code} @opindex @code{fd-lines-as-comments} +@item -fd-lines-as-code +@itemx -fd-lines-as-comments Enable special treatment for lines beginning with @code{d} or @code{D} in fixed form sources. If the @option{-fd-lines-as-code} option is given they are treated as if the first column contained a blank. If the @option{-fd-lines-as-comments} option is given, they are treated as comment lines. -@item -fdec @opindex @code{fdec} +@item -fdec DEC compatibility mode. Enables extensions and other features that mimic the default behavior of older compilers (such as DEC). These features are non-standard and should be avoided at all costs. @@ -282,51 +282,51 @@ Other flags enabled by this switch are: If @option{-fd-lines-as-code}/@option{-fd-lines-as-comments} are unset, then @option{-fdec} also sets @option{-fd-lines-as-comments}. -@item -fdec-char-conversions @opindex @code{fdec-char-conversions} +@item -fdec-char-conversions Enable the use of character literals in assignments and @code{DATA} statements for non-character variables. -@item -fdec-structure @opindex @code{fdec-structure} +@item -fdec-structure Enable DEC @code{STRUCTURE} and @code{RECORD} as well as @code{UNION}, @code{MAP}, and dot ('.') as a member separator (in addition to '%'). This is provided for compatibility only; Fortran 90 derived types should be used instead where possible. -@item -fdec-intrinsic-ints @opindex @code{fdec-intrinsic-ints} +@item -fdec-intrinsic-ints Enable B/I/J/K kind variants of existing integer functions (e.g. BIAND, IIAND, JIAND, etc...). For a complete list of intrinsics see the full documentation. -@item -fdec-math @opindex @code{fdec-math} +@item -fdec-math Enable legacy math intrinsics such as COTAN and degree-valued trigonometric functions (e.g. TAND, ATAND, etc...) for compatability with older code. -@item -fdec-static @opindex @code{fdec-static} +@item -fdec-static Enable DEC-style STATIC and AUTOMATIC attributes to explicitly specify the storage of variables and other objects. -@item -fdec-include @opindex @code{fdec-include} +@item -fdec-include Enable parsing of INCLUDE as a statement in addition to parsing it as INCLUDE line. When parsed as INCLUDE statement, INCLUDE does not have to be on a single line and can use line continuations. -@item -fdec-format-defaults @opindex @code{fdec-format-defaults} +@item -fdec-format-defaults Enable format specifiers F, G and I to be used without width specifiers, default widths will be used instead. -@item -fdec-blank-format-item @opindex @code{fdec-blank-format-item} +@item -fdec-blank-format-item Enable a blank format item at the end of a format specification i.e. nothing following the final comma. -@item -fdollar-ok @opindex @code{fdollar-ok} +@item -fdollar-ok @cindex @code{$} @cindex symbol names @cindex character set @@ -335,8 +335,8 @@ that start with @samp{$} are rejected since it is unclear which rules to apply to implicit typing as different vendors implement different rules. Using @samp{$} in @code{IMPLICIT} statements is also rejected. -@item -fbackslash @opindex @code{backslash} +@item -fbackslash @cindex backslash @cindex escape characters Change the interpretation of backslashes in string literals from a single @@ -351,16 +351,16 @@ translated into the Unicode characters corresponding to the specified code points. All other combinations of a character preceded by \ are unexpanded. -@item -fmodule-private @opindex @code{fmodule-private} +@item -fmodule-private @cindex module entities @cindex private Set the default accessibility of module entities to @code{PRIVATE}. Use-associated entities will not be accessible unless they are explicitly declared as @code{PUBLIC}. -@item -ffixed-line-length-@var{n} @opindex @code{ffixed-line-length-}@var{n} +@item -ffixed-line-length-@var{n} @cindex file format, fixed Set column after which characters are ignored in typical fixed-form lines in the source file, and, unless @code{-fno-pad-source}, through which @@ -376,8 +376,8 @@ to them to fill out the line. @option{-ffixed-line-length-0} means the same thing as @option{-ffixed-line-length-none}. -@item -fno-pad-source @opindex @code{fpad-source} +@item -fno-pad-source By default fixed-form lines have spaces assumed (as if padded to that length) after the ends of short fixed-form lines. This is not done either if @option{-ffixed-line-length-0}, @option{-ffixed-line-length-none} or @@ -385,8 +385,8 @@ if @option{-fno-pad-source} option is used. With any of those options continued character constants never have implicit spaces appended to them to fill out the line. -@item -ffree-line-length-@var{n} @opindex @code{ffree-line-length-}@var{n} +@item -ffree-line-length-@var{n} @cindex file format, free Set column after which characters are ignored in typical free-form lines in the source file. The default value is 132. @@ -394,24 +394,24 @@ lines in the source file. The default value is 132. @option{-ffree-line-length-0} means the same thing as @option{-ffree-line-length-none}. -@item -fmax-identifier-length=@var{n} @opindex @code{fmax-identifier-length=}@var{n} +@item -fmax-identifier-length=@var{n} Specify the maximum allowed identifier length. Typical values are 31 (Fortran 95) and 63 (Fortran 2003 and later). -@item -fimplicit-none @opindex @code{fimplicit-none} +@item -fimplicit-none Specify that no implicit typing is allowed, unless overridden by explicit @code{IMPLICIT} statements. This is the equivalent of adding @code{implicit none} to the start of every procedure. -@item -fcray-pointer @opindex @code{fcray-pointer} +@item -fcray-pointer Enable the Cray pointer extension, which provides C-like pointer functionality. -@item -fopenacc @opindex @code{fopenacc} +@item -fopenacc @cindex OpenACC Enable the OpenACC extensions. This includes OpenACC @code{!$acc} directives in free form and @code{c$acc}, @code{*$acc} and @@ -420,8 +420,8 @@ compilation sentinels in free form and @code{c$}, @code{*$} and @code{!$} sentinels in fixed form, and when linking arranges for the OpenACC runtime library to be linked in. -@item -fopenmp @opindex @code{fopenmp} +@item -fopenmp @cindex OpenMP Enable the OpenMP extensions. This includes OpenMP @code{!$omp} directives in free form @@ -431,8 +431,8 @@ and @code{c$}, @code{*$} and @code{!$} sentinels in fixed form, and when linking arranges for the OpenMP runtime library to be linked in. The option @option{-fopenmp} implies @option{-frecursive}. -@item -fno-range-check @opindex @code{frange-check} +@item -fno-range-check Disable range checking on results of simplification of constant expressions during compilation. For example, GNU Fortran will give an error at compile time when simplifying @code{a = 1. / 0}. @@ -445,15 +445,15 @@ Similarly, @code{DATA i/Z'FFFFFFFF'/} will result in an integer overflow on most systems, but with @option{-fno-range-check} the value will ``wrap around'' and @code{i} will be initialized to @math{-1} instead. -@item -fdefault-integer-8 @opindex @code{fdefault-integer-8} +@item -fdefault-integer-8 Set the default integer and logical types to an 8 byte wide type. This option also affects the kind of integer constants like @code{42}. Unlike @option{-finteger-4-integer-8}, it does not promote variables with explicit kind declaration. -@item -fdefault-real-8 @opindex @code{fdefault-real-8} +@item -fdefault-real-8 Set the default real type to an 8 byte wide type. This option also affects the kind of non-double real constants like @code{1.0}. This option promotes the default width of @code{DOUBLE PRECISION} and double real constants @@ -463,8 +463,8 @@ and double real constants are not promoted. Unlike @option{-freal-4-real-8}, @code{fdefault-real-8} does not promote variables with explicit kind declarations. -@item -fdefault-real-10 @opindex @code{fdefault-real-10} +@item -fdefault-real-10 Set the default real type to an 10 byte wide type. This option also affects the kind of non-double real constants like @code{1.0}. This option promotes the default width of @code{DOUBLE PRECISION} and double real constants @@ -474,8 +474,8 @@ and double real constants are not promoted. Unlike @option{-freal-4-real-10}, @code{fdefault-real-10} does not promote variables with explicit kind declarations. -@item -fdefault-real-16 @opindex @code{fdefault-real-16} +@item -fdefault-real-16 Set the default real type to an 16 byte wide type. This option also affects the kind of non-double real constants like @code{1.0}. This option promotes the default width of @code{DOUBLE PRECISION} and double real constants @@ -485,8 +485,8 @@ and double real constants are not promoted. Unlike @option{-freal-4-real-16}, @code{fdefault-real-16} does not promote variables with explicit kind declarations. -@item -fdefault-double-8 @opindex @code{fdefault-double-8} +@item -fdefault-double-8 Set the @code{DOUBLE PRECISION} type and double real constants like @code{1.d0} to an 8 byte wide type. Do nothing if this is already the default. This option prevents @option{-fdefault-real-8}, @@ -494,8 +494,8 @@ is already the default. This option prevents @option{-fdefault-real-8}, from promoting @code{DOUBLE PRECISION} and double real constants like @code{1.d0} to 16 bytes. -@item -finteger-4-integer-8 @opindex @code{finteger-4-integer-8} +@item -finteger-4-integer-8 Promote all @code{INTEGER(KIND=4)} entities to an @code{INTEGER(KIND=8)} entities. If @code{KIND=8} is unavailable, then an error will be issued. This option should be used with care and may not be suitable for your codes. @@ -505,18 +505,18 @@ BOZ literal constant conversion, and I/O. Inspection of the intermediate representation of the translated Fortran code, produced by @option{-fdump-tree-original}, is suggested. -@item -freal-4-real-8 -@itemx -freal-4-real-10 -@itemx -freal-4-real-16 -@itemx -freal-8-real-4 -@itemx -freal-8-real-10 -@itemx -freal-8-real-16 @opindex @code{freal-4-real-8} @opindex @code{freal-4-real-10} @opindex @code{freal-4-real-16} @opindex @code{freal-8-real-4} @opindex @code{freal-8-real-10} @opindex @code{freal-8-real-16} +@item -freal-4-real-8 +@itemx -freal-4-real-10 +@itemx -freal-4-real-16 +@itemx -freal-8-real-4 +@itemx -freal-8-real-10 +@itemx -freal-8-real-16 @cindex options, real kind type promotion Promote all @code{REAL(KIND=M)} entities to @code{REAL(KIND=N)} entities. If @code{REAL(KIND=N)} is unavailable, then an error will be issued. @@ -539,8 +539,8 @@ when passing a value to the @code{kind=} dummy argument. Inspection of the intermediate representation of the translated Fortran code, produced by @option{-fdump-fortran-original} or @option{-fdump-tree-original}, is suggested. -@item -std=@var{std} @opindex @code{std=}@var{std} option +@item -std=@var{std} Specify the standard to which the program is expected to conform, which may be one of @samp{f95}, @samp{f2003}, @samp{f2008}, @samp{f2018}, @samp{gnu}, or @samp{legacy}. The default value for @@ -559,8 +559,8 @@ standards. The deprecated option @samp{-std=f2008ts} acts as an alias for @samp{-std=f2018}. It is only present for backwards compatibility with earlier gfortran versions and should not be used any more. -@item -ftest-forall-temp @opindex @code{ftest-forall-temp} +@item -ftest-forall-temp Enhance test coverage by forcing most forall assignments to use temporary. @end table @@ -612,10 +612,10 @@ to preprocess such files (@uref{http://www.daniellnagle.com/coco.html}). The following options control preprocessing of Fortran code: @table @gcctabopt -@item -cpp -@itemx -nocpp @opindex @code{cpp} @opindex @code{fpp} +@item -cpp +@itemx -nocpp @cindex preprocessor, enable @cindex preprocessor, disable Enable preprocessing. The preprocessor is automatically invoked if @@ -632,8 +632,8 @@ preprocessed output as well, so it might be advisable to use the @option{-ffree-line-length-none} or @option{-ffixed-line-length-none} options. -@item -dM @opindex @code{dM} +@item -dM @cindex preprocessor, debugging @cindex debugging, preprocessor Instead of the normal output, generate a list of @code{'#define'} @@ -646,8 +646,8 @@ Assuming you have no file @file{foo.f90}, the command @end smallexample will show all the predefined macros. -@item -dD @opindex @code{dD} +@item -dD @cindex preprocessor, debugging @cindex debugging, preprocessor Like @option{-dM} except in two respects: it does not include the @@ -655,14 +655,14 @@ predefined macros, and it outputs both the @code{#define} directives and the result of preprocessing. Both kinds of output go to the standard output file. -@item -dN @opindex @code{dN} +@item -dN @cindex preprocessor, debugging @cindex debugging, preprocessor Like @option{-dD}, but emit only the macro names, not their expansions. -@item -dU @opindex @code{dU} +@item -dU @cindex preprocessor, debugging @cindex debugging, preprocessor Like @option{dD} except that only macros that are expanded, or whose @@ -670,15 +670,15 @@ definedness is tested in preprocessor directives, are output; the output is delayed until the use or test of the macro; and @code{'#undef'} directives are also output for macros tested but undefined at the time. -@item -dI @opindex @code{dI} +@item -dI @cindex preprocessor, debugging @cindex debugging, preprocessor Output @code{'#include'} directives in addition to the result of preprocessing. -@item -fworking-directory @opindex @code{fworking-directory} +@item -fworking-directory @cindex preprocessor, working directory Enable generation of linemarkers in the preprocessor output that will let the compiler know the current working directory at the time of @@ -693,8 +693,8 @@ but this can be inhibited with the negated form in the command line, this option has no effect, since no @code{#line} directives are emitted whatsoever. -@item -idirafter @var{dir} @opindex @code{idirafter @var{dir}} +@item -idirafter @var{dir} @cindex preprocessing, include path Search @var{dir} for include files, but do it after all directories specified with @option{-I} and the standard system directories have @@ -702,27 +702,27 @@ been exhausted. @var{dir} is treated as a system include directory. If dir begins with @code{=}, then the @code{=} will be replaced by the sysroot prefix; see @option{--sysroot} and @option{-isysroot}. -@item -imultilib @var{dir} @opindex @code{imultilib @var{dir}} +@item -imultilib @var{dir} @cindex preprocessing, include path Use @var{dir} as a subdirectory of the directory containing target-specific C++ headers. -@item -iprefix @var{prefix} @opindex @code{iprefix @var{prefix}} +@item -iprefix @var{prefix} @cindex preprocessing, include path Specify @var{prefix} as the prefix for subsequent @option{-iwithprefix} options. If the @var{prefix} represents a directory, you should include the final @code{'/'}. -@item -isysroot @var{dir} @opindex @code{isysroot @var{dir}} +@item -isysroot @var{dir} @cindex preprocessing, include path This option is like the @option{--sysroot} option, but applies only to header files. See the @option{--sysroot} option for more information. -@item -iquote @var{dir} @opindex @code{iquote @var{dir}} +@item -iquote @var{dir} @cindex preprocessing, include path Search @var{dir} only for header files requested with @code{#include "file"}; they are not searched for @code{#include <file>}, before all directories @@ -730,8 +730,8 @@ specified by @option{-I} and before the standard system directories. If @var{dir} begins with @code{=}, then the @code{=} will be replaced by the sysroot prefix; see @option{--sysroot} and @option{-isysroot}. -@item -isystem @var{dir} @opindex @code{isystem @var{dir}} +@item -isystem @var{dir} @cindex preprocessing, include path Search @var{dir} for header files, after all directories specified by @option{-I} but before the standard system directories. Mark it as a @@ -740,31 +740,31 @@ applied to the standard system directories. If @var{dir} begins with @code{=}, then the @code{=} will be replaced by the sysroot prefix; see @option{--sysroot} and @option{-isysroot}. -@item -nostdinc @opindex @code{nostdinc} +@item -nostdinc Do not search the standard system directories for header files. Only the directories you have specified with @option{-I} options (and the directory of the current file, if appropriate) are searched. -@item -undef @opindex @code{undef} +@item -undef Do not predefine any system-specific or GCC-specific macros. The standard predefined macros remain defined. -@item -A@var{predicate}=@var{answer} @opindex @code{A@var{predicate}=@var{answer}} +@item -A@var{predicate}=@var{answer} @cindex preprocessing, assertion Make an assertion with the predicate @var{predicate} and answer @var{answer}. This form is preferred to the older form -A predicate(answer), which is still supported, because it does not use shell special characters. -@item -A-@var{predicate}=@var{answer} @opindex @code{A-@var{predicate}=@var{answer}} +@item -A-@var{predicate}=@var{answer} @cindex preprocessing, assertion Cancel an assertion with the predicate @var{predicate} and answer @var{answer}. -@item -C @opindex @code{C} +@item -C @cindex preprocessing, keep comments Do not discard comments. All comments are passed through to the output file, except for comments in processed directives, which are deleted @@ -779,8 +779,8 @@ token on the line is no longer a @code{'#'}. Warning: this currently handles C-Style comments only. The preprocessor does not yet recognize Fortran-style comments. -@item -CC @opindex @code{CC} +@item -CC @cindex preprocessing, keep comments Do not discard comments, including during macro expansion. This is like @option{-C}, except that comments contained within macros are also passed @@ -795,13 +795,13 @@ is generally used to support lint comments. Warning: this currently handles C- and C++-Style comments only. The preprocessor does not yet recognize Fortran-style comments. -@item -D@var{name} @opindex @code{D@var{name}} +@item -D@var{name} @cindex preprocessing, define macros Predefine name as a macro, with definition @code{1}. -@item -D@var{name}=@var{definition} @opindex @code{D@var{name}=@var{definition}} +@item -D@var{name}=@var{definition} @cindex preprocessing, define macros The contents of @var{definition} are tokenized and processed as if they appeared during translation phase three in a @code{'#define'} directive. @@ -822,22 +822,22 @@ works. given on the command line. All -imacros file and -include file options are processed after all -D and -U options. -@item -H @opindex @code{H} +@item -H Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal activities. Each name is indented to show how deep in the @code{'#include'} stack it is. -@item -P @opindex @code{P} +@item -P @cindex preprocessing, no linemarkers Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from the preprocessor. This might be useful when running the preprocessor on something that is not C code, and will be sent to a program which might be confused by the linemarkers. -@item -U@var{name} @opindex @code{U@var{name}} +@item -U@var{name} @cindex preprocessing, undefine macros Cancel any previous definition of @var{name}, either built in or provided with a @option{-D} option. @@ -874,25 +874,25 @@ These options control the amount and kinds of errors and warnings produced by GNU Fortran: @table @gcctabopt -@item -fmax-errors=@var{n} @opindex @code{fmax-errors=}@var{n} +@item -fmax-errors=@var{n} @cindex errors, limiting Limits the maximum number of error messages to @var{n}, at which point GNU Fortran bails out rather than attempting to continue processing the source code. If @var{n} is 0, there is no limit on the number of error messages produced. -@item -fsyntax-only @opindex @code{fsyntax-only} +@item -fsyntax-only @cindex syntax checking Check the code for syntax errors, but do not actually compile it. This will generate module files for each module present in the code, but no other output file. -@item -Wpedantic -@itemx -pedantic @opindex @code{pedantic} @opindex @code{Wpedantic} +@item -Wpedantic +@itemx -pedantic Issue warnings for uses of extensions to Fortran. @option{-pedantic} also applies to C-language constructs where they occur in GNU Fortran source files, such as use of @samp{\e} in a @@ -912,13 +912,13 @@ However, improvements to GNU Fortran in this area are welcome. This should be used in conjunction with @option{-std=f95}, @option{-std=f2003}, @option{-std=f2008} or @option{-std=f2018}. -@item -pedantic-errors @opindex @code{pedantic-errors} +@item -pedantic-errors Like @option{-pedantic}, except that errors are produced rather than warnings. -@item -Wall @opindex @code{Wall} +@item -Wall @cindex all warnings @cindex warnings, all Enables commonly used warning options pertaining to usage that @@ -930,8 +930,8 @@ This currently includes @option{-Waliasing}, @option{-Wampersand}, @option{-Winteger-division}, @option{-Wreal-q-constant}, @option{-Wunused} and @option{-Wundefined-do-loop}. -@item -Waliasing @opindex @code{Waliasing} +@item -Waliasing @cindex aliasing @cindex warnings, aliasing Warn about possible aliasing of dummy arguments. Specifically, it warns @@ -952,8 +952,8 @@ The following example will trigger the warning. call bar(a,a) @end smallexample -@item -Wampersand @opindex @code{Wampersand} +@item -Wampersand @cindex warnings, ampersand @cindex @code{&} Warn about missing ampersand in continued character constants. The @@ -964,15 +964,15 @@ character constant, GNU Fortran assumes continuation at the first non-comment, non-whitespace character after the ampersand that initiated the continuation. -@item -Warray-temporaries @opindex @code{Warray-temporaries} +@item -Warray-temporaries @cindex warnings, array temporaries Warn about array temporaries generated by the compiler. The information generated by this warning is sometimes useful in optimization, in order to avoid such temporaries. -@item -Wc-binding-type @opindex @code{Wc-binding-type} +@item -Wc-binding-type @cindex warning, C binding type Warn if the a variable might not be C interoperable. In particular, warn if the variable has been declared using an intrinsic type with default kind @@ -980,70 +980,70 @@ instead of using a kind parameter defined for C interoperability in the intrinsic @code{ISO_C_Binding} module. This option is implied by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wcharacter-truncation @opindex @code{Wcharacter-truncation} +@item -Wcharacter-truncation @cindex warnings, character truncation Warn when a character assignment will truncate the assigned string. -@item -Wline-truncation @opindex @code{Wline-truncation} +@item -Wline-truncation @cindex warnings, line truncation Warn when a source code line will be truncated. This option is implied by @option{-Wall}. For free-form source code, the default is @option{-Werror=line-truncation} such that truncations are reported as error. -@item -Wconversion @opindex @code{Wconversion} +@item -Wconversion @cindex warnings, conversion @cindex conversion Warn about implicit conversions that are likely to change the value of the expression after conversion. Implied by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wconversion-extra @opindex @code{Wconversion-extra} +@item -Wconversion-extra @cindex warnings, conversion @cindex conversion Warn about implicit conversions between different types and kinds. This option does @emph{not} imply @option{-Wconversion}. -@item -Wextra @opindex @code{Wextra} +@item -Wextra @cindex extra warnings @cindex warnings, extra Enables some warning options for usages of language features which may be problematic. This currently includes @option{-Wcompare-reals}, @option{-Wunused-parameter} and @option{-Wdo-subscript}. -@item -Wfrontend-loop-interchange @opindex @code{Wfrontend-loop-interchange} +@item -Wfrontend-loop-interchange @cindex warnings, loop interchange @cindex loop interchange, warning Warn when using @option{-ffrontend-loop-interchange} for performing loop interchanges. -@item -Wimplicit-interface @opindex @code{Wimplicit-interface} +@item -Wimplicit-interface @cindex warnings, implicit interface Warn if a procedure is called without an explicit interface. Note this only checks that an explicit interface is present. It does not check that the declared interfaces are consistent across program units. -@item -Wimplicit-procedure @opindex @code{Wimplicit-procedure} +@item -Wimplicit-procedure @cindex warnings, implicit procedure Warn if a procedure is called that has neither an explicit interface nor has been declared as @code{EXTERNAL}. -@item -Winteger-division @opindex @code{Winteger-division} +@item -Winteger-division @cindex warnings, integer division @cindex warnings, division of integers Warn if a constant integer division truncates its result. As an example, 3/5 evaluates to 0. -@item -Wintrinsics-std @opindex @code{Wintrinsics-std} +@item -Wintrinsics-std @cindex warnings, non-standard intrinsics @cindex warnings, intrinsics of other standards Warn if @command{gfortran} finds a procedure named like an intrinsic not @@ -1052,8 +1052,8 @@ it as @code{EXTERNAL} procedure because of this. @option{-fall-intrinsics} can be used to never trigger this behavior and always link to the intrinsic regardless of the selected standard. -@item -Wno-overwrite-recursive @opindex @code{Woverwrite-recursive} +@item -Wno-overwrite-recursive @cindex warnings, overwrite recursive Do not warn when @option{-fno-automatic} is used with @option{-frecursive}. Recursion will be broken if the relevant local variables do not have the attribute @@ -1061,14 +1061,14 @@ will be broken if the relevant local variables do not have the attribute when it is known that recursion is not broken. Useful for build environments that use @option{-Werror}. -@item -Wreal-q-constant @opindex @code{Wreal-q-constant} +@item -Wreal-q-constant @cindex warnings, @code{q} exponent-letter Produce a warning if a real-literal-constant contains a @code{q} exponent-letter. -@item -Wsurprising @opindex @code{Wsurprising} +@item -Wsurprising @cindex warnings, suspicious code Produce a warning when ``suspicious'' code constructs are encountered. While technically legal these usually indicate that an error has been made. @@ -1099,8 +1099,8 @@ vendor-extension sentinel is encountered. (The equivalent @code{ompx}, used in free-form source code, is diagnosed by default.) @end itemize -@item -Wtabs @opindex @code{Wtabs} +@item -Wtabs @cindex warnings, tabs @cindex tabulators By default, tabs are accepted as whitespace, but tabs are not members @@ -1111,22 +1111,22 @@ active for @option{-pedantic}, @option{-std=f95}, @option{-std=f2003}, @option{-std=f2008}, @option{-std=f2018} and @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wundefined-do-loop @opindex @code{Wundefined-do-loop} +@item -Wundefined-do-loop @cindex warnings, undefined do loop Warn if a DO loop with step either 1 or -1 yields an underflow or an overflow during iteration of an induction variable of the loop. This option is implied by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wunderflow @opindex @code{Wunderflow} +@item -Wunderflow @cindex warnings, underflow @cindex underflow Produce a warning when numerical constant expressions are encountered, which yield an UNDERFLOW during compilation. Enabled by default. -@item -Wintrinsic-shadow @opindex @code{Wintrinsic-shadow} +@item -Wintrinsic-shadow @cindex warnings, intrinsic @cindex intrinsic Warn if a user-defined procedure or module procedure has the same name as an @@ -1134,22 +1134,22 @@ intrinsic; in this case, an explicit interface or @code{EXTERNAL} or @code{INTRINSIC} declaration might be needed to get calls later resolved to the desired intrinsic/procedure. This option is implied by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wuse-without-only @opindex @code{Wuse-without-only} +@item -Wuse-without-only @cindex warnings, use statements @cindex intrinsic Warn if a @code{USE} statement has no @code{ONLY} qualifier and thus implicitly imports all public entities of the used module. -@item -Wunused-dummy-argument @opindex @code{Wunused-dummy-argument} +@item -Wunused-dummy-argument @cindex warnings, unused dummy argument @cindex unused dummy argument @cindex dummy argument, unused Warn about unused dummy arguments. This option is implied by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wunused-parameter @opindex @code{Wunused-parameter} +@item -Wunused-parameter @cindex warnings, unused parameter @cindex unused parameter Contrary to @command{gcc}'s meaning of @option{-Wunused-parameter}, @@ -1159,24 +1159,24 @@ but about unused @code{PARAMETER} values. @option{-Wunused-parameter} is implied by @option{-Wextra} if also @option{-Wunused} or @option{-Wall} is used. -@item -Walign-commons @opindex @code{Walign-commons} +@item -Walign-commons @cindex warnings, alignment of @code{COMMON} blocks @cindex alignment of @code{COMMON} blocks By default, @command{gfortran} warns about any occasion of variables being padded for proper alignment inside a @code{COMMON} block. This warning can be turned off via @option{-Wno-align-commons}. See also @option{-falign-commons}. -@item -Wfunction-elimination @opindex @code{Wfunction-elimination} +@item -Wfunction-elimination @cindex function elimination @cindex warnings, function elimination Warn if any calls to impure functions are eliminated by the optimizations enabled by the @option{-ffrontend-optimize} option. This option is implied by @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wrealloc-lhs @opindex @code{Wrealloc-lhs} +@item -Wrealloc-lhs @cindex Reallocate the LHS in assignments, notification Warn when the compiler might insert code to for allocation or reallocation of an allocatable array variable of intrinsic type in intrinsic assignments. In @@ -1188,28 +1188,28 @@ is shown, even if the compiler will optimize reallocation checks away. For instance, when the right-hand side contains the same variable multiplied by a scalar. See also @option{-frealloc-lhs}. -@item -Wrealloc-lhs-all @opindex @code{Wrealloc-lhs-all} +@item -Wrealloc-lhs-all Warn when the compiler inserts code to for allocation or reallocation of an allocatable variable; this includes scalars and derived types. -@item -Wcompare-reals @opindex @code{Wcompare-reals} +@item -Wcompare-reals Warn when comparing real or complex types for equality or inequality. This option is implied by @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Wtarget-lifetime @opindex @code{Wtargt-lifetime} +@item -Wtarget-lifetime Warn if the pointer in a pointer assignment might be longer than the its target. This option is implied by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wzerotrip @opindex @code{Wzerotrip} +@item -Wzerotrip Warn if a @code{DO} loop is known to execute zero times at compile time. This option is implied by @option{-Wall}. -@item -Wdo-subscript @opindex @code{Wdo-subscript} +@item -Wdo-subscript Warn if an array subscript inside a DO loop could lead to an out-of-bounds access even if the compiler cannot prove that the statement is actually executed, in cases like @@ -1223,8 +1223,8 @@ statement is actually executed, in cases like @end smallexample This option is implied by @option{-Wextra}. -@item -Werror @opindex @code{Werror} +@item -Werror @cindex warnings, to errors Turns all warnings into errors. @end table @@ -1245,8 +1245,8 @@ GNU Fortran has various special options that are used for debugging either your program or the GNU Fortran compiler. @table @gcctabopt -@item -fdump-fortran-original @opindex @code{fdump-fortran-original} +@item -fdump-fortran-original Output the internal parse tree after translating the source program into internal representation. This option is mostly useful for debugging the GNU Fortran compiler itself. The output generated by @@ -1254,16 +1254,16 @@ this option might change between releases. This option may also generate internal compiler errors for features which have only recently been added. -@item -fdump-fortran-optimized @opindex @code{fdump-fortran-optimized} +@item -fdump-fortran-optimized Output the parse tree after front-end optimization. Mostly useful for debugging the GNU Fortran compiler itself. The output generated by this option might change between releases. This option may also generate internal compiler errors for features which have only recently been added. -@item -fdump-parse-tree @opindex @code{fdump-parse-tree} +@item -fdump-parse-tree Output the internal parse tree after translating the source program into internal representation. Mostly useful for debugging the GNU Fortran compiler itself. The output generated by this option might @@ -1271,8 +1271,8 @@ change between releases. This option may also generate internal compiler errors for features which have only recently been added. This option is deprecated; use @code{-fdump-fortran-original} instead. -@item -fdebug-aux-vars @opindex @code{fdebug-aux-vars} +@item -fdebug-aux-vars Renames internal variables created by the gfortran front end and makes them accessible to a debugger. The name of the internal variables then start with upper-case letters followed by an underscore. This option is @@ -1280,16 +1280,16 @@ useful for debugging the compiler's code generation together with @code{-fdump-tree-original} and enabling debugging of the executable program by using @code{-g} or @code{-ggdb3}. -@item -fdump-fortran-global @opindex @code{fdump-fortran-global} +@item -fdump-fortran-global Output a list of the global identifiers after translating into middle-end representation. Mostly useful for debugging the GNU Fortran compiler itself. The output generated by this option might change between releases. This option may also generate internal compiler errors for features which have only recently been added. -@item -ffpe-trap=@var{list} @opindex @code{ffpe-trap=}@var{list} +@item -ffpe-trap=@var{list} Specify a list of floating point exception traps to enable. On most systems, if a floating point exception occurs and the trap for that exception is enabled, a SIGFPE signal will be sent and the program @@ -1322,8 +1322,8 @@ be uninteresting in practice. By default no exception traps are enabled. -@item -ffpe-summary=@var{list} @opindex @code{ffpe-summary=}@var{list} +@item -ffpe-summary=@var{list} Specify a list of floating-point exceptions, whose flag status is printed to @code{ERROR_UNIT} when invoking @code{STOP} and @code{ERROR STOP}. @var{list} can be either @samp{none}, @samp{all} or a comma-separated list @@ -1336,8 +1336,8 @@ last one will be used. By default, a summary for all exceptions but @samp{inexact} is shown. -@item -fno-backtrace @opindex @code{fno-backtrace} +@item -fno-backtrace @cindex backtrace @cindex trace When a serious runtime error is encountered or a deadly signal is @@ -1369,8 +1369,8 @@ It also affects the search paths used by @command{cpp} when used to preprocess Fortran source. @table @gcctabopt -@item -I@var{dir} @opindex @code{I}@var{dir} +@item -I@var{dir} @cindex directory, search paths for inclusion @cindex inclusion, directory search paths for @cindex search paths, for included files @@ -1392,9 +1392,9 @@ compiled modules are required by a @code{USE} statement. gcc,Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC)}, for information on the @option{-I} option. -@item -J@var{dir} @opindex @code{J}@var{dir} @opindex @code{M}@var{dir} +@item -J@var{dir} @cindex paths, search @cindex module search path This option specifies where to put @file{.mod} files for compiled modules. @@ -1403,8 +1403,8 @@ statement. The default is the current directory. -@item -fintrinsic-modules-path @var{dir} @opindex @code{fintrinsic-modules-path} @var{dir} +@item -fintrinsic-modules-path @var{dir} @cindex paths, search @cindex module search path This option specifies the location of pre-compiled intrinsic modules, if @@ -1421,8 +1421,8 @@ executable output file. They are meaningless if the compiler is not doing a link step. @table @gcctabopt -@item -static-libgfortran @opindex @code{static-libgfortran} +@item -static-libgfortran On systems that provide @file{libgfortran} as a shared and a static library, this option forces the use of the static version. If no shared version of @file{libgfortran} was built when the compiler was @@ -1431,8 +1431,8 @@ configured, this option has no effect. @table @gcctabopt -@item -static-libquadmath @opindex @code{static-libquadmath} +@item -static-libquadmath On systems that provide @file{libquadmath} as a shared and a static library, this option forces the use of the static version. If no shared version of @file{libquadmath} was built when the compiler was @@ -1451,8 +1451,8 @@ requirements when redistributing the resulting binaries. These options affect the runtime behavior of programs compiled with GNU Fortran. @table @gcctabopt -@item -fconvert=@var{conversion} @opindex @code{fconvert=}@var{conversion} +@item -fconvert=@var{conversion} Specify the representation of data for unformatted files. Valid values for conversion on most systems are: @samp{native}, the default; @samp{swap}, swap between big- and little-endian; @samp{big-endian}, use @@ -1473,8 +1473,8 @@ commas. Those are The @code{CONVERT} specifier and the GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT environment variable override the default specified by @option{-fconvert}.} -@item -frecord-marker=@var{length} @opindex @code{frecord-marker=}@var{length} +@item -frecord-marker=@var{length} Specify the length of record markers for unformatted files. Valid values for @var{length} are 4 and 8. Default is 4. @emph{This is different from previous versions of @command{gfortran}}, @@ -1482,14 +1482,14 @@ which specified a default record marker length of 8 on most systems. If you want to read or write files compatible with earlier versions of @command{gfortran}, use @option{-frecord-marker=8}. -@item -fmax-subrecord-length=@var{length} @opindex @code{fmax-subrecord-length=}@var{length} +@item -fmax-subrecord-length=@var{length} Specify the maximum length for a subrecord. The maximum permitted value for length is 2147483639, which is also the default. Only really useful for use by the gfortran testsuite. -@item -fsign-zero @opindex @code{fsign-zero} +@item -fsign-zero When enabled, floating point numbers of value zero with the sign bit set are written as negative number in formatted output and treated as negative in the @code{SIGN} intrinsic. @option{-fno-sign-zero} does not @@ -1514,8 +1514,8 @@ can figure out the other form by either removing @option{no-} or adding it. @table @gcctabopt -@item -fno-automatic @opindex @code{fno-automatic} +@item -fno-automatic @cindex @code{SAVE} statement @cindex statement, @code{SAVE} Treat each program unit (except those marked as RECURSIVE) as if the @@ -1529,8 +1529,8 @@ Use the option @option{-frecursive} to use no static memory. Local variables or arrays having an explicit @code{SAVE} attribute are silently ignored unless the @option{-pedantic} option is added. -@item -ff2c @opindex ff2c +@item -ff2c @cindex calling convention @cindex @command{f2c} calling convention @cindex @command{g77} calling convention @@ -1563,8 +1563,8 @@ calling conventions will break at execution time. of type default @code{REAL} or @code{COMPLEX} as actual arguments, as the library implementations use the @option{-fno-f2c} calling conventions. -@item -fno-underscoring @opindex @code{fno-underscoring} +@item -fno-underscoring @cindex underscore @cindex symbol names, underscores @cindex transforming symbol names @@ -1632,8 +1632,8 @@ in the source, even if the names as seen by the linker are mangled to prevent accidental linking between procedures with incompatible interfaces. -@item -fsecond-underscore @opindex @code{fsecond-underscore} +@item -fsecond-underscore @cindex underscore @cindex symbol names, underscores @cindex transforming symbol names @@ -1657,8 +1657,8 @@ is implemented as a reference to the link-time external symbol for compatibility with @command{g77} and @command{f2c}, and is implied by use of the @option{-ff2c} option. -@item -fcoarray=@var{<keyword>} @opindex @code{fcoarray} +@item -fcoarray=@var{<keyword>} @cindex coarrays @table @asis @@ -1675,8 +1675,8 @@ library needs to be linked. @end table -@item -fcheck=@var{<keyword>} @opindex @code{fcheck} +@item -fcheck=@var{<keyword>} @cindex array, bounds checking @cindex bit intrinsics checking @cindex bounds checking @@ -1748,14 +1748,14 @@ will compile the file with all checks enabled as specified above except warnings for generated array temporaries. -@item -fbounds-check @opindex @code{fbounds-check} +@item -fbounds-check @c Note: This option is also referred in gcc's manpage Deprecated alias for @option{-fcheck=bounds}. +@opindex @code{tail-call-workaround} @item -ftail-call-workaround @itemx -ftail-call-workaround=@var{n} -@opindex @code{tail-call-workaround} Some C interfaces to Fortran codes violate the gfortran ABI by omitting the hidden character length arguments as described in @xref{Argument passing conventions}. This can lead to crashes @@ -1786,12 +1786,12 @@ The negative form, @option{-fno-tail-call-workaround} or equivalent Default is currently @option{-ftail-call-workaround}, this will change in future releases. -@item -fcheck-array-temporaries @opindex @code{fcheck-array-temporaries} +@item -fcheck-array-temporaries Deprecated alias for @option{-fcheck=array-temps}. -@item -fmax-array-constructor=@var{n} @opindex @code{fmax-array-constructor} +@item -fmax-array-constructor=@var{n} This option can be used to increase the upper limit permitted in array constructors. The code below requires this option to expand the array at compile time. @@ -1812,8 +1812,8 @@ large object files.} The default value for @var{n} is 65535. -@item -fmax-stack-var-size=@var{n} @opindex @code{fmax-stack-var-size} +@item -fmax-stack-var-size=@var{n} This option specifies the size in bytes of the largest array that will be put on the stack; if the size is exceeded static memory is used (except in procedures marked as RECURSIVE). Use the option @option{-frecursive} to @@ -1826,8 +1826,8 @@ Future versions of GNU Fortran may improve this behavior. The default value for @var{n} is 65536. -@item -fstack-arrays @opindex @code{fstack-arrays} +@item -fstack-arrays Adding this option will make the Fortran compiler put all arrays of unknown size and array temporaries onto stack memory. If your program uses very large local arrays it is possible that you will have to extend your runtime @@ -1835,15 +1835,15 @@ limits for stack memory on some operating systems. This flag is enabled by default at optimization level @option{-Ofast} unless @option{-fmax-stack-var-size} is specified. -@item -fpack-derived @opindex @code{fpack-derived} +@item -fpack-derived @cindex structure packing This option tells GNU Fortran to pack derived type members as closely as possible. Code compiled with this option is likely to be incompatible with code compiled without this option, and may execute slower. -@item -frepack-arrays @opindex @code{frepack-arrays} +@item -frepack-arrays @cindex repacking arrays In some circumstances GNU Fortran may pass assumed shape array sections via a descriptor describing a noncontiguous area of memory. @@ -1854,15 +1854,15 @@ This should result in faster accesses to the array. However it can introduce significant overhead to the function call, especially when the passed data is noncontiguous. -@item -fshort-enums @opindex @code{fshort-enums} +@item -fshort-enums This option is provided for interoperability with C code that was compiled with the @option{-fshort-enums} option. It will make GNU Fortran choose the smallest @code{INTEGER} kind a given enumerator set will fit in, and give all its enumerators this kind. -@item -finline-arg-packing @opindex @code{finline-arg-packing} +@item -finline-arg-packing When passing an assumed-shape argument of a procedure as actual argument to an assumed-size or explicit size or as argument to a procedure that does not have an explicit interface, the argument may @@ -1889,8 +1889,8 @@ size and also compilation time may become excessive. If that is the case, it may be better to disable this option. Instances of packing can be found by using @option{-Warray-temporaries}. -@item -fexternal-blas @opindex @code{fexternal-blas} +@item -fexternal-blas This option will make @command{gfortran} generate calls to BLAS functions for some matrix operations like @code{MATMUL}, instead of using our own algorithms, if the size of the matrices involved is larger than a given @@ -1898,8 +1898,8 @@ limit (see @option{-fblas-matmul-limit}). This may be profitable if an optimized vendor BLAS library is available. The BLAS library will have to be specified at link time. -@item -fblas-matmul-limit=@var{n} @opindex @code{fblas-matmul-limit} +@item -fblas-matmul-limit=@var{n} Only significant when @option{-fexternal-blas} is in effect. Matrix multiplication of matrices with size larger than (or equal to) @var{n} will be performed by calls to BLAS functions, while others will be @@ -1909,8 +1909,8 @@ geometric mean of the dimensions of the argument and result matrices. The default value for @var{n} is 30. -@item -finline-matmul-limit=@var{n} @opindex @code{finline-matmul-limit} +@item -finline-matmul-limit=@var{n} When front-end optimization is active, some calls to the @code{MATMUL} intrinsic function will be inlined. This may result in code size increase if the size of the matrix cannot be determined at compile @@ -1924,24 +1924,24 @@ the dimensions of the argument and result matrices. The default value for @var{n} is 30. The @code{-fblas-matmul-limit} can be used to change this value. -@item -frecursive @opindex @code{frecursive} +@item -frecursive Allow indirect recursion by forcing all local arrays to be allocated on the stack. This flag cannot be used together with @option{-fmax-stack-var-size=} or @option{-fno-automatic}. -@item -finit-local-zero -@itemx -finit-derived -@itemx -finit-integer=@var{n} -@itemx -finit-real=@var{<zero|inf|-inf|nan|snan>} -@itemx -finit-logical=@var{<true|false>} -@itemx -finit-character=@var{n} @opindex @code{finit-local-zero} @opindex @code{finit-derived} @opindex @code{finit-integer} @opindex @code{finit-real} @opindex @code{finit-logical} @opindex @code{finit-character} +@item -finit-local-zero +@itemx -finit-derived +@itemx -finit-integer=@var{n} +@itemx -finit-real=@var{<zero|inf|-inf|nan|snan>} +@itemx -finit-logical=@var{<true|false>} +@itemx -finit-character=@var{n} The @option{-finit-local-zero} option instructs the compiler to initialize local @code{INTEGER}, @code{REAL}, and @code{COMPLEX} variables to zero, @code{LOGICAL} variables to false, and @@ -1985,8 +1985,8 @@ Finally, note that enabling any of the @option{-finit-*} options will silence warnings that would have been emitted by @option{-Wuninitialized} for the affected local variables. -@item -falign-commons @opindex @code{falign-commons} +@item -falign-commons @cindex alignment of @code{COMMON} blocks By default, @command{gfortran} enforces proper alignment of all variables in a @code{COMMON} block by padding them as needed. On certain platforms this is mandatory, @@ -1997,8 +1997,8 @@ same form of this option should be used for all files that share a @code{COMMON} To avoid potential alignment issues in @code{COMMON} blocks, it is recommended to order objects from largest to smallest. -@item -fno-protect-parens @opindex @code{fno-protect-parens} +@item -fno-protect-parens @cindex re-association of parenthesized expressions By default the parentheses in expression are honored for all optimization levels such that the compiler does not do any re-association. Using @@ -2008,16 +2008,16 @@ optimization @option{-fno-signed-zeros} and @option{-fno-trapping-math} need to be in effect. The parentheses protection is enabled by default, unless @option{-Ofast} is given. -@item -frealloc-lhs @opindex @code{frealloc-lhs} +@item -frealloc-lhs @cindex Reallocate the LHS in assignments An allocatable left-hand side of an intrinsic assignment is automatically (re)allocated if it is either unallocated or has a different shape. The option is enabled by default except when @option{-std=f95} is given. See also @option{-Wrealloc-lhs}. -@item -faggressive-function-elimination @opindex @code{faggressive-function-elimination} +@item -faggressive-function-elimination @cindex Elimination of functions with identical argument lists Functions with identical argument lists are eliminated within statements, regardless of whether these functions are marked @@ -2028,8 +2028,8 @@ statements, regardless of whether these functions are marked there will only be a single call to @code{f}. This option only works if @option{-ffrontend-optimize} is in effect. -@item -ffrontend-optimize @opindex @code{frontend-optimize} +@item -ffrontend-optimize @cindex Front-end optimization This option performs front-end optimization, based on manipulating parts the Fortran parse tree. Enabled by default by any @option{-O} option @@ -2044,8 +2044,8 @@ include: @end itemize It can be deselected by specifying @option{-fno-frontend-optimize}. -@item -ffrontend-loop-interchange @opindex @code{frontend-loop-interchange} +@item -ffrontend-loop-interchange @cindex loop interchange, Fortran Attempt to interchange loops in the Fortran front end where profitable. Enabled by default by any @option{-O} option. @@ -2065,8 +2065,8 @@ shared by @command{gfortran}, @command{gcc}, and other GNU compilers. @table @asis -@item -fc-prototypes @opindex @code{c-prototypes} +@item -fc-prototypes @cindex Generating C prototypes from Fortran BIND(C) enteties This option will generate C prototypes from @code{BIND(C)} variable declarations, types and procedure interfaces and writes them to @@ -2087,8 +2087,8 @@ $ gfortran -fc-prototypes -fsyntax-only foo.f90 > foo.h where the C code intended for interoperating with the Fortran code then uses @code{#include "foo.h"}. -@item -fc-prototypes-external @opindex @code{c-prototypes-external} +@item -fc-prototypes-external @cindex Generating C prototypes from external procedures This option will generate C prototypes from external functions and subroutines and write them to standard output. This may be useful for |